MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE Containers & Pallets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Small Parts & Bulk Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-46 Racking & Shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48-66 Warehouse Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67-87 Storage Cabinets & Lockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-99 Workbenches & Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-121 Ladders & Scaffolding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-137 Hand, Platform & Shelf Trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138-161 Carts, Dollies, Reel Stands & Tricycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162-167 Lifting Equipment & Tool Balancers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168-192 Automotive, Dock Equipment & Accessories . . . . . . . . 193-212 Conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214-215 Roller Kits & Casters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216-224 Drums & Drum Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225-239 Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240-253
RG12_IntroPages_Eng.indd 2
12-07-27 8:47 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS HI-STAK PLASTIC BINS • Innovative stacking design allows for greater visibility and easier access to contents • Guaranteed unbreakable and distortion-free from -40°C to 120°C • Unaffected by oil, alkaline and most acids • Ideal in production or for store display • Included with each bin: I.D. card with clear plastic shield, four riser legs and connector clip
1" riser legs increase loading capacity and stability
Inclined faceplate with removable label and protector
Stackable using built-in feet
Connector clip allows for back-to-back mounting
Model No. Blue CB260 CB262 CB264 CC239 CB266
Yellow CB261 CB263 CB265 CC240 CB267
Green CC234 CC235 CC236 CC237 CC238
Red CC242 CC243 CC244 CC245 CC246
W" 4 13/16 5 7/8 8 3/16 7 7/8 11 13/16
Built-in extrusions allow side-by-side interlock
Outside Dimensions x D" x H" x 7 1/8 x 3 3/16 x 9 13/16 x 4 11/16 x 14 x 6 3/16 x 17 11/16 x 7 x 17 11/16 x 7
Wt. lbs. 0.10 0.15 0.35 0.55 0.60
Price /Each 2.15 3.85 7.90 11.85 16.95
Add 1 inch to overall height when stacking on legs.
QUICK PICK BINS • Heavy-duty, polypropylene storage bins, with an open hopper front and back access • Bins can stack one on top of the other both vertically and cross wise, and nest when empty • Reinforced sides add strength and prevent bins from spreading when stacked • Large openings provide access from both sides of bin when stacked or cross stacked • Large label slot on both sides • Bins can be used on standard metal or wire shelving as well as on desks or work stations • Optional dividers can be used back to front, side to side or both, dividing the bin into four sections • Made of FDA compliant materials Model Mfg. No. No. Colour 6 5/8"W X 9 1/2"D X 5"H CD402 QP965 Red CD403 QP965 Blue CD404 QP965 Yellow 6 5/8"W X 12 1/2"D X 5"H CD405 QP1265 Red CD406 QP1265 Blue CD407 QP1265 Yellow 8 3/8"W X 12 1/2"D X 5"H CD408 QP1285 Red CD409 QP1285 Blue CD410 QP1285 Yellow
Stacked
Cross Stacked
Price /Each
Cross Divider
Price /Each
Length Divider
Price /Each
6.61 6.61 6.61
CD420 CD420 CD420
1.79 1.79 1.79
CD426 CD426 CD426
2.01 2.01 2.01
7.20 7.20 7.20
CD421 CD421 CD421
1.79 1.79 1.79
CD427 CD427 CD427
3.59 3.59 3.59
7.76 7.76 7.76
CD422 CD422 CD422
1.95 1.95 1.95
CD428 CD428 CD428
3.59 3.59 3.59
Nested
Model Mfg. No. No. Colour 9 1/4"W X 14"D X 6 1/2"H CD411 QP1496 Red CD412 QP1496 Blue CD413 QP1496 Yellow 6 5/8"W X 18 1/2"D X 7"H CD414 QP1867 Red CD415 QP1867 Blue CD416 QP1867 Yellow 8 3/8"W X 18 1/2"D X 7"H CD417 QP1887 Red CD418 QP1887 Blue CD419 QP1887 Yellow
Create up to 4 compartments
Price /Each
Cross Divider
Price /Each
Length Divider
Price /Each
10.21 10.21 10.21
CD423 CD423 CD423
2.28 2.28 2.28
CD429 CD429 CD429
3.98 3.98 3.98
12.48 12.48 12.48
CD424 CD424 CD424
1.99 1.99 1.99
CD430 CD430 CD430
4.63 4.63 4.63
14.62 14.62 14.62
CD425 CD425 CD425
2.09 2.09 2.09
CD431 CD431 CD431
4.63 4.63 4.63
BIN BUDDY TM LABEL HOLDERS
R30511E
• • • •
Clear self-adhesive backing adheres to any plastic or metal container Clear bar code compatible window protects label from dirt and moisture Includes a set of laser/ink jet compatible labels, 25/pack Extra refill labels are also available, sold 50/pack
Model No. OF210 OF211 OF212 OF213
Mfg. No. BB-35 BB-46 BB-13 BB-24
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0003-0015_Eng.indd 3
Size 3x5 4x6 1x3 2x4 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Load Side Side Top or Bottom Top or Bottom SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Pack 26.37 31.01 22.08 28.15 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Refill Labels OF214 OF215 OF216 OF217 WELDING & METALWORKING
Price /Pack 31.26 31.26 31.26 31.26 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Bin not included
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
3 12-07-20 9:54 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS PLASTIC BINS • Designed to hang from bin racks, panels, rails and carts • Bins reduce and control inventories, shorten assembly times and minimize parts handling • Reinforced ribs, on both sides, prevent bins from spreading under loads • Unaffected by weakacids and alkalis • Stackable • 5 available colours allow for colour coding
Divider slots for partitioning
Full width hanger-lip
Extra-wide stacking ledge Anti-slide stop
Finger grips
Large label slot
Reinforcing ribs
MIX & MATCH
Curved bottom at front Need racks to hold these bins? See pages 6-8
W. D.
Need a cabinet to hold these bins? See page 9
BIN DIMENSIONS
H. X.
Blue CB093 CB096 CB099 CB102 CB105 CB108 CB111 CC287 CB808
Bin Model No. Red Yellow CB094 CB095 CB097 CB098 CB100 CB101 CB103 CB104 CB106 CB107 CB109 CB110 CB112 CB113 CC289 CC288 CB810 CB809
Green CB663 CB665 CB667 CB669 CB671 CB673 CB675 N/A N/A
Stone CB664 CB666 CB668 CB670 CB672 CB674 CB676 N/A N/A
Mfg. No. 30-210 30-220 30-230 30-235 30-239 30-240 30-250 QUS265 QUS270
Clear CF427 CF428 CF429 CF430 CF431 CF432 CF433 CF523 CF524
Outside Dimensions W" x D" x 4 1/8 x 5 3/8 x 4 1/8 x 7 3/8 x 5 1/2 x 10 7/8 x 11 x 10 7/8 x 8 1/4 x 10 3/4 x 8 1/4 x 14 3/4 x 16 1/2 x 14 3/4 x 8 1/4 x 18 x 16 1/2 x 18 x
H" 3 3 5 5 7 7 7 9 11
Bin Load Cap. lbs. 10 10 30 50 50 60 75 60 75
Price /Each 1.46 2.65 6.35 7.93 9.57 12.65 18.58 27.55 41.70
Dividers Model No. CB124 CB125 CD513 CD514 CB128 CB129 CF203 CC298 CB835
Price /Each 0.29 0.29 0.61 0.61 0.64 0.73 63.77 7.18 7.94
Note: When attached to panels, QUS265 and QUS270 may be too large to hang in certain applications.
1800 SERIES AKRO-BINS
RECYCLED PLASTIC BINS
• • • • • • •
• Manufactured from recycled 100% post consumer, high density polyethylene • Available in black only
Extra large and strong for heavier, bulkier parts and components Designed to fit standard 18" deep shelving Reinforced ribs prevent spreading under big loads Front and back finger grips make handling easy One black cross-wise divider per bin is provided Stackable Light beige
4
Outside Dimensions W" x D" x H" 8 1/4 x 20 1/2 x 7 11 x 20 1/2 x 7 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0003-0015_Eng.indd 4
Wt. lbs. 3.5 4.0
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 29.04 29.98
Dividers Model No. CB134 CB135
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 3.45 3.77
WELDING & METALWORKING
Mfg. No. 30-210 BLK 30-220 BLK 30-230 BLK 30-235 BLK 30-239 BLK 30-240 BLK 30-250 BLK TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Outside Dimensions W" x D" x H" 4/18 x 5 3/8 x 3 4/18 x 7 3/8 x 3 5 1/2 x 10 7/8 x 5 11 x 10 7/8 x 5 8 1/4 x 10 3/4 x 7 8 1/4 x 14 3/4 x 7 16 1/2 x 14 3/4 x 7 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 1.14 2.09 5.14 6.14 7.58 10.24 14.35 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Dividers CB124 CB125 CD513 CD514 CB128 CB129 CB129
Price /Each 0.29 0.29 0.61 0.61 0.64 0.73 0.73
R30512E
Model No. CB122 CB123
Model No. CF434 CF435 CF436 CF437 CF438 CF439 CF440
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 3:45 PM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS QUANTUM™ BINS • • • • • • • • •
Heavy-duty, virgin, high density polypropylene/polyethylene Autoclavable up to 250° F Large multiple label slots Stackable Optional dividers and clear windows available for most units Hangs on louvered panels, rails and carts Jumbo bins can not hang on louvered panels or rail systems Jumbo bins have a stack capacity of up to 100 lbs. and can stack up to 6 bins high Made of FDA compliant materials CD669
DIVIDERS ONLY Black CC975 CC976 CC977 CF376 CD276 CC978 CC979 CC974 CC980 CC576 CC577 CF382 CF388 CC983 CC578 CC579 CC580 CC581 CC582 CD674
Blue CB739 CB747 CB756 CF377 CD249 CB763 CB769 CC971 CB775 CB781 CB787 CF383 CF389 CC282 CB794 CB798 CB803 CC287 CB808 CD669
Yellow CB741 CB750 CB757 CF378 CD262 CB765 CB771 CC972 CB777 CB783 CB789 CF384 CF390 CC283 CB795 CB800 CB804 CC288 CB809 CD670
Model No. Red Ivory CB744 CB745 CB751 CB753 CB759 CB762 CF379 CF380 CD263 CD264 CB766 CB768 CB772 CB774 CC973 CC990 CB778 CB780 CB784 CB786 CB790 CB792 CF385 CF386 CF391 CF392 CC284 CC285 CB796 CB797 CB801 CB802 CB806 CB807 CC289 CC290 CB810 CB811 CD671 CD673
Green CC264 CC265 CC266 CF381 CD265 CC267 CC268 CC970 CC269 CC270 CC271 CF387 CF393 CC286 CC272 CC273 CC274 CC291 CC275 CD672
Mfg. No. QUS 200 QUS 210 QUS 220 QUS 221 QUS 224 QUS 230 QUS 233 QUS 234 QUS 235 QUS 239 QUS 240 QUS 241 QUS 242 QUS 245 QUS 250 QUS 255 QUS 260 QUS 265 QUS 270 QUS 275MOB*
W" 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 6 4 1/8 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 11 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4 16 1/2 16 1/2 11 11 8 1/4 16 1/2 16 1/2
Outside Dim. x D" x H" x 5 x 3 x 5 3/8 x 3 x 7 1/2 x 3 x 9 1/4 x 5 x 10 7/8 x 4 x 11 x 5 x 13 1/2 x 5 x 14 3/4 x 5 x 11 x 5 x 11 x 7 x 14 3/4 x 7 x 13 5/8 x 6 x 13 5/8 x 8 x 11 x 5 x 14 3/4 x 7 x 16 x 8 x 18 x 10 x 18 x 9 x 18 x 11 x 18 x 14
Qty /Case 24 24 24 12 12 12 12 12 6 6 12 12 12 6 6 4 4 6 3 3
Bin load Cap. lbs. 8 10 10 20 20 30 30 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 75 75 75 60 75 -
Price /Each 1.73 1.95 2.74 4.57 5.01 8.35 10.34 9.77 12.07 12.55 14.82 16.30 17.72 20.30 23.14 25.00 38.05 27.55 41.70 90.12
Depth Divider Model Price No. /Each CB824 1.52 CB825 1.56 CB826 1.69 CB828 3.21 CD250 2.75 CB829 2.71 CB828 3.21 CC569 3.41 CB829 2.71 CB830 3.97 CB831 4.00 CF394 3.97 CF395 4.60 CC297 2.85 CB831 4.00 CB833 7.94 CB834 4.07 CC298 7.18 CB835 7.94 CB835 7.94
Clear Window Model Price No. /Each CF560 1.56 CD266 1.85 CB814 1.88 CB812 2.00 CB814 1.88 CB815 2.71 CB818 2.47 CB818 2.47 CF396 2.44 CF397 2.85 CC300 5.35 CB819 5.44 CB820 4.53 CB821 4.62 CC301 4.30 CB822 6.50 CB822 6.50
* Mobile unit
OPEN HOPPER STORAGE SHELF UNITS QUS 239 SERIES
QUS 240 SERIES
QUS 250 SERIES
QUS 240 & 230 SERIES
• 28 QUS 239 Series bins 11" L x 8 1/4" W x 7" H • 7 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves • Dimensions: 36" W x 12" D x 76" H • Capacity: 630 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
• 28 QUS 240 Series bins 14 3/4" L x 8 1/4" W x 7" H • 7 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves • Dimensions: 36" W x 12" D x 76" H • Capacity: 630 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
• 14 QUS 250 Series bins 14 3/4" L x 16 1/2" W x 7" H • 7 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves • Dimensions: 36" W x 12" D x 76" H • Capacity: 630 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
• 8 QUS 240 Series bins 14 3/4" L x 8 1/4" W x 7" H • 36 QUS 230 Series bins 11" L x 5 1/2" W x 5" H • 9 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves • Dimensions: 36" L x 12" D x 76" H • Capacity: 630 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
R34528E
CF118
CF126
CF132
Green
Description
No. of Shelves
Price /Each
531.65 458.28
Model No. Black Blue Yellow Red Ivory QUS 250 SERIES BINS SHELF UNIT CF177 CF128 CF129 CF130 CF131 CF181 CF145 CF146 CF147 CF148
CF132 CF149
Starter Add-On
8 8
504.51 456.27
553.76 427.13
QUS 240 & 230 SERIES BINS SHELF UNIT CF179 CF133 CF134 CF135 CF136 CF183 CF175 CF155 CF156 CF157
CF137 CF158
Starter Add-On
10 10
559.79 515.57
Model No. Black Blue Yellow Red QUS 239 SERIES BINS SHELF UNIT CF176 CF118 CF119 CF120 CF180 CF140 CF141 CF142
Ivory
Green
Description
No. of Shelves
Price /Each
CF121 CF143
CF122 CF144
Starter Add-On
8 8
QUS 240 SERIES BINS SHELF UNIT CF178 CF123 CF124 CF125 CF182 CF150 CF151 CF152
CF126 CF153
CF127 CF154
Starter Add-On
8 8
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0003-0015_Eng.indd 5
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
CF135
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
5 12-07-20 9:54 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS METAL BIN SUPPORT RACKS
CF412 (Bins not included)
• Louvered bin panels can be wall-mounted, attached to back of shelving, mounted on benches, carts, inside cabinets, fastened to slotted angle components or used for service truck interiors • Bins are easily removed, refilled and replaced • Each heavy-duty panel is 16-gauge cold-rolled steel • Slotted holes 3/4" L x 3/8" W at 6" centres simplify installation • Kleton grey powder coated • Installation Note: Panels must be securely fastened to materials of adequate load bearing strength • Each panel must be secured vertically at the centre
BIN QUANTITY TABLE
Quantity of identical plastic bins that fit model CF412 panel Combined Panel Height 35 3/4" Wide 1 Panel = 2 Panels = 3 Panels = 4 Panels =
19" H 37" H 55" H 73" H
Bin CB093 32 72 104 144
Bin CB096 32 72 104 144
Bin CB099 18 36 54 72
Bin CB102 9 18 27 36
Bin CB105 8 18 28 36
Bin CB108 8 16 28 36
Bin CB111 4 8 14 18
Model No. CF411 CF412
Panel Size W" x H" 18 x 19 36 x 19
Wt. lbs. 6 12
Price /Each 25.35 44.10
For CF411 Panel, use 1/2 of bin quantities shown above.
PLASTIC BIN SUPPORT RACKS • Heavy-duty ABS plastic construction • Louvered hanging panels can be wall mounted, attached to the back of shelving, mounted on benches, carts, inside cabinets, fastened to slotted angle components, or used for service truck interiors • Bins are easily removed, refilled and replaced • Dimensions: 24" W x 18" H • Sold 2 per pack • Installation note: Panels must be securely fastened to materials of adequate load bearing strength Model No. CF331 Price/Each $37.95
BIN QUANTITY TABLE TO FILL BOTH PANELS: CB093 60
CB096 60
(Bins not included) CB099 24
CB102 12
CB105 12
CB108 12
CB111 4
Quantity of identical plastic bins that fit model CF331 (2 panels)
BIN CARTS • All-welded bin cart • Work surface made of 14-gauge steel • Includes bolted on 5" non-marking casters and 2 louvered bin panels • 1000-lb. capacity • Durable Kleton blue finish
CART ONLY Model No. CB365
Description Cart only
W" 24
Cart Dimensions x D" x H" x 38 1/2 x 36 1/2
Wt. lbs. 95
Price /Each 563.12
W" 24
Cart Dimensions x D" x H" x 38 1/2 x 36 1/2
Wt. lbs. 133
Price /Each 823.10
CART & BIN COMBINATION Blue Red Yellow Green Stone CB366 CB367 CB368 CB689 CB690
BINS SUPPLIED
6
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0003-0015_Eng.indd 6
L" 14 3/4 14 3/4 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Bin Dimensions x W" x x 8 1/4 x x 16 1/2 x SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
CB367 H" 7 7 WELDING & METALWORKING
R30514E
Bin Qty. 16 4
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 9:55 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS MOBILE BIN RACKS • Ideal for transportation of small parts • All-welded mobile bin rack • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
SINGLE SIDED
DOUBLE SIDED
• Includes 3" casters and two louvered panels • Capacity: 800 lbs.
• Includes bolted-on 5" non-marking casters and six louvered panels • Capacity: 1000 lbs.
RACK ONLY Model No. CB359 CB649
Description Rack only Rack only
Rack Type Single Double
W" 36 36
Dimensions x D" x H" x 16 x 46 x 24 x 63
Wt. lbs. 60 120
Price /Each 308.12 605.67
Rack Type Single Double
W" 36 36
Dimensions x D" x H" x 16 x 52 x 24 x 63
Wt. lbs. 83 187
Price /Each 525.62 1173.84
CB090 Double Sided
RACK & BIN COMBINATION R Blue Red Yellow Green Stone CB650 CB651 CB652 CB681 CB682 CB089 CB090 CB091 CB683 CB684
CB359 Single Sided
BINS SUPPLIED WITH CART & BIN COMBINATION Bin Qty. SINGLE SIDED RACK 36 DOUBLE SIDED RACK 32 16 24 16 8
W" 5 1/2
x
Bin Dimensions x D" x
H"
x
5
MIX & MATCH
3 3 5 7 7
Need more bins that will fit the products on this page? See pages 3-5
10 7/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 5 1/2 8 1/4 16 1/2
x x x x x
5 3/8 7 3/8 10 7/8 14 3/4 14 3/4
x x x x x
STATIONARY BIN RACKS • • • •
Designed to be permanently installed to the floor All-welded stationary bin racks Constructed of 1 1/4" square tube frame Choose from either single or double- sided racks to meet your storage needs • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
RACK ONLY Model No. CB373 CB653
Description Rack Only Rack Only
Rack Type Single Double
Rack Dimensions W" x D" x H" 36 x 12 x 61 36 x 24 x 61
Wt. lbs. 60 100
Price /Each 271.35 427.89
Capacity lbs. 1,680 3,360
Price /Each 613.05 1113.54
Round Hook
RACK/BIN COMBINATION Overall Bin Dimensions Blue Red Yellow Green Stone Rack Type W" x D" x H" CB654 CB655 CB656 CB685 CB686 Single 8 1/4 x 14 3/4 x 7 CB370 CB371 CB372 CB687 CB688 Double 8 1/4 x 14 3/4 x 7
Bin Qty 28 56
Square Hook
ACCESSORIES FOR LOUVERED PANELS Description Round Hook, 6" Round Hook, 12" Square Hook, 6" Square Hook, 12"
Price/Each 19.74 21.55 18.27 19.74
R30515E
Model No. CC165 CC166 CC167 CC168
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0003-0015_Eng.indd 7
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
7 12-07-20 9:55 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS BENCH RACKS • All-welded louvered bench rack • Provides tool and storage for assembly or repair operations when combined with plastic parts bin • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
MIX & MATCH Need more bins that will fit the products on this page? See page 3-5
36" LOUVERED • Free standing unit made of 1" square tube frame • May be placed on any flat surface near a worksite without the need for bolts or fasteners
72" LOUVERED • Constructed of 1 1/4" square tube frame • Designed to be permanently installed on a 72" wide workbench
RACK ONLY Model No. CB363 CB364
Rack Type Free Standing Bolt-On
W" 36 72
Dimensions x D" x 10 x 40
x x x
H" 22 15
Wt. lbs. 22 95
Price /Each 111.03 433.53 CB176 Bench Rack with Bins
RACK/BIN COMBINATION Red Blue 36" LOUVERED CB146 CB145 CB152 CB151 CB155 CB154 72" LOUVERED CB173 CB172 CB176 CB175 CB185 CB184
Yellow
Green
Stone
Overall Bin Dimensions W" x D" x H"
Bin Qty.
Bin Capacity lbs.
Price /Each
CB147 CB153 CB156
CF359 CF361 CF363
CF360 CF362 CF364
4 1/8 x 5 3/8 x 3 4 1/8 x 7 3/8 x 3 5 1/2 x 10 7/8 x 5
32 32 18
320 320 540
154.77 191.96 221.10
CB174 CB177 CB186
CF365 CF367 CF369
CF366 CF368 CF370
4 1/8 x 7 3/8 x 3 5 1/2 x 10 7/8 x 5 8 1/4 x 14 3/8 x 7
144 72 36
1,440 2,160 2,160
798.98 873.35 871.34
Work Bench Not Included
The best value in industrial tools . . . period
We guarantee your safety! R32028E
8
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0003-0015_Eng.indd 8
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 3:57 PM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS DEEP DOOR COMBINATION CABINETS • • • • •
All-welded heavy-duty 16-gauge, combination bin/shelf cabinet 4" deep hinged doors Unique padlock hasp helps prevent access with bolt cutters Powder coated Kleton grey finish Padlock sold separately
84 BIN CABINETS • 4 reinforced 16-gauge main adjustable shelves with 500 lbs. capacity per shelf • Incorporates louvered bin hanging panels welded into the cabinets doors
CABINET ONLY Model No. CB442 FB025
Description Cabinet only Extra shelf
W" 38 38
x x x
Dimensions D" x 24 x 18 x
Wt. lbs. 324 18
H" 72 1
Price /Each 1491.20 78.90
CB446 84 Bins
CABINET & BIN COMBINATION Model No. Yellow Green CB448 CB693
Blue Red CB446 CB477
Stone CB694
Wt. lbs. 341
Description Cabinet and Plastic Bins
Price /Each 1580.87
BINS SUPPLIED Bin Qty. 84
W" 4 1/8
x x
Bin Size D" x 5 3/8 x
Capacity lbs. 10
H" 3
CF373 96 Bins
96 BIN CABINETS • 4 reinforced 16-gauge main adjustable shelves with 500 lbs. capacity per shelf • Incorporates louvered bin hanging panels welded to the cabinet’s back and doors
CABINET ONLY Model No.
Description
CB441
Cabinet only
W"
Dimensions x D" x
38
x
24
x
H"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
72
316
1426.43
Wt. lbs. 359
Price /Each 1756.47
CF354 98 Bins
CABINET & BIN COMBINATION Blue Red CF371 CF372
Model No. Yellow Green CF373 CF374
Stone CF375
Description Cabinet and Plastic Bins
BINS SUPPLIED Bin Qty. 84 12
W" 4 1/8 5 1/2
x x x
Bin Size D" x 5 3/8 x 10 7/8 x
Capacity lbs. 10 30
H" 3 5
98 BIN CABINETS
118 BIN CABINETS
• 2 reinforced 16-gauge main adjustable shelves with 500-lbs. capacity per shelf • Incorporates louvered bin hanging panels welded to the cabinet’s back and doors
• Incorporates louvered bin hanging panels welded to the cabinet’s back and doors
CABINET ONLY Model No. FH820
CABINET ONLY
Description Cabinet Only
Dimensions x D" x x 24 x
W" 38
Wt. lbs. 316
H" 72
Price /Each 1776.36
CABINET & BIN COMBINATION Model No. Blue Red Yellow Green CF355 CF356 CF354 CF357
Stone CF358
Description Cabinet only
Dimensions x D" x x 24 x
W" 38
H" 72
Wt. lbs. 316
Price /Each 1426.43
Description Cabinet and Plastic Bins
Price /Each 2096.34
Model No. Blue Red Yellow Green Stone CB443 CB444 CB445 CB691 CB692
Description Cabinet and Plastic Bins
Wt. lbs. 385
Price /Each 1900.46
BINS SUPPLIED
Bin Qty. 48 36 8 6
W" 5 3/8 7 3/8 14 3/4 14 3/4
OFFICE PRODUCTS
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
0003-0015_Eng.indd 9
Model No. CB441
CABINET & BIN COMBINATION Wt. lbs. 385
BINS SUPPLIED
R30517E
CB445 118 Bins
Bin Size x D" x x 4 1/8 x x 4 1/8 x x 8 1/4 x x 16 1/2 x
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
H" 3 3 7 7
Capacity lbs. 10 10 60 75
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Bin Qty. 42 42 18 12 4 WELDING & METALWORKING
W" 5 3/8 7 3/8 10 7/8 14 3/4 14 3/4 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
x x x x x x
Bin Size D" x 4 1/8 x 4 1/8 x 5 1/2 x 8 1/4 x 16 1/2 x
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
H" 3 3 5 7 7
Capacity lbs. 10 10 30 60 75
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
9 12-07-20 9:56 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS CORRUGATED PARTS BINS & DIVIDERS • • • • • • •
Economical standard duty bins constructed of durable corrugated fibreboard Ideal for storing any loose small parts Assembled easily without staples or tape, just fold Bins are designed to hang from the shelf for hands-free access Bins dividers not included Qty per case: 100 Shipped knocked down
Dimensions W" x H" 2 x 4 1/2 3 x 4 1/2 4 x 4 1/2 6 x 4 1/2 8 x 4 1/2 9 x 4 1/2 10 x 4 1/2 12 x 4 1/2
12" Deep Parts Bins Ctn. Qty 100 Model Ctn. Wt. No. lbs. CB063 17 CB064 19 CB065 20 CB066 25 CB067 31 CB068 36 CB052 38 CB053 44
Price /Each 0.90 0.98 1.11 1.20 1.33 1.56 1.57 1.65
Standard Corrugated Bins & Dividers
18" Deep Parts Bins Ctn. Qty 100 Model No. CB056 CB057 CB058 CB059 CB060 CB054 CB055
Ctn. Wt. lbs. 22 27 30 38 45 50 57
Price /Each 1.41 1.57 1.63 1.98 2.28 00.00 3.02
Removable dividers ease handling
3 5/8" DEEP REMOVABLE DIVIDERS CTN. QTY. 100 Dimensions W" x H" 1 3/4 x 4 1/8 2 3/4 x 4 1/8 3 3/4 x 4 1/8 5 3/4 x 4 1/8
Model No. CB071 CB072 CB073 CB074
Ctn. Wt. lbs. 7 9 10 14
Price /Each 0.92 0.90 1.03 1.03
Dimensions W" x H" 7 3/4 x 4 1/8 9 3/4 x 4 1/8 11 3/4 x 4 1/8
Model No. CB075 CB069 CB070
Ctn.Wt. lbs. 22 27 31
Price /Each 1.15 1.25 1.41
SINGLE SIDED PICK-RACKS
DOUBLE SIDED MOBILE PICK-RACKS
PARTS STORAGE SHELVING UNITS
• Units are free standing, but may be bolted to bench top, floor or wall • 61" high floor model c/w 48-4" plastic storage bins and 10-6" plastic storage bins or 48-4" corrugated bins and 8-8" corrugated bins • 21 1/2" high bench model c/w 16-4" plastic storage bins, and 5-6" plastic storage bins or 16-4" corrugated storage bins and 4-8" corrugated storage bins • Order complete with plastic shelf bins, fibreboard bins or rack only • Grey enamel finish • Shipped knocked down
• 22-gauge steel rack components mounted on a 26" x 36" dolly • 3" casters • Each rack accommodates 96-4" wide storage bins and 20-6" wide bins • Order complete with plastic shelf bins, fibreboard bins or rack only • Grey enamel finish • Shipped knocked down
• Provides a versatile heavy-duty storage facility for parts storage bins • 76" high unit c/w 96-4" bins • 40" high unit c/w 48-4" bins • Available with plastic shelf bins, fibreboard bins or shelving only • Grey enamel finish • Shipped knocked down
CB326
CB318
Model No. CB318 CB377 CB323 CB378
10
Red CB321 CB326
Dimensions x D" x H" x 12 1/8 x 21 1/2 x 12 1/8 x 21 1/2 x 12 1/4 x 61 x 12 1/4 x 61 Yellow CB322 CB327
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0003-0015_Eng.indd 10
Bin Type Corrugated Rack Only Corrugated Rack Only
21 1/2 Plastic 61 Plastic
Wt. lbs. 22 17 57 45
Price /Each 146.23 108.16 344.07 253.89
25 177.84 65 432.19
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Model No. CB328 CB337
W" 33 1/2 33 1/2
Blue CB330
Red CB331
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Dimensions Bin x D" x H" Type x 12 1/4 x 65 Corrugated x 12 1/4 x 65 Rack Only Yellow CB332
65
WELDING & METALWORKING
Plastic
Wt. Price lbs. /Each 139 960.28 115 696.79 155 1041.04
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. CF048 RK203 CF184 RK241
W" 36 36 36 36
Blue CF049 CF053
Red CF050 CF054
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Dimensions x D" x x 12 x x 12 x x 12 x x 12 x Yellow CF051 CF055
H" 40 40 76 76
Bin Type Corrugated Shelving Only Corrugated Shelving Only
Wt. lbs. 90 80 163 144
Price /Each 249.24 231.50 421.10 358.90
40 76
Plastic Plastic
96 176
340.70 527.63
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R30518E
Blue CB320 CB325
W" 32 7/8 32 7/8 33 1/2 33 1/2
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 9:56 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS LABEL HOLDERS
MAGNETIC TAPES FOR LABELS
• Clearly identify your shelf/bin contents with the efficient and time-saving Aigner holders • Versatile, highly protective, easy to read, and even custom designed with a special matte finish, making bar code applications easy • Ideal for all types of racking, shelving and bin/drawer storage systems • Labels provided
HOLDEX® • Can be custom cut to your specific size specifications • Package of 12
HOLDEX® Model Dim. No. W" x SELFADHESIVE OA340 1/2 x OA339 3/4 x OA341 1 x OA338 2 x MAGNETIC RG650 1/2 x OA389 3/4 x OA336 1 x RG655 2 x HOOK & LOOP RG660 1 x RG665 2 x
Price L" /Each 6 6 6 6
17.16 19.08 22.28 29.17
6 6 6 6
16.25 18.81 21.66 39.91
6 6
33.42 55.00
SUPERSCANTM
Qty /Box
Price /Box
50 50 50 25
41.35 36.61 46.16 40.74
Model Dimensions No. W" x L" MAGNETIC OG357 2 x 3.5 RG672 3x5 RG673 4x6 RG683 5x7
Qty /Box
Price /Box
50 50 50 25
66.23 62.46 78.26 61.80
• Snap-on holders easily and quickly identify stored contents • Clear, flexible plastic sleeves fit new or existing wire shelving with 1 1/4" facing; paper inserts included Dim. x x x x x
Qty /Box 25 25 12 6
L" 3 6 12 24
Price /Each 30.06 52.33 46.40 46.40
SLIP 'N STIK TM AISLE SIGNS
R30519E
Width" 1 2 3
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0003-0015_Eng.indd 11
Dimensions W" x L' 1 x 36 1 1/4 x 48 2 x 48
Price /Each 54.25 71.53 85.92
TAGS, 25/BOX Model No. RH696 RH697 RH693
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
• Fast, simple and versatile means of labeling • Great for metal racks, shelves, bins, drawers and more • Insertable magnetic C channel design allows for labels to be changed simply by re-marking the paper insert or re-positioning the magnet • Colour: Black • Custom cut sizes available on special order • Inserts included
Model No. PC529 PC530
• A fast, simple and inexpensive means of labeling high-volume applications, primary uses in warehouses and other storage areas • Newly formulated write-on/wet erase tags come with a strong magnetic backing • Special wet-erase feature will keep tags clear and clean for extended periods • Mark with a standard wet erase marker, erase with a damp cloth and remark Price /Each 108.51 184.13 251.51
• Excellent for displaying bar codes, messages, prices or other information on pallet racking and shelving • Self-adhesive label/document holder system allows you to change labels without messy adhesive build-up • 6/pkg
Dimensions W" x L" 1 x 3 1 x 4 1 x 6 1 x 8 2 x 3 2 x 4 2 x 6 2 x 8 3 x 4 3 x 6 3 x 8
Qty /Box 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Price /Each 20.01 24.84 34.45 43.71 27.26 34.45 48.08 61.71 48.08 67.73 86.54
• Protect work orders, production schedules, inventory cards and other important documents from excessive handling and wear • Sewn edges are reinforced with heavy-duty vinyl and a brass eyelet is centered for hanging • Clear 8 mil. PVC for easy visibility
WRITE-ON MAGNETIC TAGS
Model No. RH698 RH699 RH700
SLIP STRIPTM LABEL HOLDING SYSTEM
PREMIUM JOB TICKET HOLDERS
• Create your own customised warehouse signs • Built-in flexible hinge prevents breakage • Included: 10 sign holders (11" x 8 1/2"), 12 yellow laser/ink jet sheets and instructions Model No. OE798 Snap-On Price/Each $42.29 • Snaps into pallet rack assembly holes, can snap out to relocate Model No. OJ943 Self-Adhesive Price/Each $42.29 • Adheres to flat surfaces, for more permanent applications
50' ROLLS
Price /Each 58.78 100.72 133.99
Custom pre-scored sizes available
Model No. OE250 OE251 OE252 OE253 OE254 OE255 OE256 OE257 OE258 OE259 OE260
WIRE-RAC TM
W" 1 5/16 1 5/16 1 5/16 1 5/16
Dimensions W" x L' 1 x 50 2 x 50 3 x 50
MAGNETIC CARD HOLDERS
SUPERSCANTM CLEAR ONLY
Model No. RH683 RH684 RH685 RH686
Model No. OJ940 OJ941 OJ942
Model No. OE802 OE803 OE804
• Available in 4 extra large sizes for pallet-racking installation • Clear plastic matte finish assures precise bar code reading everytime • Inserts are laser ink jet printer compatible for easy labeling
Model Dimensions No. W" x L" SELFADHESIVE OG356 2 x 3.5 RG670 3x5 RG671 4x6 RG681 5x7
• Peel and stick computer printed or hand written labels to non magnetic (matte) side • Scissor cut to desired length • Magnetic (shiny) side adheres to metal surface • Can change label or relocate as required
Dimensions W" x L" 3 x 6 3 x 8 2 x 6
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Qty /Box 25 25
Price /Each 89.03 105.42
OPEN-EDGETM LABEL HOLDERS • The "top loading" feature is ideal for organizing any storage area • Strong adhesive system assures the label holder will not fall off any clean dry surface • Made from clear, durable, heavy-duty PVC that is bar code compatible • White inserts included Model No. OG358 OG359 OG360 OG361
Price /Each 69.04 89.19 51.79
Dimensions W" x L" 9 x 6 12 x 9
Dimensions W" x L" 1/2 x 12 1 x 12 2 x 12 3 x 5
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Qty /Box 100 100 100 100
Price /Each 121.64 195.64 341.93 118.36 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
11 12-07-20 9:56 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS GIANT STACKING CONTAINERS • Injection moulded from high density polyethylene • Extra heavy, double wall thickness with interlock preformed lip allows containers to stack securely • Moulded carrying handle on backside • Moulded-in divider and label slots • Optional windows available • Can withstand temperatures ranging from -40° to 250°F • Waterproof, will not rust or corrode • Unaffected by chemicals and solvents • Mobile bin comes with 2 swivel, 2 rigid 3" casters • 250-lb mobile capacity • 150-lb stack capacity
D
CC447
BINS Blue CC361 CC365 CC369 CC373 CC377* CC447*
DIVIDERS Model No. Green Red CC362 CC363 CC366 CC367 CC370 CC371 CC374 CC375 CC378* CC379* CC449* CC448*
Yellow CC364 CC368 CC372 CC376 CC380* CC450*
Mfg. No. QMS531 QMS532 QMS533 QMS543 QMS743 QMS843MOB**
Outside Dimensions W" x D" x H" 12 3/8 x 19 3/4 x 5 7/8 12 3/8 x 19 3/4 x 7 7/8 12 3/8 x 19 3/4 x 11 7/8 18 3/8 x 19 3/4 x 11 7/8 18 3/8 x 29 x 11 7/8 18 3/8 x 29 x 11 7/8
Price /Each 25.19 31.06 37.37 50.13 92.94 139.61
Model No. CC381 CC382 CC383 CC384 -
WINDOWS Price /Each 7.81 9.40 11.22 11.22 -
Model No. CC385 CC386 CC387 CC388 -
Price /Each 6.02 7.16 7.69 8.61 -
* Includes heavy-duty spread bar for extra strength and support ** Mobile bins
GIANT OPEN HOPPER BIN SHELVING UNITS • Dimensions: 18" D x 42" W x 76" H • Capacity: 500 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
CF189
SERIES QMS516 • 4-QMS543-red, 3-QMS533-blue, 6-QMS532-yellow and 3-QMS531-blue open hopper bins (see chart above for bin dimensions) • 7 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves Model No. Yellow
Green
Description
Price /Each
CF186
CF187
Starter
997.97
CF074 CF091
CF075 CF092
Starter Add-On
1188.92 1142.69
CF082 CF099
CF083 CF100
Starter Add-On
1007.01 962.79
CF191
CF192
Starter
801.99
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0003-0015_Eng.indd 12
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SERIES QMS543
SERIES QMS533
• 10-QMS543 open hopper bins 19 3/4 " W x 18 3/8" D x 11 7/8" H • 6 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves
• 15 QMS533 open hopper bins 19 3/4" W x 12 3/8" D x 11 7/8" H • 6 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves
CF074
CF187
SERIES QMS532
SERIES QMS531
• 21 QMS532 open hopper bins 19 3/4" W x 12 3/8" D x 7 7/8" H • 8 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves
• 27-QMS531 open hopper bins 19 3/4" W x 12 3/8" D x 5 7/8" H • 10 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves
Starter
987.92
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
* Mixed colors
12
CF081
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R30520E R
Red Blue SERIES QMS531 CF188 CF185 SERIES QMS532 CF072 CF073 CF089 CF090 SERIES QMS533 CF080 CF081 CF097 CF098 SERIES QMS543 CF193 CF190 SERIES QMS516 CF189
CF193
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 9:57 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS QUANTUM™ CONTAINERS • Heavy-duty, injection-moulded plastic, stackable containers • Organize and store your larger bulky items • Extra large stacking containers offer a generous 2 to 2 1/2' in length to store your larger items • Ideal for back-to-back use on 48" pallet rack or heavy-duty, extra deep shelving, and are available in a variety of widths and heights • Heavy-duty front, back and side grips allow for easy handling • Optional clear plastic window increases bin capacity and provides a quick view of the bin contents • Optional dividers maximize flexibility and keep contents organized • Wide stacking ledge and anti-slide lock keep stacked bins steady and prevent forward shifting • Waterproof bins resist rust and corrosion • Bins are autoclavable up to 250ºF and are resistant to extreme cold • Do not hang on louvered panels or rail systems • Available in blue, red and yellow
Model No. (Bins) Blue Red Yellow CD545 CD546 CD547 CD548 CD549 CD550 CD551 CD552 CD553 CD554 CD555 CD556 CD557 CD558 CD559 CD560 CD561 CD562 CF196 CF197 CF198 CF199 CF200 CF201 CF202 CF203 CF204 CF205 CF206 CF207 CF208 CF209 CF210
Clear CF525 CF526 CF527 CF528 CF529 CF530 -
Mfg. No. QUS950 QUS951 QUS952 QUS953 QUS954 QUS955 QUS970 QUS973 QUS974 QUS975 QUS976
W" 8 1/4 8 1/4 11 11 16 1/2 18 1/4 8 1/4 11 16 1/2 18 1/4 16 1/2
Outside Dim. x D" x H" x 23 7/8 x 7 x 23 7/8 x 9 x 23 7/8 x 7 x 23 7/8 x 10 x 23 7/8 x 11 x 23 7/8 x 12 x 29 7/8 x 7 x 29 7/8 x 10 x 29 7/8 x 11 x 29 7/8 x 12 x 29 7/8 x 15
Price /Each 38.79 42.00 42.80 50.06 54.38 55.29 53.02 58.75 63.77 71.97 80.50
Price /Each 11.52 11.85 11.52 13.60 14.73 15.49 -
Dividers CD563 CD564 CD565 CD566 CD567 CD568 -
Price /Each 4.03 4.09 4.18 8.38 8.74 12.27 4.03 8.38 8.74 12.27 12.56
Windows CD569 CD570 CD571 CD572 CD573 CD574 CD569 CD572 CD573 CD574 CF211
STORE MORETM PLASTIC SHELF BINS • Durable, high density polypropylene bins • Economical way to store and display parts and components • Feature a moulded-in label holder and a built-in rear hang-lock which allows bins to tilt out for complete access when on shelving • A wide hopper front allows complete access to the contents of the bin • Edges are reinforced for added strength • Designed for 12", 18" and 24" deep shelf units, racks or standard shelving • Bins are waterproof, impervious to most chemicals and unaffected by grease or oil • Available in blue, red and yellow
Store more with 6" high shelf bins
Blue CF212 CF215 CF218 CF221 CF224 CF227 CF230 CF233 CF236 CF239 CF242 CF245
Model No. (Bins) Yellow CF213 CF216 CF219 CF222 CF225 CF228 CF231 CF234 CF237 CF240 CF243 CF246
Red CF214 CF217 CF220 CF223 CF226 CF229 CF232 CF235 CF238 CF241 CF244 CF247
Mfg. No. QSB201 QSB202 QSB207 QSB209 QSB203 QSB204 QSB208 QSB210 QSB205 QSB206 QSB214 QSB216
W" 4 1/8 6 5/8 8 3/8 11 1/8 4 1/8 6 5/8 8 3/8 11 1/8 4 1/8 6 5/8 8 3/8 11 1/8
Outside Dim. x D" x H" x 11 5/8 x 6 x 11 5/8 x 6 x 11 5/8 x 6 x 11 5/8 x 6 x 17 7/8 x 6 x 17 7/8 x 6 x 17 7/8 x 6 x 17 7/8 x 6 x 23 5/8 x 6 x 23 5/8 x 6 x 23 5/8 x 6 x 23 5/8 x 6
W" 3 5 1/2 7 1/8 10 3 5 1/2 7 1/8 10 3 5 1/2 7 1/8 10
R30521E
BIN DIVIDERS
0003-0015_Eng.indd 13
Price /Each 3.58 5.50 6.48 9.95 5.20 6.89 9.70 16.09 10.37 14.12 18.45 21.68
H" 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Dividers up to 7/bin CF248 CF249 CF250 CF251 CF252 CF253 CF254 CF255 CF256 CF257 CF258 CF259
Bin Cups/Bin CD036 CD041 6 2 9 4 12 4 18 6 9 3 15 6 19 6 29 8 13 4 21 8 24 8 35 16
BIN DIVIDERS
Model No. CF248 CF249 CF250 CF251 CF252 CF253 CF254 CF255 CF256 OFFICE PRODUCTS
Inside Dim. x D" x x 10 1/6 x x 10 1/6 x x 10 1/6 x x 10 1/6 x x 16 1/2 x x 16 1/2 x x 161/2 x x 16 1/2 x x 22 1/8 x x 22 1/8 x x 22 1/8 x x 22 1/8 x
Price /Each 1.13 1.22 2.81 3.28 1.13 1.22 2.81 3.28 1.13 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. CF257 CF258 CF259
Price /Each 1.22 2.81 3.28
BIN CUPS Model No. CD036 CD041
WELDING & METALWORKING
W" 3 5 1/8 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Dimensions x D" x H" x 1 3/4 x 3 x 2 3/4 x 3 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price / Each 0.84 1.54 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
13 12-07-20 9:57 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS SHELF BINS • Economical way to store and display parts and components • Durable polypropylene • Designed for use on 12", 18" and 24" deep shelving, or vertical storage and retrieval units • Shelf bins "nest" when empty • Bin cups and dividers available HangLock prevents spills Dividers Bin Cups
EXTENDED LABEL HOLDERS
Reinforcing Steps for Strength
Blue CB381 CB384* CB393* CC393 CC396 CB390* CB396* CC399 CC402 CC405 CC408 CC411 CC414
Hopper Front
Bin Model No. Red Yellow CB382 CB383 CB385* CB386* CB394* CB395* CC394 CC395 CC397 CC398 CB391* CB392* CB397* CB398* CC400 CC401 CC403 CC404 CC406 CC407 CC409 CC423 CC412 CC413 CC415 CC416
Clear CF531 CF532 CF533 CF534 CF535 CF536 CF537 CF538
The special built-in hanglock catches the underside of the shelf above, allowing each bin to be tilted out for complete access.
Wide Label Holder CF398 10° Angle
Green CB696 CB697* CB698* N/A N/A CB699* CB700* N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Mfg. No. 30-110 30-120 30-130 QSB107 QSB109 30-128 30-138 QSB108 QSB110 QSB105 QSB106 QSB114 QSB116
CF399 45° Angle
W" 2 3/4 4 1/8 6 5/8 8 3/8 11 1/8 4 1/8 6 5/8 8 3/8 11 1/8 4 1/8 6 5/8 8 3/8 11 1/8
Outside Dimensions x D" x x 11 5/8 x x 11 5/8 x x 11 5/8 x x 11 5/8 x x 11 5/8 x x 17 7/8 x x 17 7/8 x x 17 7/8 x x 17 7/8 x x 23 5/8 x x 23 5/8 x x 23 5/8 x x 23 5/8 x
Price /Each 2.11 2.62 3.57 4.00 6.00 4.01 4.49 6.28 9.95 6.53 9.09 11.06 13.56
H" 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Dividers, up to Bin Cup Per Bin 7 per bin CB379 CB380 CD036 CD041 N/A 3 N/A N/A N/A CB420 5 2 N/A N/A CB421 9 4 N/A N/A CB867 N/A N/A 12 4 CB869 N/A N/A 18 6 CF021 8 3 N/A N/A CB421 15 6 N/A N/A CB867 N/A N/A 19 6 CB869 N/A N/A 29 9 CB861 N/A N/A 13 4 CB862 N/A N/A 21 8 CB867 N/A N/A 24 8 CB869 N/A N/A 35 16
*2 full width adjustable/removable dividers included BIN DIVIDERS Model No. CF021 CB420 CB421 CB867 CB869 CB861 CB862
BIN CUPS
Mfg. No. 40-128 40-120 40-130 DSB107 DSB109 DSB101 DSB102
Price /Each 0.51 0.51 0.63 1.75 2.05 0.70 0.76
Description Divider, 3" Wide Divider, 2 7/8" Wide Divider, 5 1/2" Wide Divider, 8 1/8" Wide Divider, 11 1/8" Wide Divider, 4 1/8" Wide Divider, 6 5/8" Wide
Model No. CB379 CB380 CD036 CD041
Mfg. No. 30-101 30-102 QBC111 QBC112
Colour White White Yellow Yellow
Price /Each 0.76 1.57 0.84 1.54
Description Bin Cup, 3 1/4" x 2" Bin Cup, 5" x 2 3/4" Bin Cup, 3 1/4" x 1 3/4" Bin Cup, 5 1/8" x 2 3/4"
EXTENDED LABEL HOLDERS Model No. CF398 CF399
Mfg. No. ELH410 ELH415
Colour Black Black
Angle 10° 45°
Qty/Box 24 24
Price/Box 48.11 48.11
RECYCLED SHELF BINS • Manufactured from recycled 100% post consumer, high density polyethylene • Available in black only
14
Mfg. No. 30-110BLK QSB 101 BR QSB 102 BR 30-128 BLK QSB 104 BR QSB 105 BR QSB 106 BR QSB 108 BR QSB 114 BR QSB 116B QGH 700 BR MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0003-0015_Eng.indd 14
Outside Dimensions W" x D" x H" 2 3/4 x 11 5/8 x 4 4 1/8 x 11 5/8 x 4 6 5/8 x 11 5/8 x 4 4 1/8 x 17 7/8 x 4 6 5/8 x 17 7/8 x 4 4 1/8 x 23 5/8 x 4 6 5/8 x 23 5/8 x 4 8 3/8 x 17 7/8 x 4 8 1/8 x 23 5/8 x 4 11 1/8 x 23 5/8 x 4 19 7/8 x 15 1/4 x 12 7/16
Price /Each 1.72 2.64 4.25 3.21 5.65 6.34 8.81 6.09 10.75 13.17 25.19
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Dividers Model No. N/A CB861 CB862 CB420 CB862 CB861 CB862 CB867 CB867 CB869 N/A
Price /Each 0.70 0.76 0.51 0.76 0.70 0.76 1.75 1.75 2.05 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
R30522E
Model No. CF441 CB850 CB851 CF442 CB954 CB854 CB855 CB857 CB860 CC304 CC241
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 9:57 AM
BINS/SUPPORT RACKS & CABINETS EURO DRAWERS • Heavy-duty design for efficient organization of heavy parts, supplies, tools or equipment • Injection moulded from virgin grade high-impact polystyrene • 12-gauge thick wall • Completely waterproof • Oil and chemical-resistant • Smooth front curved pull handle has ample room for pressure sensitive identification labels or bar codes • Front handle has 3/4" opening • Full width back ledge ensures spill free use
CC502 Model No. Grey Red CE291 CE292 CE295 CE296 CC503 CC504 CC507 CC508 CC511 CC512 CC515 CC516 CE307 CE308 CE299 CE300 CE303 CE304
Blue CE289 CE293 CC501 CC505 CC509 CC513 CE305 CE297 CE301
Mfg. No. QED401 QED501 QED601 QED602 QED603 QED604 QED606 QED701 QED801
Yellow CE290 CE294 CC502 CC506 CC510 CC514 CE306 CE298 CE302
W" 5 9/16 3 3/4 5 9/16 5 9/16 5 9/16 3 3/4 8 3/8 8 3/8 11 1/8
Outside Dimensions x D" x x 11 5/8 x x 11 5/8 x x 11 5/8 x x 17 5/8 x x 23 7/8 x x 17 5/8 x x 17 5/8 x x 11 5/8 x x 11 5/8 x
• • • • • • •
• 72 QED601 Series Euro drawers, 11 5/8" W x 5 9/16" D x 4 5/8" H • Dimensions: 36" W x 12" D x 76" H Model No. Red CF105 CF162
Description Starter Add-On
No. of Shelves 13 13
Price /Each 1070.33 974.85
13 13
1361.78 1251.23
13 13
1609.01 1480.37
• 72 QED602 Series Euro drawers 17 5/8" W x 5 9/16" D x 4 5/8" H • Dimensions: 36" W x 18" D x 76" H CF106 CF163
CF107 CF164
CF108 CF165
Divider Model No. CE309 CC518 CC517 CC517 CC517 CC518 CE312 CE312 CE314
Price /Each 1.30 1.27 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.27 2.37 2.37 2.75
CF109 CF166
Starter Add-On
Extra-large size provides massive amount of storage capacity Guaranteed unbreakable and distortion-free from -40°C to 120°C Unaffected by oil, alkaline, and most acids Nesting design allows for minimal storage space when not in use Stackable for added space savings, up to 4 high Dimensions: 15 1/2" W x 25" D x 13" H Capacity: 200 lbs.
Model No. CF329 CF327
INCLUDES:
Grey CF104 CF161
Price /Each 8.24 8.45 9.27 13.60 17.49 11.69 15.04 11.25 12.65
JUMBO PLASTIC CONTAINERS
• 13 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves • Capacity: 630 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
Yellow CF103 CF160
CC515
H" 2 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8
EURO DRAWER CLOSED SHELF UNITS
Blue CF102 CF159
CC509
CC508
Add dividers to Euro Drawers for additional storage possibilities!
Colour Green Red
Price /Each 31.95 31.95
Model No. CF328 CF330
Price /Each 31.95 31.95
Colour Blue Yellow
RACKBINTM 42" PALLET RACK CONTAINERS • • • •
Extra-large bins offer a generous 42" in length to store your larger items 42" length ensures no wasted space on 42" deep rack Heavy-duty front, back and side grips allow for easy handling Wide stacking ledge and anti-slide lock keeps stack bins steady and prevent forward shifting • Have eight 1/4" drill hole pattern on botom of bin for easy hole insertioin for drainage and air circulation if needed • Waterproof bins are corrosion free • Available in Blue and Gray
• 108 QED604 Series Euro drawers 17 5/8" W x 3 3/4" D x 4 5/8" H • Dimensions: 36" W x 18" D x 76" H CF110 CF167
CF111 CF168
CF112 CF169
CF113 CF170
Starter Add-On
R30523E
• 72 QED603 Series Euro drawers 23 7/8" W x 5 9/16" D x 4 5/8" H • Dimensions: 36" W x 24" D x 76" H CF114 CF171
CF115 CF172
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0003-0015_Eng.indd 15
CF116 CF173 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
CF117 CF174
Starter Add-On SHIPPING & PACKAGING
13 13
1634.13 1495.44
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. Blue Gray CF539 CF540 CF541 CF542 CF543 CF544
WELDING & METALWORKING
Mfg No. QRB166 QRB206 QRB246
Outside Dimension W" x D" x H" 16-1/2 x 41-7/8 x 17-1/2 19-7/8 x 41-7/8 x 17-1/2 23-7/8 x 41-7/8 x 17-1/2
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Inside Dimensions W" x D" x H" 14 x 40-1/8 x 16-1/2 17-3/8 x 40-1/8 x 16-1/2 21-1/2 x 40-1/8 x 16-1/2
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 16 17 19
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 138.47 152.32 167.55
15 12-07-20 9:57 AM
STACK & NEST CONTAINERS
COVERS* • Polylewton Stack-N-Nest containers used in general manufacturing, food processing and distribution applications • Injection molded from high-impact polyolefins • Will not rust, rot or corrode, resist damaging effects of oil, most chemical solvents, water and steam • Stack without covers • Nest at alternating 180° positions when empty • Withstands wide temperature variances • Easily cleaned
A. B. C. D. E. F.
The blue & grey bins are made of FDA compliant materials
Grey CA334 CA337 CA335 CA336 CA339 CA338
Model No. Red CC877 CC880 CC878 CC879 CC882 CC881
Price /Each 16.14 16.55 16.21 17.62 21.09 22.57
Blue CC883 CC886 CC884 CC885 CC888 CC887
CONTAINERS Grey CA341 CA344 CA342 CA343 CA346 CA348 CA347 CA345 CA349
Model No. Red CC859 CC860 CC861 CC862 CC863 CC864 CC865 CC866 CC867
Blue CC868 CC869 CC870 CC871 CC872 CC873 CC874 CC875 CC876
Mfg No. SN2012-6 SN2414-8 SN2013-12 SN2117-12 SN2618-10 SN3022-6 SN2818-10 SN2420-13 SN3024-15
Outside Dimensions Top L" x W" 20.1 x 13.0 24.0 x 14.1 19.4 x 12.9 21.0 x 17.0 26.1 x 18.7 29.6 x 22.4 28.4 x 18.7 24.0 x 20.0 30.1 x 24.0
Outside Dimensions Bottom L" x W" 18.5 x 11.5 21.8 x 11.5 17.3 x 10.9 18.8 x 15.0 24.0 x 15.9 28.3 x 21.0 26.0 x 15.9 21.6 x 17.7 27.0 x 21.0
Overall Height" 6.2 7.9 12.1 12.0 10.5 6.1 10.5 13.0 15.1
Volume cu.ft. 0.6 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.7 4.7
Nesting Ratio 2.1:1 4:1 4:1 4:1 4:1 4:1 4:1 4:1 4.5:1
Wt. lbs. 2.1 3.4 3.8 5.0 5.4 4.8 5.8 6.1 11.0
Uses Cover* A B C D E N/A N/A F N/A
Price /Each 27.14 37.32 36.86 44.64 54.67 43.70 52.74 49.91 88.67
STACK-N-NEST® STORAGE BINS • Great for storing, assembling and transporting small parts, components and finished goods • Designed for maximum efficiency and utility • Set together one way they stack and the other way they nest • May be used on shelving or stacked up • Heavy-duty design allows higher stacking • In the plant, use the same bin for storage, handling, and assembly, no need to transfer contents
Model No. CC890 CC891 CC892
Colour Blue Red Yellow
L" 15 1/4 15 1/4 15 1/4
Outside Dimensions x W" x x 12 1/4 x x 12 1/4 x x 12 1/4 x
D" 6 6 6
Wt. lbs. 2 2 2
Price /Each 14.95 14.95 14.95
R26330E
16
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0016-0023_Eng.indd 16
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 10:10 AM
STACK & NEST CONTAINERS STACK & NEST TOTES • • • • • • • • • • •
Will stack with or without lids for maximum storage and shipping Ability to stack and can be turned 180° to nest when empty Textured bottoms ensure safe and easy, non-slip grip transit on conveyors Injection molded from high-density polyethylene material Will not rust, corrode or bend out of shape Are unaffected by chemicals and are waterproof Fit on standard 48" x 40" pallets Can withstand temperature ranges from -10°F to 250°F Ribs under lip prevent jamming when nested Handle grips on either side Made of FDA compliant materials
Optional lids protect container contents. As pictured, lids can be fastened and locked for added security.
All nine sizes of totes have the ability to use the optional clear label holder. It securely attaches to SNT with or without lid for easy part identification.
CONTAINERS Blue CC315 CC318 CC321 CC324 CC327 CC330 CC333 CC336 CC339
Model No. Grey Red CC316 CC317 CC319 CC320 CC322 CC323 CC325 CC326 CC328 CC329 CC331 CC332 CC334 CC335 CC337 CC338 CC340 CC341
COVERS Mfg. No. SNT180 SNT185 SNT190 SNT195 SNT200 SNT225 SNT230 SNT240 SNT300
L" 18 18 19 1/2 19 1/2 19 1/2 23 1/2 23 1/2 23 1/2 29 1/2
Outside Dimensions x W" x x 11 x x 11 x x 15 1/2 x x 15 1/2 x x 13 1/2 x x 19 1/2 x x 19 1/2 x x 15 1/2 x x 19 1/2 x
H" 6 9 10 13 8 10 13 12 15
L" 15 1/4 15 1/8 16 15 7/8 16 3/8 19 3/8 19 1/2 19 5/8 25 1/8
Inside Dimensions x W" x x 9 3/8 x x 9 1/8 x x 13 1/4 x x 13 3/8 x x 11 1/2 x x 16 7/8 x x 16 7/8 x x 13 x x 16 5/8 x
H" 5 7/8 8 7/8 9 7/8 12 7/8 7 7/8 9 7/8 12 7/8 11 7/8 14 7/8
Qty /Case 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3
Price /Each 12.84 16.48 24.53 25.48 21.62 30.21 41.93 38.15 72.11
Blue CC342 CC342 CC345 CC345 CC348 CC351 CC351 CC354 CC357
Model No. Grey CC343 CC343 CC346 CC346 CC349 CC352 CC352 CC355 CC358
Red CC344 CC344 CC347 CC347 CC350 CC353 CC353 CC356 CC359
Qty /Case 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3
Price /Each 10.37 10.37 13.98 13.98 15.55 20.81 20.81 21.97 31.53
Model No. CC360 Label holder, accommodates up to 3" x 5". Fits all SNT containers.
QUANTUB NESTING TOTES
COLLAPSIBLE CONTAINERS
• High-density polyethylene • Rolled top rim for comfortable grip • Eight 1/4" position drill holes on bottom allow for drainage • Dimensions: 24 1/2" L x 19" W x 9 1/2" H • Made of FDA compliant materials Model No. CD244 Grey Model No. CD434 Blue Price/Each $36.79
• • • • •
Polypropylene construction Collapses to 21" L x 14" W x 2" H for convenient storage Open dimensions 21" L x 14" W x 10 1/2" H Reinforced base for added durability 16 heavy-duty steel pins built in for increased strength • Capacity: 160 lbs. Model No. CF326 Price/Each $26.95
R26331E
Collapsed
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0016-0023_Eng.indd 17
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
17 12-07-24 10:10 AM
STACK & NEST CONTAINERS STACK-N-NEST® PLEXTON CONTAINERS • Fibreglass wire-reinforced rim containers for containers greater than 25.3" length • Ideal solution for heavy-duty storage, work-in-process and distribution applications • Can withstand temperatures as low as -60°F and as high as 250°F (continuous) • Resistant to moisture, chemicals, solvents and most oils • Capacity: 500 lbs. per container
STACKNNEST® CONTAINERS Model No. Outside Dimensions Top Red Grey L" x W" CD179 CD193 17.9 x 10.8 CD180 CD194 19.8 x 12.8 CD181 CD195 20.6 x 13.0 CD182 CD196 24.1 x 11.4 CD183 CD197 24.1 x 11.4 CD184 CD198 24.3 x 14.8 CD185 CD199 24.3 x 14.8 CD186 CD200 25.3 x 18.1 CD187 CD201 25.3 x 18.1 CD188 CD202 27.5 x 19.9 CD189 CD203 29.6 x 13.8 CD190 CD204 30.6 x 16.9 CD191 CD205 34.1 x 24.0 CD192 CD206 42.5 x 20.1
Inside Dimensions Top L" x W" 15.9 x 10.1 18.1 x 11.9 18.0 x 12.3 20.0 x 10.7 20.0 x 10.6 21.7 x 14.0 21.5 x 13.9 21.4 x 18.1 22.8 x 17.3 23.1 x 18.9 26.7 x 12.9 26.3 x 15.9 30.1 x 21.6 38.1 x 19.0
Overall Height" 5 6 8 6.9 9 5.1 8 6.1 10.1 14.0 7 11.1 8.1 14.1
Qty/ Case 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 10 5 5 10 5 5 5
Price /Each 31.67 40.33 46.99 50.46 53.55 52.15 54.81 59.76 72.72 96.82 59.55 96.26 107.97 133.99
COVERS Model No. Red Grey CD207 CD216 CD208 CD217 CC878 CA335 CD210 CD219 CD210 CD219 CD211 CD220 CD211 CD220 CD212 CD221 CD212 CD221 CD213 CD222 CD214 CD223 CD215 CD224
DOLLIES Price /Each 24.98 26.94 16.21 31.28 31.28 33.62 33.62 37.88 37.88 47.38 41.12 63.21
Model No. CD225 CD226 CD227 CD228 CD228 CD229 CD229 CD230 CD230 CD231 CD232 CD233
Price /Each 125.59 126.49 137.98 129.58 129.58 133.26 133.26 139.05 139.05 154.53 148.13 198.85
Wt. lbs. 3.8 5.1 7.0
Price /Each 40.43 48.38 60.70
STACK-N-NEST® PLEXTON HOPPERS • Fibreglass • Ideal for heavy parts storage and hardware merchandising • Nest within their own dimensions and provide positive-lock stacking • Front label area accommodates adhesive labels
Red CD267 CD270 CD273
Model No. Green CD268 CD271 CD274
Grey CD269 CD272 CD275
L" 18.1 24.0 24.1
Outside Dimensions Top Bottom x W" L" x W" x 11.4 13.1 x 9.9 x 11.4 19.2 x 9.2 x 16.3 19.1 x 14.4
L" 16.0 21.5 21.8
Inside Dimensions Top Bottom x W" L" x x 8.0 12.8 x x 8.8 19.0 x x 12.9 18.8 x
Overall Height" 7.6 7.9 8.0
W" 7.5 7.6 11.6
Look for this symbol for environmentally friendly products!
See page 3 for adhesive labels
R26332E
18
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0016-0023_Eng.indd 18
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 4:36 PM
STACKING CONTAINERS GIANT STACKING CONTAINERS • • • • • •
Designed for multiple applications in recycling, storing parts, tools and warehouse items Will stack up to 6 high creating sturdy, tall storage systems Large grip side handles Extra thick side walls with reinforcing ribs allow for 100 lbs. stack capacity per bin 1/4" drill holes in bottom allow for drainage Outside dimensions: QGH700: 15 1/4" L x 19 7/8" W x 12 7/16" H QGH600: 17 1/2" L x 10 7/8" W x 12 1/2" H QGH800: 17 1/2" L x 16 1/2" W x 12 1/2" H
Grey CB838 CD575 CD578
Model No. Ivory CB841 -
Blue CB839 CD576 CD579
Black CB842 -
Mfg. No. QGH700 QGH600 QGH800
Red CC305 CD577 CD580
Price /Each 25.94 19.54 24.87
*Optional label (CB844) is available for the QGH700 series.
GIANT STACK CONTAINER SHELF UNITS • Organize, store and easily access your parts with a complete bin centre • Strong steel shelving is powder coated and features reinforced cross bracing for increased stability • Easy assembly • Bins are included with shelf • 500-lb capacity per shelf and over 21 cubic feet of storage space • One colour per unit • Replacement bins available (See product above) • Shipped knocked-down
Grey CF056 -
Model No. Blue CF057 CF260
Red CF066 CD590
Mfg No. QSBU-700 QSBU-600
Dimensions W" x D" x H" 42 x 18 x 75 36 x 18 x 75
Qty of Bins Included 10 15
Price /Each 499.62 469.81
CF260
CF056
R15720E
Can’t find what you’re looking for?
Call us today! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0016-0023_Eng.indd 19
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
19 12-07-24 10:10 AM
STACKING CONTAINERS STAKPAK® PLUS 4845 SYSTEM CONTAINERS • • • •
Stack-only, injection moulded, straight-wall modular containers High-density polyethylene (HDPE) Reinforced external ribbing adds maximum stacking strength Smooth, straight interior walls provide maximum space utilization and easy cleaning
• Modular design optimizes cube on standard 45" x 48" pallet, allows for mixing and matching of various sizes • Ergonomically designed handles for comfort and safety • Containers hold up under temperatures from -10°F to 120°F • Optional covers and cardholders available
48" 24" 12" 12"
x x x x
15" 15" 15" 7
(1/3) (1/6) (1/12) (1/24)
48" 24" 24"
x x x
22" 22" 11"
(1/2) (1/4) (1/8)
16" x 15" on AIAG 30" x 32" 15" x 15" on AIAG 45" x 48"
(1/4)
12"
x
15"
(1/9)
(1/6)
STAKPAK® CONTAINERS Model No. Medium Green Grey CA498 CA499 CA500 CA501 CA502 CA503 CA504 CC174 CA507 CA508 CA509 CA510 CA511 CA512 CA505 CA506
Royal Blue CC112 CC113 CC114 CC115 CC116 CC117 CC118 CC119
Pallet Modularity (AIAG) 30" x 36" 45" x 48" 1/12 1/24 1/6 1/12 1/6 1/12 1/6 1/12 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6
Outside Dimensions Top Bottom L" x W" L" x W" 12.0 x 7.4 12.0 x 7.4 12.0 x 15.0 12.0 x 15.0 12.0 x 15.0 12.0 x 15.0 12.0 x 15.0 12.0 x 15.0 24.0 x 15.0 24.0 x 15.0 24.0 x 15.0 24.0 x 15.0 24.0 x 15.0 24.0 x 15.0 24.0 x 15.0 24.0 x 15.0
Total Container Height" 5.0 5.0 7.5 9.5 5.0 7.5 9.5 14.5
Product Clearance" * 4.5 4.4 6.8 8.8 4.5 6.8 8.8 13.8
Volume cu.ft. 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.7 1.1 1.4 2.2
48' Trailer Capacity (containers) 8640 4320 3456 2304 2592 1728 1296 864
Wt. lbs. 1.1 1.6 2.2 2.5 3.0 3.6 4.4 5.7
Use with Cover A, D, or G B, E or H
C, F, or I
Use with Cardholder J J K K J K K K
Price /Each 23.60 26.90 33.50 35.25 38.85 50.19 48.85 63.37
* When containers are stacked on top of each other approximately 1/2" is lost to nesting.
STAKPAK® COVERS
20
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0016-0023_Eng.indd 20
CARDHOLDERS Royal Blue G. CC120 H. CC121 I. CC122
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
L" 12.0 12.0 24.0
Dimensions x x x x
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Wt. lbs. 0.4 0.6 2.1
W" 7.4 15.0 15.0
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each P.O.A. 11.98 16.09
Model No. J. CA448 K. CA449
L" 8.5 8.5
Dimensions x W" x 4.0 x 4.6
Price /Each 1.58 1.58 R26333E
Med. Green A. CA487 B. CA489 C. CA491
Model No. Grey D. CA488 E. CA490 F. CA492
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 10:10 AM
DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS • Reusable, returnable, attached-lid containers are ideal for use in wholesale product distribution and as picking containers • Hinged covers with tight interlocking fit provide maximum security and protection
• Stack with lids closed and nest with lids open for optimum use of space in trucks, trailers or on pallets • Load capacity per container is a maximum of 70-75 lbs. • Bottom container will support 250 to 300 lbs. when stacked (Please inquire for exact load capacities)
FLIPAK TM POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC (PE) DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS
FLIPAK TM CLEAR POLYPROPYLENE PLASTIC (PP) DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS
• High density polyethylene (HDPE) construction offers maximum product protection from moisture, impact and chemicals
• Offer all the same benefits as the polyethylene containers, plus provide easy content identification • Polypropylene (PP) is the same family as polyethylene • Polypropylene's advantages over polyethylene include its greater stiff ness and elevated use • Temperature range: 30°F - 150°F
Outside Dimensions Model No. Top Bottom Grey Red Blue L" x W" L" x W" LESS THAN 2.0 CU.FT. CA452 - CF265 11.8 x 9.8 9.3 x 7.0 CA453 - CF266 15.2 x 10.9 12.8 x 7.8 CA454 - 21.8 x 15.1 18.9 x 13.7 CA455 - CF268 19.7 x 11.8 16.9 x 9.3 CA456 - 20.6 x 13.5 18.2 x 11.7 CA457 - 20.6 x 13.2 17.7 x 11.0 CF559 CF556 CF557 21.8 x 15.2 19.1 x 13.5 CA460 - 21.8 x 16.0 19.1 x 13.4 CA461 - CF273 22.3 x 13.0 19.1 x 10.9 CA462 CA463 CF274 21.8 x 15.2 18.6 x 12.9 CA464 - 23.5 x 15.7 19.9 x 13.0 2.0 CU.FT. & GREATER CF504 CF503 CF506 26.9 x 17.1 24.3 x 14.6 CA468 CA469 CF277 23.9 x 19.6 21.1 x 17.1 CA470 - 28.0 x 20.6 25.0 x 18.0 CA471 - 39.0 x 14.0 36.3 x 11.3 CA472 - 32.0 x 18.0 28.8 x 15.9 CA473 CA474 CF281 27.9 x 20.6 25.8 x 18.7 CA475 - 30.0 x 22.0 27.4 x 19.4
Overall Height"
Volume Cu. Ft.
Nesting Ratio
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
7.7 9.7 5.5 7.3 6.5 11.6 9.3 9.3 12.8 12.9 13.0
0.3 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.8 1.9
2.8:1 4.0:1 3.6:1 3.0:1 2.1:1 4.4:1 4.4:1 4.5:1 3.8:1 4.0:1 4.5:1
2.1 3.0 4.8 3.4 5.2 5.9 5.1 5.9 6.2 6.5 6.9
22.71 24.90 43.47 24.39 46.88 44.90 29.58 35.62 31.59 32.15 42.54
12.6 12.6 12.5 13.0 14.9 15.6 20.5
2.4 2.7 3.2 3.3 3.8 4.0 6.1
4.2:1 5.3:1 3.5:1 4.9:1 3.0:1 2.7:1 4.0:1
8.2 8.4 10.0 10.4 11.0 12.7 17.0
41.62 46.83 71.28 83.26 85.11 75.95 158.38
SEE PAGE 11 FOR ADHESIVE LABELS Outside Dimensions Model Top Bottom No. L" x W" L" x W" LESS THAN 2.0 CU.FT. CC128 11.8 x 9.8 9.3 x 7.0 CC129 15.2 x 10.9 12.8 x 7.8 CC130 19.7 x 11.8 16.9 x 9.3 CF558 21.8 x 15.2 19.1 x 13.5 CC132 21.8 x 15.2 18.6 x 12.9 2.0 CU.FT. & GREATER CF505
23.9 x 19.6
21.1
x
17.1
Overall Height"
Volume Cu. Ft.
Nesting Ratio
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
7.7 9.7 7.3 9.3 12.9
0.3 0.6 0.7 1.4 1.8
2.8:1 4.0:1 3.0:1 4.4:1 4.0:1
2.1 3.0 3.4 5.1 6.2
24.56 28.54 33.92 41.48 43.80
12.6
2.7
5.3:1
8.4
58.81
FLIP TOP ECONOMY STORAGE CONTAINERS
ECONOMY FLIP TOP CONTAINERS
• • • •
• Stacks when lid is closed • Nests when empty • Recessed carrying handles • Dimensions: 21 1/2" L x 15" W x 12 1/2" H • Capacity: 45 Litres • Weight: 5 lbs. Model No. CD459 Grey Price/Each $11.24
Stacks when lid is closed Nests when empty Recessed carry handles Dimensions: 21 1/2" L x 15" W x 12 1/2" H • Capacity: 45 Litres Model No. CD383 Black Top Model No. CF555 Red Top Price/Each $10.66
CD383
R35249E
CF555
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0016-0023_Eng.indd 21
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
21 12-07-26 4:38 PM
DISTRIBUTION CONTAINERS DIVIDER BOX® CONTAINERS • • • • • • • • •
•
Divider Box® (DC) series containers are injection-moulded HDPE DG series are made of FDA compliant materials Large, flat areas on all four sides for content identification Comfort grip handle Stacking rims and multi-ribbed external sides provide high impact strength All containers can be divided into compartments by length and/or width Molded-in stacking ridge assures containers will stack securely with or without covers One set of cardholder snaps and security tie holes on two ends included on DC models only Full range of optional accessories available including velcro card holders for DG models and snap on card holders for DC models, vertical and horizontal dividers and covers Optional dolly (CF400) allows for easy transport
Dimensions Grey CA562 CC641 CC642 CA565 CC643 CC644 CA566 CC645 CC646 CA567 CC647 CC648 CC649
Model No. Red CC833 CC934 CC935 CC836 CC936 CC937 CC840 CC938 CC939 CC842 CC940 CC941 CC942
Blue CC846 CC946 CC947 CC849 CC948 CC949 CC853 CC950 CC951 CC855 CC952 CC953 CC954
Mfg. No. DC1025 DG91035 DG91050 DC2025 DG92035 DG92060 DC2070 DG92080 DG93030 DC3050 DG93060 DG93080 DG93120
L" 10.8 10.9 10.9 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 22.5 22.4 22.5 22.5 22.5
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Outside W" x H" 8.3 x 2.5 8.3 x 3.5 8.3 x 5.0 10.9 x 2.5 10.9 x 3.5 10.9 x 6.0 10.9 x 7.0 10.9 x 8.0 17.5 x 3.0 17.4 x 5.0 17.5 x 6.0 17.5 x 8.0 17.5 x 12.0
L" 9.2 9.2 9.2 14.8 14.9 14.9 15.0 14.9 20.6 20.3 20.6 20.6 20.6
Long Dividers Model No. CA571 CC650 CC651 CA577 CC652 CC653 CA581 CC654 CC655 CA588 CC656 CC657 CC658
No. of Slots 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 11 11 11 11 11
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Inside W" 6.6 6.6 6.6 9.2 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 15.6 15.3 15.6 15.6 15.6
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
H" 2.5 3.0 4.5 2.5 3.0 5.5 7.0 7.5 2.5 5.0 5.5 7.5 11.5
Volume Cu. Ft. 0.07 0.10 0.19 0.16 0.24 0.44 0.51 0.60 0.44 0.79 0.97 1.32 2.03
Wt. lbs. 0.5 0.9 1.2 0.9 1.42 1.88 1.7 2.5 2.5 2.6 4 4.67 5.67
Uses Accessories A B C D E F H H I K K L M
Price /Each 9.12 9.96 10.31 11.49 14.63 18.09 19.34 22.19 24.38 24.46 28.96 36.27 41.48
ACCESSORIES
A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M.
No. of Slots 7 7 7 11 11 11 11 11 15 15 15 15 15
Price /Each 1.17 1.62 1.65 1.34 2.25 2.81 2.96 3.01 4.04 2.72 4.10 5.36 9.96
Price /Each 1.34 2.25 2.42 1.93 3.34 3.38 3.27 4.04 4.47 3.03 4.67 6.06 11.02
Clear Lids Model No. CA556** CD437* CD437* CA559/CA561** CD438* CD438* CA559/CA561** CD438* CD439* CA560/CD456** CD439* CD439* CD439*
Price /Each 9.46 7.31 7.31 10.22 10.69 10.69 10.22 10.69 19.80 16.28 19.80 19.80 19.80
Snap-on or Velcro Cardholders Model No. CC314 CF351 CF352 CC314 CF351 CF352 CA446/CC314 CF353 CF351 CA446/CC314 CF352 CF353 CF353
Price /Each 2.27 6.24 6.66 2.27 6.24 6.66 2.27 7.02 6.24 2.27 6.66 7.02 7.02
* Grey, red and blue covers available ** Grey and blue covers available
22
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0016-0023_Eng.indd 22
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R26335E
Short Dividers Model No. CA568 CC659 CC660 CA571 CC661 CC662 CA575 CC663 CC664 CA584 CC665 CC666 CC667
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 10:11 AM
ESD BINS ESD DIVIDER BOXES • • • • • • • •
Provide conductive and shielding protection for use in electronics manufacturing All boxes can be divided into compartments by length and/or width Dividers are on 1.25" centres Made of permanently conductive black, carbon-filled, injection molded polypropylene copolymer resin Provides a Faraday cage for parts when container is covered Unaffected by humidity Static decay rate of <0.10 seconds at +5 kV applied charge 105 ohms per square resistivity
Outside Model Dim. Top No. L" x W" CONDUCTIVE BINS CB935 10.8 x 8.5 CB936 10.8 x 8.5 CB909 10.8 x 8.5 CB910 16.5 x 10.9 CB937 16.5 x 10.9 CB912 22.4 x 17.4 CB913 16.5 x 10.9 CB914 16.5 x 10.9 CB915 16.5 x 10.9 CB916 16.5 x 10.9 CB917 22.4 x 17.4 CB918 22.4 x 17.4 CB919 22.4 x 17.4
Outside Dim. Bottom L" x W" 9.8 9.8 9.8 15.5 15.5 20.9 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 20.9 20.9 20.9
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Overall Vol. Height" Cu. Ft.
7.3 7.3 7.3 9.9 9.9 15.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 9.9 15.9 15.9 15.9
2.5 3.5 5 2.5 7.0 5 3.5 5 6 8 6 8 12
.07 .11 .16 .16 .51 .79 .24 .36 .43 .59 .97 1.32 2
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Short Dividers Model No. Slots
Price /Each
Long Dividers Model No. Slots
Price /Each
Covers Model No.
Price /Each
.5 .6 .8 .9 2 2.4 1.1 1.4 1.5 2 2.5 3.3 6
15.66 17.03 20.89 24.60 36.99 53.20 24.33 28.15 29.87 39.05 59.25 69.64 83.03
CB938 CB940 CB907 CB939 CB941 CB944 CB942 CB908 CB925 CB927 CB929 CB931 CB932
7 7 7 11 11 15 5 11 11 11 15 15 15
2.00 2.17 2.48 2.13 5.06 5.57 2.58 3.10 4.75 5.40 6.09 6.88 14.11
CB939 CB942 CB908 CB945 CB943 CB946 CB947 CB924 CB926 CB928 CB930 CB934 CB933
5 5 5 7 7 11 7 7 7 7 11 11 11
2.13 2.58 3.10 2.65 6.57 6.09 4.06 5.37 5.61 7.33 6.95 8.67 14.83
CB911 CB911 CB911 CB923 CB923 CB921 CB923 CB923 CB923 CB923 CB921 CB921 CB921
7.40 7.40 7.40 14.76 14.76 25.26 14.76 14.76 14.76 14.76 25.26 25.26 25.26
x x x
Dimensions W" x 15.13 x 17.88 x
Weight lbs. 2 2
Price /Each 41.19 41.91
ESD TRAYS • Trays provide conductive and shielding protection for use in electronics manufacturing • Resistant to abrasion and chemicals • Easy to clean with steam or water (temperature range: -60ºF to 250ºF) • Trays are permanently dissipative and are unaffected by washing Model No. CF261 CF262
L" 18 18
x x x
Dimensions W" x 12 x 14 x
Weight lbs. 1.6 1.8
H" 1 1
Price /Each 36.34 36.78
Model No. CF263 CF264
L" 20.36 25.75
ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY RECYCLED BINS
H" 1 1.1
RECYCLED SHELF BINS • Manufactured from recycled 100% post consumer, high density polyethylene • Available in black only
• Manufactured from recycled, 100% post consumer, high density polypropylene/polyethylene • Available in Ultra-Hang and stack bins • Available in black only
R26336E
RECYCLED ULTRA HANG AND STACK BINS Model No. CC552 CC553 CC554 CE872 CC555 CC556 CC557 CC558 CC559 CC560 CC561 CC562 CC563 CC564 CC565 CC566
Mfg. No. QUS205BR QUS210BR QUS220BR QUS224BR QUS230BR QUS233BR QUS234BR QUS235BR QUS239BR QUS240BR QUS245BR QUS250BR QUS255BR QUS260BR QUS265BR QUS270BR
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0016-0023_Eng.indd 23
Outside dimensions W" x D" x 4 1/8 x 4 1/2 x 4 1/8 x 5 3/8 x 4 1/8 x 7 3/8 x 4 1/8 x 10 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 10 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 13 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 14 3/4 x 11 x 10 7/8 x 8 1/4 x 10 3/4 x 8 1/4 x 14 3/4 x 16 1/2 x 10 7/8 x 16 1/2 x 14 3/4 x 11 x 16 x 11 x 18 x 8 1/4 x 18 x 16 1/2 x 18 x INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
H" 3 3 3 4 5 5 5 5 7 7 5 7 8 10 9 11
Price /Each 1.86 1.86 3.25 4.85 8.10 10.02 9.49 12.48 13.46 15.98 18.69 22.44 24.27 36.88 26.73 40.44 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Dividers Model No. CB824 CB825 CB826 CD250 CB829 CB828 CC569 CB829 CB830 CB831 CC297 CB831 CB833 CB834 CC298 CB835 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 1.52 1.56 1.69 2.75 2.71 3.21 3.41 2.71 3.97 4.00 2.85 4.00 7.94 4.07 7.18 7.94
Model No. CB850 CB851 CB954 CB854 CB855 CB857 CB860 CC304 CC241
Mfg. No. QSB 101 BR QSB 102 BR QSB 104 BR QSB 105 BR QSB 106 BR QSB 108 BR QSB 114 BR QSB 116B QGH 700 BR
WELDING & METALWORKING
W" 4 1/8 6 5/8 6 5/8 4 1/8 6 5/8 8 3/8 8 1/8 11 1/8 19 7/8
Outside Dimensions x D" x H" x 11 5/8 x 4 x 11 5/8 x 4 x 17 7/8 x 4 x 23 5/8 x 4 x 23 5/8 x 4 x 17 7/8 x 4 x 23 5/8 x 4 x 23 5/8 x 4 x 15 1/4 x 12 7/16
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 2.64 4.25 5.65 6.34 8.81 6.09 10.75 13.17 25.19
Dividers Model No. CB861 CB862 CB862 CB861 CB862 CB867 CB867 CB869 N/A
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 0.70 0.76 0.76 0.70 0.76 1.75 1.75 2.05 -
23 12-07-24 10:11 AM
PALLETS LIGHT-DUTY ONE-WAY PALLETS
STACKABLE PALLETS
• Low cost, lightweight alternative to wood pallets • Made from recycled plastic and is 100% recyclable • Offered in nestable version, model CF413 or simply snap in runners and converts into a stackable pallet model CF415 • Streamlines customs process and reduces shipping delays • Non-skid deck surface reduces product shift during transport • 4-way entry for both forklift and pallet truck • ISPM 15 exempt
• • • • • •
Model No. CF413 CF415
L" 48 48
x x x
Dimensions W" x 40 x 40 x
H" 5 5 3/4
Designed for handling and shipping of heavy products Manufactured in HDPE structural foam Replaceable bottom deck allows for easy in-house repair 4-way entry for fork and hand trucks Drain holes in deck An economic and environmental alternative to wood pallets or skids • ISPM 15 exempt
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 7500 1000 7500 1750
Wt. lbs. 21 1/2 21 1/2
Price /Each 40.50 65.06
• • • •
L" 48 48
x x x
Dimensions W" x 40 x 40 x
H" 5.5 6.5
Dimensions x W" x x 40 x
H" 5.8
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 30 000 3 500
Wt. lbs. 39
Price /Each 177.27
Wt. lbs. 29 45.5
Price /Each 80.22 214.66
Wt. lbs. 37
Price /Each 158.56
• One piece structural foam pallets are lightweight, nestable and recyclable • High density polyethylene construction • Large rectangular legs make it an excellent choice for most conveyor systems • Stacks 15 high in only 48" for cost effective transport • Fork lift: 4-ways • Pallett truck: 4-ways • Colour: Black • ISPM 15 exempt
Economic, environmental and efficient alternative to wood pallets 100% recyclable export pallet made from 100% recycled material Low cost lightweight pallet ideal for export and one way shipments Available in a flat deck model CC435 or discontinuous rim to reduce load shifting model CC436 Flow thru design allows for easy cleaning True 4-way entry for forklifts and pallet trucks Colour: Black ISPM 15 exempt
Model No. CC435 CC436
L" 48
NESTABLE SINGLE-FACED PALLETS
NESTABLE EXPORT PALLETS • • • •
Model No. MN167
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 10 000 2300 10 000 2300
Wt. lbs. 21.5 21.5
Price /Each 69.98 69.98
Model No. CB520 CB524
L" 48 48
Dimensions x W" x x 40 x x 48 x
H" 5 5 3/4
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 30 000 3000 30 000 4000
NESTABLE LIGHTWEIGHT PALLETS WITH LIP
SMOOTH-DECK NESTABLE PALLETS
• 5/8" raised edge surrounding the deck prevents loads from sliding off • Single faced, one-piece high-density polyethylene construction • Cleans easily with efficient drainage design • Nestable • 4-way fork lift and 2-way pallet truck entry • ISPM 15 exempt
• Manufactured in HDPE Structural Foam • Empty pallets nest for a cost-efficient return trip or warehouse storage. • Lightweight and easy to manually handle, with no nails, splinters or broken boards to risk employee injury • 4-way entry using both Fork Truck or Hand Trucks • An economic and environmental alternative to wood pallets or skids. • ISPM 15 exempt
Model Dimensions Capacity lbs. Wt. No. L" x W" x H" Static Dynamic lbs. CB521 48 x 40 x 5 1/2 20 000 2500 21 Also available in USDA/FDA approved material for non-direct food contact.
Price /Each 123.60
Model No. MN171
L" 48
x x
Dimensions W" x 40 x
H" 6
Capacity Static Dynamic 30 000 4000
PLASTIC PALLETS Sturdy, lightweight pallets with rigid centre supports offer versatile, damage-free storage and movement for a wide range of materials. Suitable for the handling of all materials in paper, plastic or burlap bags; as well as tires, construction materials and items under assembly. • • • •
Injection-molded plastic is easy to clean and resistant to both chemicals and weather Nestable (each adds only 5/8" to the height of a stack) 1 1/2" deep stringers can also be handled by a standard forklift ISPM 15 exempt
24
Deck Size L" x W" 24 x 12 24 x 15
Stringer Height" 1 1/2 1 1/2
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0024-0026_Eng.indd 24
Construction Black Plastic Black Plastic
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Capacity lbs. 800 800 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Wt. lbs. 1 1 1/4
Price /Each 11.34 14.41
WELDING & METALWORKING
R32604E
Model No. MA373 MA374
MA374
MA373 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 9:32 AM
PALLETS RACKSTAR PALLETS
FDA Compliant Material
• Ideal for use in food industry and in situations where higher capacity racking capabilities are important • Double-deck, one piece construction with an open grid and large corner for easy cleaning • Standard high density polyethylene or FDA compliant HDPE virgin material for direct food contact • In an edge-supported rack, pallet can hold up to a 2500 lbs. evenly distributed load • 4 way fork lift or pallet truck entry • Colour: Standard-Black, FDA compliant material-Blue • ISPM 15 exempt
Standard
Model Dimensions Capacity lbs. Wt. Price No. L" x W" x H" Description Static Dynamic lbs. /Each CB536 48 x 40 x 6 5/8 Standard 30 000 5000 45 253.84 CB537 48 x 40 x 6 5/8 USDA/FDA 30 000 5000 45 258.40 Note: Test for pallet deflection on loads over 2500 lbs. when used with unsupported (edgesupported) pallet rack.
STACK'R PLASTIC PALLETS • • • • • •
New design can be used in both racking and stacking applications Manufactured in HDPE Structural Channel The open, flow-through deck allows easy cleaning Fully recyclable at the end of its service life 4-way hand and fork truck entry ISPM 15 exempt
RACKSTAR II PALLETS • Highly impact resistant design • Internal reinforcements meet aggressive application requirements • 100% recyclable with fully removable reinforcement structure • Solid wall design for increased durability • 4-way forklift accessible • Easy to sanitize • Removable/repairable stringers or full frame bottom, with easy-to-replace fasteners, are available for added capacity in forklift and conveyor use • Perimeter molded-in lip options offer secure product loading and stacking • Rackable • ISPM 15 exempt
Rackstar II Pallet
Capacity lbs. Model Dimensions Capacity lbs. Centre Edge Wt. Price No. L" x W" Description Static Dynamic Decking Supports Supported lbs. /Each CC162 48 x 40 x 6 1/3" With Lip 30 000 6000 6000 6000 3000 56.6 281.98 CC163 48 x 40 x 6" Without Lip 30 000 6000 6000 6000 3000 56.6 286.30 (Includes 16 Deck Grommets)
EXTRA-LONG STACKABLE PALLETS • • • •
Model No. MN166
L" 48
x x
Dimensions W" x 40 x
H" 6
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 30 000 4000
Wt. lbs. 59
Price /Each 143.00
Pallet is fully reversible for double stacking of loads Manufactured in HDPE structural foam Designed for handling and shipping heavy product loads Ideal for stack loading, conveying systems, distribution and static storage • 4-way entry for fork trucks • ISPM 15 exempt
DOUBLE DECK STACKABLE PALLETS • Designed for handling and shipping heavy products • Manufactured in HDPE structural foam • An economic, environmental and efficient alternative to wood pallets or skids • Double deck design, ideal for stack loading, conveying systems, distribution and static storage • 4-way entry for fork and hand trucks • ISPM 15 exempt
Model No. MN168
L" 48
Dimensions x W" x x 45 x
H" 7.2
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 30 000 4000
Model No. MN169 MN170
Wt. lbs. 62
Price /Each 311.80
Wt. lbs. 9.4 18.9
Price /Each 95.58 116.96
REUSABLE NESTABLE PALLETS Nestable pallet designed for long life Choice of two popular small footprint pallets 100 % recyclable and reusable pallet with long service life Economic, environmental and efficient alternative to wood pallets • 2-way entry for forklift and hand pallet trucks • Colour: Black • ISPM 15 exempt
R32605E
• • • •
Model No. CB518 CB519
L" 28 40
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0024-0026_Eng.indd 25
x x x
Dimensions W" x 20 x 28 x
H" 5.3 5.3
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 5000 1500 10 000 2000 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Dimensions L" x W" x H" 60 x 48 x 5.8 72 x 48 x 5.8
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 30 000 3500 30 000 4000
Wt. lbs. 88 110
Price /Each 489.00 489.00
MEDIUM-DUTY RACKABLE PLASTIC PALLETS • • • • •
Unique rib design for easy cleaning and sanitary applications Edge-supported racking application, maximum capacity of 1400 lbs. Bottom design of pallet ideal for automated conveying Anti-skid grommets on both top and bottom High pressure injection molded plastic pallets made with recyclable materials • Grey • ISPM 15 exempt
Model No. MN172
L" 48
WELDING & METALWORKING
x x
Dimensions W" x 40 x
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
H" 6
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 30 000 3000 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 42
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 139.50
25 12-07-23 9:32 AM
PALLETS STEEL PALLETS
PALLET NO STACK CONES ®
• These strong durable pallets offer 2-way fork lift and pallet truck entry • Solid, ribbed-top pallet has 12 gauge platform and stringers and 4" underclearance • Unpainted finish • ISPM 15 exempt
• Prevent damage to your shipment with No Stack® signs - warns against double stacking your shipment, ensuring your shipment remains on top • 3 dimensional anti-stack warning devices, that easily crushes if stacked on, proof that your shipment was mishandled • Strap easily to the top of your pallet, or attach with packaging tape • 100/package
Model No. CB517
Improves stocking strength and cushions package edges against hard knocks. Also helps improve the flow of strapping and stretch film around the product. 20/package. Pallet quantities are available. Other thicknesses & lengths available upon request.
Model No. CF416 CF417
PREBUNDLED PACKS
2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3
Thickness" 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.200
Length" 36 42 48 36 42 48
Price /Each 15.87 18.51 21.15 18.37 21.43 24.50
See pages 171 to 176 for Pallet Handling and Moving Equipment
0024-0026_Eng.indd 26
Wt. lbs. 157
Price/Each 663.60
L" 48 48
x x x
Dimensions W" x 42 x 48 x
H" 6 6
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 12 000 6000 12 000 6000
CF416
Wt. lbs. 40 50
Price /Each 554.50 594.37
• Rotationally moulded of durable polyethylene • Lightweight pallets handle rolls up to a maximum diameter of 42" • Moulded construction eliminates product damage due to splinters and nails • 2-way forklift entry • ISPM 15 exempt
L" 21
x x
Dimensions W" x 38 1/2 x
H" 8 1/2
Capacity lbs. 1500
Wt. lbs. 24
Price /Each 116.11
DRUM PALLETS The 48" x 48" one-piece drum pallet features four moulded-in rings to secure the drums during transportation, underside rings for secure double stacking and complete flow through design. • Structural foam • Pallets fit side by side in regular trailers • Standard colour: Black • Fork truck entry: 4-ways • Hand truck entry: 4-ways • ISPM 15 exempt
Model No. CC153
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
Capacity lbs. Static Dynamic 30 000 4000
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Truckload Quantity Dimensions 48' Trailer 53' Trailer L" x W" H" 418 494 48.8 x 48.8 x 5.5
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wt. lbs. 57
Price /Each 352.10
R32606E
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Cap. lbs. 4000
ROLL PALLETS
Model No. CB535
26
H" 6
• Welded aluminum construction provides superb weight-to-load ratio • Ideal for heavy industrial, food, electronics, telecommunications, pharmaceuticals and consumer goods • Long service life indoors and outdoors, lightweight and low maintenance • Resists fire, freezing temperatures, chemicals, rust and insects • Always looks clean, easy to wash and sterilize • Works seamlessly with automated and mechanized material handling equipment • 2-way fork entry, ridged deck boards provide grip to reduce load shifting • ISPM 15 exempt
EDGEBOARD CORNER PROTECTORS
Leg" x 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.5 x 3 x 3 x 3
Dimensions x W" x x 42 x
ALUMINUM PALLETS
Model No. PC616 Price/Each $257.75
Model No. PB264 PB265 PB266 PB267 PB268 PB269
L" 48
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 4:49 PM
FOOD APPROVED CONTAINERS CYLINDRICAL TANKS
RECTANGULAR TANKS
Covers sold separately
• Ideal for storage and mixing at constant temperatures up to 150°F or 170°F intermittent • Covers available for most sizes • To prevent bulging under continuous heavy and liquid load, simple bracing of steel, plywood or lumber is recommended • Straight sides, external lip unless otherwise stated • Colour: Natural white • Other sizes available up to 300 lbs. • Accepted for use in Canadian Food Processing Facilities
• Ideal for plating, compounding, pickling, and mixing • Cylindrical tanks are self-supporting when filled • Natural translucent walls permit visual inspection of contents at all times • An assortment of fittings may be installed to meet the most demanding applications • Colour: Natural white • Other sizes available up to 500-lb capacity • Accepted for use in Canadian Food Processing Facilities
FITTINGS
TANKS Model No. CA074 CA027 CA020 CA025 CA021 CA067 CA036 CA076 CA078† CA034† CA038† CA054†
COVERS Capacity Imp. Gal. 5 12 15 25 30 30 45 60 75 100 150 175
Inside Dia. " 11 13 16 16 18 20 22 1/2 22 1/2 24 30 36 36
Covers Sold Separately
Tank Depth " 16 27 24 35 33 27 1/2 34 45 48 42 42 48
Wt. lbs. 3 4 6 8 10 11 18 22 23 35 45 55
Price /Each 57.81 73.80 90.61 121.77 122.62 137.17 207.44 277.77 291.74 391.10 574.10 615.31
Model No. CA075 CA028 CA026 CA022 CA068 CA037 CA077 CA079 N/A CA039 CA055
Wt. lbs. 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 8 8
Price /Each 26.37 26.92 32.16 44.30 43.42 43.30 44.30 51.21 112.95 113.79
† F.O.B. Milton, Ontario
GENERAL PURPOSE PAILS • Snap on lids available: Dry seal type or gasket type for liquid handling • Galvanized steel handles except Model CB040 • Lids sold separately
A large variety of fittings are available for all types and sizes of tanks. These include: • Threaded taps • True union ball valves • Welded Boss • Removable adaptors
TANKS Model No. CA110 CA065 CA069 CA084* CA066 CA050 CA063 CA045** CA071* CA086 CA042† CA089† CA051† CA030† CA099† CA056†
COVERS Capacity Imp. Gal. 6 15 15 20 20 20 30 30 50 60 75 100 140 160 190 300
Inside Dim. L" x W" x D" 11 x 11 x 15 24 x 15 x 11 45 x 22 x 5 23 x 19 x 16 23 x 23 x 12 24 x 10 x 24 35 x 23 x 10 30 x 14 x 24 45 x 22 x 15 35 x 23 x 23 42 x 24 x 24 37 x 26 x 31 54 x 30 x 24 48 x 30 x 30 60 x 30 x 30 72 x 36 x 33
Wt. lbs. 6 10 18 11 11 12 18 16 28 28 32 40 70 75 75 135
Price /Each 115.83 159.85 146.64 170.27 172.32 206.44 146.28 171.36 240.20 262.56 364.40 404.71 546.94 569.85 656.82 1151.01
Model No. N/A N/A N/A CA085 N/A N/A CA064 N/A CA072 N/A CA043 CA091 CA052 CA031 N/A CA057
Wt. lbs. 3 6 7 7 7 11 11 15
Price /Each 101.94 114.21 148.62 197.27 222.51 387.96 334.85 331.50
* Tapered sides ** Top dimensions restricted. † F.O.B. Milton, Ontario
ROUND STORAGE CONTAINERS • Large ergonomic pull-tab lids makes for easy opening • Double seal lids help minimize leaking, spoilage and spills • Dishwasher safe, durable plastic construction • Ergonomic, easy-grip handles for comfort and control • Lids sold separately
R32113E
CONTAINERS
Model No. Description CONTAINERS CB040 4-L Pail w/Plastic Handle CB043 11.4-L Pail w/Metal Handle CB046 20-L Pail w/Metal Handle LIDS CB039 Lid for Pails 4, 5, 6 L w/Static Joint CB041 Lid for Pails 11.4 L w/o Static Joint CC426 Lid for 20-L Pail CB045 Heavy-Duty Lid for 20 and 23-L Pails w/Pouring Spout OFFICE PRODUCTS
0027-0029_Eng.indd 27
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Dimensions Dia" x W"
Lid Type
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
8 1/4 x 6 11 x 9 11 7/8 x 15 3/8
-
0.5 1.1 2.0
5.19 7.12 11.60
Gasket Dry Seal Dry Seal Gasket
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6
2.70 2.83 4.64 6.42
8 1/2 11 3/8 12 1/2 12 1/8
x x x x
1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. White Clear CB583 CB584 CB585 CB586 CB587 CB588 CB589 CB590 CB591 CB592 CB593 CB594 CB599 CB600
Description Round Storage Container Round Storage Container Round Storage Container Round Storage Container Round Storage Container Round Storage Container Round Storage Sontainer
Capacity 2 qt/1.89 L 4 qt/3.79 L 6 qt/5.68 L 8 qt/7.57 L 12 qt/11.36 L 18 qt/17.03 L 22 qt/20.82 L
Wt. lbs. 0.35 0.58 0.73 0.85 1.25 1.8 2.4
Price /Each 4.01 5.51 7.03 8.07 13.98 18.29 22.05
Wt. lbs. 0.22 0.28 1
Price /Each 2.66 2.95 7.09
LIDS Model No. CB595 CB596 CB597
Description Bright Yellow Lid, fits CB583, CB584, CB585, CB586 Bright Yellow Lid, fits CB587, CB588 CB589, CB590 Bright Yellow Lid, Fits All Other Containers
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
27 12-07-23 11:21 AM
FOOD APPROVED CONTAINERS GENERAL PURPOSE UTILITY BRUSHES
QUANTUB NESTING TOTES • High-density polyethylene • Rolled top rim for comfortable grip • Eight 1/4" position drill holes on bottom allow for drainage • Dimensions: 24 1/2" L x 19" W x 9 1/2" H • Made of FDA compliant materials
• Ergonomic handle with aggressive polyester fibre, 1 3/4" and 1 1/2" trim length and 10" handle • Utility brush is ideal for counter height cleaning and longer handle is great for reaching into equipment • Curved ergonomic handle prevents knuckle dusting • Accepted for use in Canadian Food Processing Facilities
JB684
JB840
Model No. CD244 CD434
Price /Each 36.79 36.79
Colour Grey Blue
Model No. JB684 JB836 JB837 JB838 JB839 JB840
Mfg. No. D4W D9B D9G D9R D9W D9Y
Description White, Short Handle Blue, Long Handle Green, Long Handle Red, Long Handle White, Long Handle Yellow, Long Handle
CROSS STACK BINS
DETAIL BRUSHES
• Ideal for production, assembly and order picking • Injection molded from high impact polyethylene; will not crack or rust, and easy to clean • Can be turned 90° to cross stack • Built-in handle and bottom grooves for easy handling • Capacity: 100 lbs. • FDA approved • Optional clear label holder CC360
• 9" detail brush with stiff fibres is perfect for cleaning hard to reach spaces in machinery, 5/8" trim length • Contoured handle for ergonomic comfort • Accepted for use in Canadian Food Processing Facilities
Model No. JB816 JB817 JB818 JB819 JB820
BINS
Description Stiff, Blue Stiff , Green Stiff, Red Stiff, White Stiff, Yellow
Price /Each 18.33 18.33 18.33 18.33 18.33 18.33
Length" 9 9 9 9 9
Price /Each 3.88 3.88 3.88 3.88 3.88
LIDS
Model No. Dimensions Blue Grey White L" x W" x H" CD583 CD584 CD585 17 1/4 x 11 x 12 CD247 CD246 CD248 25 1/8 x 16 x 8 1/2
Price /Each 17.00 26.57
Model No. Blue Grey White CF016 CD586 CF017 CF018 CD606 CF019
BUS/UTILITY BOXES USDA Meat & Poultry Equipment Group Listed and assists in complying w/HACCP guidelines • Made of durable, commercial grade plastic • Reinforced handles, bottom and ribs for added strength • Capacity: 17.5 L • 20" L x 15" W x 5" H Model No. CD445 Grey Model No. CD446 White Price/Each 13.04 GREY COVER Model No. CD662 Price/Each 13.35
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0027-0029_Eng.indd 28
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 10.44 18.09
TWISTED IN WIRE BRUSHES (TIW) • Medium stiff polyester fibre trimmed to 1", 2", and 2 1/2" diameter for cleaning tubes, twisted onto stainless steel wire, cut to 12" and 15" • These brushes make it possible to clean small diameter vessels and pipes on equipment • Accepted for use in Canadian Food Processing Facilities JB833
Model No. JB691 JB831 JB832 JB833 JB834 JB835 JB692
WELDING & METALWORKING
Mfg. No. T832W T834B T834G T834R T834W T834Y T835W
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Description White Blue Green Red White Yellow White
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Dimensions Length" x Dia." 12 x 1 15 x 2 15 x 2 15 x 2 15 x 2 15 x 2 15 x 2 1/2
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each 10.40 13.26 13.26 13.26 13.26 13.26 14.08
R32114E
28
Mfg. No. B1606B B1606G B1606R B1606W B1606Y
Length" 10 16 16 16 16 16
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 11:21 AM
FOOD APPROVED CONTAINERS NARROW-MOUTH BOTTLES
STRAIGHT-SIDED JARS
• These sturdy all-purpose bottles offer a large variety of uses • Guaranteed leakproof • Max temp.: 120°C/ 248°F • Min.Temp.: -100°C/-148°F
• These attractive canister-style jars are ideal for a wide variety of uses • Lock out moisture to help preserve freshness • Stackable and impact resistant • Not recommended for liquid storage • Max temp.: 135°C/275°F • Min. temp.: -135°C/-211°F
Model No. HA887 HA888 HA881 HA882 HA883 HA884 HA885 HA886 DROP DISPENSERS HB233 HB234 HB235
Size 1/4 oz. 1/2 oz. 1 oz. 2 oz. 4 oz. 8 oz. 16 oz. 32 oz.
Price /Each 1.06 1.06 2.05 2.11 2.05 3.08 4.10 6.15
1/2 oz. 1 oz. 2 oz.
2.55 3.63 3.90
• The larger Nalgene® wide-mouth bottles are great for almost anything • Guaranteed leakproof • Max. temp.: 120°C/248°F
Price /Each 1.94 1.93 2.23 3.37 4.49 8.20 17.07 18.45
Size 1 oz. 2 oz. 4 oz. 8 oz. 16 oz. 32 oz. 1/2 gal. 1 gal.
1-GALLON SQUARE BOTTLES
EASY-GRIP SPACE-SAVER BOTTLES RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE PERFECT FOR SOLIDS, POWDERS OR LIQUIDS! Rectangular
Model No. RECTANGULAR HA902 HA903 HA904 HA905 HA906 SQUARE HB014 HB015 HB016 HB017 HB018
Square
Size
Price /Each
4 oz. 8 oz. 16 oz. 32 oz. 64 oz.
2.11 3.17 5.28 9.23 17.43
2 oz. 6 oz. 8 oz. 16 oz. 32 oz.
2.05 3.08 5.13 6.15 9.23
SAMPLE JARS
• Heavy-duty walls will not puncture or split under rough conditions • This 1-gallon leakproof bottle is perfect for solids, powders or liquids • The convenient wide mouth and handgrips make it easy to fill and pour contents Model No. HB039 Price/Each $26.65
• Excellent for storing dry materials, medicines, first aid supplies and spare parts for equipment • Friction fit snap caps
Model No. HD015
R32115E
Price /Each 2.11 2.05 4.22 4.10 6.15 9.50
Size 1 oz. 2 oz. 4 oz. 8 oz. 16 oz. 32 oz.
• Heavy-duty walls will not puncture or split under rough conditions • Perfect for solids, powders or liquids • Guaranteed leakproof • Max Temp.: 120°C/248°F • Min. Temp.: -100°C/-148°F
WIDE-MOUTH BOTTLES
Model No. HB005 HB006 HB007 HB008 HC678 HC679 HB037 HB038
Model No. HB025 HB026 HB027 HB028 HB029 HB030
Size 1 x 1 1/3
Price /Each 0.76
Easy to fill and to pour contents! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0027-0029_Eng.indd 29
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
29 12-07-23 11:22 AM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE STEEL PARTS CABINETS • New design allows 98% use of drawer space to store larger tools or materials • Housed in all-welded galvanised steel cabinet • I.D. card with clear plastic shield and divider included with every drawer
• Steel tabs and drawer stoppers allow for full extension without risk of spilling • Grey enamel finish
HEAVYDUTY PARTS CABINETS • Drawer size: 6.5" W x 14.8" D x 4.1" H • Heavy-duty ABS beige drawers • Heavy-duty steel shelves provide extra durability Model No. CF323
No. of Drawers 30
Dimensions W" x D" x H" 34.6 x 15.7 x 34.6
Wt. lbs. 119
Price /Each 642.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. CF324 CF546 CF343 CF344
Price /Each 30.15 1.96 0.67 0.32
Description Drawer Divider Label Cover Label
CF323
CF285
A5 PARTS CABINETS
CF284
• Drawer size: 6.4" W x 11.3" D x 2.7" H • Heavy-duty ABS beige drawers Model No. CF283 CF284 CF285
No. of Drawers 12 24 36
W" 23 23 23
Dimensions x D" x H" x 11.4 x 13.8 x 11.4 x 25.2 x 11.4 x 36.9
Wt. lbs. 28 47 60
Price /Each 224.00 322.00 375.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. CF286 CF545 CF338 CF339
Price /Each 15.85 1.36 0.15 0.22
Description Drawer Divider Label Cover Label
CF283
A6H PARTS CABINETS • Drawer size: 5.9" W x 9.8" D x 3.3" H • Heavy-duty ABS beige drawers Model No. CA889
No. of Drawers 30
Dimensions W" x D" x H" 21.3 x 10.4 x 36.9
Wt. lbs. 58
Price /Each 352.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. CF481 CF548 CF522 CF521
Price /Each 6.44 0.72 0.85 0.32
Description Drawer Divider Label Cover Label
CA889 R34872
30
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0030-0044_Eng.indd 30
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:01 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE STEEL PARTS CABINETS • New design allows 98% use of drawer space to store larger tools or materials • Housed in all-welded galvanised steel cabinet • I.D. card with clear plastic shield and divider included with every drawer
• Steel tabs and drawer stoppers allow for full extension without risk of spilling • Grey enamel finish
CA890
A6P PARTS CABINETS
CF289
• Drawer size: 5.9" W x 9.8" D x 1.6" H • Clear polystyrene drawers Model No. CF289 CA890 CF293
No. of Drawers 24 60 18
W" 14.3 21.3 21.3
Dimensions x D" x H" x 10.4 x 22.5 x 10.4 x 36.9 x 10.4 x 12.2
Wt. lbs. 32 60 25
Price /Each 232.00 449.00 165.00
CF293
REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. CB984 CF549 CF024 CF340
Price /Each 5.75 2.01 0.47 0.22
Description Drawer Divider Label Cover Label
CD440
CA892
A7 PARTS CABINETS • Drawer size: 4.7" W x 8.6" D x 2.7" H • Heavy-duty ABS beige drawers Model No. CF298 CA891 CA892 CD440*
No. of Drawers 16 24 48 48
W" 23.1 17.3 22.6 22.6
Dimensions x D" x x 8.7 x x 8.7 x x 8.7 x x 10.8 x
H" 13.8 25.6 36.9 36.9
Wt. lbs. 24 33 58 66.8
Price /Each 182.00 220.00 353.00 475.00
* Comes with locking door REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. CF025 CB985 CF550 CF341 CC310
Price /Each 2.50 5.40 0.45 0.34 0.22
Description Lock with 2 numbered keys for CD440 Drawer Divider Label Cover Label
CA891
CF298
CC454
A8 PARTS CABINETS
CC453
• Drawer size: 3.5" W x 8.6" D x 2.7" H • Clear polystyrene drawers Model No. CF305 CF304 CF306 CC453 CC454
No. of Drawers 16 15 20 32 60
W" 18.3 13.9 23.1 18.1 22.6
Dimensions x D" x x 8.7 x x 8.7 x x 8.7 x x 8.7 x x 8.7 x
H" 13.8 16.3 13.8 25.6 36.9
Wt. lbs. 21 22 27 31 68
Price /Each 174.00 125.00 206.00 229.00 397.00
R25960E
REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. CC455 CF551 CF342 CD239 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0030-0044_Eng.indd 31
Price /Each 4.75 0.33 0.34 0.34
Description Drawer Divider Label Cover Label INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
CF306 CF305
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
CF304
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
31 12-07-24 3:01 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE STEEL PARTS CABINETS • Steel tabs and drawer stoppers allow for full extension without risk of spilling • Grey enamel finish
• New design allows 98% use of drawer space to store larger tools or materials • Housed in all-welded galvanised steel cabinet • I.D. card with clear plastic shield and divider included with every drawer
CF315
ST1 PARTS CABINETS • Drawer size: 3.5" W x 8.6" D x 2.2" H • Clear polystyrene drawers Model No. CF311 CF312 CF313 CF314 CF315
No. of Drawers 18 20 25 40 75
CF314
Dimensions W" x D" x 13.9 x 8.7 x 18.3 x 8.7 x 23.1 x 8.7 x 18.3 x 8.7 x 23.1 x 8.7 x
Wt. lbs. 19 21 27 40 66
H" 16.3 13.8 13.8 25.3 36.9
Price /Each 129.00 182.00 203.00 263.00 459.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. CF316 CF317 CF345 CF346
Price /Each 3.40 0.62 0.20 0.22
Description Drawer Divider Label Cover Label
CF311
CF312
ST2 PARTS CABINETS
CF320
• Drawer size: 4.7" W x 8.6" D x 2.2" H • Clear polystyrene drawers Model No. CF318 CF319 CF320
No. of Drawers 20 30 60
W" 23.1 17.5 23.1
CF313
Dimensions x D" x H" x 8.7 x 13.6 x 8.7 x 25.3 x 8.7 x 36.9
Wt. lbs. 25 40 71
Price /Each 199.00 262.00 420.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. CF321 CF322 CF347 CF348
Price /Each 6.35 0.62 0.22 0.22
Description Drawer Divider Label Cover Label
CF319 CF318
HEAVY-DUTY INDUSTRIAL CAROUSEL DRAWER CABINETS • Create your customised carousel cabinet • Each level accommodates 4 parts cabinets with same height • For a multiple tier cabinet (maximum 3 tiers), you require add-on-shelves and threaded rods as per the following: 1 add-on-shelf model CF402 for each level of cabinets, 14" rod required for each level of CF312 or CF305 cabinets, 25" rod required for each level of CC453 or CF314 cabinets • Rotational base allows for 800-lb. capacity • All-welded 11-gauge steel base • Durable Kleton grey enamel finish
32
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0030-0044_Eng.indd 32
W" 27.5 27.5 0.375 0.375 18.3 18.3 18.3 18.3
Dimensions x D" x x 27.5 x x 27.5 x x x x x x 8.7 x x 8.7 x x 8.7 x x 8.7 x
H" 4 1 14 25 14 14 25 25
Wt. lbs. 80 18 1 1.5 21 21 31 40
Price /Each 340.21 45.69 16.79 19.10 174.00 182.00 229.00 263.00
18.3 18.3 18.3 18.3
x x x x
48 48 80 80
392 407 497 600
2132.51 2196.02 3057.21 2988.10
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7
x x x x
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
CF408
Includes: Qty: 12 - CF314 - Cabinet - 40 drawers Qty: 1 - CF401 - Base and Top Cover Qty: 2 - CF404 - Threaded Rod 25" Qty: 2 - CF042 - Add-on Shelf
R25961E
Model No. Description CF401 Base and Top Cover CF402 Add-on Shelf CF403 Threaded Rod - 14" CF404 Threaded Rod - 25" CF305 Parts Cabinet - 16 Drawers CF312 Parts Cabinet - 20 Drawers CC453 Parts Cabinet - 32 Drawers CF314 Parts Cabinet - 40 Drawers 3 TIER CABINETS KITS CF405 192 Drawers CF406 240 Drawers CF407 384 Drawers CF408 480 Drawers
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:01 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE CAROUSEL DRAWER CABINETS • • • • • •
Designed to utilise open and often unused areas such as corners Rotary carousel units provide convenience for small parts storage All-welded cabinets include clear drawers, dividers and I.D. labels Cabinet overall dimension: 12" W x 5 3/4" D x 22" H Blue enamel finish Turntable CA912 may be set up with up to 3 levels of 4 cabinets per level
69"
47" CA869
CA867
25"
CA868
CA870
Model No. CA870 CA869 CA868
No. of Drawers 60 48 30
CA867 CA912
16 -
Drawer Model No. CD441 CD442 24 x CD442 4 x CD443 2x CD444 CD443
Drawer Dimensions W" x D" x 2 x 5 5/16 x 2 1/2 x 5 5/16 x 2 1/2 x 5 5/16 x 5 5/16 x 5 5/16 x 11 x 5 5/16 x 5 5/16 x 5 5/16 x 3 Tier Turntable Unit Only
H" 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4
Wt. lbs. 10.7 10.7 10.7
Price /Each 48.12 48.12 48.12
10.3 40.0
48.12 218.25
3" CA912 - Turntable Base Turnable unit shown with 12 CA870 cabinets (sold separately)
HEAVY-DUTY DRAWER CABINETS • Heavy-duty parts cabinets feature break resistant high impact clear plastic "scoop" drawers for easy removal of small parts, with two adjustable compartment dividers • Drawers measure 2 7/8" W x 5 1/2" D x 1 7/8" H each • Welded steel cabinets are finished in grey powder coat
CA898 No. of Drawers 64 20
W" 25 1/2 16 1/2
Cabinet Dimensions x D" x H" x 6 1/2 x 21 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 11 1/4
Wt. lbs. 34 12
Price /Each 350.73 176.73
CA899
R25962E
Model No. CA899 CA898
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0030-0044_Eng.indd 33
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
33 12-07-24 3:01 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE ADD-A-DRAWER® • Grey plastic drawer modules with clear windows simply slide and lock onto each other • Can be stacked both horizontally and vertically • Allows you to create a customised drawer cabinet • Add on one or more units as more storage capacity is required • Dividers and labels included
Customize Your Drawer Cabinet! CA877
CA841 Shown with 2 units
CD234
CA842 Shown with 2 units
CA844 Shown with 2 units Model No. DRAWER MODULES CA840 CA841 CA842 CA844 CA843 CA845 CA846 CA847 CABINET KITS CA877 CA874 CA855 CD234 CD235
CD235
CA855
Colour
No. of Drawers
W"
x
Dimensions D" x
H"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Grey Grey Grey Grey Blue Blue Blue Blue
2 1 1 1 4 2 1 1
5 2 1/2 4 1/2 5 3 6 6 12
x x x x x x x x
5 5 10 5 6 6 6 6
x x x x x x x x
2 2 2 1/2 2 5 3/4 3 3 3
0.88 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.6
3.39 2.01 6.27 2.77 3.52 3.57 4.09 6.17
Blue Blue Blue Grey Grey
32 27 19 4 42
12 12 12 4 1/2 15
x x x x x
6 6 6 10 1/2 5
x x x x x
10 1/2 17 3/4 11 3/4 10 16
8.0 11.6 7.6 4 15.5
29.24 44.01 29.24 26.17 125.57
MODULAR PARTS CABINETS • Organise and control small parts inventory • Standard cabinets come with light grey polystyrene drawers that are virtually indestructible • Transparent windows on drawer fronts • Label holder on drawer pull allows for instant identification • Comes with two removable dividers per drawer • Stackable steel cabinet frames finished in grey baked enamel • Dimensions: 17" W x 11" D x 11" H CA853
CA854
CA856
34
No. of Drawers 28 20 16 15 9
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0030-0044_Eng.indd 34
W" 2 3/16 3 3/16 4 3 3/16 5 3/16
Drawer Dimensions x D" x x 10 9/16 x x 10 9/16 x x 10 9/16 x x 10 9/16 x x 10 9/16 x
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
H" 2 1/16 2 1/16 2 1/8 3 1/16 3 1/16
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Wt. lbs. 24 21 20 20 18
WELDING & METALWORKING
Price /Each 194.92 192.98 193.07 190.22 180.53
Dividers Model No. CB126 CB133 CA878 CA880 CA882
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 1.13 0.86 0.90 1.05 1.29
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Replacement Drawers Model No. CA859 CC143 CA860 CA863 CA865
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each 7.59 8.42 9.96 13.99 17.29
R25955E
Model No. CA853 CA854 CA856 CA857 CA858
CA858
CA857
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:01 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE INTERLOCKING STORAGE CABINETS • • • • • • • • • •
Organise and control small parts inventory Clear window allows for easy identification of parts Cabinets interlock horizontally and vertically Cabinets are made of high impact polystyrene Drawer features: removable, recessed handle, label slot, and 7 divider slots Complete units available in grey only Overall cabinet size: 11 3/4" W x 11 3/4" D x 11" H Weight: 10 lbs. Units come complete with drawers, clear windows and two dividers per drawer Additional drawers can be purchase separately in red, grey, blue & ivory
Model No. CD627 CD628 CD629 CD630 CD631 CD632 CD633 CD634 CD635
Mfg. No. QIC161 QIC122 QIC83 QIC64 QIC161 & QIC83 QIC161 & QIC83 QIC161 & QIC83 QIC122 & QIC64 QIC122 & QIC64
No. of Drawers 16 CD608 12 CD612 8 CD616 6 CD620 8 CD608 & 4 CD616 12 CD608 & 2 CD616 4 CD608 & 6 CD616 8 CD612 & 2 CD620 4 CD612 & 4 CD620
Price /Each 120.26 123.38 108.51 99.43 119.50 136.77 119.49 117.58 108.59
CD627
CD628
CD629
CD630
CD631
CD632
CD633
CD634
CD635
INTERLOCKING STORAGE CABINET FLOOR STANDS • Fabricated of heavy-duty 14 gauge steel with a powder coated finish • Available in three heights: 24", 48" and 70" • Units can be single sided or double sided • Double sided units only can be made mobile with CD660 mobilizing kit, includes casters and handle • All single and double sided units must be securely fastened to the floor to ensure stability • Units include polystyrene drawers, clear windows and two dividers per drawer • Colour: Grey
CD638
Assembly Required Single Model No. 24" H CD636 CD637 CD638 CD639 48" H CD640 CD641 CD642 CD643 70" H CD644 CD645 CD646 CD647
Mfg. No.
No. of Cabinets Single
Price /Each
Double Model No.
No. of Cabinets Double
QIC-124-161 QIC-124-122 QIC-124-83 QIC-124-64
4 CD627 4 CD628 4 CD629 4 CD630
735.73 667.13 615.58 584.20
CD648 CD649 CD650 CD651
8 CD627 8 CD628 8 CD629 8 CD630
1389.41 1252.14 1149.07 1086.27
QIC-148-161 QIC-148-122 QIC-148-83 QIC-148-64
8 CD627 8 CD628 8 CD629 8 CD630
1249.49 1112.24 1009.17 946.32
CD652 CD653 CD654 CD655
16 CD627 16 CD628 16 CD629 16 CD630
1951.43 1745.56 1590.94 1496.71
QIC-170-161 QIC-170-122 QIC-170-83 QIC-170-64
12 CD627 12 CD628 12 CD629 12 CD630
1801.96 1596.04 1441.44 1347.21
CD656 CD657 CD658 CD659
24 CD627 24 CD628 24 CD629 24 CD630
3490.61 3078.80 2769.55 2581.14
Price /Each
R25956E
CD656
CD653 with CD660
MOBILIZING KIT Model No. CD660 Includes casters and handle Price/Each $175.00 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0030-0044_Eng.indd 35
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
35 12-07-24 3:02 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE COMPACT POLYPROPYLENE COMPARTMENT BOXES
COMPARTMENT BOX CABINETS
• High strength, oil resistant polypropylene, boxes with covers fitted with heavy-duty reinforced hinges • Hinges have a special "stop" feature which allows the cover to remain in open position • Covers overlap on all sides of the bottom tray • Two snap latches assure secure closure • Stackable
• All steel grey powder coat cabinet holds five plastic compartment boxes • Bolt holes permit stacking and keyhole slots are furnished for wall mounting
CB513/ CB514
Model No. CB513 CB509 CB511 CB507 CB501 CB503 CB505
CB509/ CB510
CB511/ CB512
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 11 x 6 3/4 x 1 3/4 11 x 6 3/4 x 1 3/4 11 x 6 3/4 x 1 3/4 13 1/8 x 9 x 2 5/16 13 1/8 x 9 x 2 5/16 13 1/8 x 9 x 2 5/16 13 1/8 x 9 x 2 5/16
CB507/ CB508
CB501/ CB502
No. of Compartments 6 12 18 6 12 18 24
CB503/ CB504
Compartment Dimensions x D" x H" x 6 1/4 x 1 9/16 x 3 1/8 x 1 9/16 x 2 1/16 x 1 9/16 x 8 1/2 x 2 x 4 3/32 x 2 x (6) 4 3/4 (12) 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
W" 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 2 2 2
CB505/ CB506
Wt. lbs. 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
LARGE CASES 18 1/2" L X 13" W • Large "Super Satchel" organise tool cribs, maintenance departments, shop floors and allow complete portability • Lighter weight: 3.5 lbs. vs. 8 lbs. in metal • See-through lids allow quick identification of contents • Copolymer resins will not rust • Brass pinned hinges provide strength and durability • Identification card holder for quick case selection • Moulded integral feet, making ideal presentation cases
A: B: C: D: E: F:
18 1/2" 13" 3" 3" 4" 2 7/8"
Price /Each 5.25 5.25 5.25 9.15 9.15 9.15 9.15
Model Dimensions Wt. No. Description W" x D" x H" lbs. CB631 Small Box Cabinet 11 1/4 x 6 3/4 x 10 3/4 7 CB632 Large Box Cabinet 13 1/2 x 9 1/8 x 13 1/4 11
A: B: C: D: E:
D
B
18 1/2" 13" 3" 2 15/16" 2 1/8"
D
B E C
E
F
Price /Each 52.59 64.60
A C
A
Model CB496 24 compartments Weight: 3.5 lbs. Price/Each $63.95
Model CB497 8 to 32 compartments 24 partitions provided Weight: 3.5 lbs. Price/Each $63.95
A: B: C: D: E: F: G:
A: B: C: D: E: F: G:
SMALL CASES 15" L X 11 3/4" W • Small "Satchel" store and organise large, medium, small and flat parts, removable partitions • See-through lids allow quick identification of contents • Copolymer resins that will not rust or dent • Brass pinned hinges provide strength and durability • Divided style (CB499) or double case (CB500) with two cases sonically welded back to back • Can be stored flat or upright
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0030-0044_Eng.indd 36
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
D
B
A
15" 2" 3 1/8" 2 1/8" 2" 11 3/4" 5" C B
A
D
F
E
E
F G G
Model CB500 10 to 25 compartments Weight: 5.8 lbs. Price/Each $90.47
Model CB499 9 to 24 compartments Weight: 2.9 lbs. Price/Each $44.55 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
R25964E
36
15" 2" 3 1/8" 2 1/8" 2" 11 3/4" 2 1/2"
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:02 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE COMPARTMENT STEEL SCOOP BOXES • • • • •
Manufactured of prime cold rolled steel Choose from between 8 to 32 fixed compartment boxes Small box dimension: 13 3/8" x 9 1/4" x 2" Large box dimension: 18" x 12" x 3" High impact plastic dividers have rounded scoops, making it easy to remove small parts • Finished in rust and acid resistant grey powder coat • All models have covers designed to stay open • See chart below for drawer configurations
CA997
FIXED COMPARTMENT CONFIGURATIONS, ORDER BY NUMBER OF COMPARTMENTS
8
12
16
20
21
LARGE BOXES 18" X 12" X 3" Number of Compartments 8 12 16 20 21 24 32
Model No. CA986 CA989 CA992 CA995 CA997 CB002
24
32
SMALL BOXES 13 1/4" X 9 1/4" X 2"
Wt. lbs. 8 8 8 8 8 8
Price /Each 36.24 36.24 36.24 36.24 36.24 36.24
Model No. CB032 CB015 CB017 CB023 CB026 CB029 -
Wt. lbs. 4 4 4 4 4 4 -
Price /Each 21.35 23.61 23.61 23.61 22.94 23.61 -
COMPARTMENT BOX CABINETS • Carriages extend 100% of the boxes depth for easy access to parts • May be mounted on a raised base • Available for both small and large box sizes • Boxes and cabinet are sold separately • Optional locking hinge prevents boxes from sliding out during transport Model No. CA963 CA965 FI361* CA972 CA975 CB037 CB038
Dimensions For W" x D" x H" Box 20 x 15 3/4 x 8 1/8 Large 20 x 15 3/4 x 15 Large 20 x 15 3/4 x 15 Large 15 1/4 x 11 3/4 x 11 1/4 Small 15 1/4 x 11 3/4 x 16 3/8 Small Optional Locking Hinge for CA972 Optional Locking Hinge for CA965, FI361 and CA975
Box Capacity 2 4 4 4 6 -
Cradle Cap. lbs. 40 40 75 30 30 -
Price /Each 104.45 152.64 213.60 124.08 168.18 11.41 12.85
CA965 Cabinet and boxes sold separately
R29440E
*Heavy-duty
ADJUSTABLE COMPARTMENT BOXES
CABINET BASES
• Adjustable compartments provide the added flexibility of arranging your boxes according to your changing needs • Removable dividers can be "slotted" into place or removed altogether
• Cabinet bases raise your cabinet/box combination 12" off of the floor or workbench • Models are available to adapt to both small and large box size cabinets
Model No. CA977 CA979 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0030-0044_Eng.indd 37
W" 18 13 3/8
Dimensions x D" x x 12 x x 9 1/4 x
H" 3 2
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Description Large Small SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 8 4 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 36.21 24.72
Model No. CA980 CA983
WELDING & METALWORKING
W" 20 3/8 15 1/2
Overall x x x
Dimensions D" x H" 16 x 15 1/8 12 1/8 x 15 1/8
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
For Box Large Small
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 13 12 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 74.46 65.67
37 12-07-24 3:03 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE HEAVY-DUTY TILT BINS • • • • • •
CF473
Extremely durable ABS plastic housing and drawer body Transparent polystyrene front window for easy viewing Conveniently connects to each other with grooved channels on top, bottom and sides Shake resistant design prevents drawers from opening on their own Keyholes on back for wall mounting applications Colour: Black and Grey CF472
CF471
CF474
Model No. CF471 CF472 CF473 CF474
No. of Drawers 8 6 5 4
W" 2 3/4 3 11/16 4 1/2 5 5/8
Bin Dimensions x D" x x 3 1/4 x x 4 x x 4 7/8 x x 6 3/8 x
H" 3 5/8 4 5/8 5 1/2 7 1/2
Cabinet Dimensions x D" x x 2 3/4 x x 3 1/2 x x 4 x x 5 1/2 x
W" 11 3/4 11 3/4 23 1/2 23 1/2
Price /Each 23.25 21.55 24.05 41.35
H" 7 7/8 9 3/4 5 7/8 7 7/8
MOBILE TILT BIN RACKS • • • • • •
Heavy-duty steel frame Durable powder coat paint finish on galvanized steel 3" swivel casters with brake Single or double sided use Overall dimensions: 26 1/4" W x 22" D x 57 1/2" H Colour: Grey
MOUNTING CHANNELS FOR MOBILE TILT BIN RACK • Single side of mixed size tilt bins any combination takes up to 6 racks per side • Single side CF473 tilt bins only takes up to 8 racks per side • Models CF471 and CF472 takes two bin units per level per side
Model No. CF477 CF478 CF475 CF476
Description Single Sided Double Sided Cart Only* Mounting Channel
Bin Units Included 2 of each CF471, CF472, CF473, CF474 4 of each CF471, CF472, CF473, CF474 -
Price/Each 458.00 699.00 230.00 10.95
* Mounting channels and bins not included
38
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0030-0044_Eng.indd 38
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
R28520E
Look for this symbol for environmentally friendly products! SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:03 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE TIP-OUT TM BIN MODULAR STORAGE SYSTEMS • Each bin has a slot for labeling • Bins can be completely removed for replenishing or cleaning • Uniform widths of 23.6" (for units of 2 to 9 bins) • Can be used free-standing or with stands and pedestals • Transparent compartments tip out for easy access and viewing • Colour: Beige or Grey
CB546 CB976
CB540
5 bins
CB549
3 bins
1 bin 6 bins CB543
CB978
CB552 4 bins
9 bins
2 bins
TILT BINS Beige CB552 CB549 CB546 CB543 CB540 CB977 CB975 CB573
Model No. Grey Mfg. No. W" CB553 QTB309 2 3/16 CB550 QTB306 3 1/2 CB547 QTB305 4 1/4 CB544 QTB304 5 5/8 CB541 QTB303 7 3/8 CB978 QTB302 11 1/16 CB976 QTB301 11 1/16 Disc and Screw Set (2 Needed for Each Bin Case)
Bin Dimensions x D" x x 1 3/4 x x 2 5/8 x x 3 3/4 x x 5 x x 5 7/8 x x 8 7/8 x x 8 7/8 x
H" 2 1/2 3 3/4 5 3/4 7 1/2 8 5/8 13 5/8 13 5/8
W" 23 5/8 23 5/8 23 5/8 23 5/8 23 5/8 23 5/8 11 3/16
Cabinet Dimensions x D" x x 2 1/2 x x 3 5/8 x x 5 1/4 x x 6 5/8 x x 7 3/4 x x 11 7/8 x x 11 7/8 x
Wt. lbs. 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 9.0 14 7
H" 3 1/8 4 1/2 6 1/2 8 1/8 9 1/2 13 7/8 13 7/8
Price /Each 30.40 36.04 59.85 84.19 92.58 294.36 227.67 5.65
TIP OUT TM FRAMES
Assembly Required
CB562
CB563
CB565
R25957E
Frame only: Bins not included Model No. Description W" FLOOR STANDS CB562 48" 1 Sided 23 5/8 CB563 70" 1 Sided 23 5/8 CB565 48" 2 Sided 23 5/8 CB568 70" 2 Sided 23 5/8 MOBILE FLOOR STANDS CB952 48" 2 Sided 23 5/8 CB953 70" 2 Sided 23 5/8 WALL FRAMES CB559 48" CB561 70" CB573 Disc & Screw Set (2 disks/2 screws)
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0030-0044_Eng.indd 39
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Dimensions x D" x
H"
302
303
Bin Quantity Table QTB Series Bins 304 305 306
309
Price /Each
x x x x
8 8 16 16
x x x x
52 75 52 75
3 5 6 10
5 7 10 14
6 8 12 16
7 10 14 20
11 15 22 30
16 23 32 46
425.00 369.10 545.34 604.68
x x
16 16
x x
52 75
6 10
10 14
12 16
14 20
22 30
32 46
728.00 787.00
3 5
5 7
6 8
7 10
11 15
16 23
131.76 179.61 5.65
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
39 12-07-24 3:04 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE SECTIONAL STACKBINS®
Shown with base & shelf boxes (sold separatly)
B.
A. SECTIONAL STACKBIN® UNITS An economical alternative to standard Stackbins®, as individual compartments are created from a standard 37" wide unit divided by welded steel partitions. Each unit may be stacked on a larger, or similar sized unit, with covers, bases, and filler strips available to complete the unit (as shown).
A. Shown with base (sold separatly)
B. SECTIONAL STACKSHELVES®
C. Shown with stack bins (not included)
• Fully open front for bulk storage • May be interstacked with sectional Stackbins® • Each unit may be stacked, with covers, bases, and filler strips available to complete the unit (as shown) • Shelf boxes sold separately
C. TRUCKS Available to mobilise your sectional Stackbin® units. Standard blue baked enamel finish for all component
Model Dimensions No. W" x D" x H" A. SECTIONAL STACKBINS® CA786* 37 x 8 x 4 1/2 CA787* 37 x 12 x 4 1/2 CA788 37 x 15 1/2 x 6 CA789 37 x 18 3/4 x 7 1/2 CA790 37 x 20 1/2 x 9 1/2 CA791 37 x 24 x 11 B. SECTIONAL STACKSHELVES® CA759 37 x 15 1/2 x 7 1/2 CA760 37 x 16 1/4 x 9 1/2 CA761 37 x 19 x 11 C. SECTIONAL TRUCKS BINS NOT INCLUDED CA809 Fits CA789, CA759 CA810 Fits CA790, CA760 CA811 Fits CA791, CA761
Bins in Section
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
8 6 5 4 3 2
11.0 13.8 20.0 29.0 35.0 40.0
105.51 109.60 123.16 142.78 168.92 173.53
25.0 28.0 34.0
142.71 149.55 157.51
39.0 39.0 39.0
282.88 296.97 296.97
Model No. SECTIONAL BASES CA793 CA794 CA795 CA796 SECTIONAL COVERS CA797 CA798 CA799 CA800 CA801 CA802 * No bases available Model No. SHELF BOXES CD362 CD363 CD364
W"
x
8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2
x x x
Description
Price /Each
Base for CA788 Base for CA789 and CA759 Base for CA790 and CA760 Base for CA791 and CA761
107.19 112.33 117.94 119.86
Cover for CA786 Cover for CA787 Cover for CA788 Cover for CA789 and CA759 Cover for CA790 and CA760 Cover for CA791 and CA761
20.71 24.44 27.43 32.07 34.66 40.26
Description D" x 16 1/2 17 5/16 20
x x x
H"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
5 1/2 7 1/2 8 3/4
6 8 10
34.35 38.76 45.15
PRE-ENGINEERED SECTIONAL SYSTEMS • Complete with Sectional Stackbin® 6" high base and top cover • 5000-lb stocking capacity
Model No. USING CA788 SECTIONAL STACKBINS® CD354 CD355 USING CA789 SECTIONAL STACKBINS® CD356 CD357 USING CA790 SECTIONAL STACKBINS® CD358 CD359 USING CA791 SECTIONAL STACKBINS® CD360 CD361
Description
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
7 Row Unit w/35 Comp. 8 Row Unit w/40 Comp.
136.5 156
965.00 1095.00
6 Row Unit w/24 Comp. 7 Row Unit w/28 Comp.
174 226.5
998.00 1115.00
5 Row Unit w/15 Comp. 6 Row Unit w/18 Comp.
200 235
965.00 1125.00
4 Row Unit w/8 Comp. 5 Row Unit w/10 Comp.
183.5 222.5
845.00 1025.00 R29441E
40
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0030-0044_Eng.indd 40
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:04 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE STEEL STACKBINS®
PLASTIC STACKBINS®
• Hopper-front steel Stackbins® are available with capacities from 70 cubic inches up to 5100 cubic inches • They may be easily stacked one on top of another, or housed in steel Stackracks®, together with Stackracks® base allowing lower units to be removed without disturbing units stacked above them • Standard blue baked enamel finish
Model No. CA765 CA766 CA767 CA768 CA772 CA769 CA770 CA771
Capacity Cu. in. 70 200 500 900 1400 1600 2800 5100
W" 4 1/2 5 1/2 7 1/2 9 10 12 15 18
Dimensions x D" x x 8 x x 12 x x 15 1/2 x x 18 3/4 x x 24 x x 20 1/2 x x 24 x x 30 x
Stackbins® Covers
H" 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 8 9 1/2 11 12
Wt. lbs. 1.8 3 5.5 9 12 12.5 20.5 30
Price /Each 21.07 24.79 28.19 35.52 45.08 46.52 66.22 114.79
Top Cover Model No. CD369 CD370 CA706 CA710 CA707 CA708 CA709
Price /Each 13.69 13.69 13.69 19.98 16.61 20.18 28.09
Front Cover Model No. CD368 CA734 CA735 CA739 CA736 CA737 CA738
Price /Each 10.95 10.95 10.95 11.92 12.14 15.72 21.83
• Stackracks® are designed to be teamed up with Stackbins® to create a heavy-duty storage system • Stackracks® allow for bins to be removed easily from a setup • Can support any weight that fits within the cube of the coinciding container • Easily stack together without tools or fasteners and feature Stackbins®' patented locking system • Can be reconfigured or added to at any time
Description Stackrack for Bin CA765 Stackrack for Bin CA766 Stackrack for Bin CA767 Stackrack for Bin CA768 Stackrack for Bin CA772 Stackrack for Bin CA769 Stackrack for Bin CA770 Stackrack for Bin CA771
Weight lbs.
Price /Each
0.8
10.95
4
33.10
12" HIGH BASES • Can be butt-up to each other to make continuous rows of storage bins • Bases are made specifically for each size steel container • 14-gauge legs and supports • Spot welded • Capacity: 1000 lbs.
STACKRACKS® Wt. lbs. 3.5 4 5.5 8.5 9 10 12 14
Model No. Blue Grey Red Yellow 5 1/2" W X 12" D X 4 1/2" H CB310 CB311 CB312 CB313 12" W X 20 1/2" D X 9 1/2" H CB314 CB315 CB316 CB317
Shown with 10 - CA769 bins, 10 - CA776 single Stackracks® and 1 - CA693 Base 2 bins wide
STACKRACKS®
Model No. CD447 CA773 CA774 CA775 CA780 CA776 CA778 CA779
• Available in two types and sizes of plastic • CB310, CB311, CB312 and CB313 are moulded of polypropylene and has a capacity of 200 cubic inches • CB314, CB315, CB316 and CB317 are moulded of polyethylene and has a capacity of 1600 cubic inches • The exclusive interlocking front bar prevents the bins from spreading under heavy loads
Price /Each 30.65 30.65 30.65 32.53 39.37 38.59 43.81 56.74
STACKRACKS® COVERS Model No. CA715 CA730 CA720 CA724 CA727
Description Stackrack Cover for CA775 Stackrack Cover for CA780 Stackrack Cover for CA776 Stackrack Cover for CA778 Stackrack Cover for CA779
Price /Each 29.36 39.88 29.36 49.82 51.84
Model No. 1BIN WIDE CA687 CA692 CA696 CA699 2BIN WIDE CD448 CA688 CA703 CA693 CA697 CA700 3BIN WIDE CD449 CA689 CA704 CA694
Price /Each
Description Base for Stackrack CA775 Base for Stackrack CA776 Base for Stackrack CA778 Base for Stackrack CA779
107.34 116.44 120.34 123.49
Base for Stackrack CA774 Base for Stackrack CA775 Base for Stackrack CA780 Base for Stackrack CA776 Base for Stackrack CA778 Base for Stackrack CA779
102.24 105.00 116.44 116.44 120.34 123.49
Base for Stackrack CA774 Base for Stackrack CA775 Base for Stackrack CA780 Base for Stackrack CA776
110.36 119.13 125.01 130.26
PRE-ENGINEERED BIN COMBINATIONS 17COMPARTMENT SYSTEM INCLUDES:
31COMPARTMENT SYSTEM INCLUDES:
• • • •
1 row of CA770 bins (2 wide) 3 rows of CA768 bins (3 wide) 2 rows of CA767 bins (3 wide) All corresponding Stackracks®, adapter covers-which allow bins to stack and 12" base Model No. CD378 Price/Each $1420.00
1 row of CA770 bins (4 wide) 1 row of CA769 bins (5 wide) 1 row of CA768 bins (6 wide) 1 row of CA767 bins (7 wide) 1 row of CA766 bins (9 wide) All corresponding Stackracks®, adapter covers-which allow bins to stack and 12" base Model No. CD379 Price/Each $2995.00
R29442E
• • • • • •
CD379 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0030-0044_Eng.indd 41
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
41 12-07-24 3:04 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE INDUSTRIAL DRAWER CABINETS • Provide a rugged modular storage system for small parts • Select from a range of drawer capacities from 9 to 96 drawers per cabinet • Various drawer sizes are available including drawer heights of 2 3/4" and 3 1/2", and drawer depths of 11 1/8" and 17" • Each drawer includes 2 adjustable dividers and full width handles • Drawer sides are slotted to hold dividers
B. 18-Drawer Cabinets
C. 24-Drawer Cabinets
Assembly Required
A. Drawer Cabinets, Base included
Type A A A A A A B B B C C D E E -
Model No. FI356 CA936 FI357 CA939 FI358 CA941 CA924 CA925 CA926 CA930 CA932 CA942 CA934 CA935 CA946 CA947
No. of Drawers 30 48 60 72 90 96 18 18 18 24 24 9 30 30
Drawer Size W" x D" x H" 5 3/8 x 11 1/4 x 3 1/2 5 3/8 x 11 1/8 x 2 3/4 5 3/8 x 11 1/4 x 3 1/2 5 3/8 x 11 1/8 x 2 3/4 5 3/8 x 11 1/4 x 3 1/2 5 3/8 x 11 1/8 x 2 3/4 5 3/8 x 11 1/4 x 2 3/4 5 3/8 x 11 1/4 x 3 1/2 5 3/8 x 17 x 3 1/2 5 3/8 x 11 1/4 x 2 3/4 5 3/8 x 17 x 3 1/2 5 3/8 x 11 1/4 x 2 3/4 5 3/8 x 11 1/4 x 3 1/2 5 3/8 x 17 x 3 1/2 Extra Divider for 2 3/4" H Drawer Extra Divider for 3 1/2" H Drawer
Cabinet Height" 26 7/8 33 3/4 48 48 1/8 69 1/8 62 1/2 10 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 14 3/8 17 10 7/8 21 1/8 21 1/8
Wt. lbs. 107 176 194 238 281 300 50 87 75 60 96 28 87 118 0.1 0.1
Price /Each 833.96 776.42 1250.59 985.70 1666.87 1183.98 190.91 221.28 300.11 233.45 380.70 117.59 383.95 486.03 1.02 1.07
Replacement Drawers CD661 CA921 CD661 CA921 CD661 CA921 CA921 CD661 CA923 CA921 CA923 CA921 CD661 CA923 -
Price /Each 13.78 5.48 13.78 5.48 13.78 5.48 5.48 13.78 21.69 5.48 21.69 5.48 13.78 21.69 -
D. 9-Drawer Cabinets
E. 30-Drawer Cabinets
HEAVY-DUTY 2-SIDED MOBILE CARTS/WORK STATIONS • • • • • •
Two rigid and two swivel casters with locking brakes Sturdy tubular handle allows ease of mobility Rubber tray mat provides safe, secure, non-skid work surface Finished in rust and acid resistant grey powder coat Heavy-duty casters, capacity of 1000 lbs. Shipped fully welded
Front
42
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0030-0044_Eng.indd 42
• Two 40-compartment bins back-to-back • Overall dimensions: 34" W x 24" D x 32" H • Ship weight: 159 lbs. Model No. CD349 Price/Each $970.28 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
R29443E
• Two 12-compartment bins back-to-back • Overall dimensions: 34" W x 24" D x 32" H • Ship weight: 139 lbs. Model No. CD330 Price/Each $736.14
• One lockable 4-compartment storage cabinet • One storage bin with 12 compartments • 12 easily dividable pull out storage drawers, six on each side • Overall dimensions: 34" W x 24" D x 36" H • Ship weight: 180 lbs. Model No. CD348 Price/Each $1126.42
Back
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 4:44 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE STEEL STORAGE BINS • • • • • • • • • •
Pigeonhole type steel storage bin units organise small parts Best suited where space is limited and organization is crucial Produced of prime cold rolled steel Fully welded, will not warp, twist or sag Fully hemmed label holders provide adequate space for content identification Each divider is hemmed in a tear drop design to avoid sharp edges Doors with padlock attachment and bases to raise units are available with most models All units are 33 3/4" wide and are available in depths of 12" or 8 1/2" 12" deep units feature a 45° slope front for easy removal of parts Finished in grey powder coat
Perfect for organising your shop - can be filled with just about anything!
CA154
Base for storage bins CA151 CA152 Door for storage bins
CA157
CA136
CA142
CA149
R25967E
CA133 Model Base No. Model No. 12" DEEP STORAGE BINS CA133 CA157 CA134 CA157 CA136 CA157 CA149 CA157 CA151 CA157 CA152 CA157 CA154 CA157 8 1/2" DEEP STORAGE BINS CA150 CA158 CA155 CA158
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0030-0044_Eng.indd 43
Door Model No.
Dimensions D" x
W"
x
CA142 CA142 CA141 CA141 CA141
33 3/4 33 3/4 33 3/4 33 3/4 33 3/4 33 3/4 33 3/4
x x x x x x x
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
CA148 CA141
33 3/4 33 3/4
x x
8 1/2 8 1/2
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
H"
No. of Bins
W"
x
Bin Dimensions D" x
H"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
11 1/2 19 1/4 23 7/8 23 7/8 42 42 42
16 18 24 40 42 56 72
4 5 3/8 5 3/8 4 5 3/8 4 7/8 4
x x x x x x x
11 7/8 11 7/8 11 7/8 11 7/8 11 7/8 11 7/8 11 7/8
x x x x x x x
5 1/8 6 3/8 5 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2 3 1/8 4 1/2
25 38 44 50 71 75 80
124.16 161.61 156.07 159.81 231.09 246.79 249.43
x 22 1/4 x 42
40 72
4 4
x x
8 3/8 8 3/8
x x
4 1/2 4 1/2
50 70
145.63 231.88
x x x x x x x
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
43 12-07-24 3:05 PM
SMALL PARTS STORAGE ROTABIN STORAGE UNITS
TO ORDER:
• Revolving units allow for greater accessibility and visibility • Shelves sit securely on ball bearings held with a solid steel pin • Each shelf rotates smoothly and independently
1) Measure available floor space to determine Rotabin shelf diameter that will not intrude on aisles. 2) Determine number of Rotabin shelves required by matching the unit height with the available storage height. 3) Select the appropriate Rotabin unit: 34"or 28" diameter units
28" DIAMETER
44" & 58" DIAMETER
• 6 permanent 14 1/2" wide compartments per shelf • Model CA221 dividers can be inserted on 1" centres • Capacity: 500 lbs. per shelf
• Designed for storage of larger quantities of small parts or fasteners, or heavier parts • Scoop compartment design is manufactured from one piece of heavy gauge steel, with dividers welded in place • 44" diameter units have 5 compartments per shelf, with a 625-lb. capacity each shelf • 58" diameter units have 10 compartments per shelf, with a 2,000 lbs. capacity each shelf • Grey enamel finish
34" DIAMETER • 5 permanent 21" wide compartments per shelf • Optional removable pans for 34" diameter units allow for easy parts inventory, restocking, transporting to work area or to get weighted • Capacity: 500 lbs. per shelf
Model No. of No of Unit No. Shelves Pans* Height" UNIT ONLY 28" PANS NOT AVAILABLE CA193 5 38 CA194 6 41 CA195 7 47 CA196 8 53 CA197 9 60 CA198 10 66 UNIT ONLY 34" PANS NOT INCLUDED CA225 4 60 35 CA226 5 75 43 CA227 6 90 50 CA228 7 105 66 CA229 8 120 66 GREY PANS FOR 34" UNIT CA258 -
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
125 144 163 182 201 220
927.65 1052.64 1177.63 1302.62 1427.60 1541.24
135 162 188 215 240
962.59 1127.18 1291.77 1444.30 1608.89
-
CA273 Model No. of No. Shelves 44" DIAMETER CA262 3 CA263 4 CA264 5 CA265 6 58" DIAMETER CA272 4 CA273 5
9.66
*Max number of Pans (Pans Not included)
CA229
Unit Height"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
34 45 56 67
154 196 238 284
1418.34 1800.25 2173.35 2777.93
53 66
456 563
4703.53 5098.24
17" DIAMETER • Can be used on counter tops or workbenches • Each shelf has 4 permanent compartments • Can have up to 16 compartments per shelf using model CA192 adjustable dividers • Curved bottom facilitates removal of small parts Model No. CA188 CA189 CA190 CA191
No. of Shelves 4 6 8 10
Model No. CA192
Unit Height" 18 1/2 26 1/8 34 1/2 42 1/8
Wt. Capacity per Shelf lbs. 60 60 60 60
Description Adjustable Divider
Wt. lbs 25 34 43 52
Price /Each 249.35 353.07 561.98 563.48
Wt. lbs. 0.02
Price /Each 6.07
CA188
R25968E
44
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0030-0044_Eng.indd 44
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:05 PM
BULK CONTAINERS BULK STACKING CONTAINERS • • • • • • • • • •
Heavy-duty all-welded construction Mesh containers use 2" x 2" x 10 gauge wire mesh All containers use a 13-gauge corrugated sheet steel base 2" x 2" x 3/16" angle posts 4-way fork truck entry with 4" under-clearance Available with one drop gate or fully enclosed sides Height: 24" inside, 30" overall Stackable up to 5 high Other sizes are available Painted durable Kleton blue
Model Mfg. No. No. Description MESH CONTAINERS CF449 KSMC-3440-0 Fully Enclosed CF450 KSMC-3440-1 One Drop Gate CF451 KSMC-4048-0 Fully Enclosed CF452 KSMC-4048-1 One Drop Gate SHEET CONTAINERS CF453 KSSC-3440-0 Fully Enclosed CF454 KSSC-3440-1 One Drop Gate CF455 KSSC-4048-0 Fully Enclosed CF456 KSSC-4048-1 One Drop Gate CORRUGATED CONTAINERS CF457 KSCC-3440-0 Fully Enclosed CF458 KSCC-3440-1 One Drop Gate CF459 KSCC-4048-0 Fully Enclosed CF460 KSCC-4048-1 One Drop Gate
CF453
CF449
Capacity lbs.
Width"
Length"
Weight lbs.
Price /Each
3000 3000 3000 3000
34.5 34.5 40.5 40.5
40.5 40.5 48.5 48.5
125 130 150 160
300.82 358.45 349.45 407.31
3500 3500 3500 3500
34.5 34.5 40.5 40.5
40.5 40.5 48.5 48.5
150 150 185 185
458.85 525.15 533.99 599.16
4500 4500 4500 4500
34.5 34.5 40.5 40.5
40.5 40.5 48.5 48.5
160 160 195 195
500.26 557.48 599.16 669.96
CF457
CF450
OPEN MESH CONTAINERS • • • • • • • • • •
Rugged construction ensures long lasting, trouble free service 3/4" - 13 gauge expanded metal mesh panels 2 half drop gates Four-way fork truck access 4 1/4" underclearance Overall dimensions: 34 1/2" x 40 1/2" x 32 1/4" Stackable up to 5 high 15 cu.ft. capacity Deck capacity: 2500 lbs. mesh deck, 3000 lbs. sheet metal deck Blue enamel finish
Model No. CA397 CA398 CA368
Wt. lbs. 105 114 0.72
Style Mesh Deck Sheet Metal Deck Replacement Foot
Price /Each 238.00 250.00 2.60
COLLAPSIBLE WIRE CONTAINERS
R27394E
• • • • • • •
Shows 2 units stacked
Welded, square mesh wire allows full visibility and excellent ventilation Foldable and constructed of durable 3-gauge wire 4-way entry for easy use with lift trucks Convenient drop gate design for easy access to products Safety rating plates with static load capacity and static load height Stack up to 4 high 4" under clearance
Model No. CF462 CF463 CF464 CF465 CF466 CF467 CF468
Mfg. No. JR1 JR5 C324048S4 C404824S4 C404830S4 C404830E4 C404836S4
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0045-0046_Eng.indd 45
Weight Cap. Lbs. 1,000 1,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000
Dimensions" WxDxH 20 x 32 x 21 20 x 32 x 21 32 x 40 x 34 40 x 48 x 30 40 x 48 x 36 40 x 48 x 36 40 x 48 x 42
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Usable Height" 16 16 28 24 30 30 36
Drop Gate 32" side 32" side 40" side 48" side 48" side 40" end 48" side
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. Mesh Lbs. Size" 43 1x1 55 1/2 x1/2 122 2 x2 150 2 x2 163 2 x2 163 2 x2 176 2 x2 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 176.00 219.00 309.00 375.00 409.00 455.00 439.00 WELDING & METALWORKING
CF468 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
45 12-07-23 9:53 AM
BULK CONTAINERS THREADED ROD RACKS
MULTI-PURPOSE BINS
• Eighteen 2 1/8" dia. openings • Overall dimensions: 24 1/8" W x 6 7/8" D x 24" H • Weight: 16 lbs. • Powder coat grey finish • Shipped knocked down Model No. CB578 Price/Each $92.65
• Removable vertical dividers allow creation of multi-width compartments • Scoop shelves allow contents to be removed easily • Keyhole slots provide for wall mounting • 36 bins (3 7/8" W x 4 5/8" D x 3 3/4" H) • 23 3/4" W x 4 3/4" D x 23 3/4" H • Weight: 25 lbs. • Powder coat grey finish Model No. CA161 Price/Each $130.55
MEDIUM-DUTY COLLAPSIBLE BULKPAK CONTAINERS • Sturdy and quick to erect or knock down, fully recyclable Orbis containers replace tons of corrugated paper and wood packaging waste • They can be collapsed to one-third their height for space-saving return shipment • They stack safely, full or folded to create warehouse space without racking • Weight capacity: 1500 lbs. • Colour: Black (except CF492 and CF485 are blue)
Model No. CF490 CF491 CF492 CF487 CF488 CF483 CF484 CF485
Description Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate, Blue Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate, Blue
L" 48 48 48 48 48 30 30 30
Ext. Dimensions x W" x x 45 x x 45 x x 45 x x 40 x x 40 x x 32 x x 32 x x 32 x
H" 25 34 34 34 39 25 34 34
Cap Cu.ft. 19.3 28.5 28.5 27.9 32.8 8.4 12.5 12.5
Wt. lbs. 115 140 140 150 160 60 80 80
Price /Each 580.76 605.77 726.94 614.10 637.26 410.45 455.73 539.27
Covers A A A B B C C C
COVERS Model No. CF493 CF489 CF486
A B C
Price/Each 140.58 126.04 109.91
COLLAPSIBLE STRUCTURAL POLYETHYLENE CONTAINERS Sturdy, long-lived and quick to erect or knock down, fully recyclable Orbis containers replace tons of corrugated paper and wood packaging waste. With as many as four sidewall heights, these space-efficient collapsibles cube out trailers and ISO containers. They can be collapsed to one-third their height for space-saving return shipment. And they stack safely, full or folded to create warehouse space without racking. Models featured below include standard 2 drop gates (1 drop and no drop also available per special request). Models below have a 2000 lbs. capacity and 4-way entry. They can be used with pallet trucks and forklifts.
CONTAINERS
46
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0045-0046_Eng.indd 46
L" 48 48 48 48 30 30
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Ext. Dimensions x W" x x 45 x x 45 x x 40 x x 40 x x 32 x x 32 x
H" 25 34 34 39 25 34
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Cap. Cu. Ft. 19.7 29.4 24.9 29.8 8.7 12.9
Wt. lbs. 115 140 150 160 60 80
WELDING & METALWORKING
Covers C C B B A A
Price /Each 606.68 677.06 714.75 749.70 470.25 503.39
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
COVERS
A B C SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Model No. CC169 CC170 CC171
Price /Each 132.85 150.08 155.41 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R29684E
Model No. Description CF447 Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate CF448 Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate CF445 Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate CF446 Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate CF443 Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate CF444 Collapsible Container, 2 Drop Gate Prices F.O.B. Mississauga, Ont.
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 4:55 PM
PRICING The prices shown in this catalogue are for "REFERENCE AND BUDGET PURPOSES ONLY" as of July 2012, and should be used exclusively as a guideline. Freight charges and applicable taxes (GST, PST & HST) are extra. In the event of a pricing or typographical error, we reserve the right to charge the correct price without prior notice. We also reserve the right to modify prices based on changing manufacturer and economic conditions.
SPECIAL ORDERS This catalogue represents only a portion of the products that are available to you. If you can't find what you need, please call us!
100% Canadian Owned
Kleton builds quality and dependability into all of their products. The same is true for products specially built to meet your specifications. Look throughout the catalogue for the Kleton Custom Symbol indicating which products can be customized to meet your specific needs.
Call us with your specs today!
• Strip Curtain Doors • Platform Trucks • Safety Guards • Bollards • Gas Cylinder Cabinets • Workbenches • Shelf Trucks • And more...
Kleton_Custom_Ad_Eng.indd 1
12-07-04 10:16 AM
SHELVING BOLTLESS SHELVING UNITS • • • • •
Adjustable shelving system that provides high strength, yet economical storage capacity for your needs This system uses an innovative shelf clip, which slips into a sloted "T" post and is immediate ready to receive a shelf No-Bolt design reduces up to 80% of installation time Colour: Grey Ships knocked down
RK521 End Panels
RK565 RK474 Side and back braces
RK483 Base Plate
RK550 "T" Post
"T" POSTS
RK552 Shelves
RK470 Back panel
• For open style shelving includes slots every 1" for shelf or brace installation • 1 1/2" x 2" x 1/8" double-formed steel in a "T" style with a smooth unperforated face • Capacity 11000 lbs. Model No. RK549 RK550 RK551 RK548 RK544
Wt. lbs. 4 8 9 10 11
Height 3'4" 6'4" 7'4" 8'4" 9'4"
Price /Each 12.35 20.45 22.43 26.54 33.86
RK566 Shelf Boxes
SHELVES
RK575 Doors
• Shelves are easily installed using four clips • Constructed from 18-gauge steel • 4 clips included with each shelf Model No. RK552 RK553 RK554 RK555 RK556 RK557 RK558 RK559 RK560 RK561 RK562 RK563 RK564
Dimensions W" x D" 36 x 12 42 x 12 48 x 12 36 x 15 42 x 15 48 x 15 36 x 18 42 x 18 48 x 18 36 x 24 42 x 24 48 x 24 36 x 30
Capacity lbs. 600 500 350 600 500 350 600 500 350 600 500 350 625
Wt. lbs. 8 9 10.5 9.75 11.5 12.5 11.5 13 15 14.75 16.5 19 18
Price /Each 18.31 23.37 27.60 22.83 27.84 32.62 25.22 30.93 36.11 32.64 39.33 45.92 43.36
DOORS • Lockable swinging doors installs easily on closed style shelving Model No. RK575 RK576
Dimensions W x H 36" X 6'4" 36" X 7'4"
Wt. lbs 43 50
Price /Each 450.99 459.37
BASE PLATES
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0048-0061_Eng.indd 48
Model No. RK521 RK522 RK523 RK520 RK525 RK526 RK527 RK524 RK537 RK538 RK519 RK529 RK530 RK531 RK528 RK532
D 12" 12" 12" 12" 15" 15" 15" 15" 18" 18" 18" 24" 24" 24" 24" 30"
Dimensions x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Wt. lbs 10.5 20.75 23.5 26.25 11.5 22.5 25.5 28.5 24 27 30.5 14 27 31 34.5 38.75
H 3'4" 6'4" 7'4" 8'4" 3'4" 6'4" 7'4" 8'4" 6'4" 7'4" 8'4" 3'4" 6'4" 7'4" 8'4" 8'4"
Price /Each 35.97 63.44 66.09 75.11 41.14 72.86 75.11 88.39 75.11 78.85 91.31 49.38 86.94 90.93 103.12 119.45
• Provide stability to open style shelving units • Sold in pairs Wt. lbs 2 2.25 2.5 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 7.56 8.75 9.29
Model No. RK472 RK565
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Description Back Brace Side Brace WELDING & METALWORKING
Wt. lbs 4 2 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 17.26 10.88
• For closed style shelving • Attach easily to end panels using back brackets provided Model No. RK470 RK471 RK460 RK465 RK462 RK947 RK468 RK469 RK466
Dimensions W x H 36" x 6'4" 36" x 7'4" 36" x 8'4" 42" x 7'4" 42" x 8'4" 48" x 3'4" 48" x 6'4" 48" x 7'4" 48" x 8'4"
Wt. lbs 19 22 25 25.5 29 13.5 25.5 29.5 33.5
Price /Each 61.89 66.52 73.54 87.89 90.54 42.12 84.16 94.64 107.52
SHELF BOXES • Slide onto properly spaced shelving • Extends 100% without spills • Constructed of 20 gauge steel Model No. RK566 RK569 RK570 RK572 RK573 RK574 RK571
W" 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 11 12
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Dimensions x D" x x 12 x x 18 x x 12 x x 15 x x 18 x x 18 x x 12 x
H" 2 3/4 2 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wt. lbs 2.5 3.5 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5
Price /Each 33.59 36.25 32.81 24.94 36.80 51.50 45.92
R26137E
48
Dimensions W" x H" 36 x 3 42 x 3 48 x 3
BACK PANELS
• For closed style shelving • Each panel incorporates two sloted post
SIDE & BACK BRACES
• Install at floor level to close openings Model No. RK483 RK484 RK485
END PANELS
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 11:56 AM
SHELVING
RK540 Label Holders
RK503 Dividers
RC453 Gusset
RK475 Bin Front
RL756 48" Hanger Bar
RK949 Foot Plate
LABEL HOLDERS
DIVIDERS
• Install on shelf front to identify contents of shelves
• Separate shelves into bin compartments • Constructed of 20 gauge steel Model No. RK503 RK504 RK505 RK506 RK507 RK508 RK509 RK510 RK487 RK488 RK489 RK490 RK491 RK492 RK493 RK494 RK495 RK496 RK497 RK498 RK499 RK500
D" 12 15 18 24 12 15 18 24 12 15 18 24 12 15 18 24 12 15 18 24 18 18
Dimensions x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
H" 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 18
Wt. lbs 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 0.75 1 1.5 2 1 1.25 1.75 2.25 1.25 1.75 2 2.75 1.5 2 2.25 3.25 2.5 2.75
Price /Each 5.98 6.10 6.36 7.56 6.36 6.77 7.18 9.43 7.18 7.56 8.50 10.35 7.83 8.50 9.43 12.08 8.50 9.56 10.35 13.55 12.62 16.98
W" 36 36 36 42 42 42
Dimensions x x x x x x x
H" 1 2 3 1 2 3
Wt. lbs 1.75 2 2.25 2 2.25 2.5
Price /Each 8.23 9.16 9.97 9.29 10.21 11.41
Model No. RK540 RK542
Width" 36 48
Wt. lbs. 0.3 0.3
Price /Each 4.90 6.23
Wt. lbs 0.3 1 3.5 0.05 0.01 0.01 0.2
Price /Each 3.98 9.43 17.93 16.60 0.54 1.06 1.04
MISCELLANEOUS Model No. RK949 RC453 RL756 RL757 RC515 RC382 RC505
Description Foot Plate Gusset (Pairs) 48" Hanger Bar Hanging Bar Brackets Shelf Clip Back to Back Brackets Back Panel Clip
BIN FRONTS • Used in conjunction with bin dividers
The best value in industrial tools . . . period
R28226E
Model No. RK475 RK477 RK479 RK476 RK478 RK480
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0048-0061_Eng.indd 49
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
49 12-07-20 11:56 AM
SHELVING BOLTLESS SHELVING UNITS • • • • •
Adjustable shelving system that provides high strength, yet economical storage capacity for your needs This system uses an innovative shelf clip, which slips into a sloted "T" post and is immediate ready to receive a shelf No-Bolt design reduces up to 80% of installation time Colour: Grey Ships knocked down
48" W X 7'4" H
4 SHELVES Starter Unit RK285 RK287 RK289 Add-On Unit RK284 RK286 RK288
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 239.17 274.74 312.44
Starter Unit RK297 RK299 RK301
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 183.43 219.00 256.70
Add-On Unit RK296 RK298 RK300
4 SHELVES
Add-On Unit RK308 RK310 RK312
Starter Unit RK205 RK207 RK209
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 266.23 328.50 394.46
Add-On Unit RK204 RK206 RK208
Depth" 12 18 24 Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 146.27 173.87 203.61
Add-On Unit RK332 RK334 RK336
Depth" 12 18 24 Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 221.48 277.37 337.56
Add-On Unit RK412 RK414 RK416
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Depth" 12 18 24
Starter Unit RK321 RK323 RK325
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 201.20 249.52 301.55
Add-On Unit RK320 RK322 RK324
0048-0061_Eng.indd 50
Starter Unit RK217 RK219 RK221
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 128.06 152.89 179.66
Add-On Unit RK216 RK218 RK220
36" W X 6'4" H
36" W X 6'4" H
10 SHELVES
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 224.08 267.56 314.40
Starter Unit RK229 RK231 RK233
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 177.51 220.98 267.82
Add-On Unit RK228 RK230 RK232
13 SHELVES
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 273.53 335.66 402.54
Starter Unit RK241 RK243 RK245
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 358.90 403.75 490.70
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 226.96 289.08 355.96
Add-On Unit RK240 RK242 RK244
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 276.43 357.17 444.13
36" W X 7'4" H
15 SHELVES
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 247.75 297.44 350.95
Starter Unit RK345 RK347 RK349
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 363.15 456.30 556.64
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 197.57 247.26 300.79
Add-On Unit RK344 RK346 RK348
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 312.96 406.14 506.48
36" W X 8'4" H
5 SHELVES
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 344.97 425.74 512.69
Starter Unit RK425 RK427 RK429
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 287.40 368.16 455.11
Add-On Unit RK424 RK426 RK428
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 174.64 199.49 226.25
8 SHELVES Price /Each 256.95 305.27 357.30
13 SHELVES Starter Unit RK413 RK415 RK417
7 SHELVES
36" W X 7'4" H
36" W X 8'4" H
Price /Each 279.04 334.95 395.16
36" W X 6'4" H
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 213.12 244.17 277.61
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 155.52 186.58 220.03
WELDING & METALWORKING
Open Style Shelving
R31974E
50
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 321.98 384.25 450.21
7 SHELVES Starter Unit RK333 RK335 RK337
9 SHELVES
Add-On Unit RK400 RK402 RK404
4 SHELVES
36" W X 7'4" H
Price /Each 202.02 229.61 259.35
36" W X 8'4" H
Starter Unit RK401 RK403 RK405
36" W X 6'4" H
7 SHELVES
36" W X 7'4" H
Starter Unit RK309 RK311 RK313
48" W X 7'4" H
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 11:57 AM
SHELVING BOLTLESS SHELVING UNITS • • • • •
Adjustable shelving system that provides high strength, yet economical storage capacity for your needs This system uses an innovative shelf clip, which slips into a sloted "T" post and is immediate ready to receive a shelf No-Bolt design reduces up to 80% of installation time Colour: Grey Ships knocked down
48" W X 7'4" H
48" W X 7'4" H
36" W X 6'4" H
36" W X 6'4" H
For our complete line of plastic bins 4 SHELVES Starter Unit RK291 RK293 RK295 Add-On Unit RK290 RK292 RK294
7 SHELVES
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 351.36 412.41 474.25
Starter Unit RK303 RK305 RK307
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 285.25 333.57 383.33
Add-On Unit RK302 RK304 RK306
36" W X 6'4" H
Add-On Unit RK234 RK236 RK238
Depth" 12 18 24
Starter Unit RK315 RK317 RK319
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 286.60 359.22 436.74
Add-On Unit RK314 RK316 RK318
R31975E
Depth" 12 18 24
Starter Unit RK407 RK409 RK411
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 377.74 482.39 593.60
Add-On Unit RK406 RK408 RK410
0048-0061_Eng.indd 51
Add-On Unit RK210 RK212 RK214
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
7 SHELVES
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 244.81 290.68 338.67
Starter Unit RK223 RK225 RK227
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 294.25 358.76 426.86
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 187.70 223.06 260.45
Add-On Unit RK222 RK224 RK226
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 237.15 291.15 348.60
36" W X 7'4" H
36" W X 7'4" H
Depth" 12 18 24
Starter Unit RK339 RK341 RK343
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 218.24 258.59 300.38
Add-On Unit RK338 RK340 RK342
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 339.28 413.07 489.25
Starter Unit RK327 RK329 RK331
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 321.82 394.44 469.72
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 273.19 334.24 398.35
Add-On Unit RK326 RK328 RK330
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 262.36 323.51 387.90
36" W X 8'4" H
36" W X 8'4" H
13 SHELVES
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 358.73 443.79 525.27
Starter Unit RK419 RK421 RK423
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 291.14 361.62 432.44
Add-On Unit RK418 RK420 RK422
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
5 SHELVES
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 424.69 534.58 642.79
Starter Unit RK431 RK433 RK435
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 292.80 353.03 407.71
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 357.06 452.39 549.99
Add-On Unit RK430 RK432 RK434
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 225.20 270.83 314.90
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
See pages 3-15
8 SHELVES
7 SHELVES Price /Each 284.32 337.41 391.32
9 SHELVES Price /Each 437.24 553.33 675.42
OFFICE PRODUCTS
Price /Each 368.07 443.05 521.11
36" W X 8'4" H
15 SHELVES
Add-On Unit RK350 RK352 RK354
Depth" 12 18 24
4 SHELVES Price /Each 343.70 426.86 515.00
36" W X 7'4" H
Starter Unit RK351 RK353 RK355
Depth" 12 18 24
Starter Unit RK211 RK213 RK215
36" W X 7'4" H
10 SHELVES Starter Unit RK235 RK237 RK239
4 SHELVES Price /Each 434.17 521.90 612.01
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Closed Style Shelving JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
51 12-07-20 11:57 AM
SHELVING BOLTLESS SHELVING UNITS • • • • •
Adjustable shelving system that provides high strength, yet economical storage capacity for your needs This system uses an innovative shelf clip, which slips into a sloted "T" post and is immediate ready to receive a shelf No-Bolt design reduces up to 80% of installation time Colour: Grey Ships knocked down
36" W X 6'4" H
4 SHELVES Starter Unit RK849 RK850 RK851 Add-On Unit RK852 RK853 RK854
36" W X 7'4" H
36" W X 6'4" H
36" W X 7'4" H
7 SHELVES W/DOORS
4 SHELVES W/ DOORS
7 SHELVES W/DOORS
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 650.69 696.56 744.58
Starter Unit RK855 RK856 RK857
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 700.16 764.65 832.74
Starter Unit RK893 RK894 RK895
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 743.69 796.77 850.67
Starter Unit RK899 RK900 RK989
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 798.64 872.43 948.62
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 593.59 628.94 666.36
Add-On Unit RK858 RL013 RL015
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 643.06 697.04 756.66
Add-On Unit RK896 RK897 RK898
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 677.59 717.95 759.75
Add-On Unit RK902 RK903 RK904
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 732.55 793.60 857.70
36" W X 7'4" H
36" W X 7'4" H
36" W X 6'4" H
36" W X 6'4" H
With Doors
10 DIVISIONS W/DOORS
21 DIVISIONS W/DOORS
14 DIVISIONS
Starter Unit RK911 RK912 RK913
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 730.24 790.44 860.93
Starter Unit RK921 RK922 RK923
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 833.95 926.63 1035.34
Starter Unit RK259 RK261 RK263
Add-On Unit RK914 RK915 RK916
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 670.75 719.49 779.10
Add-On Unit RK924 RK925 RK926
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 774.43 855.68 953.52
Add-On Unit RK258 RK260 RK262
36" W X 6'4" H
72 DIVISIONS
Add-On Unit RK270 RK272 RK274
52
Depth" 12 18 24
Starter Unit RK363 RK365 RK367
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 658.60 771.33 933.46
Add-On Unit RK362 RK364 RK366
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0048-0061_Eng.indd 52
Price /Each 378.83 460.53 557.27
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 293.52 358.99 435.56
Add-On Unit RK264 RK266 RK268
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 321.73 392.90 479.03
21 DIVISIONS
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 366.50 446.31 537.81
Starter Unit RK369 RK371 RK373
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 307.04 375.35 455.97
Add-On Unit RK368 RK370 RK372
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Depth" 12 18 24
36" W X 7'4" H
14 DIVISIONS Price /Each 715.67 838.94 1011.67
Depth" 12 18 24
Starter Unit RK265 RK267 RK269
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
36" W X 8'4" H
24 DIVISIONS
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 420.50 502.43 621.89
Starter Unit RK443 RK445 RK447
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 471.51 579.48 699.18
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 361.04 442.25 540.08
Add-On Unit RK442 RK444 RK446
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 403.89 497.31 599.00
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
R31976E
Starter Unit RK271 RK273 RK275
36" W X 7'4" H
18 DIVISIONS Price /Each 350.61 426.60 513.82
With Dividers SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 11:57 AM
SHELVING BOLTLESS SHELVING UNITS • • • • •
Adjustable shelving system that provides high strength, yet economical storage capacity for your needs This system uses an innovative shelf clip, which slips into a sloted "T" post and is immediate ready to receive a shelf No-Bolt design reduces up to 80% of installation time Colour: Grey Ships knocked down
36" W X 6'4" H
36" W X 7'4" H
24 DIVISIONS & 30 BOXES Starter Unit RK970 RK868 Add-On Unit RK969 RK971
Depth" 12 18
Starter Unit RK917 RK918
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 1072.02 1237.21
Add-On Unit RK919 RK920
36" W X 6'4" H
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 1177.59 1364.31
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 1118.12 1293.35
36" W X 6'4" H
72 DIVISIONS 57 BOXES Starter Unit RK986 RK890 Add-On Unit RK891 RK987
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 1881.05 2163.44
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 1823.94 2095.82
R34557E
36" W X 7'4" H
Starter Unit RK271 RK273 RK275 Add-On Unit RK270 RK272 RK274
42 BOXES
Starter Unit RK931 RK932 Add-On Unit RK933 RK934
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 3390.08 3885.14
Starter Unit RK935 RK936
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 3323.99 3806.32
Add-On Unit RK937 RK938
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0048-0061_Eng.indd 53
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Starter Unit RK383 RK385 RK387
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 917.20 1058.39 1255.73
Add-On Unit RK382 RK384 RK386
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 857.71 987.42 1173.89
36" W X 7'4" H
36" W X 6'4" H
36" W X 6'4" H
72 BOXES
72 BOXES
36 BOXES
Starter Unit RK877 RK878
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 1883.22 2163.44
Starter Unit RK980 RK982
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 2633.60 3017.76
Starter Unit RK277 RK886
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 1881.04 2163.44
Add-On Unit RK879 RK880
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 1823.94 2096.00
Add-On Unit RK979 RK981
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 2576.50 2950.15
Add-On Unit RK276 RK983
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 1823.94 2095.82
36" W X 7'4" H
84 DIVISIONS
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 715.67 838.94 1011.67
Starter Unit RK905 RK906 RK907
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 813.52 954.70 1152.04
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 658.60 771.33 933.46
Add-On Unit RK908 RK909 RK910
Depth" 12 18 24
Price /Each 754.02 883.75 1070.20
36" W X 7'4" H
126 BOXES
36" W X 6'4" H
84 DIVISIONS
27 DIVISIONS & 30 BOXES Price /Each 1129.10 1304.82
36" W X 7'4" H
84 BOXES Starter Unit RK927 RK928
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 2173.10 2499.92
Add-On Unit RK929 RK930
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 2113.61 2428.96
36" W X 7'4" H
69 BOXES Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 2414.55 2777.70
Starter Unit RK939 RK940
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 2348.46 2698.86
Add-On Unit RK941 RK942
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 2414.55 2777.70
Depth" 12 18
Price /Each 2348.46 2698.86
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
With Boxes
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
53 12-07-20 11:58 AM
SHELVING DRAWER INSERTS INTEGRATED SHELVING DRAWER INSERTS FOR METALWARE SHELVING • Integrated drawer inserts allow you to install directly into your existing or new Metalware shelving units. • The system maximizes the storage space available in your shelving unit and reduces the need for additional shelving for storage of small parts • Drawer dividers included • Drawer capacity: 400 lbs. • Colour: Grey
OVERALL HEIGHT: 24"
2" 3”
3"
2”
3”
3" 4"
5"
5”
4”
4"
4”
6 DRAWERS Model No. RL760 RL759 RL758
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
5 DRAWERS Number of Compartments 102 114 144
Price /Each 1448.86 1596.60 1990.20
OVERALL HEIGHT: 36"
Model No. RL763 RL762 RL761
4 DRAWERS
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
Number of Compartments 75 90 108
Price /Each 1292.69 1422.48 1751.72
2”
2"
2”
2"
3”
3"
3”
3"
Model No. RL766 RL765 RL764
D" 24 24 24
Dimensions x W" x 36 x 42 x 48
Number of Compartments 48 48 72
Price /Each 1118.57 1181.88 1498.46
3"
3”
4" 4”
5”
10 DRAWERS Model No. RL769 RL768 RL767
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
5"
9 DRAWERS Number of Compartments 174 192 252
Price /Each 2261.41 2514.67 3183.69
3”
4”
Model No. RL772 RL771 RL770
8 DRAWERS
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
Number of Compartments 174 192 252
Price /Each 2094.68 2292.00 2908.27
3"
5”
Model No. RL775 RL774 RL773
D" 24 24 24
Dimensions x W" x 36 x 42 x 48
Number of Compartments 120 144 180
5"
Price /Each 1949.05 2165.37 2706.72
TCF Tray
TCF Tray
4"
5”
5"
5”
7 DRAWERS Model No. RL778 RL777 RL776
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
6 DRAWERS Number of Compartments 96 108 144
Price /Each 1778.10 1933.22 2441.85
Model No. RL781 RL780 RL779
5 DRAWERS
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
Number of Compartments 72 72 108
Price /Each 1608.20 1702.12 2176.99
Model No. RL784 RL783 RL782
D" 24 24 24
Dimensions x W" x 36 x 42 x 48
Number of Compartments 48 48 72
Price /Each 1313.79 1387.66 1759.11
TCF Tray is an open face roll-out tray Other colours available upon request R31978E
54
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0048-0061_Eng.indd 54
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 11:58 AM
SHELVING DRAWER INSERTS INTEGRATED SHELVING DRAWER INSERTS (CONT'D)
OVERALL HEIGHT: 48" 2”
3”
4”
2"
3”
3"
4”
4" 5”
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
Number of Compartments 204 228 204
Price /Each 2757.37 3053.89 3840.06
5”
Model No. RL790 RL789 RL788
4”
5"
5”
Number of Compartments 144 168 216
5"
Price /Each 2437.63 2685.62 3385.24
Model No. RL793 RL792 RL791
D" 24 24 24
Dimensions x W" x 36 x 42 x 48
Number of Compartments 126 144 180
TCF Tray
Price /Each 2274.07 2472.46 3097.16
TCF Tray TCF Tray
TCF Tray
TCF Tray
4"
TCF Tray
5”
5”
8 DRAWERS Number of Compartments 96 96 144
Price /Each 2096.79 2222.36 2855.51
Model No. RL799 RL798 RL797
4"
5"
7 DRAWERS
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
5"
9 DRAWERS
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
4”
Model No. RL796 RL795 RL794
4"
4"
10 DRAWERS
12 DRAWERS Model No. RL787 RL786 RL785
3"
6 DRAWERS
Dimensions D" x W" 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48
Number of Compartments 90 108 135
TCF Tray is an open face roll-out tray
Price /Each 1769.66 1903.67 2389.09
Model No. RL802 RL801 RL800
D" 24 24 24
Dimensions x W" x 36 x 42 x 48
Number of Compartments 48 48 72
Price /Each 1510.07 1594.49 2019.75
TCF Trays are open face roll-out trays
Other colours available upon request
R26143E
Look for this symbol for environmentally friendly products! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0048-0061_Eng.indd 55
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
55 12-07-20 11:58 AM
SHELVING SLOTTED ANGLE SHELVING • Ideal for shelving and storage systems, work benches, tubing storage, protective framing around machinery, platforms around assembly projects, etc. • Choose from the various components available, or pre-configured shelf units • Unique boltless clip design allows for adjustability of shelves easily and effortlessly • To ensure stability, it is recommended that 3 shelf levels are bolted when using boltless clips
Size W" x L" 12 x 36 18 x 36 24 x 36 12 x 48 18 x 48 24 x 48
6 SHELVES/72" POST
7 SHELVES/84" POST
OPEN Model No. RH701 RH702 RH703 RH704 RH705 RH706
OPEN Model No. RH707 RH708 RH709 RH710 RH711 RH712
Price /Each 223.11 262.31 301.50 256.28 307.53 358.79
CLOSED Model No. RH774 RH775 RH776 RH777 RH778 RH779
Price /Each 539.69 595.97 634.16 590.94 659.28 710.54
Price /Each 258.29 303.51 349.74 296.48 356.78 416.07
CLOSED Model No. RH780 RH781 RH782 RH783 RH784 RH785
8 SHELVES/96" POST Price /Each 563.81 718.58 786.92 658.28 828.12 909.53
OPEN Model No. RH713 RH714 RH715 RH716 RH717 RH718
CLOSED Model Price No. /Each RH786 668.33 RH787 722.60 RH788 851.24 RH789 758.78 RH790 830.13 RH791 974.85
Price /Each 292.46 344.72 396.98 336.68 405.02 473.36
All shelving units include 4 posts (1 3/8" x 1 3/8" slotted angle), shelves, panels (for closed units), plastic feet and all necessary hardware. Model Dimensions Angle Steel No. W" x D" Length' Gauge Type UDL* SLOTTED ANGLE RG979 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 8 14 140 RG980 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 10 14 140 RG981 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 12 14 140 RG982 2 1/2 x 1 5/8 8 14 225 RG983 2 1/2 x 1 5/8 10 14 225 RG984 2 1/2 x 1 5/8 12 14 225 RG320 3 x 1 1/2 10 12 300 RG321 3 x 1 1/2 12 12 300 SHELVES RG985 12 x 36 20 300 450 RG986 15 x 36 20 300 450 RG987 18 x 36 20 300 450 RG988 24 x 36 20 300 450 RG989 32 x 42 18 300 300 RG990 12 x 48 20 300 350 RG991 15 x 48 20 300 350 RG992 18 x 48 20 300 350 RG993 24 x 48 19 300 400 *UDL: Maximum uniformly distributed load allowance where maximum shelf deflection is fully recovered when load is removed.
RH774
RH701
Model Dim. No. W" x H" SIDE PANELS RH759 12 x 72 RH760 18 x 72 RH761 24 x 72 RH762 12 x 84 RH763 18 x 84 RH764 24 x 84 RH765 12 x 96 RH766 18 x 96 RH767 24 x 96
Steel Wt. Gauge lbs. 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
7 11 15 8 13 17 10 14 19
Price /Each 82.80 92.11 92.22 74.19 132.28 148.92 108.48 109.84 147.02
Model Dim. No. W" x H" BACK PANELS RH768 36 x 72 RH769 48 x 72 RH770 36 x 84 RH771 48 x 84 RH772 36 x 96 RH773 48 x 96 KICK PANELS RH792 36 x 3 RH793 48 x 3
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
6 7 8.5 9 11 13 14 17
21.06 26.33 31.59 27.15 37.50 44.76 53.35 63.13
7 8.3 9.6 12.2 23.7 9.2 10.9 12.6 18.5
25.02 38.58 32.35 39.69 76.34 31.19 41.77 40.87 47.35
Steel Wt. Gauge lbs.
Price /Each
24 24 24 24 24 24
22 29 25 34 29 38
149.48 157.54 159.20 225.50 174.39 225.27
20 20
1.3 1.7
32.26 34.72
Steel slotted angle allows you to design and build anything to your own specifications:
Metal Decking
Tubing Storage
Overhead Storage
Overhead Storage
Wide Storage
Special Work Benches
SLOTTED ANGLE ACCESSORIES CORNER GUSSET PLATE • Add strength and rigidity to your slotted angle assembly • 3" W x 3" L
RG994
RG996
RL344
ACCESSORIES Model No. RG994 RG995 RG996 RL344* RG238*
PLASTIC FEET • 1 3/8" x 1 3/8" angle posts
Description Corner Gusset Plate 3" Nut and Bolt Boltless Shelf Clip Plastic Foot (Single Post) Plastic Foot (Double "T" Post)
Wt. lbs. 0.70 0.05 0.60 0.02 0.03
Price /Each 0.93 0.24 0.70 2.79 3.50
* For 1 3/8" x 1 3/8" angle posts R25791E
56
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0048-0061_Eng.indd 56
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 11:58 AM
SHELVING RECORD STORAGE SYSTEMS • Efficiently organize and store all your records in a single information retrieval centre • Record management is facilitated with easy to identify printed storage boxes • Heavy gauge all-steel structure and warp free particle board deck provides maximum strength • Easy to install with snap together shelf beams, no nuts and bolts
• Storage boxes constructed of white corrugated fibreboard, with handles, making it a durable and easily manoeuvrable box, a perfect choice for economical storage • Order complete units, including shelving, deck and boxes, or shelving with deck only • Colour: Industrial grey
Model No. of No. Shelves L" x SHELVING & DECK ONLY NO BOXES RL108 3 69 x RL109 3 69 x RL110 4 69 x RL111 4 69 x RL112 3 42 x RL113 3 42 x RL114 4 42 x RL115 4 42 x COMPLETE UNITS INCLUDES SHELVING, DECK & BOXES RL116 3 69 x RL117 3 69 x RL118 4 69 x RL119 4 69 x RL120 3 42 x RL121 3 42 x RL122 4 42 x RL123 4 42 x
Size W"
x
H"
No. of Boxes
Price /Each
16 15/16 32 7/8 16 15/16 32 7/8 16 15/16 32 7/8 16 15/16 32 7/8
x x x x x x x x
60 60 84 84 60 60 84 84
-
229.00 315.00 310.00 425.00 179.00 249.00 242.00 332.00
16 15/16 32 7/8 16 15/16 32 7/8 16 15/16 32 7/8 16 15/16 32 7/8
x x x x x x x x
60 60 84 84 60 60 84 84
30 60 40 80 18 36 24 48
416.36 702.98 558.27 940.42 287.03 474.71 385.88 636.12
EASY-UP 5000 SHELVING • • • • • • • •
Offers the look of office shelving, the strength of industrial shelving and the economy of commercial shelving All shelving features 14 gauge beams front and back that adjust on 1" centres No cross braces required Loads can be accessed from all sides Designed for easy, trouble-free installation Beam and side braces hook into post slots to form a rigid frame No nuts, bolts nor clips required, thereby saving installation time and cost Shelves can easily be adjusted or added to your system at any time
COMPONENTS: • End frames have slots on 1" centres, covering 3 sides with a clean front view • Marked on 6" centres for quick beam installation. Half slots on top for flush mounted top shelf • Frame connectors designed with a patented locking tab to be turned into the upright for safety and rigidity • Beams have a double locking clip V-type design to support the particle board shelf • Finished with a baked-on alkyd enamel over corrosion resistant phosphate undercoat • Colour: Almond beige Model No. RH907 Foot plate Price/Each $1.90
R17004E
5SHELF UNITS
6SHELF UNITS
Cap. Shelf Size per shelf D" x W" lbs. STARTER UNITS 12 x 36 400 12 x 48 300 18 x 36 400 18 x 48 300 24 x 36 400 24 x 48 300 ADDON UNITS 12 x 36 400 12 x 48 300 18 x 36 400 18 x 48 300 24 x 36 400 24 x 48 300
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0048-0061_Eng.indd 57
74" H Model No.
Price /Each
86" H Model No.
RH798 RH799 RH801 RH802 RH804 RH805
224.65 249.48 247.12 277.86 270.76 307.41
RH825 RH826 RH828 RH829 RH831 RH832
160.80 185.64 180.91 211.65 201.25 237.66
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each
98" H Model No.
Price /Each
RH807 RH808 RH810 RH811 RH813 RH814
242.39 267.21 264.85 295.59 288.49 323.96
RH816 RH817 RH819 RH820 RH822 RH823
255.39 280.22 277.86 308.60 301.51 336.98
RH834 RH835 RH837 RH838 RH840 RH841
169.08 193.91 189.18 219.92 209.28 245.93
RH843 RH844 RH846 RH847 RH849 RH850
176.18 201.00 196.27 225.84 216.38 251.85
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Cap. Shelf Size per shelf D" x W" lbs. STARTER UNITS 12 x 36 400 12 x 48 300 18 x 36 400 18 x 48 300 24 x 36 400 24 x 48 300 ADDON UNITS 12 x 36 400 12 x 48 300 18 x 36 400 18 x 48 300 24 x 36 400 24 x 48 300
WELDING & METALWORKING
74" H Model No.
Price /Each
86" H Model No.
Price /Each
98" H Model No.
Price /Each
RH852 RH853 RH855 RH856 RH858 RH859
244.75 274.31 270.76 307.41 296.78 340.52
RH861 RH862 RH864 RH865 RH867 RH868
261.31 290.86 287.32 323.96 314.51 358.26
RH870 RH871 RH873 RH874 RH876 RH877
274.31 303.87 300.32 336.98 327.52 371.26
RH879 RH880 RH882 RH883 RH885 RH886
179.72 209.28 203.36 240.02 227.01 270.76
RH888 RH889 RH891 RH892 RH894 RH895
189.18 218.74 211.65 248.29 236.47 279.04
RH897 RH898 RH900 RH901 RH903 RH904
195.09 224.65 218.74 255.39 242.39 286.13
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
57 12-07-20 11:58 AM
RACKING/SHELVING EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY SHELVING DESIGNED TO HOLD THE HEAVIEST LOADS • Clear access on all four sides • Excellent for storage of dies, fixtures, jigs or any heavy material • Formed angle 2" x 2" uprights are constructed of 13 gauge steel, punched on 1" centres for quick and easy shelf adjustment • Grey powder coat finish • Shelf capacities are based on loads that are evenly distributed • Extra shelves and 96" high units are available • Each unit includes 5 shelves Model No. RC524 RC525 RC526 RC527 RC528 RC529
W" 36 48 60 36 48 60
Dimensions x D" x H" x 18 x 72 x 18 x 72 x 18 x 72 x 24 x 72 x 24 x 72 x 24 x 72
Cap /Shelf lbs. 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Wt. lbs. 167 212 252 197 242 292
Shelves: 14-gauge, 2" deep channels on all four sides An extra channel welded to the bottom of shelf to prevent flexing under heavy loads.
Price /Each 514.02 662.64 777.67 635.02 715.21 952.18
HEAVY-DUTY BULK STORAGE RACKS
Rack Rack Cap. lbs. Height' Width" per shelf STANDARD 3 SHELF UNITS 60 4000 6 72 3500 96 2800 60 4000 8 72 3500 96 2800 STANDARD 3 SHELF UNITS 60 4000 6 72 3500 96 2800 60 4000 8 72 3500 96 2800 ADDITIONAL SHELVES
• These racks bridge the gap between pallet racking and conventional industrial racking • Engineered for hand loading of intermediate weight bulky items • Constructed of all welded 14-gauge steel upright frames punched on 2" centres • 14-gauge "Z" step beam design provides maximum weight capacity • Comes with 5/8" thick particle board decking (steel decking also available) • Additional shelves include 2 beams and a deck • Other dimensions also available
Innovative "Z" Beam Design
Rack width" 60 72 96
ULTRARACK HEAVY-DUTY BOLTLESS SHELVING
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0048-0061_Eng.indd 58
Dimensions W'' x D'' x H'' 36 x 18 x 72 36 x 24 x 72 48 x 18 x 72 48 x 24 x 72 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 118.89 140.80 173.38
Add-on Model No.
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
505.74 569.97 665.49 538.93 603.16 698.68
RK046 RK047 RK048 RK049 RK050 RK051
158 182 230 167 191 239
437.09 502.82 600.55 454.07 493.56 578.18
565.92 663.26 788.22 612.61 696.79 821.74
RK052 RK053 RK054 RK055 RK056 RK057
196 229 292 207 240 303
494.15 578.33 703.28 510.91 595.09 720.04
36" Deep unit RK061 RK062 RK063
Wt. lbs. 57 68 89
Price /Each 136.41 164.47 206.12
• For light duty applications, this is the perfect shelving for your office, storeroom, garage or shop • Capacity: 300 lbs. per shelf evenly distributed • Shelves can be adjusted on 1" centres without disturbing shelves in each adjoining unit • The use of a KWIK KLIP system will allow for a quick and easy shelf installation • All steel construction with a baked enamel tan finish • Available in an open or closed style • Each unit includes 5 shelves • Also available with 6 or 8 shelves
Cap/Shelf lbs. 1200 1800 1000 1400 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 175.54 197.62 202.56 230.94
Model No. OPEN STYLE RB971 RB973 RB975 RB977 CLOSED STYLE RB972 RB974 RB976 RB978
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Size W" x D" x H"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
36 36 36 36
x x x x
12 15 18 24
x x x x
75 75 75 75
47 54 60 66
140.61 157.69 179.44 226.86
36 36 36 36
x x x x
12 15 18 24
x x x x
75 75 75 75
84 95 105 120
249.96 275.32 309.41 379.78
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R31973E
58
Mfg. No. UR1836 UR2436 UR1848 UR2448
Wt. lbs. 45 53 69
Price /Each
ECONOMICAL COMMERCIAL SHELVING
• Modular Design; use as storage shelving, a work centre or assemble as a workbench • Heavy-duty 16-gauge steel construction provides maximum weight carrying capacity • Each shelf supports 600 - 1800 lbs. based on evenly distributed loads • Double riveted beams lock into heavy-duty corner post to form a structurally secure unit • Includes five particleboard shelves that adjust easily on 1 1/2" centres • Convenient access from all four sides • Tough baked enamel finish
Model No. RL894 RL895 RL896 RL897
24" Deep unit RK058 RK059 RK060
Starter Wt. Model No. lbs. 24" DEEP UNIT RK028 181 RK029 205 RK030 253 RK031 199 RK032 223 RK033 271 36" DEEP UNIT RK040 221 RK041 254 RK042 317 RK043 243 RK044 276 RK045 339
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 11:59 AM
SHELVING COUNTER SHELVING
Open Shelf Unit
• Features a rugged 14-gauge steel countertop to provide a practical, useful work surface • Each section is 36" wide, 18" or 24" deep and 39" high • Available in 3 shelf open or closed and 4 shelf closed • All shelves are adjustable up or down on 1 1/2" centres • Tops are 21 7/16" deep for 18" counters, and 27 7/16" deep for 24" counters • Open counter shelving is ideal for packing, assembly and inspection work, where bin openings are not required • Closed-counter design offers barrier-separations for partitioning off areas, plus concealed storage under top • Ideal for toolrooms, repair shops, auto parts stores, warehouses etc. • Colour: Dove grey, other colours available 18" DEEP Steel Gauge
Starter Model No.
SHELF TYPE 3 SHELF OPEN Heavy-Duty 20 Standard 18 3 SHELF CLOSED Heavy-Duty 20 Standard 18 4 SHELF CLOSED Heavy-Duty 20 Standard 18
Closed Shelf Unit 24" DEEP
Price /Each
Add-on Model No.
Price /Each
Starter Model No.
Price /Each
Add-on Model No.
Price /Each
RG597 RG599
427.53 435.74
RG598 RG600
360.79 369.00
RG601 RG603
463.59 468.56
RG602 RG604
394.55 399.50
RG605 RG607
501.10 509.32
RG606 RG608
421.80 430.01
RG609 RG611
544.07 549.02
RG610 RG612
459.01 463.96
RG613 RG615
541.54 553.85
RG614 RG616
462.21 474.52
RG617 RG619
596.15 603.56
RG618 RG620
511.09 518.50
HEAVY-DUTY ULTRACAPTM STEEL SHELVING • Industrial-grade shelving made from 20-gauge steel is available in starter and add-on units for a wide variety of storage solutions • Six 20-gauge welded tubular box shelves with lapped and welded corners provide for total capacity from 650 to 1100 lbs. per shelf based on evenly distributed loads • 14-gauge box formed front posts provide full shelf access and assembly time when joining multiple units • Posts are punched on 1" centres for easy shelf adjustment and a variety of configurations • Powder coat grey finish provides added protection from chipping and rust • Shipped knocked down
EXTRA SHELVES Model No RL244 RL245 RL246 RL247 RL248 RL308
Dimensions Width" Depth" 36 12 36 18 36 24 48 12 48 18 48 24
Wt. lbs. 8 10 13 10 13 15
Price /Each 19.36 20.48 25.06 25.64 32.16 99.46
R25793E
SHELVING UNITS Model No RL220 RL221 RL222 RL223 RL224 RL225 RL226 RL227 RL228 RL229 RL230 RL231
Unit Type Starter Open Starter Open Starter Open Starter Open Starter Open Starter Open Add-On Open Add-On Open Add-On Open Add-On Open Add-On Open Add-On Open
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0048-0061_Eng.indd 59
Width" 36 36 36 48 48 48 36 36 36 48 48 48
Dimensions Depth" Height" 12 85 18 85 24 85 12 85 18 85 24 85 12 85 18 85 24 85 12 85 18 85 24 85
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1000 1050 1100 650 675 750 1000 1050 1100 650 675 750
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 89 102 124 102 124 149 76 89 110 89 110 135
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 186.92 193.61 221.08 224.60 263.68 269.66 166.24 172.93 200.39 203.91 242.99 248.98
Model No RL232 RL233 RL234 RL235 RL236 RL237 RL238 Rl239 Rl240 Rl241 Rl242 Rl243
Unit Type Starter Closed Starter Closed Starter Closed Starter Closed Starter Closed Starter Closed Add-On Closed Add-On Closed Add-On Closed Add-On Closed Add-On Closed Add-On Closed
WELDING & METALWORKING
Width" 36 36 36 48 48 48 36 36 36 48 48 48
Dimensions Depth" Height" 12 85 18 85 24 85 12 85 18 85 24 85 12 85 18 85 24 85 12 85 18 85 24 85
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1000 1050 1100 650 675 750 1000 1050 1100 650 675 750
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 126 147 178 147 177 211 107 124 150 128 153 182
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 261.12 281.22 319.98 321.09 373.47 589.26 233.96 250.27 284.68 293.57 340.34 355.01
59 12-07-20 11:59 AM
SHELVING MAGNUM BIN SHELVING UNITS • Dimensions: 42" W x 18" D x 76" H • Capacity: 500 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
SERIES QMS531
SERIES QMS532
• 27-QMS531 open hopper bins 19 3/4" L x 12 3/8" W x 5 7/8" H • 10 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves
• 21 QMS532 open hopper bins, 19 3/4" L x 12 3/8" W x 7 7/8" H • 8 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves
CF187
Model No. Red Blue Yellow SERIES QMS532 CF072 CF073 CF074 CF089 CF090 CF091 SERIES QMS531 CF188 CF185 CF186
Price /Each
Green
Description
CF075 CF092
Starter Add-On
1188.92 1142.69
CF187
Starter
997.97
MAGNUM BIN SHELVING UNITS • Dimensions: 42" W x 18" D x 76" H • Capacity: 500 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
Model No. Red Blue Yellow SERIES QMS533 CF080 CF081 CF082 CF097 CF098 CF099 SERIES QMS516 CF189*
CF074
SERIES QMS516
SERIES QMS533
• 4-QMS543-red, CC375 3-QMS533-blue, CC369, 6-QMS532-yellow CC368 and 3-QMS531-blue open hopper bins CC361 • 7 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves
• 15 QMS533 open hopper bins 19 3/4" W x 12 3/8" D x 11 7/8" H • 6 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves
Price /Each
Green
Description
CF083 CF100
Starter Add-On
1007.01 962.79
Starter
987.92
CF189
CF081
* Mixed colours
OPEN HOPPER STORAGE SHELF UNITS QUS 239 SERIES
QUS 240 SERIES
• 28 QUS 239 Series bins 11" L x 8 1/4" W x 7" H • 7 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves • 36" W x 12" D x 76" H • Cap.: 630 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
• 28 QUS 240 Series bins 14 3/4" L x 8 1/4" W x 7" H • 7 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves • 36" W x 12" D x 76" H • Cap.: 630 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
60
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0048-0061_Eng.indd 60
Ivory
Green
Description
No. of Shelves
Price /Each
CF121 CF143
CF122 CF144
Starter Add-On
8 8
531.65 458.28
CF126 CF153
CF127 CF154
Starter Add-On
8 8
553.76 427.13
CF118
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
CF126
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R26141E
Model No. Black Blue Yellow Red QUS 239 SERIES BINS SHELF UNIT CF176 CF118 CF119 CF120 CF180 CF140 CF141 CF142 QUS 240 SERIES BINS SHELF UNIT CF178 CF123 CF124 CF125 CF182 CF150 CF151 CF152
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-20 11:59 AM
SHELVING OPEN HOPPER STORAGE SHELF UNITS QUS 240 & 230 SERIES
QUS 250 SERIES • 14 QUS 250 Series bins 14 3/4" L x 16 1/2" W x 7" H • 7 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves • 36" W x 12" D x 76" H • Cap.: 630 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
• 8 QUS 240 Series bins 14 3/4" L x 8 1/4" W x 7" H • 36 QUS 230 Series bins 11" L x 5 1/2" W x 5" H • 9 heavy-duty grey enamel shelves • 36" L x 12" D x 76" H • Cap.: 630 lbs. per shelf • Shipped knocked down
Model No. Black Blue Yellow Red Ivory Green QUS 250 SERIES BINS SHELF UNIT CF177 CF128 CF129 CF130 CF131 CF132 CF181 CF145 CF146 CF147 CF148 CF149 QUS 240 & 230 SERIES BINS SHELF UNIT CF179 CF133 CF134 CF135 CF136 CF137 CF183 CF175 CF155 CF156 CF157 CF158
Description
No. of Shelves
Price /Each
Starter Add-On
8 8
504.51 456.27
Starter Add-On
9 9
559.79 515.57
CF132
CF135
GIANT STACK CONTAINER SHELF UNITS • • • •
Includes 10 QGH700 storage bins and heavy-duty grey enamel shelves 42" W x 18" D x 76" H Capacity: 500 lbs. per shelf Shipped knocked down
Grey CF056 CF061
Blue CF057 CF062
Model No. Ivory CF059 CF064
Black CF060 CF065
Red CF066 CF067
No. of Shelves 6 6
Description Starter Add-On
Price /Each 499.62 457.28
WELDED FRAME TIRE RACKS
E-Z GLIDE ROLL-OUT SHELVING
• Ideal storage solution for all sizes of tires ranging from passenger car to industrial truck • Welded uprights are fabricated from 14-gauge steel measuring 1 3/4” x 1 3/4” • 12-gauge heavy-duty steel beams install easily without tools, nuts or bolts • Beams are adjustable along 2” increments • Light grey powder coat finish
• Designed for heavy-duty loading and easy retrieval of hard-to-handle items • Stores up to 2000 lbs. per shelf (evenly distributed) • Every shelf extends 100% • Adjustable shelf height based on 2" centres • 3-shelf models available on the 84 1/2" H units • Shipped knocked down
RK064 RL102
R26142E
RL102
Model No RL102 RL103 RL104 RL105 RL106 RL107
Rack Tire Type Capacity Starter 21 Starter 27 Starter 36 Add-On 21 Add-On 27 Add-On 36
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0048-0061_Eng.indd 61
W" 60 72 96 60 72 96
Dimensions x D" x x 18 x x 18 x x 18 x x 18 x x 18 x x 18 x
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
H" 72 72 72 72 72 72
Wt. lbs. 93 103 123 74 84 105 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 342.00 365.00 392.00 275.00 285.98 319.75
Shelf Size" 36 x 36 48 x 36 48 x 48 36 x 36 48 x 36 48 x 48 36 x 36 48 x 36 48 x 48
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Overall No. of Height" shelves 62 1/2 3 62 1/2 3 62 1/2 3 72 1/2 3 72 1/2 3 72 1/2 3 84 1/2 4 84 1/2 4 84 1/2 4
Starter Model No. RK064 RK065 RK066 RK067 RK068 RK069 RK070 RK071 RK072
WELDING & METALWORKING
Wt. lbs. 911 1053 1260 932 1074 1281 1166 1348 1510
Price /Each 5103.00 5345.00 5685.00 5242.00 5447.00 5845.00 6672.00 7100.00 7859.00
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Add-on Model No. RK073 RK074 RK075 RK076 RK077 RK078 RK079 RK080 RK081
Wt. lbs 831 973 1174 842 984 1185 1063 1245 1501
Price /Each 4645.00 4932.00 5248.00 4754.00 4889.00 5441.00 5950.00 6415.00 7166.00
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Additional Wt. Price Shelves lbs. /Each RK082 210 1471.00 RK083 248 1512.00 RK084 303 1588.00 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
61 12-07-20 11:59 AM
WIRE SHELVING CHROMATE WIRE SHELVING • Heavy-gauge shelves with open wire design minimize dust, improve air circulation and provide greater visibility of stored items • Post’s circular grooves combined with tapered plastic split sleeves allow for assembly in minutes with no special tools • Shelf ribs run front to back allowing items to slide on and off shelves smoothly • Shelves can be adjusted at precise 1" intervals • Posts are double grooved every 8" and numbered for easy adjustment • Adjustable feet compensate for surface irregularities • Stationary unit's total capacity should not exceed 2000-lb. • Assembly required • NSF certified
COMPLETE SHELVING UNITS
POSTS Model No. RL611 RL330 RL331 RL332 RL333
Height" 33 54 63 74 86
Wt. lbs. 4 6.3 7 8 8.8
Price/Each 13.10 15.85 16.60 18.80 21.60
WIRE SHELVES Model No. RL606 RL607 RL608 RL609 RL610 RL035 RL036 RL037 RL038 RL039 RL040 RL041 RL042 RL043
Dimensions W" x D" 30 x 14 36 x 14 48 x 14 60 x 14 72 x 14 30 x 18 36 x 18 48 x 18 60 x 18 73 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 24 60 x 24 72 x 24
Cap lbs. /Shelf* 800 800 800 600 600 800 800 800 600 600 800 800 600 600
Wt. lbs. 7.5 8.25 10.5 14.25 17.5 8.5 9.75 12.5 18 20.5 13.25 16.25 21.5 27
Price /Each 31.90 32.55 39.10 43.55 49.50 39.65 40.35 48.35 57.15 67.20 49.80 60.70 71.95 84.40
RL054
Use S hooks to eliminate two posts per adjacent shelf. 2 required per shelf.
RL055
* Evenly distributed weight ACCESSORIES
62
Description Caster, 5", No Brake Caster, 5", with Brake Divider for Shelf, 18" Divider for Shelf, 24" Handle 18" - Can Only be Used with Utility Carts Handle 24" - Can Only be Used with Utility Carts Split Sleeves, Black 4 Pc/Bag S-Hook for Attaching Add-On Leveling Feet (Die Cast and Foot Bolt) Die Cast for Leveling Feet Foot Bolt for Leveling Feet Direct Wall Mount, Single Shelf Support, 14" Direct Wall Mount, Double Shelf Support, 14" Direct Wall Mount, Single Shelf Support, 18" Direct Wall Mount, Double Shelf Support, 18" Direct Wall Mount, Single Shelf Support, 24" Direct Wall Mount, Double Shelf Support, 24" Ledge for Shelf, 14" Ledge for Shelf, 18" Ledge for Shelf, 24" Ledge for Shelf, 30" Ledge for Shelf, 36" Ledge for Shelf, 48" Ledge for Shelf, 60" Ledge for Shelf, 72" MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0062-0066_Eng.indd 62
Wt. lbs. 2.8 2.7 1.7 2.2 3.9 4.4 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 2 3.5 1.75 3.25 1.9 3.56 0.6 0.75 1 2 2.5 3.5 3.75 4
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 33.40 41.35 21.45 26.70 48.40 51.65 5.10 2.25 3.65 1.70 2.25 36.65 55.20 42.65 64.20 44.70 66.80 10.80 11.45 13.45 16.35 17.70 21.30 22.60 28.50
RL050 Divider
RL612 Direct Wall Mount, Single Shelf Support
RL614 Ledge for Shelf
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Dimensions x D" x
H"
Cap lbs /Shelf*
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
800 800 800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600
38.6 31.9 42.6 35.5 49 42 64.75 57.75 71.5 64.4 48 35 58 53.5 81 76.5 91 86.5 62 57.5 74 69.5 95 90.5 117 112.5
180.00 169.00 192.00 178.00 217.00 203.00 235.00 222.00 258.00 246.00 227.00 211.00 259.00 241.00 294.00 277.00 334.00 318.00 261.00 249.00 306.00 289.00 355.00 338.00 398.00 386.00
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86
800 800 800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600
46.4 39.1 51 43.46 59 42.8 78.78 71 87.3 79.5 67.75 58.25 80.25 70.75 109 99.5 121.5 112 85.25 75.75 100.25 90.75 126.5 117 154 144.5 62 53 69 60 91.5 82 96 87 74 65 90 80 107 97 129 120
218.00 210.00 230.00 222.00 264.00 255.00 287.00 278.00 316.00 307.00 276.00 259.00 317.00 295.00 357.00 345.00 410.00 386.00 323.00 306.00 376.00 357.00 435.00 417.00 495.00 474.00 296.00 270.00 336.00 311.00 378.00 353.00 430.00 398.00 343.00 318.00 398.00 370.00 456.00 427.00 518.00 487.00
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R34580E
Model No. RL048 RL049 RL050 RL051 RL052 RL053 RL054 RL055 RL056 RL057 RL058 RL612 RL613 RL898 RL899 RL900 RL901 RL614 RL615 RL616 RL617 RL618 RL619 RL620 RL621
Model No. Type W" 4 SHELVES RL907 Starter 30 RL908 Add-On 30 RL632 Starter 36 RL633 Add-On 36 RL634 Starter 48 RL635 Add-On 48 RL636 Starter 60 RL637 Add-On 60 RL638 Starter 72 RL639 Add-On 72 RL059 Starter 36 RL060 Add-On 36 RL061 Starter 48 RL062 Add-On 48 RL063 Starter 60 RL064 Add-On 60 RL065 Starter 72 RL066 Add-On 72 RL067 Starter 36 RL068 Add-On 36 RL069 Starter 48 RL070 Add-On 48 RL071 Starter 60 RL072 Add-On 60 RL073 Starter 72 RL074 Add-On 72 5 SHELVES RL909 Starter 30 RL910 Add-On 30 RL640 Starter 36 RL641 Add-On 36 RL642 Starter 48 RL643 Add-On 48 RL644 Starter 60 RL645 Add-On 60 RL646 Starter 72 RL647 Add-On 72 RL075 Starter 36 RL076 Add-On 36 RL077 Starter 48 RL078 Add-On 48 RL079 Starter 60 RL080 Add-On 60 RL081 Starter 72 RL082 Add-On 72 RL083 Starter 36 RL084 Add-On 36 RL085 Starter 48 RL086 Add-On 48 RL087 Starter 60 RL088 Add-On 60 RL089 Starter 72 RL090 Add-On 72 RL448 Starter 36 RL449 Add-On 36 RL450 Starter 48 RL451 Add-On 48 RL452 Starter 60 RL453 Add-On 60 RL454 Starter 72 RL455 Add-On 72 RL456 Starter 36 RL457 Add-On 36 RL458 Starter 48 RL459 Add-On 48 RL460 Starter 60 RL461 Add-On 60 RL462 Starter 72 RL463 Add-On 72 * Evenly distributed weight
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:16 PM
WIRE SHELVING WIRE SHELVING UNITS WITH STORAGE BINS Same great features as the Kleton chromate wire shelving, but with the added convenience of heavy-duty storage bins. • Adjustable chromate wire shelves • Wire shelving resists corrosion and provides greater visibility to stored parts • Wire shelves prevent build up of dust and dirt • Bins are unaffected by oil, alkaline, and most acids • Ideal in production or for parts storage • NSE certified • Assembly required • Stationary unit's total capacity should not exceed 2000 lbs.
RL815
RL820
Model No. RL815 RL816 RL817 RL818 RL819 RL820 RL821 RL822 RL823 RL824 RL825 RL826 RL827
Shelving Size W" x D" x H" 36 x 14 x 74 36 x 14 x 74 36 x 14 x 74 36 x 14 x 74 36 x 18 x 74 36 x 18 x 74 36 x 18 x 74 36 x 18 x 74 36 x 24 x 74 36 x 24 x 74 36 x 24 x 74 36 x 24 x 74 18 x 48 x 74
No. of Shelves 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 5 5 5 5 8
RL828
48 x 18 x 74
8
RL829
48 x 18 x 74
8
RL830
48 x 18 x 74
8
RL831
48 x 18 x 74
8
RL832
48 x 18 x 74
8
RL833
48 x 18 x 74
8
RL834
48 x 18 x 74
8
RL835
48 x 24 x 74
5
RL836
48 x 24 x 74
5
RL837
48 x 24 x 74
5
RL838
48 x 24 x 74
5
RL839
36 x 18 x 74
8
RL840
36 x 18 x 74
8
RL841
36 x 18 x 74
8
RL842
36 x 18 x 74
8
RL837
W" 8 3/16 8 3/16 8 3/16 8 3/16 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 7 7/8 15 1/2 15 1/2 15 1/2 15 1/2 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 15 1/2 7 7/8 11 13/16 15 1/2 7 7/8 11 13/16 15 1/2 7 7/8 11 13/16 15 1/2 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16 7 7/8 11 13/16
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Bin Size D" 14 14 14 14 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 25 25 25 25 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 25 17 11/16 17 11/16 25 17 11/16 17 11/16 25 17 11/16 17 11/16 25 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16 17 11/16
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
H" 6 3/16 6 3/16 6 3/16 6 3/16 7 7 7 7 13 13 13 13 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 13 7 7 13 7 7 13 7 7 13 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
No. of Bins 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 8 8 8 8 28 7 28 7 28 7 28 7 7 21 7 21 7 21 7 21 4 7 6 4 7 6 4 7 6 4 7 6 7 14 7 14 7 14 7 14
Colour Blue Yellow Green Red Blue Yellow Green Red Blue Yellow Green Red Blue Blue Yellow Yellow Green Green Red Red Blue Blue Yellow Yellow Green Green Red Red Blue Blue Blue Yellow Yellow Yellow Green Green Green Red Red Red Blue Blue Yellow Yellow Green Green Red Red
Price /Each 554.00 554.00 554.00 554.00 797.00 797.00 797.00 797.00 565.00 565.00 565.00 565.00 988.00 988.00 988.00 988.00 923.00 923.00 923.00 923.00 723.00
723.00
723.00
723.00
774.00 774.00 774.00 774.00
RL826
WIRE-RAC TM
Call us for all your Material Handling & Storage requirements!
• Snap-on holders easily and quickly identify stored contents • Clear, flexible plastic sleeves fit new or existing wire shelving with 1 1/4" facing; paper inserts included Dim. W" x 1 5/16 x 1 5/16 x 1 5/16 x 1 5/16 x
L" 3 6 12 24
Price /Each 30.06 52.33 46.40 46.40
R32235E
Model No. RH683 RH684 RH685 RH686
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0062-0066_Eng.indd 63
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
63 12-07-24 2:16 PM
WIRE SHELVING GREEN EPOXY WIRE SHELVING • Green epoxy wire shelving is ideal for use in wet environments • Superior rust resistance • Designed to minimize dust, improve air circulation, and provide greater visibility of stored items • Post’s circular grooves combined with tapered plastic sleeves allow for assembly in minutes with no special tools • Shelf ribs run front to back allowing items to slide on and off shelves smoothly • Shelves can be adjusted at precise 1" intervals • Posts are double grooved every 8" and numbered for easy adjustment • Adjustable feet compensate for surface irregularities • Stationary unit's total capacity should not exceed 2000 lbs. • NSF certified
RL648
POSTS Model No. RL629 RL630 RL631
Price /Each 14.95 16.95 19.35
Height" 63 74 86
WIRE SHELVES Model No. RL622 RL623 RL624 RL625 RL626 RL627 RL628
Dimensions W" x D" 36 x 18 48 x 18 60 x 18 72 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 24 60 x 24
Cap lbs. /Shelf* 800 800 600 600 800 800 600
Price /Each 36.55 43.70 51.50 60.65 44.95 54.80 65.20
* Evenly distributed weight
COMPLETE SHELVING UNITS Model No. 4 SHELVES RL648 RL649 RL650 RL651 RL652 RL653 RL654 RL655 RL656 RL657 RL658 RL659 RL660 RL661 5 SHELVES RL662 RL663 RL664 RL665 RL666 RL667 RL668 RL669 RL670 RL671 RL672 RL673 RL674 RL675
Type
Dimensions W" x D" x H"
Cap lbs. /Shelf*
Price /Each
Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On
36 36 48 48 60 60 72 72 36 36 48 48 60 60
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 600 600
210.00 196.00 240.00 226.00 270.00 259.00 309.00 295.00 245.00 232.00 285.00 270.00 325.00 314.00
Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On
36 36 48 48 60 60 72 72 36 36 48 48 60 60
x 18 x 74 x 18 x 74 x 18 x 74 x 18 x 74 x 18 x 74 x 18 x 74 x 18 x 74 x 18 x 74 x 24 x 74 x 24 x 74 x 24 x 74 x 24 x 74 x 24 x 74 x 24 x 74
800 800 800 800 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 600 600
256.00 246.00 292.00 284.00 332.00 324.00 379.00 370.00 295.00 290.00 348.00 340.00 424.00 415.00
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 24
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
WIRE-RAC TM • Snap-on holders easily and quickly identify stored contents • Clear, flexible plastic sleeves fit new or existing wire shelving with 1 1/4" facing; paper inserts included Model No. RH683 RH684 RH685 RH686
Dim. W" x 1 5/16 x 1 5/16 x 1 5/16 x 1 5/16 x
L" 3 6 12 24
Price /Each 30.06 52.33 46.40 46.40
* Evenly distributed weight R32237E
64
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0062-0066_Eng.indd 64
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:16 PM
WIRE SHELVING MAX I® STORAGE SYSTEMS
Microban® antimicrobial product protection helps keep products cleaner and fresher by inhibiting the growth of bacteria, mold, mildew and fungi that cause stains and odours.
• The most versatile storage system ever introduced • Open shelf mats are easy to remove for cleaning • Solid shelf mats, dividers, ledges, drop-in wire baskets, and an array of accessories, can easily be added or removed in seconds • Completely Mobile with the addition of 5" casters • Strong and Durable: Reinforced polymers give MAX I® incredible strength; 800 lbs. per shelf up to 42" in length and 600 lbs. per shelf up to 72" in length Also, shelves won't mark or crease • Corrosion and Rust Proof: MAX I® has a lifetime warranty against corrosion and rust, so it's perfect for damp, humid conditions as well as dry storage • Fast, Easy Assembly: MAX I® assembles easily in minutes, without tools • Posts have numbered grooves at 1" increments, with 1/2" increment adjustment • Wedge lock connectors, with window and pointer to locate desired post groove, snap onto posts • Simply attach the wedge lock connectors at the desired post height and lower the shelf into place • With unit complete, solid shelf and open-grid mats can be removed and/or interchanged at any time
Includes
MAX I® STEM CASTER CARTS • Ideal system for cooler/freezer applications, designed to withstand years of use • Corrosion-proof materials provide a lifetime of worry-free use • Removeable and dishwasher safe polymer shelf mats make cleaning this system quick and efficient • Mobile MAX I® storage carts come complete with 4 shelves (open grid or solid mat), four 63" posts, wedge connectors and four 5" poly casters (two swivel /two with brake) • Approximate height of cart: 69" • Capacity/unit: 900 lbs.
RG484
MAX I® SHELVES* Shelf Size W" X L" 18 x 24 18 x 30 18 x 36 18 x 42 18 x 48 18 x 54 18 x 60 18 x 72 24 x 24 24 x 30 24 x 36 24 x 42 24 x 48 24 x 54 24 x 60
Open Grid Model No. RC538 RC540 RC542 RC549 RC551 RC558 RC560 RC561 RC563 RC565 RC567 RC569 RC571 RC573 RC575
Wt. lbs. 9 11 12 14 15 17 18 18 11 13 14 16 18 20 22
Price /Each 185.00 182.77 182.77 220.38 220.38 262.61 262.61 299.14 218.40 222.36 222.36 271.84 271.84 321.33 321.33
Solid Shelf Model No. RC537 RC539 RC541 RC548 RC550 RC557 RC559 RC562 RC564 RC566 RC568 RC570 RC572 RC574
Wt. lbs. 11 12 14 16 18 20 22 13 15 17 19 22 24 26
Price /Each 198.60 207.18 207.18 249.41 249.41 296.92 296.92 246.77 252.05 252.05 307.47 307.47 363.56 363.56
Shelves and posts sold separately
MAX I® POSTS Model No. RC536 RC579 RC582 RC585 RC588 RC589
Height" 13 33 54 63 74 86
Wt. lbs. .5 1 1.5 2 2.25 2.5
Price /Each 34.97 51.47 57.40 61.36 69.94 81.16
R32238E
* Shelf c/w frame, mat and wedge lock connectors.
Model Shelf No. W" x L" WITH OPEN GRID SHELVES RG484 18 x 36 RG485 18 x 48 RG486 18 x 60 RG487 24 x 36 RG488 24 x 48 RG489 24 x 60 WITH SOLID MAT SHELVES RG490 18 x 36 RG492 18 x 60 RG493 24 x 36 RG494 24 x 48 RG495 24 x 60
CANTILEVER SHELVES
Same great features as the Kleton chrome wire shelving, but with the added convenience of directly mounting on a wall. • Heavy-gauge chrome-plated shelves with open wire design minimize dust, improve air circulation and provide greater visibility of stored items • Shelf ribs run front to back allowing items to slide on and off shelves smoothly • Wall mounts maximize available floor space • Each wall mount unit consists of one shelf support and mounting plate • Use single support at shelf ends; double support for adjoining shelves • Installation note: Wall mounts must be securely fastened to materials of adequate load bearing strength (Load rating: 200 lbs. or 91 kg per system)
• • • • •
WIRE SHELVES
Length" SHELVES 24 30 36 42 48 60
Dimensions W" x D" 30 x 14 36 x 14 48 x 14 60 x 14 72 x 14 30 x 18 36 x 18 48 x 18 60 x 18 73 x 18 36 x 24 48 x 24 60 x 24 72 x 24
Cap lbs. /Shelf* 800 800 800 600 600 800 800 800 600 600 800 800 600 600
Wt. lbs. 7.5 8.25 10.5 14.25 17.5 8.5 9.75 12.5 18 20.5 13.25 16.25 21.5 27
Price /Each 31.90 32.55 39.10 43.55 49.50 39.65 40.35 48.35 57.15 67.20 49.80 60.70 71.95 84.40
DIRECT WALL MOUNTS Model No. RL612 RL898 RL900 RL613 RL899 RL901
Shelf Support Single Single Single Double Double Double
Shelf Depth" 14 18 24 14 18 24
Price /Each 36.65 42.65 44.70 55.20 64.20 66.80
Price /Each
74 86 98 82 98 114
1254.97 1405.41 1574.32 1413.33 1611.27 1809.22
74 106 86 106 122
1352.62 1711.56 1532.09 1753.79 1978.13
Note: Units also available with rubber casters (capacity: 600 lbs.)
WIRE SHELVING DIRECT WALL MOUNTS
Model No. RL606 RL607 RL608 RL609 RL610 RL035 RL036 RL037 RL038 RL039 RL040 RL041 RL042 RL043
Wt. lbs.
Add convenient shelving space above a storage unit Drop mat design creates a retaining edge around the entire 12" deep shelf Standard Super Erecta® posts available separately Can also be used as an extension to an already mounted shelf for additional space Also available in the following colours: smoked glass, white and a wide assortment of designer colours
Wt. lbs.
Model No. Chrome Black
Price /Each
4 1/2 5 5 3/4 6 3/4 7 3/4 9 1/2
RH347 RH348 RH349 RH350 RH351 RH352
58.50 61.07 63.64 71.85 73.90 85.70
Height" POSTS 34 1/2 54 1/2 62 1/2 74 5/8 86 1/2
RH353 RH354 RH355 RH356 RH357 RH358
Wt. lbs.
Model No. Chrome
Price /Each
Model No. Black
Price /Each
2 3 3 1/2 4 5
RC827 RC850 RC895 RC924 RC932
19.50 22.58 24.12 26.17 32.84
RH293 RH294 RG797 RG798 RG799
18.99 22.07 23.61 25.66 32.33
* Evenly distributed weight OFFICE PRODUCTS
0062-0066_Eng.indd 65
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
65 12-07-24 2:16 PM
WIRE SHELVING UTILITY CARTS
WIRE SHELF CARTS
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
Durable, dependable transport solution that is easy to manoeuvre Highly rigid construction that is easily adjustable at 1" increments Two handles, indicated number of shelves, and casters Capacity: 600 lbs. evenly distributed Shipped knocked down NSF certified One-year limited warranty MJ543
Model No. 2 SHELVES MK781 MK782 MK783 MK784 MK785 MK786 MK787 3 SHELVES MJ539 MJ540 MJ541 MJ542 MJ543 MJ544 MJ545
Dimensions W" x D" x H"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
30 36 48 60 36 48 60
x x x x x x x
18 18 18 18 24 24 24
x x x x x x x
39 39 39 39 39 39 39
36.5 40.25 44.75 54 47.75 53.75 63.5
273.00 274.00 290.00 307.00 290.00 317.00 347.00
30 36 48 60 36 48 60
x x x x x x x
18 18 18 18 24 24 24
x x x x x x x
39 39 39 39 39 39 39
45 50 57 72 61 70 85
313.00 316.00 339.00 365.00 348.00 379.00 411.00
Open-wire shelf design minimizes dust and increases air circulation and visibility High quality chromate shelves and posts prevent corrosion Shelves can be adjusted quickly and easily Strong and versatile Includes: 5" resilient rubber casters (two swivel, two with brake) Capacity: 600 lbs. evenly distributed Shipped knocked down NSF certified One-year limited warranty
Model Dimensions No. W" x D" x H" 4 SHELVES RL600 36 x 18 x 63 RL601 48 x 18 x 63 RL602 60 x 18 x 63 RL603 36 x 24 x 63 RL604 48 x 24 x 63 RL605 60 x 24 x 63 MJ527 36 x 18 x 74 MJ528 48 x 18 x 74 MJ529 60 x 18 x 74 MJ530 36 x 24 x 74 MJ531 48 x 24 x 74 MJ532 60 x 24 x 74 5 SHELVES MJ533 36 x 18 x 86 MJ534 48 x 18 x 86 MJ535 60 x 18 x 86 MJ536 36 x 24 x 86 MJ537 48 x 24 x 86 MJ538 60 x 24 x 86
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
56 65 83 69 81 95 64 74 94 78 90 110
344.00 374.00 407.00 379.00 420.00 466.00 344.00 375.00 410.00 379.00 420.00 467.00
68 78 98 82 94 114
392.00 430.00 472.00 439.00 506.00 560.00
MJ533
PUSH CARTS
GREEN EPOXY WIRE SHELF CARTS
• • • • • • •
• Green epoxy wire shelf carts are ideal for use in wet environments • Superior rust resistance • Designed to minimize dust, improve air circulation, and provide greater visibility of stored items • Shelves can be adjusted quickly and easily • Strong and versatile • Includes: 5" resilient rubber casters (two swivel, two with brake) • Capacity: 600 lbs. evenly distributed • Shipped knocked down • One-year limited warranty
Durable, dependable transport solution Easy maneuverability Shelves can be adjusted quickly and easily Capacity: 600 lbs. evenly distributed Shipped knocked down NSF certified One-year limited warranty
RL915
66
Dimensions W" x D" x H"
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0062-0066_Eng.indd 66
Price /Each
30 36 48 60
x x x x
14 14 14 14
x x x x
54 54 54 54
190.00 247.00 280.00 299.00
30 36 48 60
x x x x
14 14 14 14
x x x x
54 54 54 54
215.00 283.00 327.00 356.00
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
64 74 94 78 90 110
349.00 382.00 418.00 387.00 429.00 477.00
68 78 98 82 94 114
399.00 439.00 482.00 446.00 516.00 570.00
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
RL803
R34581E
Model No. 4 SHELVES RL914 RL915 RL916 RL917 5 SHELVES RL918 RL919 RL920 RL921
Model Dimensions No. W" x D" x H" 4 SHELVES RL803 36 x 18 x a74 RL804 48 x 18 x 74 RL805 60 x 18 x 74 RL806 36 x 24 x 74 RL807 48 x 24 x 74 RL808 60 x 24 x 74 5 SHELVES RL809 36 x 18 x 86 RL810 48 x 18 x 86 RL811 60 x 18 x 86 RL812 36 x 24 x 86 RL813 48 x 24 x 86 RL814 60 x 24 x 86
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:17 PM
TUBULAR STRUCTURES PIPE FITTINGS There are many variations of fittings to suit a wide range of applications, providing the versatility to achieve any structural configuration. The fittings are galvanized malleable iron castings designed to suit eight sizes of tube. A standard hex key and tube cutters are the only tools required to create strong, rigid structures. Recessed set screws, tightened by the hex key, firmly lock the tube into the fitting. The set screw is manufactured in case hardened steel and is coated to protect against corrosion.
• Simple method of constructing tubular structures • Cost effective alternative to welding • Galvanized to resist corrosion
SHORT TEES Model No. RK597 RK598 RK599 RK600 RK601
LONG TEES Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 10.55 12.46 17.53 20.22 38.14
90° ELBOWS Model No. RK617 RK618 RK619 RK620 RK621
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 14.42 15.50 20.47 26.76 43.65
R29382E
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0067-0069_Eng.indd 67
Price /Each 20.05 18.92 29.77 32.83 52.78
Model No. N/A RK622 RK623 RK624 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 19.31 26.10 29.42 -
Model No. N/A RK635 RK636 RK637 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 86.00 102.60 107.32 -
Price /Each 0.91 1.08 1.35 1.42 1.76 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Model No. N/A RK648 RK649 RK650 N/A SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 15.77 16.21 23.75 27.03 50.11
Model No. N/A RK625 RK626 RK627 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 31.38 41.66 47.54 -
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 49.79 64.92 67.52 -
Model No. RK638 RK639 RK640 RK641 RK642
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 57.04 64.68 74.08 -
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 16.57 18.95 22.96 30.21 51.24
Model No. RK628 RK629 RK630 RK631 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 21.66 20.95 30.31 37.65 -
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 23.67 23.33 26.93 34.71 47.78
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 11.68 12.12 13.64 15.20 -
RAILING BASE FLANGES Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 12.48 13.46 18.83 24.28 34.17
CLAMPON TEES Model No. RK651 RK652 RK653 RK654 N/A
Model No. RK612 RK613 RK614 RK615 RK616
3 WAY 90° ELBOWS
BASE FLANGES
GROUND SOCKETS Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Model No. RK607 RK608 RK609 RK610 RK611
ANGLE TEES
ADJUSTABLE TWO SOCKET CROSSES
PLASTIC END PLUGS Model No. RA179 RA180 RA181 RA182 RA183
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
ANGLE CROSSES
ADJUSTABLE SHORT TEES Model No. N/A RK632 RK633 RK634 N/A
Model No. RK602 RK603 RK604 RK605 RK606
TWO SOCKET CROSSES
SIDE OUTLET TEES
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Model No. RK643 RK644 RK645 RK646 RK647
GATE EYES Price /Each 28.59 29.87 35.45 41.54 -
Model No. RK655 RK656 RK657 RK658 N/A
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
67 12-07-25 11:35 AM
TUBULAR STRUCTURES PIPE FITTINGS
GATE HINGES Model No. RK659 RK660 RK661 RK662 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 12.93 13.86 15.69 17.16 -
SIDE PALM FIXINGS Model No. N/A RK671 RK672 RK673 N/A
Price /Each 26.95 27.54 30.62 -
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 15.01 20.22 29.47 -
TEE/CROSSOVER COMBINATIONS Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0067-0069_Eng.indd 68
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Model No. RK689 RK690 RK691 RK692 N/A
Price /Each 19.93 19.85 24.75 38.53 57.67
Price /Each 21.27 29.62 38.14 -
Price /Each 30.04 35.32 50.40 58.36 -
Model No. RK728 N/A N/A N/A N/A
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Model No. RK677 RK678 RK679 RK680 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 32.29 35.23 45.21 45.61 -
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Model No. RK693 RK694 RK695 RK696 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 10.53 12.31 19.80 21.71 -
Price /Each 46.24 44.82 52.04 58.31 111.46
Model No. RK708 RK710 RK712 RK714 RK716
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 16.38 -
Model No. RK723 RK724 RK725 RK726 RK727
WELDING & METALWORKING
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 38.14 -
Model No. RK681 RK682 RK683 RK684 RK685
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 13.90 14.03 19.09 21.86 30.43
90° CROSSOVERS Model No. RK697 RK698 RK699 RK700 RK701
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 17.80 14.81 20.73 24.36 36.55
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 22.94 26.12 25.56 -
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 4.72 4.72 5.48 5.48 -
MALE CORNER SWIVELS Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 20.91 20.05 21.40 21.89 32.24
Model No. N/A RK718 RK720 RK722 N/A
MESH PANEL CLIPS
SWIVEL BASES Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Model No. N/A RK670 N/A N/A N/A
SLEEVE JOINTS
MALE DOUBLE SWIVELS
BASE PLATES Price /Each 46.37 56.67 62.18 -
Price /Each 39.09 51.07 61.05 -
CLAMPON CROSSOVERS Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Model No. RK707 RK709 RK711 RK713 RK715
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 28.91 28.05 31.58 34.59 55.52 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Model No. RK729 RK730 RK731 RK732 N/A
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R29383E
68
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Model No. N/A RK674 RK675 RK676 N/A
Model No. N/A RK667 RK668 RK669 N/A
SHORT SWIVEL TEES
DOUBLE SWIVELS
CORNER SWIVELS Model No. N/A RK717 RK719 RK721 N/A
Price /Each 17.72 16.99 22.55 28.15 -
4WAY CROSSES
INTERNAL JOINTS
Model No. RK702 RK703 RK704 RK705 RK706
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
INTERNAL SWIVEL TEES Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Model No. N/A RK686 RK687 RK688 N/A
Model No. RK663 RK664 RK665 RK666 N/A
HORIZONTAL RAILING SUPPORTS
VERTICAL RAILING SUPPORTS
HANDRAIL BRACKETS
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 11:36 AM
TUBULAR STRUCTURES PIPE FITTINGS
SINGLE SWIVEL SOCKETS Model No. RK739 RK742 RK745 RK748 RK751
FEMALE SWIVEL SOCKETS Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 11.09 11.11 13.76 14.12 26.10
LOCKING COLLARS Model No. RK757 RK758 RK759 RK760 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 12.04 11.60 14.74 17.55 38.56
Price /Each 7.98 9.20 12.00 10.94 -
WEATHER CAPS
Model No. N/A RK761 RK821 RK763 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 9.67 13.12 14.03 -
Price /Each 35.15 38.78 44.70 -
Model No. N/A N/A N/A RK817 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 23.77 23.57 28.10 32.36 65.36
Model No. RK752 RK753 RK754 RK755 RK756
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 19.63 23.18 33.76 36.52 76.99
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 39.56 -
RIDGE FITTINGS
Model No. N/A N/A N/A RA301 N/A
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 46.41 -
Model No. N/A N/A N/A RA302 N/A
TOOLS
ADJUSTABLE FIXING BRACKETS Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Model No. RK737 RK740 RK743 RK746 RK749
OUTLET TEES
EAVES FITTINGS
HOOKS
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Model No. N/A RK766 RK767 RK768 N/A
Model No. RK738 RK741 RK744 RK747 RK750
SINGLE SWIVEL COMBINATIONS
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.315 1.66 1.90 2.375
Price /Each 14.91 -
Model No. TX018 TX019
Description Allen Key for 1.05", 1.315" and 1.66" Pipes Allen Key for 1.90" and 2.375" Pipes
Price /Each 1.28 2.02
PIPES Build an unlimited array of strong rigid structures combining standard black iron (unthreaded) pipe or galvanized (threaded - on one side) pipe (schedule 40), with any combination of corresponding sized Kee Klamp速 fittings. Pipe sizes are available from 1.05" to 2.375" (outside diameter). Standard pipe length is 21 ft., with cut lengths available upon request. A cutting charge will be added per cut length of piping. Call for pricing.
Pipe O.D." 1.05 1.215 1.66 1.90 2.375
Pipe I.D." 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 2
Pipe Length' 21 21 21 21 21
Black Iron Model No. RA109 RA111 RA113 RA115 RA117
Galvanized Iron Model No. RA110 RA112 RA114 RA116 RA118
R29384E
Model No. RG259 Cutting charge per cut length Price/Each $5.28
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0067-0069_Eng.indd 69
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
69 12-07-25 11:36 AM
RACKING PALLET RACKING SYSTEMS • Provides the widest range of flexibility for pallet and bulk storage needs with excellent storage density • Stocking vertically and horizontally maximizes available space with the ability to access each individual load • Installs quickly without special tools and adjust easily to your specific needs • Typical applications include: warehouses, distribution centres and manufacturing plants • Only two basic components are required: beams and frames Note: Pallet racking products are FOB the manufacturer.
Upright End Frames
Box Beam
Step Beam
CENTENNIAL PROFILES
REDIRACK PROFILES
UPRIGHT END FRAMES* Model No. RB819 RB747 RB763 RB779 RB795
Priced per each
Dimensions D" x H" 42 x 96 42 x 120 42 x 144 42 x 168 42 x 192
Wt. Cap. lbs. 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000
STEP BEAMS* Model No. RB491 RB465 RB469 RB517 RB495 RB499
Price /Each 126.12 150.10 184.73 216.71 244.24 Priced per pair
Dimensions H" x L" 4 x 96 4 x 108 4 x 120 4 1/2 x 96 4 1/2 x 108 4 1/2 x 120
Wt. Cap. Pair/lbs. 6804 5652 4578 8039 7106 6140
BOX BEAMS*
Price /Pair 152.76 171.41 189.17 163.41 181.18 200.72 Priced per pair
Dimensions H" x L" 4 x 96 4 x 108 4 x 144 4 1/2 x 96 4 1/2 x 108 4 1/2 x 144
Wt. Cap. Pair/lbs. 6886 5775 3249 8105 7204 4310
Price /Pair 150.98 164.31 211.38 158.98 174.96 225.59
UPRIGHT END FRAMES** Model No. RL022 RL023 RL024 RL025
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0070-0077_Eng.indd 70
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Wt. Cap. lbs. 25 000 25 000 25 000 25 000
Dimensions H" x L" 4 x 96 4 1/2 x 96 4 x 102 4 x 108 4 1/2 x 108 6 x 144
Wt. Cap. Pair/lbs. 5400 6470 5000 4480 5750 6390
Dimensions H" x L" 4 x 96 4 1/2 x 108 6 x 144
Wt. Cap. Pair/lbs. 7010 6080 5230
STEP BEAMS** Model No. RL026 RL903 RL904 RL905 RL027 RL906 Model No. RL032 RL033 RL902
Price /Each 147.44 151.04 180.31 201.98 Priced per each
BOX BEAMS**
Price /Each 45.30 62.45 61.11 63.75 55.92 98.25 Priced per each Price /Each 61.95 64.78 112.50
** Redirack uprights and beams are standard in orange, blue available upon request.
* See page 71 for full selection of sizes of the Centennial profile racking
70
Priced per each
Dimensions D" x H" 42 x 144 42 x 168 42 x 192 42 x 216
WELDING & METALWORKING
OTHER DIMENSIONS AVAILABLE. CALL YOUR MATERIAL HANDLING SPECIALIST TODAY! TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R25786E
Model No. RB275 RB263 RB269 RB288 RB277 RB283
Box Beam
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-19 1:39 PM
RACKING UPRIGHTS & STRINGERS Make every inch of your storage space count by combining standard sized uprights and stringers (box type or recessed type) to create a racking system that is customized to your needs. • Feature a 50 k.s.i. minimum yield to achieve higher load capacities • Various racking accessories (below) may be added to store any specialty items that regular racking cannot handle • All racking is FOB Concord, Ontario Contact our sales department for pricing or further technical assistance.
HEAVYDUTY UPRIGHTS 27 000LB. CAPACITY
MEDIUM DUTY UPRIGHTS 20 000LB. CAPACITY
Depth
Depth Height
24" RB798 RB806 RB814 RB822 RB742 RB750 RB758 RB766 RB774 RB782 RB790
6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16'
30" RB800 RB808 RB816 RB824 RB744 RB752 RB760 RB768 RB776 RB784 RB792
Box Type Stringer
36" RB802 RB810 RB818 RB826 RB746 RB754 RB762 RB770 RB778 RB786 RB794
42" RB803 RB811 RB819 RB827 RB747 RB755 RB763 RB771 RB779 RB787 RB795
48" RB804 RB812 RB820 RB828 RB748 RB756 RB764 RB772 RB780 RB788 RB796
Recessed Type Stringer
1 5/8"
Height
60" RB805 RB813 RB821 RB829 RB749 RB757 RB765 RB773 RB781 RB789 RB797
2 1/2"
7/8" or 1 5/8"
Height
24" RB714 RB720 RB726 RB734 RB608 RB616 RB624 RB632 RB640 RB648 RB656 RB664 RB672 RB680 RB688 RB696 RB702 RB708
6' 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 13' 14' 15' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 28' 30'
30" RB715 RB721 RB728 RB736 RB610 RB618 RB626 RB634 RB642 RB650 RB658 RB666 RB674 RB682 RB690 RB697 RB703 RB709
36" RB716 RB722 RB730 RB738 RB612 RB620 RB628 RB636 RB644 RB652 RB660 RB668 RB676 RB684 RB692 RB698 RB704 RB710
42" RB717 RB723 RB731 RB739 RB613 RB621 RB629 RB637 RB645 RB653 RB661 RB669 RB677 RB685 RB693 RB699 RB705 RB711
48" RB718 RB724 RB732 RB740 RB614 RB622 RB630 RB638 RB646 RB654 RB662 RB670 RB678 RB686 RB694 RB700 RB706 RB712
60" RB719 RB725 RB733 RB741 RB615 RB623 RB631 RB639 RB647 RB655 RB663 RB671 RB679 RB687 RB695 RB701 RB707 RB713
BOX TYPE STRINGERS CAP. LBS. PER PAIR Lgth
84"
90"
96"
102"
108"
114"
120"
126"
132"
138"
144"
Model Cap. Hght No. lbs.
48"
Model Cap. No. lbs.
54"
Model Cap. Model Cap. Model Cap. No. lbs. No. lbs. No. lbs.
60"
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
2" RB203 5340 2 1/2" RB220 7821 3" RB237 9397 3 1/2" 4" 4 1/2" 5" 5 1/2" 6" 6 1/2"
RB204 RB221 RB238 RB254
RB205 RB222 RB239 RB255
RB208 RB225 RB242 RB258 RB272 RB285
RB209 RB226 RB243 RB259 RB273 RB286 RB297
RB210 RB227 RB244 RB260 RB274 RB287 RB298
RB211 RB228 RB245 RB261 RB275 RB288 RB299
RB195 RB212 RB229 RB246 RB262 RB276 RB289 RB300 RB308
RB196 RB213 RB230 RB247 RB263 RB277 RB290 RB301 RB309
RB197 RB214 RB231 RB248 RB264 RB278 RB291 RB302 RB310
RB198 RB215 RB232 RB249 RB265 RB279 RB292 RB303 RB311 RB316
RB199 RB216 RB233 RB250 RB266 RB280 RB293 RB304 RB312 RB317
RB200 RB217 RB234 RB251 RB267 RB281 RB294 RB305 RB313 RB318
RB201 RB218 RB235 RB252 RB268 RB282 RB295 RB306 RB314 RB319
RB202 RB219 RB236 RB253 RB269 RB283 RB296 RB307 RB315 RB320
4385 6952 8350 10032
66"
3551 6078 7518 9389
RB206 RB223 RB240 RB256 RB270
2936 5024 6839 8536 10016
72"
RB207 RB224 RB241 RB257 RB271 RB284
2466 4221 6265 7824 9181 10806
78"
2101 3596 5630 7222 8475 9975
1578 3102 4855 6706 7870 9262 10727
1812 2702 4229 6187 7345 8645 10012
1388 2374 3716 5438 6886 8105 9386
1229 2103 3293 4817 6476 7628 8834 10100 10400
1096 1876 2937 4296 5775 7204 8344 9540 10338
984 1684 2636 3856 5184 6825 7904 9037 9794
888 1520 2379 3481 4670 6207 7509 8585 9304 10200
805 1378 2158 3157 4243 5630 7152 8176 8861 10372
733 1255 1966 2876 3866 5130 6312 7805 8458 9901
671 1149 1799 2632 3538 4694 6050 7466 8091 9470
616 1055 1650 2417 3249 4310 5557 6998 7754 9076
RECESSED TYPE STRINGERS 7/8" CAP. LBS. PER PAIR Lgth
48"
54"
60"
66"
Model Cap. Hght No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
21/2" RB379 7143 3" RB413 9115 31/2" 4" 41/2" 5" 51/2" 6" 61/2"
RB381 6349 RB383 5714 RB385 RB415 8102 RB417 7292 RB419 RB447 10334 RB449 9310 RB451 RB479 10886 RB481
72"
Model Cap. Model Cap. Model Cap. No. lbs. No. lbs. No. lbs. 4800 6629 8463 9897
RB387 RB421 RB453 RB483 RB509
4041 6077 7758 9272 10718
84"
90"
96"
102"
108"
114"
120"
126"
132"
138"
144"
Model Cap. No. lbs.
78"
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
RB389 RB423 RB455 RB485 RB511
RB391 RB425 RB457 RB487 RB513 RB535
RB393 RB427 RB459 RB489 RB515 RB537
RB395 RB429 RB461 RB491 RB517 RB539 RB557
RB363 RB397 RB431 RB463 RB493 RB519 RB541 RB559
RB365 RB399 RB433 RB465 RB495 RB521 RB543 RB561
RB367 RB401 RB435 RB467 RB497 RB523 RB545 RB563
RB369 RB403 RB437 RB469 RB499 RB525 RB547 RB565 RB575
RB371 RB405 RB439 RB471 RB501 RB527 RB549 RB567 RB577
RB373 RB407 RB441 RB473 RB503 RB529 RB551 RB569 RB579
RB375 RB409 RB443 RB475 RB505 RB531 RB553 RB571 RB581
RB377 RB411 RB445 RB477 RB507 RB533 RB555 RB573 RB583
3443 5364 7161 8374 9894
2970 4625 6650 7776 9187 10325
2586 4030 6068 7258 8575 9637
2273 3540 5333 6804 8039 9035 10382
2014 3137 4725 6337 7565 8503 9772 10416
1796 2798 4214 5652 7106 8030 9229 9838
1612 2511 3782 5072 6769 7608 8743 9320
1455 2266 3414 4578 6140 7277 8306 8853 10593
1320 2055 3096 4153 5569 6884 7910 8432 10088
1206 1873 2821 3783 5074 6355 7500 8049 9630
1100 1719 2582 3462 4642 5819 7222 7699 9210
1010 1574 2371 3179 4264 5343 6786 7378 8827
RECESSED TYPE STRINGERS 15/8" CAP. LBS. PER PAIR
R31868E
Lgth
48"
54"
60"
66"
Model Cap. Hght No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
21/2" RB380 7143 3" RB414 9115 31/2" 4" 41/2" 5" 51/2" 6" 61/2"
RB382 6349 RB384 5714 RB386 RB416 8102 RB418 7292 RB420 RB448 10334 RB450 9310 RB452 RB480 10886 RB482
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0070-0077_Eng.indd 71
72"
Model Cap. Model Cap. Model Cap. No. lbs. No. lbs. No. lbs.
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
4800 6629 8463 9897
RB388 RB422 RB454 RB484 RB510
4041 6077 7758 9272 10718
84"
90"
96"
102"
108"
114"
120"
126"
132"
138"
144"
Model Cap. No. lbs.
78"
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
Model Cap. No. lbs.
RB390 RB424 RB456 RB486 RB512
RB392 RB426 RB458 RB488 RB514 RB536
RB394 RB428 RB460 RB490 RB516 RB538
RB396 RB430 RB462 RB492 RB518 RB540 RB558
RB364 RB398 RB432 RB464 RB494 RB520 RB542 RB560
RB366 RB400 RB434 RB466 RB496 RB522 RB544 RB562
RB368 RB402 RB436 RB468 RB498 RB524 RB546 RB564
RB370 RB404 RB438 RB470 RB500 RB526 RB548 RB566 RB576
RB372 RB406 RB440 RB472 RB502 RB528 RB550 RB568 RB578
RB374 RB408 RB442 RB474 RB504 RB530 RB552 RB570 RB580
RB376 RB410 RB444 RB476 RB506 RB532 RB554 RB572 RB582
RB378 RB412 RB446 RB478 RB508 RB534 RB556 RB574 RB584
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
3443 5364 7161 8374 9894
2970 4625 6650 7776 9187 10325
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
2586 4030 6068 7258 8575 9637
2273 3540 5333 6804 8039 9035 10382
2014 3137 4725 6337 7565 8503 9772 10416
WELDING & METALWORKING
1796 2798 4214 5652 7106 8030 9229 9838
1612 2511 3782 5072 6769 7608 8743 9320
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
1455 2266 3414 4578 6140 7277 8306 8853 10593
1320 2055 3096 4153 5569 6884 7910 8432 10088
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
1206 1873 2821 3783 5074 6355 7500 8049 9630
1100 1719 2582 3462 4642 5819 7222 7699 9210
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
1010 1574 2371 3179 4264 5343 6786 7378 8827
71 12-07-19 1:39 PM
RACKING CENTENNIAL PROFILE ACCESSORIES
REDIRACK PROFILE ACCESSORIES
FLUSH SAFETY BAR FOR BOX BEAMS
HOOL OVER SAFETY BAR FOR BOX BEAMS
Model No. RB878 RB884 RB872
Dimensions W" x L" 2 x 42 6 x 42 12 x 42
Wt. Cap. lbs. 1100 1200 1200
Price /Each 18.11 31.45 42.95
Model No. RL034
Wt. Cap. lbs. 1000
Price /Each 14.76
Wt. Cap. lbs. 1000
Price /Each 14.02
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
SAFETY BAR FOR STEP BEAMS
DRUM CRADLE
• Sits in pre-slitted Redirack beams • Prevents pallets from falling between beams • Galvanized
• For positive positioning of cylindrical containers • Unit fits onto cross bars and provides wedge type security
Model No. RB848
Dimensions W" x L" 2 x 42
Model No. RL029
Price /Each 59.08
Description Drum cradle (Type II - 42")
SKID CHANNELS
WALL TIES
• For use with legged skids • Fits across beams, from front to rear • Recessed channel provides support for skid legs
Model No. RB923
Dimensions W" x L" 2 x 42
Dimensions W" x L" 6 x 42
• Designed to protect racking by tying to walls or columns Model No. RL843 6" Price/Each $9.88 Model No. RL844 8" Price/Each $10.80 Model No. RL845 12" Price/Each $12.01
Price /Each 36.46
WALL CONNECTORS • Wall connectors are used to provide a tie between racking and the wall • Plate is punched to allow lagging Model No. RB835 RB830
LOADBEAM FASTENERS Price /Each 17.00 17.00
Size" 6 12
• Properly secure your load beam to the upright • Consist of: 5/16" x 3/4" hex head screw, 5/16" flat washer, 5/16" lock washer, 5/16" hex nut • 50 per pack Model No. MMA291 Price/Each $8.49
ROW CONNECTORS
SELF TAP SCREWS
• Row connectors are used on back to back racking layouts to maintain spacing between rows • May be located at any level other than where a stringer is located Model No. RB327 RB328 RB322
Price /Each 17.00 17.00 17.00
Size" 6 8 12
• 2 required per safety bar • 1/4" x 3/4" hex head indent washer slot tapping screw • 100 per pack Model No. GE814 Price/Each $0.05
SEE PAGE 24-26 FOR RACKABLE PALLETS
WIRE DECKING • Easy to install • Step/Waterfall style • Three channels sit on the beam to carry the load • 2500-lb. capacity • Colour: Grey
72
Dimensions W" x D" 46 x 42 52 x 42 46 x 36 52 x 36 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0070-0077_Eng.indd 72
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 43.65 54.28 46.64 51.58 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
R31969E
Model No. RL379 RL380 RL377 RL378
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
12-07-19 1:40 PM
RACKING RACKING SYSTEMS
LABEL HOLDERS • Clearly identify your shelf/bin contents with the efficient and time-saving Aigner holders • Versatile, highly protective, easy to read, and even custom designed with a special matte finish making bar code applications easy • Ideal for all types of racking, shelving and bin/drawer storage systems • Labels provided • Sold in packages of 12 Model Dim. No. W" x L" HOLDEX® SELFADHESIVE • Can be custom cut to your specific size specifications OA340 1/2 x 6 • Colour: Clear OA339 3/4 x 6 OA341 1 x 6 OA338 2 x 6 MAGNETIC RG650 1/2 x 6 OA389 3/4 x 6 OA336 1 x 6 RG655 2 x 6 HOOK & LOOP RG660 1 x 6 RG665 2 x 6
PUSH BACK RACK Multiple pallets are stored on a gravity-fed cart system, allowing retrieval of the pallets from the face of the rack.
Price /Package 17.16 19.08 22.28 29.17 16.25 18.81 21.66 39.91
DRIVE IN/THRU RACK Front to back rails replace standard beams to support pallets. Lift trucks access pallets by driving into lanes.
33.42 55.00
SUPERSCANTM
PALLET FLOW
• Available in 4 extra large sizes for pallet racking installation • Clear plastic matte finish assures precise bar code reading everytime • Inserts are laser ink jet printer compatible for easy labeling • Colour: Clear
A stationary structure and dynamic roller mechanism suitable for standardized pallets or large containers. Pallets move by gravity from loading face to discharge face.
SUPERSCANTM CLEAR ONLY Model No. SELFADHESIVE OG356 RG670 RG671 RG681 MAGNETIC OG357 RG672 RG673 RG683
Dimensions W" x L"
Qty /Box
Price /Box
2 3 4 5
x 3.5 x 5 x 6 x 7
50 50 50 25
41.35 36.61 46.16 40.74
2 3 4 5
x 3.5 x 5 x 6 x 7
50 50 50 25
66.23 62.46 78.26 61.80
RACK GUARD NETTING SYSTEMS
WAREHOUSE AISLE SIGN KITS
• Custom designed systems prevent packages from falling onto workstations below or adjacent pedestrian walkways • Netting mounts directly to racking systems with the included hardware • Mounting hardware requires no drilling, welding or modifications to the racking itself, thus maintaining the integrity of the system
R31970E
• Create your own customised warehouse signs • Built-in flexible hinge prevents breakage • Included: 10 sign holders (11" x 8 1/2"), 12 yellow laser/ink jet sheets and instructions
SNAPON
SELFADHESIVE
• Snaps into pallet rack assembly holes, can snap out to relocate Model No. OE798 Price/Each $42.29
• Adheres to flat surfaces, for more permanent applications Model No. OJ943 Price/Each $42.29
SEE PAGE 11 FOR OUR COMPLETE OFFERING OF LABELS OFFICE PRODUCTS
0070-0077_Eng.indd 73
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
CONTACT US FOR A CUSTOMIZED PALLET RACKING SOLUTION FOR YOUR SPECIFIC NEEDS. WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
73 12-07-19 1:40 PM
RACKING PRONTO BULK STORAGE RACKS • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Shelving units are ideal for storage of heavy/bulk merchandise Feature a maximum capacity of 8000 lbs./section and 2000 lbs./shelf Easy and quick installation, only 4 components involved: beams, frames, shelving and safety bars Vertical adjustability of beams in 4" increments provides the flexibility to suit your changing warehousing needs Frames and beams lock easily and securely Each Pronto bulk storage rack starter unit is comprised of two all-welded end frames, and three 5/8" presswood shelves flush-fitted into positive locking steel shelf beams (2 per shelf) Add-on units include only one end frame Additional shelves may be added into any unit at 4" vertical centres Order one starter unit, and multiple add-ons for a continuous racking set-up For extra stability and rigidity all units feature 3 safety bars per shelf Various other dimensions are available in Pronto racking Rack only units (no wood shelves) are available upon inquiry Blue enamel finish
Note: Not recommended for powered lift truck applications.
Upright & Shelf Detail
24" SHELF DEPTH
36" SHELF DEPTH
48" SHELF DEPTH
Size W' x H'
Cap. per level Description lbs.
Model No.
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Model No.
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Model No.
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8
Starter Add-on Add'l shelf Starter Add-on Add'l shelf Starter Add-on Add'l shelf
RA443 RA441 RA470 RA453 RA451 RA471 RA463 RA461 RA471
245 217 63 302 268 78 316 275 78
730.98 629.19 175.80 889.84 759.72 209.86 912.90 771.26 209.86
RA475 RA473 RA502 RA485 RA483 RA503 RA495 RA493 RA503
288 258 76 351 315 93 365 322 93
851.64 743.56 211.83 1004.60 870.29 245.33 1027.68 881.82 245.33
RA507 RA505 RA534 RA517 RA515 RA535 RA527 RA525 RA535
331 299 89 400 362 108 414 369 108
918.92 805.60 230.75 1069.77 931.27 264.25 1094.96 943.87 264.25
x 8 x 8 x 10 x 10 x 12 x 12 -
1400 1400 1400 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
22GA. GALVANIZED SHELF PANELS 7/8" Model No. RB889 RB890 RB891 RB892 RB893
1 3/8" Model No. RB020 RB021 RB022 RB023 RB024
Cap. lbs. 258 200 165 139 120
Size" 6 x 24 6 x 30 6 x 36 6 x 42 6 x 48
Price /Each 7.11 9.77 11.55 13.07 16.87
BULK STORAGE RACKS • • • • • • • •
Ideal solution for storage of large and bulky items Designed to work without nuts and bolts allows for assembly in minutes Shelves are adjustable in 1 1/2" increments Units come standard with sturdy 84" high, 14-gauge posts and left to right beams as well as 16-gauge front to back beams Double riveted beams lock into corner posts to eliminate back and side sway Durable baked gray enamel finish to resist rust and corrosion Optional particle board deck panels (not included) combine economy and strength and are easy to install Shipped knocked down
Easy assembly: Only a mallet is needed 3 LEVELS
74
H" 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0070-0077_Eng.indd 74
Shelf cap lbs. 1200 1200 1200 1000 1000 1000 750 750 750 600 600 600 800 800 800 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Model No. RL124 RL125 RL126 RL127 RL128 RL129 RL130 RL131 RL132 RL133 RL134 RL135 RL136 RL137 RL138
4 LEVELS Wt. lbs. 62 68 74 72 78 84 74 80 86 86 92 98 98 104 110
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 207.03 232.07 254.86 220.77 245.82 268.61 237.53 262.58 285.37 317.19 361.45 402.32 351.09 395.35 473.25 WELDING & METALWORKING
Model No. RL139 RL140 RL141 RL142 RL143 RL144 RL145 RL146 RL147 RL148 RL149 RL150 RL151 RL152 RL153
PARTICLE BOARD DECK Wt. lbs. 74 82 90 88 96 104 90 98 106 106 114 122 122 130 138
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 251.35 284.74 315.12 269.67 303.07 333.45 292.02 325.42 355.80 398.24 457.24 511.73 443.43 502.44 556.93 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Model No. RL154 RL155 RL156 RK016 RK019 RL157 RK017 RK020 RL158 RK018 RK021 RL159 RK018 RK021 RL159 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wt. lbs. 20 29 39 25 37 49 29 44 59 39 59 78 3 59 78
Price /Each 24.54 36.63 48.78 30.60 45.95 60.95 38.54 57.88 73.26 50.82 77.05 98.49 50.82 77.05 98.49
R25789E
Dimensions W" x D" x 48 x 24 x 48 x 36 x 48 x 48 x 60 x 24 x 60 x 36 x 60 x 48 x 72 x 24 x 72 x 36 x 72 x 48 x 96 x 24 x 96 x 36 x 96 x 48 x 96 x 24 x 96 x 36 x 96 x 48 x
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-19 1:40 PM
RACKING CANTILEVER BAR-STOCK RACKING LIGHTDUTY • • • • • •
LIGHTDUTY
All-welded components assemble easily Seven 12" adjustable arms per column side Capacity per level: 1000 lbs. Dim.: 36" W x 18 1/4"' D x 75" H Shipped knocked down FOB manufacture
Model No. RL730 RL731
Capacity lbs/column 7000 14 000
Description Single Sided Double Sided
Wt. lbs. 306 434
Price /Each 860.00 1220.00
REGULARDUTY
REGULARDUTY
Model No.
• Ideal for storing of steel, iron, aluminum, wood or plastic pipe • All-welded components assemble easily • Seven 14" adjustable arms per column side • Capacity per level: 2000 lbs. • Dim.: 36" W or 72" W x 21" D x 84" H • Shipped knocked down • FOB manufacture
Description
Width"
Capacity lbs./column
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
36 36 72 72
14 000 28 000 14 000 28 000
315 452 329 466
885.00 1275.00 925.00 1310.00
36 36 72 72
7000 14 000 7000 14 000
168 236 182 250
475.00 665.00 510.00 1310.00
STARTER RL732 Single-Sided RL734 Double-Sided RL736 Single-Sided RL738 Double-Sided ADDON RL733 Single-Sided RL735 Double-Sided RL737 Single-Sided RL738 Double-Sided
HEAVY-DUTY ADJUSTABLE CANTILEVER RACKING
Single Side
Double Side
R25792E
• Pre-designed and engineered free-standing systems • Each kit consist of 3 basic components: single or double sided columns, arms and braces • Column centres are set at 51" • 3 arms per column for single sided units and 6 arms per column double sided units • All welded components that are easily assembled • Tapered columns eliminate deflection of rack into the aisles • Tapered arms never deflect below horizontal • Arms easily adjust to any vertical height on 3" centres • FOB Concord, Ontario
Column Height' 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Number of Columns 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0070-0077_Eng.indd 75
Arm Length" 24 24 24 36 36 36 48 48 48 24 24 24 36 36 36 48 48 48 24 24 24 36 36 36 48 48 48
Length of Capacity Material Per Stored' /Level 5 to 8 4500 9 to 12 5500 13 to 16 8000 5 to 8 4000 9 to 12 4500 13 to 16 6500 5 to 8 3000 9 to 12 3500 13 to 16 5000 5 to 8 4500 9 to 12 5500 13 to 16 8000 5 to 8 4000 9 to 12 4500 13 to 16 6500 5 to 8 3000 9 to 12 3500 13 to 16 5000 5 to 8 4500 9 to 12 5500 13 to 16 8000 5 to 8 4000 9 to 12 4500 13 to 16 6500 5 to 8 3000 9 to 12 3500 13 to 16 5000
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Single Sided Unit Model No. RL676 RL677 RL678 RL685 RL686 RL687 RL694 RL695 RL696 RL679 RL680 RL681 RL688 RL689 RL690 RL697 RL698 RL699 RL682 RL683 RL684 RL691 RL692 RL693 RL700 RL701 RL702
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 1140.07 1779.25 2418.43 1357.15 2102.46 2852.59 1611.22 2485.97 3360.72 1296.05 2013.22 2730.38 1514.74 2341.25 3167.76 1770.41 2724.76 3679.10 1421.47 2201.35 2909.48 1656.24 2553.50 3450.77 1927.99 2961.13 3994.27
Double Sided Unit Model No. RL703 RL704 RL705 RL712 RL713 RL714 RL721 RL722 RL723 RL706 RL707 RL708 RL715 RL716 RL717 RL724 RL725 RL726 RL709 RL710 RL711 RL718 RL719 RL720 RL727 RL728 RL729
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 1675.00 2584.53 3494.05 2128.92 3265.42 4401.90 2618.03 3999.07 5380.10 1837.47 2828.24 3819.00 2291.40 3509.13 4726.85 2843.32 4337.00 5830.68 2001.63 3074.47 4147.30 2452.20 3750.33 5048.45 3033.42 4622.17 6210.90
ACCESSORIES Lip Stop
Wedge Stops
Flat plate front end lip stops prevent loose materials from rolling off.
Wedge stops safely contain single level larger diameter pipes, tubing and bars.
Removable Pipes & Sockets
Trays
Are ideal for storing of broken bundles on higher levels.
Safely contain broken bundles for elevations that are safely reached from the ground only.
CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR MATERIAL HANDLING SPECIALIST TODAY FOR THE MOST EFFICIENT AND ECONOMICAL RACK DESIGN AND LAYOUT WITH THOUSANDS OF POSSIBLE COLUMN AND ARM COMBINATIONS TO SUIT YOUR SPECIFIC APPLICATION.
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
75 12-07-19 1:40 PM
RACKING STACKING RACKS
RL416
• Rugged all-welded 2" sq. tubing steel construction • Utilize warehouse airspace and lower the chances of damage that is associated with bulk stacking • Designed for storage of loose and palletized goods • Holds 4000 lbs. per rack and can be stacked 4 high • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish • Posts and bases are sold separately
Model Inside Dimensions No. W" x D" OPEN BASE FRAME RL414 44 x 38 RL415 44 x 44 CLOSED BASE FRAME RL416 44 x 38 RL417 44 x 44
RL414
O.A. Dimensions W" x D"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
48 x 48 x
42 48
85 90
347.94 384.92
48 x 48 x
42 48
110 115
410.55 459.76
ACCESSORIES Model No. RL418 RL419 RL420 RL421 RL422
O.A. Dimensions W" x H" 42 x 48 48 x 48 2 x 42 2 x 48 2 x 60
Description 42" Side Rail 48" Side Rail 42" Upright Post-Pack of 4 48" Upright Post-Pack of 4 60" Upright Post-Pack of 4
Wt. lbs. 30 32 35 40 50
Price /Each 86.01 99.76 99.06 118.19 143.72
Model RL414 w/4 Model RL421
Model RL414 w/2 Model RL419
PORTABLE STACKING RACKS
STACKING U-RACKS
• A highly flexible storage system that is expandable in length, width and height • Sturdy, yet lightweight, easy for one person to assemble • All-welded steel construction requires no tools or fittings
• • • •
Model No. RB952 RB953 RB964 RB965
W" 12 14 15 16
Lightweight, inexpensive and easy to use Stacks up to four units high All-welded construction Inside dimensions: 16 1/2" W (bottom) x 25 1/4" W (top) x 15 3/4" H • Units are packaged and sold individually
O.A. Dimensions x L" x H" x 16 x 13 1/2 x 19 x 17 x 22 x 20 1/2 x 26 x 23 1/2
Cap. lbs. 2500 3700 5600 7500
Wt. lbs. 18 25.5 31 44
Price /Each 120.00 137.00 150.00 200.00
Model No. RB969 RB970
Capacity lbs/pr. 6000 10000
SAFETY GUARDS
UPRIGHT PROTECTORS
• Protect your equipment and personnel from accidental damage and injury with these low profile safety guards • 4"x 4" square tube welded to an 8" x 8" x 1/2" base, complete with four 1" diameter holes for anchoring to floor • Colour: Safety yellow powder coat finish
• Protects industrial racking from damaging impacts that cause unsafe conditions • Made from 1/4" thick steel • 4 pre-drilled holes made for 1/2" anchors (not included) • Safety yellow powder coated finish
Wt. lbs. 25 30
Price /Each 233.00 328.00
HEAVY-DUTY STEEL BOLLARDS • Protect your warehouse equipment, as well as high traffic areas with these heavy-duty steel bollards • 4" x 4" square tube welded to an 8" x 8" x 1/2" steel base complete with four 1" diameter holes for anchoring to floor • Safety yellow powder coated finish
KD128
KD127
76
Dimensions L" x H" 24 x 18 36 x 18 48 x 18 24 x 42 48 x 42 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0070-0077_Eng.indd 76
Wt. lbs. 65 75 85 95 115 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 246.10 293.83 297.36 327.70 370.02
Model No. KH858 RB925
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
O.A. Dimensions W" x D" x H" 7 x 7 x 12 7 x 7 x 18 1/4
Wt. lbs. 12 15
Price /Each 35.95 47.95
Model No. KD125 KH857 KD126
Height" 24 36 48
Wt. lbs. 30 40 50
Price /Each 127.39 159.75 179.19 R31972E
Model No. KD127 KH855 KD128 KD136 KD139
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-19 1:41 PM
RACKING BAR STORAGE RACKS
STANDARD VERTICAL SHEET RACKS
All-steel vertical and horizontal racks are ideal for storing bars, tube, pipe and angle.
COMBINATION VERTICAL RACKS
HORIZONTAL BAR RACKS • Horizontally stores bars up to 10' long 9" deep arms with 9 storage levels at 6" intervals • O.A. Dim.: 18" W x 40" D x 84" H • Capacity: 1800 lbs. • Weight: 68 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish • Shipped knocked down Model No. RB958 Price/Each $471.17
• All-welded steel construction • Designed for vertically storing sheet goods • Constructed of heavy gauge steel 1 1/4" tube for bays and a heavy gauge steel 1" x 2" rectangular tube for the frame • Each bay can hold up to 1000 lbs. • O.A. Dim.: 84" W x 50" L x 36" H • Number of bays: 4 • Distance between bays: 10" • Weight: 200 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish Model No. RL384 Price/Each $1653.86
• Vertically stores bars up to 12' long • 3 shelves for extra storage of small parts • 8" deep arms divided into 3 sections • O.A. Dim.: 36" W x 24" D x 84" H • Capacity: 3000 lbs. • Weight: 128 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish • Shipped knocked down Model No. RB959 Price/Each $407.05
MOBILE PIPE & BAR RACKS
VERTICAL BAR RACKS
• Safely stores up to 1000 lbs. of material • Folds to compact size of 61" x 34" x 15 1/2" • Features 4 rack levels with curved edges to prevent pipe from rolling off • Constructed of structural square tubing • 2 swivel and 2 rigid, 6" hard rubber casters • O.A. Dim.: 58 1/2" W x 34" D x 58" H • Weight: 100 lbs. • Blue enamel finish Model No. RB951 Price/Each $1175.00
• All-welded steel construction • Vertically stores bars up to 10' long • Four - 24" deep dividers • O.A. Dim.: 48" W x 24" D x 60" H • 3000 lbs. capacity • Weight: 100 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish Model No. RL383 Price/Each $740.84
BUILT TO YOUR SPECIFIC DIMENSIONS
Kleton specializes in custom requests,
R31971E
be it a small modification to existing designs or a unique requirement. Our team of design specialists can help you get from concept, to drawings, to a finished product. From quantities of one to one thousand, KLETON treats your request with the same attention to detail that has become synonymous with the KLETON name.
Look for this symbol for environmentally friendly products! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0070-0077_Eng.indd 77
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
77 12-07-19 1:41 PM
BARRIERS & PARTITIONS PERIMETER GUARDS • Create your own barrier guards with two styles to choose from: 2" x 2" welded wire mesh or 2" square tube • Both feature a unique 49 1/2" overall height, and are easily installed • Posts are constructed of 2" square tube with 5/16" base plate with holes for anchoring to floor • Hardware to attach add-on sections is included • Safety yellow or Kleton blue finish Mesh style Tubular style
MESH STYLE KITS Blue Yellow Dimensions Model No. Model No. Description W" x H" KH945 RL848 Starter Section 48 x 48 KH946 RL849 Add-On Section 48 x 48 KH947 RL850 Starter Section 96 x 48 KH948 RL851 Add-On Section 96 x 48 Note: Includes assembly fasteners, floor anchors and post caps
Wt. lbs. 46 34 65 53
Price /Each 172.00 129.00 209.00 166.00
Wt. lbs. 20 39 13
Price /Each 84.70 122.00 40.10
MESH STYLE INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS Blue Yellow Model No. Model No. KD036 KD130 KD037 KD131 KH861 KD129 HARDWARE REQUIRED KD001 MLK389 MLK714 KD116
Description Mesh Panel Mesh Panel Post Universal
Dimensions W x H 4' x 4' 8' x 4' 49 1/2" H
0.85 0.26 0.05 1.36
Floor Anchors (Two per Post) 5/16" x 3" Carriage Bolt (Four per Frame) 5/16" Hex Nut (One Nut for Each MLK389) Post Caps (One per Post)
TUBULAR STYLE Model Dimensions No. Description W" x H" KD132 Starter Section 48 x 49 1/2 KD133 Add-On Section 48 x 49 1/2 KD134 Starter Section 96 x 49 1/2 KD135 Add-On Section 96 x 49 1/2 HARDWARE REQUIRED KD001 Floor Anchors (Four per Starter Section / Two per Add-On Section) KD116 Post Caps (One per Post)
SAFETY GUARDS
UPRIGHT PROTECTORS
• Protect your equipment and personnel from accidental damage and injury with these low profile safety guards • 4"x 4" square tube welded to an 8" x 8" x 1/2" base, complete with four 1" diameter holes for anchoring to floor • Safety yellow powder coat finish
• Protects industrial racking from damaging impacts that cause unsafe conditions • Made from 1/4" thick steel • Four pre-drilled holes made for 1/2" anchors (not included) • Safety yellow powder coat finish
Model No. KH858 RB925
Dimensions W" x D" x H" 7 x 7 x 12 7 x 7 x 18 1/4
Wt. lbs. 12 15
Wt. lbs. 45 32 66 53
Price /Each 248.28 199.82 324.19 287.73 0.85 1.36
Price /Each 35.95 47.95
HEAVY-DUTY STEEL BOLLARDS • Protect your warehouse equipment, as well as high traffic areas with these heavy-duty steel bollards • 4" x 4" square tube welded to an 8" x 8" x 1/2" steel base, complete with four 1" diameter holes for anchoring to floor • Safety yellow powder coat finish Model No. KD127 KH855 KD128 KD136 KD856 KD139
Dimensions W" x H" 24 x 18 36 x 18 48 x 18 24 x 42 36 x 42 48 x 42
Wt. lbs. 65 75 85 95 110 115
Price /Each 246.10 293.83 297.36 327.70 385.92 370.02
Model No. KD125 KH857 KD126
Height" 24 36 48
Wt. lbs. 30 40 50
Price/Each 127.39 159.75 179.19
R\35185E
CUSTOMIZE IT TO YOUR SPECIFICATIONS.
78
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0078-0082_Eng.indd 78
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-19 3:09 PM
BARRIERS & PARTITIONS REMOVABLE ORNAMENTAL STEEL BOLLARDS
SOFT EDGE FLEXIBLE WARNING & PROTECTION SYSTEMS
• Provides attractive yet functional barrier for vehicle access and parking • Locks into galvanized steel socket cemented into ground (padlock not included) • Cover plate on socket protects hole, leaving no protrusion above the surface after removal • Dimensions: 4 1/2" dia. with 6" diameter rings • Height: 40" • Weight: 84 lbs. • Finish: Powder black coating for durability Model No. KH820 Price/Each $444.24
• Tough, flexible polyurethane foam extrusions reduce the risk of personnel injury at high risk corners • When applied to machinery, furnishings and walls, Soft Edge prevents impact damages by absorbing even the hardest of impacts • Highly visible black and yellow markings offer permanent warning in dangerous areas • Simple "peel-away" adhesive installation on grease-free surfaces • Excellent temperature range from -40°C to 100°C
POUR-IN-PLACE STEEL BOLLARDS • Unique design includes anchors welded to bottom of bollard for securing into concrete • Allows bollards to be installed permanently by setting them in concrete • Removable black rubber top cap allows for concrete to be poured into the bollard for increased strength • Heavy-duty welded construction for durability • Finish: Safety yellow powder coating for visibility
D
”
Model No. KH814 KH815 KH816 KH817
Usable Height" 24 36 42 48
Overall Height" 34 46 52 58
Outside Diameter" 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
Wt. lbs. 44 59 73 88
Price /Each 170.33 221.17 285.42 330.64
0.276” (7mm)
F
E
G
H
1.181” (30mm)
1.378” (35mm)
1.575” (40mm)
1.024” (26mm)
1.850” (47mm)
1.025” (26mm)
1 Metre Model No. KH866 KH868 KH870 KH872 KH952 KH954 KH956 KH958
Style A B* C D E F G* H
POLYETHYLENE BOLLARD COVERS Enhance and protect the appearance of your steel bollards Reduce maintenance; avoid scraping and painting each spring Constructed of 1/8" UV stable polyethylene for durability Easy installation with patented GripperTabsTM included Colour: Safety yellow with reflective red tape or high visibility red with white reflective tape, for great visibility day or night • 5-year warranty against fading and cracking
0.433” (7mm)
0.784” (19mm)
• • • • •
Price /Each 37.93 39.01 40.15 49.01 38.89 37.75 49.94 51.14
5 Metres Model No. KH865 KH867 KH869 KH871 KH953 KH955 KH957 KH959
Price /Each 171.22 176.64 179.88 242.35 190.08 188.74 249.67 255.70
* Does not have peel-away adhesive. Held by pressure fit.
CORNER ACCESSORIES Makes a neat corner where two foam bumper guards protection profiles meet.
Before
R34572E
After Yellow Model No. KH806 KH808 KH809 KH810 KH811 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0078-0082_Eng.indd 79
Red Model No. KH836 KH838 KH839 KH840 KH841
Fits Bollard Diameter" 4 4 6 6 6
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Fits Bollard Length" 52 64 52 60 72 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 7 9 8 9 10
Price /Each 82.26 91.75 100.19 104.41 113.97
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
MN379
MN380
MN381
MN382
Model No. MN379 MN380 MN381 MN382 MN383 MN384 WELDING & METALWORKING
Price /Each 39.72 42.66 36.63 39.55 43.97 46.34
Description 2 Way - Use with Profile A 3 Way - Use with Profile A 2 Way - Use with Profile E 3 Way - Use with Profile E 2 Way - Use with Profile H 3 Way - Use with Profile H SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
79 12-07-19 3:10 PM
BARRIERS & PARTITIONS COLUMN PROTECTORS Protect your building's columns from damaging bumps by moving vehicles.
STRUCTURAL COLUMN PROTECTORS • Octagon configuration for more rebounding ability • 100% rust proof • Flexible deflection design - capable of handling a hit from a 7000-lb. forklift at 6 MPH • Easy to assemble • Nylon fasteners (included) for breakaway ability
EXTREMELY VERSATILE • Fits over 80% of standard columns • Protect columns under virtually any condition and temperature down to 0˚F KH780
KH779 6" Square Model No. KH779 KH780 KH781 KH782 KH783 KH784 KH785
KH780 8" Square
KH783 9" Round
Fits Square Column" Up to 6 6 to 8 8 to 10 10 to 12 Up to 6 12 to 14 14 to 16
Size" 6 Sq. 8 Sq. 10 Sq. 12 Sq. 9 Round 14 Sq. 16 Sq.
KH781 10" Square Fits Round Column" Up to 6 Dia. 6 to 8 Dia. 8 to 10 Dia. 10 to 12 Dia. Up to 8 5/8 Dia. 12 to 14 Dia. 14 to 16 Dia.
KH782 12" Square Dia." 26 26 26 26 26 28.5 28.5
KH784 14" Square Overall Height" 42 42 42 42 42 42.75 42.75
KH785 16" Square Wt. lbs. 46 46 46 46 46 70 70
POLYETHYLENE WALL PROTECTORS
POLYETHYLENE CORNER PROTECTORS
• Non-corrosive and ideal for either indoor or outdoor applications • Mounts to building walls to protect them from scratches and dents • Overall dimensions: 48" W x 2 1/4" D x 6 1/4" H • Installation hardware not included • Includes: 3/8" counter sunk mounting holes and reverse tapered ends to overlap when used with multiple units • Weight: 3 lbs. • Colour: Safety yellow for high visibility Model No. KH812 Price/Each $162.46
• Ideal for application where corners are exposed • 2 1/4" wide shock absorbing molded polyethylene design to provide ample impact protection • Dimensions: 10" W x 6 1/2" D x 40 1/2"H • Weight: 3 lbs. • Colour: Safety yellow for high visibility Model No. KH813 Price/Each $168.96
Price /Each 395.00 395.00 395.00 395.00 395.00 695.00 695.00
VERSA-GUARD® GATES • Constructed of steel and aluminum • Free-standing design allows setting up quickly wherever and whenever they are needed • Protects workers or customers from injuries • Collapsed design also allows unit to store easily • Painted black and yellow to provide high visibility
80
Expanded Width' 11 11 15 15
Height" 37 39 37 39
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0078-0082_Eng.indd 80
Number of Posts 2 2 3 3
Description With Stationary Feet With 3" Locking Casters With Stationary Feet With 3" Locking Casters
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Wt. lbs. 25 29 35 39
Price /Each 602.00 749.00 735.00 949.00
WELDING & METALWORKING
R34573E
Model No. SE921 SEE437 SEE438 SEE439
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-19 3:10 PM
BARRIERS & PARTITIONS GALVANIZED FOLDING SECURITY GATES • Secure outside access during the day and add security at night with heavy-duty, 14-gauge steel folding gates • Constructed of galvanized steel U channels riveted using aircraft quality rivets for durability • With double folding gates center drop pin rests in your pre-drilled holes to secure gate when extended • Locks can be located on right or left side of single gates • Durable 2" steel zinc-plated and welded to the frame, rubber casters that fully retract when not in use • Installation hardware included
SINGLE FOLDING GATES Lock on Left Model No. KA035 KA037 KA039 KA041 KA043 KA045 KA047 KA049 KA051 KA053 KA055 KA057 KA059 KA061 KA063 KA065 KA067 KA069 KA071 KA073 KA075 KA077 KA079 KA081 KA083 KA085 KA087 KA089 KA031 KA033
Lock on Right Model No. KA036 KA038 KA040 KA042 KA044 KA046 KA048 KA050 KA052 KA054 KA056 KA058 KA060 KA062 KA064 KA066 KA068 KA070 KA072 KA074 KA076 KA078 KA080 KA082 KA084 KA086 KA088 KA090 KA032 KA034
DOUBLE FOLDING GATES Usable Width' 3 to 4 3 to 4 3 to 4 3 to 4 3 to 4 4 to 5 4 to 5 4 to 5 4 to 5 4 to 5 5 to 6 5 to 6 5 to 6 5 to 6 5 to 6 6 to 7 6 to 7 6 to 7 6 to 7 6 to 7 7 to 8 7 to 8 7 to 8 7 to 8 7 to 8 8 to 9 8 to 9 8 to 9 9 to 10 9 to 10
Height Collapsed' 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 7 7.5 8 7 8
Height Expanded' 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6.5 7 7.5 6.5 7.5
Wt. lbs. 69 73 77 80 84 73 74 78 80 82 76 79 81 84 86 82 85 87 90 92 88 92 96 99 104 102 104 106 109 112
Price /Each 352.45 389.39 426.32 463.26 482.25 370.40 407.33 445.32 482.25 500.19 407.33 445.32 482.25 519.18 537.13 445.32 482.25 519.18 556.12 574.06 500.19 537.13 574.06 612.05 648.98 648.98 685.91 722.85 666.92 741.85
Model No. KA026 KA027 KA028 KA029 KA030 KA001 KA002 KA003 KA004 KA005 KA006 KA007 KA008 KA009 KA010 KA011 KA012 KA013 KA014 KA015 KA016 KA017 KA018 KA019 KA020 KA021 KA022 KA023 KA024 KA025
Usable Width' 6 to 8 6 to 8 6 to 8 6 to 8 6 to 8 8 to 10 8 to 10 8 to 10 8 to 10 8 to 10 10 to 12 10 to 12 10 to 12 10 to 12 10 to 12 12 to 14 12 to 14 12 to 14 12 to 14 12 to 14 14 to 16 14 to 16 14 to 16 14 to 16 14 to 16 16 to 18 16 to 18 16 to 18 18 to 20 18 to 20
Height Collapsed' 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 7 7.5 8 7 8
Height Expanded' 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 6.5 7 7.5 6.5 7.5
HEAVY-DUTY DOOR GATES
STOREFRONT WINDOW GATES
• Folding door gates can be installed in any doorway up to 48" wide inside or outside the jamb • Gates pivot on a hinge so that they can open in or out, just like a door • All folding door gates come with a locking bar that when padlocked provides maximum security • Frame is constructed from 1 1/2" x 1 1/2", 12-gauge angle iron, zinc-plated • Channel constructed from 3/8" x 3/4", 14-gauge steel • Installation hardware not included
• Retail store front security gates provide the highest quality loss prevention and security solutions • Frame constructed from 1 1/2" x 1 1/2", 12-gauge angle iron, zinc-plated • Channel constructed from 3/8" x 3/4", 14-gauge galvanized steel • For added security, add an H bracket to each gate
Usable Width' 4 4 4
Collapsed Height' 6.08 6.6 6.75
R25844E
Model No. KH873 KH874 KH875
Expanded Height' 5.8 6.3 6.5
Wt. lbs. 44 49 50
Price /Each 266.98 277.54 283.87
Model Height No. Collapsed' SINGLE GATES KH876 6.4 KH877 6.4 KH878 6.4 DOUBLE GATES KH879 6.4 KH880 6.4 KH881 6.4 KH882 6.4 OPTIONS KH883 H Bracket for Single Gate KH884 H Bracket for Double Gate
Wt. lbs. 120 124 129 134 139 144 148 153 158 162 168 172 177 182 187 180 184 189 196 199 192 196 199 201 206 204 208 211 216 230
Price /Each 612.05 666.92 685.91 722.85 741.85 648.98 685.91 722.85 759.78 796.72 695.42 741.85 778.77 852.64 889.58 796.72 833.65 880.08 926.51 972.94 908.58 945.50 1000.38 1075.31 1167.11 1130.18 1223.04 1278.96 1278.96 1463.64
Height Expanded'
Width'
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
6 6 6
3 6 9
64 76 98
531.85 876.92 1314.84
6 6 6 6
10 12 16 18
124 136 172 196
1415.10 1574.43 2063.02 2410.19
-
-
2.5 2.5
92.86 123.47
CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE. CONTACT US TODAY! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0078-0082_Eng.indd 81
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
81 12-07-19 3:10 PM
BARRIERS & PARTITIONS EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY FOLDING TRACK GATES • Extra heavy-duty folding track gates provide access control and front-line security • While locked they provide one of the strongest physical and visual barrier to potential would-be intruders • While closed or stacked, these gates slide discretely out of the way or completely hide-away within cabinets • Main vertical channel is constructed from 1 7/8" x 1 3/8", 11-gauge galvanized steel • Shear and intermediate vertical is constructed from 3/16" thick x 5/8" wide galvanized steel • Installation hardware not included Model No. KH885 KH886 KH887
Height' 7.6 7.6 7.6
Wt. lbs. 334 418 502
Width' 8 10 12
Price /Each 1951.16 2366.93 2839.68
EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY PRESSURE FIT FOLDING GATES • Galvanized pressure fit gates allows you to block off any opening without the need to anchor to a wall • When in the open position, they provide twice the security of normal gates • Channel is constructed from 3/8" x 3/4", 14-gauge galvanized steel • Shear is constructed of 3/16" thick x 5/8" wide, zinc-plated steel Model No. KH888 KH889 KH890
Height' 6.6 6.6 6.6
Usable Width' 6 to 9 7 to 12 11 to 15
Wt. lbs. 327 436 545
Price /Each 2502.00 2779.53 3059.18
PORTABLE EXPANDING GATES • • • •
Great for many applications: Blocking equipment, personnel and entrances Gates expand and lock to close off any opening When not in use, simply fold up, roll away and store Purchase optional add-on section to create larger barriers
Model No. KA091 KA126
Description Starter Section Add-On Section
Collapsed Width" Height" 27 78 27 78
Expanded Width" Height" 144 72 72 72
Wt. lbs. 144 64
Price /Each 1428.39 824.83
R25845E
CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE. CONTACT US TODAY!
82
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0078-0082_Eng.indd 82
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-19 3:11 PM
CURTAINS & ENCLOSURES DESIGN YOUR OWN CURTAIN • Curtain partitions screen, isolate, enclose and protect any area of any size • Commonly used in welding and paint shops, but can be used anywhere • Brackets made of 16-gauge steel and designed for wall or ceiling mount but can be self supported by floor stands • Large selection of drape material can be utilized with any curtain Curtains - Take exact length of area of enclosure and add 10% fullness for proper draping. Then multiply length and height to obtain square footage. Curtains hemmed on top and two sides 2" pocket on bottom side. Brass grommets spaced every 12". Refer to model number for square footage cost of fabric required. Track - Straight and curved. Straight track available in 5' and 10' lengths. Curved corners are 3' long with 2' radius welded splicer on each end included. When using a curved track, length is increased by 2', e.g. 8' straight track with a curve at each end overall = 12'. Carriers - Since curtains are made to any length be sure to add one additional carrier to actual length of curtain ordered. For example every 10' of curtain is fabricated with 11 grommets on top side. Therefore 11 carriers are required. A double carrier should be used at the beginning of each curtain. Steel roller carriers are permanently lubricated enclosed bearings. Clamps - Available for flush ceiling/beam mounting and floor mounting. Clamps can also be used as track splicers. All fasten with supplied Allen bolts. Order sufficient clamps to support track every 5'. When free standing uprights are required, be sure to specify clamps for fastening track on posts KB032 (Posts are required every 8'). Other custom heights on application. Note: All posts should be lagged or welded to floor as required.
Description
Price /Each
KB017
5', 16 ga. Track
26.57
KB016
10', 16 ga. Track
53.82
KB029
Track Splicer
7.64
KB012
End Stop
2.22
KB017
2'
Model No. Description KB040 15 oz./sq.yd., Before Treatment Cotton Duck, Flame Resistant Army Green KB004 14 mil Yellow PVC, Flame Resistant KB003 14 mil Green PVC, Flame Resistant KB038 20 mil Clear PVC, Flame Resistant Note: Other colours are available.
Price /Each 3.00/sq.ft. 2.10/sq.ft. 2.10/sq.ft. 3.00/sq.ft.
KB013
Single Nylon Roller 25 lbs., Cap. 2 1/2" Hook
3.87
KB018
Single Steel Roller 75 lbs., Cap. 2 1/2" Hook
10.40
Overlap By-Pass Roller 12" Long x 2 3/4" High
51.17
Price /Each
KB009
3' 90° Curve Track
KB025
Track Splicer
51.82
KB027
90° Corner Connector
60.50
KB024
3-Way T-Connector
71.31
KB032
8' Square Post
71.35
KB005
12" x 12" Base
73.94
KB009
144.63
KB025
KB024
KB032 KB005
BEAM MOUNTS/SUSPENSION
KB019 37.12
Description
KB029
KB013
Double Steel Roller 125 lbs., Cap. 2 1/2" Hook
Model No.
KB027
ROLLERS
KB014
8' straight track reg.
FLOOR MOUNTS
TRACKS Model No.
KB019
12' overall
KB014
KB008
3' 90° Curve Track
114.37
KB031
Ceiling Clamp
11.95
KB028
90° Corner Connector
43.49
KB023
3-Way T-Connector
54.90
KB008 KB031
KB028
WALL MOUNTS KB020
KB023
10.80
Wall Connector Bracket, Down
CEILING MOUNTS
KB020 KB021
Wall Connector Bracket, Up
KB007
10.80
3' 90° Curve Track, 3 Flush Connectors
117.75
KB030
Track Splicer
14.67
KB026
90° Corner Connector
37.82
KB022
3-Way T-Connector
52.52
KB007
KB021 KB011
R25864E
KB010
End Connector Fastener, Up
10.22
10.22
End Connector Fastener, Down
Note: Available in aluminum.
KB030
KB011 KB010
KB026 KB022
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0083-0087_Eng.indd 83
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
83 12-07-23 9:24 AM
CURTAINS & ENCLOSURES
Rugged Kleton wire mesh partitions and enclosures provide maximum security at a minimal cost. It is ideal for the storage of tools, valuable inventory, hazardous materials and any area of your plant where restricted access is required. Wire mesh panels permit full visibility and allow for unrestricted circulation of air, heat and light, providing an ideal storage facility. • 2" x 2" x 10-gauge wire mesh • 10-gauge frame (stiffeners included on all applicable sizes) • Pre-drilled modular components allow for quick and easy installation • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish (other colours available)
Customize it to your specifications.
Safety Yellow
UNIVERSAL POSTS
Wire Mesh Partition Components
A post must be placed at each end of every panel (or of every stack of panels). Use line posts between in-line panels for support, use corner posts when a 90° corner or a T-joint is required. (Be sure to calculate an extra 2" of overall wall length for each post added). When a post meets an existing wall, add 1 KD115 wall bracket for proper support (fasteners are included with KD115 to mount to post, not to wall). Blue Model No. KD053 KD046 KD050
Yellow Model No. KH860 KH922 KH923
Wt. lbs. 22 27 32
Height 8' 3" 10' 3" 12' 3"
Price /Each 54.10 76.35 89.80
ADJUSTABLE FILLER PANELS
Dimensions W' x H' 4 x 1 8 x 1
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
0083-0087_Eng.indd 84
Whenever possible, stacking panels horizontally (one above the other) is more economical than placing them vertically (next to each other), this is because fewer posts are required for wall support when panels are stacked.
EXAMPLES:
Wt. lbs. 5 10
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 43.39 65.19
Blue Model No. KD121 KD120 KD030 KD031 KD032 KD033 KD034 KD035 KD036 KD037
WELDING & METALWORKING
Yellow Model No. KH926 KH927 KH928 KH929 KH914 KH915 KH916 KH930 KD130 KD131
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Frame Dimensions W' x H' 4 x 1 8 x 1 2 x 2 3 x 2 4 x 2 8 x 2 8 x 3 3 x 4 4 x 4 8 x 4 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 10 21 10 11 15 28 33 20 23 45
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each 51.63 67.52 60.67 62.99 64.60 93.60 114.00 85.55 84.70 122.00
R32279E
84
Yellow Model No. KH924 KH925
PANELS
• For an 8' high partition, stack 2 KD037 (4' x 8') panels horizontally • For a 10' high partition, stack 2 KD037 (4' x 8') and 1 KD033 (2' x 8') panels horizontally • For a 12' high partition, stack 3 KD037 (4' x 8') panels horizontally
Adjustable filler panels fill in blank spots on the ends of wire mesh partitions to plug up potential security risks. Filler panels come in two sizes: 1' x 4' and 1' x 8' that slide over the ends of existing wire mesh sections. Bolt holes on the filler panels are separated per every inch and allow the filler panel to fill in a space between 6" and 10" wide. The holes line up with holes on the existing panel which are drilled-in at the top and bottom to securely fasten the filler panel in two places. Blue Model No. KD119 KD118
Everything necessary to create your own custom enclosure. Fast & easy assembly, multiple sizes available. Please follow these guidelines for determining the components required.
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 9:24 AM
CURTAINS & ENCLOSURES
SWING DOORS
HARDWARE
HEAVYDUTY • Frame constructed with 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" square tube and 1" x 1" angle iron • All are 7' in height and include a 1' transom for a total of 8' height • May swing outwards to the left or to the right (except the KD112 and KH937 heavy swing door with wicket which swings open to the left only) • Fasteners are included
Blue Model No. KD029 KD028 KD115 MLV180 MLK389 MLK714 KD001
STANDARDDUTY • • • •
Frame constructed with 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" angle iron frame All are 7' in height and include a 1' transom for a total of 8' height May swing outwards to the left or to the right Fasteners are included
Blue Model No. KD110 KH853 KD111 KH854 KD112
Yellow Model No. KH933 KH934 KH935 KH936 KH937
Description Heavy-Duty Swing Door Standard-Duty Swing Door Heavy-Duty Swing Door Standard-Duty Swing Door Swing Door w/ Wicket
Dimensions W' x H' 3 x 7 3 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7
Yellow Model No. KH942 KH943 KH944 -
Description 8' Door Track Sliding Door Hardware Kit Wall Bracket Kit 5/16" x 1" Carriage Bolt 5/16" x 3" Carriage Bolt Nut 5/16" Hex 3/8" Anchor Bolt
Wt. lbs. 16 6 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
Price /Each 94.59 85.66 7.04 0.15 0.26 0.05 0.85
Note: 1 x MLK714 is required for each MLV180 and MLK389. Wt. lbs. 65 54 74 62 85
Price /Each 335.04 300.59 358.46 311.53 848.44
FASTENERS HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR EACH STACKED PANEL ADD: • 4 x MLV180 for each 8' stacked panel • 2 x MLV180 for each stacked panel under 8' long • 1 x MLK714 for each MLV180 required
SLIDING DOORS HEAVYDUTY
FOR EACH POST ADD:
• Frame constructed with 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" square tube and 1" x 1" angle iron • All are 7' 7" in height and require one or more 8' lengths of 5" tall sliding door track, for a total of 8' height • All sliding doors may slide open to the left or to the right • To properly mount a sliding door, a post must be located on the side onto which the door slides, at the same distance away from the opening as the doors width
KD053 and KH860 add 8 x MLK389, 2 x KD001 KD046 and KH922 add 12 x MLK389, 2 x KD001 KD050 and KH923 add 12 x MLK389, 2 x KD001
STANDARDDUTY • Frame constructed with 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" angle iron frame • All are 7' 7" in height and require one or more 8' lengths of 5" tall sliding door track, for a total of 8' height • All sliding doors may slide open to the left or to the right • To properly mount a sliding door, a post must be located on the side onto which the door slides, at the same distance away from the opening as the doors width Yellow Model No. KH938 KH939 KH940 KH941
Description Standard-Duty Sliding Door Heavy-Duty Sliding Door Heavy-Duty Sliding Door Heavy-Duty Sliding Door
Dimensions W' x H' 4 x 8 4 x 8 8 x 8 8 x 10
Wt. lbs. 71 85 122 148
Price /Each 182.35 213.73 482.93 859.74
Call us today, for your custom application.
R23281E
Blue Model No. KH852 KD106 KD108 KD107
FOR EACH SLIDING DOOR ADD: • 1 x KD028 for each sliding door (regardless of size) • 1 x KD029 door track for each KD106 and KH852 4' wide sliding door • Add 2 x KD029 door track for each KD108 or KD107 8' wide sliding door
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0083-0087_Eng.indd 85
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
85 12-07-23 9:24 AM
CURTAINS & ENCLOSURES STRIP CURTAIN DOORS Everything you need in one package to install your own strip curtain door and save money!
ORDERING INFORMATION
Every strip curtain door comes complete with PVC strips and universal hardware for mounting strip curtain. Simple to follow installation instructions are included in every package. 1. Determine inside width and height of door opening. Note: If mounting on door above lintel, measure from floor to mounting height. 2. Select type of PVC material required: STANDARD or LOW TEMP. Standard recommended for temperatures from 23°C to 66°C. Low Temp. recommended for interior use only for temperatures from -40°C to 66°C. 3. Select from the standard sizes listed in the chart below. Note: If required size is not available, order the next largest size. Installation instructions describe how simple trimming can custom fit almost any door opening. 4. Special size doors and hanging applications are available upon request. 5. For overhead doors, please call one of our sales representatives for assistance.
INTERIOR DOORS Save energy costs • The optimal solution to open door heat/cooling loss Reduce noise pollution • Provides the ideal acoustical barrier around noisy equipment
Every strip curtain door comes complete with PVC strips and universal hardware for door or wall mounting. Simple to follow installation instructions included in every package.
EASY TO ORDER It's easy to order the strip curtain that fits your door exactly because seven standard sizes can be made to fit 95% of most door openings. Special sizes are available.
IN-STOCK DELIVERY We have the strip curtain package you need, in-stock, ready to be delivered to your door.
STANDARD DOOR SIZES CONVEYORS Provide extra safe passage • People can see and be seen so there's less chance of accidents Control smoke, dust and sprays • Strip curtains can control in-plant contaminants to improve employee environment
Door Opening W' x H' 4 x 7 5 x 8 6 x 8 8 x 8 8 x 10 10 x 10 12 x 12
Strip Size 8" (8" x 0.080) 12" (12" x 0.120)
Wt. lbs. 25 35 40 80 100 125 175
Model No. Standard KF022 KF023 KF024 KF026 KF025 KF020 KF021
Price /Each 150.21 221.83 263.76 495.40 581.84 734.50 1023.07
Model No. Low Temp. KF004 KF005 KF006 KF008 KF007 KF002 KF003
Price /Each 157.74 256.23 281.03 557.04 672.85 825.70 1124.06
Note: Doors with 8" strips have 2" standard overlap. Doors with 12" strips have 4" standard overlap.
REPLACEMENT STRIPS 5 PER CARTON Wt. lbs. 15 45
Strip Size 8" x 0.080 x 8' 12" x 0.120 x 12'
DOCKS Low maintenance • Clear flexible vinyl resists stretching and stands up to abrasion • All aluminum hardware is used for maximum durability • May be quickly and easily cleaned with detergents or cleansing agents that are free from abrasives • Deep stains and ingrained dirt can be removed by carefully applying ethanol
Model No. Standard KF032 KF029
Price /Each 83.69 263.76
Model No. Low Temp. KF013 KF011
Price /Each 98.47 298.16
Model No. Standard KF033 KF030 ML959*
Price /Each 486.55 735.81 705.60
Model No. Low Temp. KF014 KF012 -
Price /Each 561.39 884.71 -
BULK ROLLS Strip Size 8" x 0.080 12" x 0.120 8" x 0.080
Colour Clear Clear Dark Amber
Roll' 300 200 300
Wt. lbs. 99 150 99
* For welding applications.
REPLACEMENT ANGLE MOUNT
86
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0083-0087_Eng.indd 86
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
Description Complete 4' Aluminum Angle Mount TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price/Each 41.10 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R32280E
Model No. KF001
Customize it to your specifications.
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 9:24 AM
CURTAINS & ENCLOSURES CUSTOM STRIP DOORS In some applications strip curtain door kits can not be used. However, custom doors can be designed to fit your application. Generally strip curtain material is available in 8" and 12" standard and low temperature versions. Commonly used mounting hardware includes universal mount aluminum angle, straight roller track and hinged roller track. For special applications the "ordering information" provided will help you determine the type of system you will require. Our customer service representatives are also available, should you require any assistance. Please call for special pricing whenever square footage is required.
SLIDING STEEL DOOR MOUNT
ORDERING INFORMATION 1) Determine the type of mounting system required: angle mount or sliding door. Other custom doors can be designed. 2) Choose overlapping requirement based on the location and type of traffic involved. 3) Measure door opening giving proper allowances for the type of mounting system. 4) Calculate approximate number of square feet required. OVERLAPPING METHODS Overlapping with Kleton custom doors offers three basic overlap methods. With holes on 1" centres, almost any overlap is possible. Our standard doors under 6' x 8' use 1/2 overlap. Doors over 8' x 8' use 2/3 overlap. 1/2, 2/3 overlap are the most common and are recommended for moderate temperature differential and personnel equipment passage. Full overlap is recommended for large temperature differentials and light winds, also ideal for noise control and doors in excess of 12' high.
HARDWARE MOUNTING SYSTEMS Universal aluminum angle mount can be used for both wall or lintel mount applications. Measure door opening, for wall mount add 6", lintel mounts use exact dimension. Angle comes in 4' sections, please indicate if a solid one length angle is required. All hardware included. Model No. KF001 Aluminum Angle Per 4 ft. Complete Price/Each $41.10 Strips are attached to a trolley assembly. The mechanism enables removal of strip material from door opening. Allowing unobstructed traffic movement. The "curtain-like" structure can be parted on either side or in the middle. Allow sufficient wall space on either side of door as needed. Track available in TROLLEY RACK 5' or 10' lengths, cut lengths available. KB016 (10' SECTION) Trolley assembly available in 2' CARRYING KB035 and 3' length with steel wheels, PLATE (3' SECTION) all trolleys interconnect. Also MOUNTING BOLTS available in hinged roller track for curved door systems. END STOPS - KB012
1/2
NUT WITH LOCKWASHER
2/3
Model No. KB016 KB017 KB034 KB035
Full
Description Roller Track 10' Roller Track 5' Roller Assembly 2' Steel Rollers Roller Assembly 3' Steel Rollers
Price /Each 53.82 26.57 46.10 58.58
COVER PLATE
BRACKETS (EVERY 24") KB020
Model No. Description KB033 Hinged Trolley 1' Section KB012 Track End Stop KB020 Track Mounting Bracket/Coupler KB036 4' Pull Rope
Price /Each 35.54 2.22 10.80 23.99
Note: Special sizes available.
R25863E
Canada’s Leading Material Handling Manufacturer
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0083-0087_Eng.indd 87
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
87 12-07-23 9:24 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS WELDED STORAGE CABINETS
FB030 Wardrobe Type
• Suitable for office, plant, school or institutional storage needs • Fully adjustable shelves, recessed handle, cylinder lock, and coat rods (wardrobe and combination types) • Choose from Hi-Boy, Lo-Boy, wardrobe, and combination cabinets • Lo-Boy comes with 2 shelves • Capacity: 150 lbs. evenly distributed
FB038 Lo-Boy Type
Grey FB039 FB040 FB041 FB038 FB037
Model No. Beige FB034 FB035 FB036 FB033 FB032
Black FB029 FB030 FB031 FB028 FB027
Description Hi-Boy Wardrobe Combination Lo-Boy Additional shelf
W" 36 36 36 36 36
FB039 Hi-Boy Type
x x x x x x
Dimensions D" x 18 x 18 x 18 x 18 x 16 x
H" 72 72 72 40 1
HEAVY-DUTY WELDED STORAGE CABINETS
Description Cabinet Additional shelf
Dimensions W" x D" x H" 36 x 18 x 72 36 x 18 x 1
Wt. lbs. 185 8
Price /Each 445.22 448.23 534.66 346.73 33.11
FB036 Combination Type
WELDED WALL HUNG CABINETS • Suitable for areas where floor space is limited • Dimensions: 36" W x 12" D x 30" H • Includes: fully adjustable shelf, recessed handle and cylinder lock
• All-welded 20-gauge steel cabinet features four adjustable 18-gauge shelves, locking handle • Shelves adjust on 2" centers • Capacity per shelf: 300 lbs. evenly distributed • Colour: Grey
Model No. FB021 FB022
Wt lbs. 140 121 144 90 6.5
Price /Each 645.21 56.83
Model No. FI071 FI072
Colour Dark Grey Beige
• Makes cabinets fully mobile • Allows for easy access during cleaning • Two rigid and two swivel with brake, 4" blue elastic rubber casters • Capacity: 800 lbs. evenly distributed • Assembly required
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0088-0099_Eng.indd 88
Dimensions x x x x x
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
D" 18 24 18 24 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Call us today!
Price /Each 130.65 163.82 160.80 175.88 WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R29623E
88
W" 36 36 48 48
Price /Each 334.67 334.67
Can’t find what you’re looking for?
HEAVY-DUTY CABINET DOLLIES
Model No. FI292 FI293 FI294 FI295
Wt. lbs. 55 55
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 10:06 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS COMPACT CABINETS COUNTER HIGH CABINETS
ECONOMICAL COMPACT CABINETS
VISUAL CABINETS
• Serves as counter and cabinet combo • Double doors w/ three point door locking device swing to full 180° • Quiet operating cabinet • Two shelves, adjustable every 2" • Cabinet dimensions: 36" W x 42" H with 18" or 21" D • Capacity per shelf: 180 lbs. • Shipped knocked down
• Ideal anywhere a full sized cabinet is too large • Includes adjustable shelves • Locking doors • Shipped knocked down
• Keep a close eye on valuable inventory • Plexiglass door panels resist breakage and will not shatter • 22-gauge shelves, adjustable on 2" centres • 20-gauge steel doors • 3-point locking mechanism with die-cast locking handle (includes two keys) • Capacity per shelf: 150 lbs. • Shipped knocked down
Model No. FF985 FF986 FF987 FF988
Description Cabinet Cabinet Extra shelf (for FF985) Extra shelf (for FF986)
Wt. lbs. 88 96 7 9
Depth" 18 21 18 21
Price /Each 649.24 654.49 52.49 50.93
Model No. FH482 FH483
Dimensions W" x D" x H" 21 x 15 x 35 30 x 15 x 66
No. of Shelves 2 4
Wt. lbs. 33 50
Price /Each 214.72 364.59
Model No Tan Grey MI629* FH645* MI630 FH646 MI631 FH647
W" 30 36 36
Dimensions x D" x x 12 x x 18 x x 24 x
H" 26 42 78
No. of Price Shelves /Each 2 570.83 2 649.36 4 1087.40
*Wall unit
48" EXTRA-WIDE ALL-WELDED CABINETS
ECONOMICAL QUICK ASSEMBLY STORAGE CABINETS
• This cabinet offers plenty of storage space for large and small supplies • All-welded 20-gauge steel construction • Overall Dimensions: 48" W x 21" D x 72" H • Capacity per shelf: 175 lbs. evenly distributed • Includes four adjustable shelves and locking handle • Fully assembled
HEAVY-DUTY RUBBERMAID® PLASTIC CABINETS • Durable resin construction is easy to clean, will not rust or crack • Functional and modular organization • Doors are lockable (locks not included) • Quick assembly without tools • Ventilated shelves hold 180 lbs. each • Shipped knocked down
• Designed for an easy assembly with fewer fasteners • Shelves are easily adjustable on 2" centres • One-piece base serves as an additional shelf increasing storage capacity • Three-point locking system, with locking chrome handle and two keys, adds security • Capacity per shelf: 100 lbs. • Tough grey or tan powder coat finish for durability • Shipped knocked down
MH722
MH724
Colour Dark Grey Beige
Wt. lbs. 230 230
Price /Each 921.59 921.59
R26792E
Model No. FI073 FI074
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0088-0099_Eng.indd 89
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Model No. Grey Tan FH643 FH648 FH649 FH650 FH651 FH652
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
W" 30 36 48
Dimensions x D" x x 15 x x 24 x x 24 x
H" 66 78 78
Wt. lbs. 88 130 158
WELDING & METALWORKING
Price /Each 288.41 419.48 501.97
Model No. MH722 MH724
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Dimensions W" x D" x H" 36 x 18 x 72 36 x 18 x 37
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
No. of Shelves 3 1
Wt. lbs. 55 28
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 276.38 169.85
89 12-07-23 10:06 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS DEEP DOOR STORAGE CABINETS
HEAVY GAUGE STORAGE CABINETS
• Padlock hasp (cannot be accessed by bolt cutters) helps secure the contents of this deep door high-density storage cabinet • Four reinforced adjustable main shelves are complemented by six adjustable mini shelves in each 4" deep hinged door for a capacity unmatched by any other cabinet • Padlock sold separately • Capacity per shelf: 175 lbs.
• All-welded 14-gauge steel cabinets and shelves which can be adjusted every 3" • Doors feature secure 3-point locking system • 7-gauge welded-on legs add 4" to overall height of cabinet and provide fork lift access to move cabinet (included) • Capacity: 1450 lbs/shelf
Special padlock hasp conceals padlocks from bolt cutters
Model No. FB024 FB025 FB026 SA898 SR892
Description Cabinet Extra Shelf for Cabinet Extra Shelf for Door Padlock Keyed Different Padlock Keyed Alike
Dimensions W" x D" x 38 x 24 x 38 x 21 1/4 x 18 x 6 x -
H" 72 -
Wt. lbs. 315 18 2 -
Price /Each 1591.05 78.90 25.43 13.44 15.48
Model No. FB013 FB012 FB011
Dimensions x D" x x 21 x x 21 x x 21 x
W" 36 36 36
No. of Shelves 4 3 2
H" 78 60 42
Wt. lbs. 370 300 230
Price /Each 1803.23 1600.29 1407.28
CLEARVIEW CABINETS • Clear polycarbonate windows so all your tools and supplies are visible at a glance • 12-gauge one-piece body design • 6" sweep space • Adjustable 14-gauge shelves • 3-point locking device • Hinges are 10-gauge
VISIBLE STORAGE WIRE MESH CABINETS • All-welded mesh storage cabinet provides a secure yet visible area to place your tools and equipment • Reinforced K-Brace welded to the door frame delivers additional strength • Diamond shaped 13-gauge steel mesh • Adjustable shelves bolt into holes • Door has three point latching system with cam-lock and chrome plated handle • Dimensions: 24" W x 21" D x 72" H • Weight: 146 lbs. Model No. FB015 Price/Each $1126.32
Model No. FG851 FG852
W" 48 48
Dimensions x D" x x 24 x x 24 x
O. A. Ht" 66 78
H" 60 72
No. of Shelves 3 4
Shelf Cap. lbs. 1200 1200
Wt. lbs. 446 536
Price /Each 2230.41 2308.09
EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS • The strongest storage product available in the market today • Made of 12-gauge, #304 stainless steel, with a #3 finish • Corrosion-resistant, acid-resistant, will not rust and will take the everyday abuse in an industrial environment • Shelves adjust on 2" centers • 3-point locking system • 7-gauge welded legs These units can also be found in medical, pharmaceutical, automotive, electronics, textile, breweries, marine facilities, restaurants, etc.
The best value in industrial tools . . . period
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0088-0099_Eng.indd 90
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
Dimensions W" x D" x 36 x 24 x 36 x 20 x 36 x 24 x 48 x 24 x 48 x 24 x 60 x 24 x 60 x 24 x 72 x 24 x 72 x 24 x TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
H" 60 72 72 60 72 60 72 60 72
O.A. Ht" 66 78 78 66 78 66 78 66 78
No. of Shelf Shelves Cap. lbs. 3 1900 4 1600 4 1900 3 1200 4 1200 3 1650 4 1650 3 1525 4 1525
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 406 435 475 489 573 595 699 726 856
Price /Each 4703.29 5073.45 5417.01 5656.52 6379.92 6689.60 7584.77 7938.01 9060.60
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Extra Shelf Model No. FI349 FI350 FI349 FI351 FI351 FI352 FI352 FI353 FI353
Price /Each 179.03 164.52 179.03 220.16 220.16 331.46 331.46 491.14 491.14
R29373E
90
Model No. FI340 FI341 FI342 FI343 FI344 FI345 FI346 FI347 FI348
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 10:06 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS DEEP DOOR COMBINATION CABINETS • • • • •
All-welded heavy-duty 16-gauge, combination bin/shelf cabinet 4" deep hinged doors Unique padlock hasp helps prevent access with bolt cutters Powder coated Kleton grey finish Padlock sold separately
84BIN CABINETS • Four reinforced 16-gauge main adjustable shelves with 500 lbs. capacity per shelf • Incorporates louvered bin hanging panels welded into the cabinets doors CABINETS ONLY Model No. CB442 FB025
Description Cabinet Only Extra Shelf
W" 38 38
x x x
Dimensions D" x 24 x 18 x
CABINET & BIN COMBINATIONS Model No. Blue Red Yellow Green Stone CB446 CB477 CB448 CB693 CB694
Wt. lbs. 324 18
H" 72 1
Price /Each 1491.20 78.90
Wt. lbs. 341
Description Cabinet and Plastic Bins
CB446 84 Bins
Price /Each 1580.87
BINS SUPPLIED Bin Qty. 84
W" 4 1/8
x x
Bin Size D" x 5 3/8 x
Capacity lbs. 10
H" 3
CF373 96 Bins
96BIN CABINETS • Two reinforced 16-gauge main adjustable shelves with 500 lbs. capacity per shelf • Incorporates louvered bin hanging panels welded to the cabinet’s back and doors
CF354 98 Bins
CABINETS ONLY Model No. CB441
Description Cabinet Only
W" 38
Dimensions D" x 24 x
x x
CABINET & BIN COMBINATIONS Model No. Blue Red Yellow Green Stone CF371 CF372 CF373 CF374 CF375
H" 72
Description Cabinet and Plastic Bins
Wt. lbs. 316
Price /Each 1426.43
Wt. lbs. 359
Price /Each 1756.47
BINS SUPPLIED Bin Qty. 84 12
W" 4 1/8 5 1/2
x x x
Bin Size D" x 5 3/8 x 10 7/8 x
Capacity lbs. 10 30
H" 3 5
CB445 118 Bins
118-BIN CABINETS
98BIN CABINETS
• Incorporates louvered bin hanging panels welded to the cabinet’s back and doors CABINETS ONLY
• Two reinforced 16-gauge main adjustable shelves with 500 lbs. capacity per shelf • Incorporates louvered bin hanging panels welded to the cabinet’s back and door CABINETS ONLY Model No. FH820
Description Cabinet Only
Dimensions x D" x x 24 x
W" 38
CABINET & BIN COMBINATIONS Model No. Blue Red Yellow Green Stone CF355 CF356 CF354 CF357 CF358
Wt. lbs. 316
H" 72
Description Cabinet and Plastic Bins
Wt. lbs. 385
Price /Each 1776.36 Price /Each 2096.34
Model No. CB441
Description Cabinet Only
Dimensions x D" x x 24 x
W" 38
CABINET & BIN COMBINATIONS Model No. Blue Red Yellow Green Stone CB443 CB444 CB445 CB691 CB692
Description Cabinet and Plastic Bins
R26796E
Bin Qty. 48 36 8 6
W" 4 1/8 4 1/8 8 1/4 16 1/2
OFFICE PRODUCTS
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
0088-0099_Eng.indd 91
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
H" 3 3 7 7
Capacity lbs. 10 10 60 75 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Wt. lbs. 316
Price /Each 1426.43
Wt. lbs. 385
Price /Each 1900.46
BINS SUPPLIED
BINS SUPPLIED Bin Size x D" x x 5 3/8 x x 7 3/8 x x 14 3/4 x x 14 3/4 x
H" 72
Bin Qty. 42 42 18 12 4 WELDING & METALWORKING
W" 4 1/8 4 1/8 5 1/2 8 1/4 16 1/2 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
x x x x x x
Bin Size D" x 5 3/8 x 7 3/8 x 10 7/8 x 14 3/4 x 14 3/4 x
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
H" 3 3 5 7 7
Capacity lbs. 10 10 30 60 75
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
91 12-07-23 10:06 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS SHOP FURNITURE THAT'S BUILT LIKE A TANK! There are times and environments that demand more than run-of-the-mill shop furniture. This is the time and place for Strong Hold. A line of shop furniture so durable and robust that it is accepted and demanded by industrial heavy weights. Major auto manufacturers use hundreds of these units!
B. FI331
D. FG836
C. FG830
A. FG816
E. FG838
A. ROUGH & TOUGH STORAGE CABINETS These heavy-duty 12-gauge steel models provide protection for valuable tools and machine parts. Built for "rough and tough" industrial use. Shelves are adjustable and more can be added for versatility. Model No. FG815 FG816 FG817 FG818 FG819
Width" 36 36 48 60 72
Depth" 20 24 24 24 24
Height" 72 72 72 72 72
O.A. Height" 78 78 78 78 78
No. of Shelves 4 4 4 4 4
Cabinet Wt. lbs. 418 459 557 685 733
Price /Each 1411.08 1453.34 1761.31 1937.93 2318.19
Extra Shelf Model No. FG820 FG821 FG822 FG823 FG824
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1600 1900 1200 1650 1525
Price /Each 100.35 103.30 109.20 138.72 162.33
Price /Each 1688.73 2012.93 2361.32
Extra Shelf Model No. FG821 FG822 FG823
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1900 1200 1650
Price /Each 103.30 109.20 138.72
Extra Shelf Model No. FG832 FG833 FG834
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1275 1600 1950
Price /Each 56.08 59.03 64.93
B. HEAVYDUTY VENTILATED STORAGE CABINETS The 12-gauge steel doors are perforated with a diamond shape for easy visibility and ventilation. Ideal for industry, health clubs or any facility where personal belongings need to be securely locked and ventilated. Model No. FI329 FI330 FI331
Width" 36 48 60
Depth" 24 24 24
Height" 72 72 72
O.A. Height" 78 78 78
No. of Shelves 4 4 4
Cabinet Wt. lbs. 470 548 666
C. DOUBLE SHIFT STORAGE CABINETS These space saving cabinets provide two separate storage compartments. Companies with a second shift can secure the first shift's valuables while the second shift is on duty. Also you can use one side for personal belongings and the other to store tools. Model No. FG829 FG830 FG831
Width" 48 60 72
Depth" 24 24 24
Height" 72 72 72
O.A. Shelf Height" 78" 78" 78"
Adj. Shelf Per Each Side 4 4 4
Cabinet Wt. lbs. 624 722 813
Price /Each 1976.81 2191.96 2334.71
D. BROOM CLOSET STORAGE CABINETS Organize your housekeeping needs with our broom closet cabinets. As heavy-duty as the rest of the Strong Hold line, double doors permit full access to all shelves. Closet side stores long handled floor care items. Use side shelves to store paper products, cleaners and brushes. Shelves can be adjusted or removed to accommodate large pails. Model No. FG835 FG836 FG837
Width" 36 48 60
Depth" 24 24 24
Height" 72 72 72
O.A. Height" 78 78 78
Closet Shelves 4 4 4
Cabinet Wt. lbs. 477 567 669
Price /Each 1580.14 1918.57 2168.63
Extra Shelf Model No. FG845 FG846 FG847
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1025 1375 1750
Price /Each 94.45 100.35 112.16
Closet Shelves 4 4 4
Cabinet Wt. lbs. 477 567 669
Price /Each 1618.57 1947.54 2204.40
Extra Shelf Model No. FG845 FG846 FG847
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1100 1500 1900
Price /Each 94.45 100.35 112.16
E. WARDROBE/STORAGE CABINETS This cabinet fits into the heavy-duty line up as the answer to clothing storage with tools and supplies. 3-point latching mechanism adds extra protection.
92
Width" 36 48 60 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0088-0099_Eng.indd 92
Depth" 24 24 24 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Height" 72 72 72
O.A. Height" 78 78 78
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R29374E
Model No. FG838 FG839 FG840
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 10:07 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS A. FG844 C. FG850 E. FG842 D. FG827 B. FG852
A. CABINET SHOP DESKS Heavy-duty shop desk, with a 29" W x 20" D and 6" H drawer. Includes a lockable hasp separate from the 3-point locking system in the cabinet doors. Model No. FG844
Width" 36
Writing Height" 42
Depth" 28
O.A. Height" 54
Drawer Cabinet lbs. 225
Cabinet Wt. lbs. 380
Price /Each 1687.44
Extra Shelf Model No. FG849
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1050
Price /Each 106.25
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1200
Price /Each 109.20
Shelf Capacity lbs. 795
Price /Each 215.46
Shelf Capacity lbs. 1000 1600 1600
Price /Each 85.59 100.35 100.35
B. CLEARVIEW CABINETS Keep a watchful eye on valuable items. Cabinets come equipped with clear polycarbonate windows for viewing items stored inside, without opening the doors. Model No. FG852
Width" 48
Depth" 24
Height" 72
O.A. Height" 78"
No. of Shelves 4
Cabinet Wt. lbs. 557
Price /Each 2308.09
Extra Shelf Model No. FG822
C. CORNER CABINETS This 12-gauge all-welded corner cabinet eliminates corner clutter. Store those odd shaped tools in this space saving unit which comes with four adjustable 14-gauge shelves and a hasp for padlock. The extra wide door provides access to both sides of the corner shelves. Model No. FG850
Width" 48
Depth" 24
Height" 72
O.A. Height" 78
Cabinet Wt. lbs. 1400
Price /Each 4457.57
Extra Shelf Model No. FG854
D. COUNTER TOP STORAGE CABINETS Counter top units provide ample storage for heavy tools and supplies on two adjustable shelves. These space saving units are sold without legs. Most frequently they are placed on a table to bring the storage up to a working height. Drawers or casters can be added as options. Model No. FG825 FG826 FG827
Width" 24 36 36
Depth" 20 20 20
Height" 36 36 42
O.A. Height" 36 36 42
Cabinet Wt. lbs. 180 235 260
Price /Each 962.39 1193.24 1261.51
Extra Shelf Model No. FG828 FG820 FG820
E. SHOP TABLES Tables designed to meet virtually every strength requirement for heavy manufacturing. Tops are 7-gauge steel and legs are from 2" x 2" x 1/4" angle. Model No. FG841 FG842
Width" 48 72
O.A. Height" 34 34
Depth" 30 36
Capacity lbs 5500 10000
Wt. lbs. 211 350
Price /Each 790.07 903.87
R29375E
Look for this symbol for environmentally friendly products! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0088-0099_Eng.indd 93
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
93 12-07-23 10:07 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS LOCKERS APPLICATION GUIDE Refer to this chart to find the most suitable lockers for your project. If you require any assistance make sure to contact your material handling specialists today, they can help you through each step from design layout to realization.
LEGEND ✔ Preferred ▲ Suitable ◆ Contact your Material Handling Specialist ✱ Preferred use with an elevated base
Heavy-Duty Duralocker
Standard Lockers
Standard Gear Locker
Perforated Locker
Deluxe Gear Locker
Polyethylene Locker
Plastic Locker
SCHOOLS
Elementary Corridor Gym Team Room Employee
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ✔
▲ ✔ ▲ ▲ ▲
▲ ▲ ✔ ✔ ▲
▲ ▲ ✔ ✔ ◆
◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ▲
▲ ◆ ▲ ◆ ◆
▲ ▲ ▲
✔ ✔ ✔
▲ ▲ ▲
▲ ▲ ▲
◆ ◆ ◆
✔ ✔ ✔
✔ ✔ ◆
✔ ▲
▲ ✔
▲ ◆
▲ ▲
▲ ✔
✔ ◆
◆ ◆
◆ ▲ ◆
▲ ✔ ▲
▲ ✔ ▲
✔ ✔ ✔
✔ ✔ ✔
▲ ▲ ▲
◆ ◆ ◆
✔ ✔
▲ ▲
▲ ▲
✔ ✔
▲ ▲
✔ ✔
▲ ▲
✱ ✱
✱ ✱
✱ ✱
◆ ◆
◆ ◆
✔ ✔
✔ ✔
RECREATION Recreation Centre Health Club Country Club
COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRY Employee Equipuipment/Tools
PUBLIC SERVICE Police Fire/Rescue Military
HEALTH CARE Changing Room Employee
FOOD INDUSTRY Restaurants Manufacturing Plants
STANDARD WELDED GEAR LOCKERS
DELUXE WELDED GEAR LOCKERS
• Gear lockers are ideal for athletic team rooms, fire fighter's equipment or any other application where easy access to uniforms and/or equipment is required • Open face and perforated sides make these lockers fully accessible and ventilated • Lockable safety box and foot locker allows for safely storing of valuable goods • Lower shelf functions as a bench which eliminates the need for locker room benches • Base model includes: Safety box, upper shelf and coat bar
• Deluxe gear lockers provide security with optimum ventilation for valuable equipment and uniforms • Wardrobe design interior provides the flexibility to store all different kinds of materials and clothing • Lower lateral drawer allows you to stow heavier bulky items such as boots or gear bags • Base model includes three half shelves, one full width shelf, coat bar and lockable doors FI101
94
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0088-0099_Eng.indd 94
W"
Dimensions x D" x
H"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
24 30 36
x x x
21 21 21
x x x
72 72 72
240 251 278
560.79 586.92 650.24
24 30 36
x x x
21 21 21
x x x
72 72 72
280 296 328
654.26 692.45 766.82
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
FI091 with Lateral Drawer Model No. Light Grey Beige Red BASE MODEL FI090 FI098 FI106 WITH LATERAL DRAWER FI091 FI099 FI107
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
W"
Dimensions x D" x
H"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
36
x
21
x
72
407
951.74
36
x
21
x
72
527
1232.13
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R30441E
Model No. Light Grey Beige Red BASE MODEL FI084 FI092 FI100 FI086 FI094 FI102 FI088 FI096 FI104 WITH FOOT LOCKER & LOWER SHELF FI085 FI093 FI101 FI087 FI095 FI103 FI089 FI097 FI105
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 10:07 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS ALL-WELDED STANDARD STEEL LOCKERS • Rugged, all-welded steel lockers will provide years of maintenance free service • Designed for industrial, commercial, mining, institutional, sports, educational and government facilities • Locker components are welded together, eliminating nuts, bolts and rivets • Dimensions: 12" W x 18" D x 72" H • Single tier lockers include hat shelf and three hooks • Double and triple tier lockers have two hooks per opening • Baked enamel grey paint finish (beige also available) • Recessed base colour: Black • Custom colours available (subject to min. quantities) • Mesh lockers available with slope tops and recessed base
Ventilation holes on frame cross piece
Bank of 1
20-gauge steel doors 16-gauge steel frame
Bank of 2
Scratch-proof recessed plastic pocket Doors are flush to frame
Bank of 3
SLOPE TOP
RECESSED BASE
Slope top prevents the collection of debris and is easier to maintain against the accumulation of dust
SINGLE TIER LOCKERS Model Bank Wt. No. of lbs. BASIC STYLE FC116 1 52 FC152 2 96 FC186 3 139 FC222 4 183 W/SLOPE TOP FC125 1 56 FC161 2 104 FC195 3 151 FC231 4 199 W/RECESSED BASE FC119 1 56 FC155 2 104 FC189 3 151 FC225 4 199 W/RECESSED BASE & SLOPE FC122 1 60 FC158 2 112 FC192 3 163 FC228 4 215 W/PERFORATED DOORS FC723 1 52 FC725 2 96 FC727 3 139 FC729 4 183
DOUBLE TIER LOCKERS Price /Each 213.06 383.91 555.77 718.58 240.20 426.12 613.05 796.97 240.20 426.12 612.05 791.94 266.33 468.33 669.33 870.33 268.34 494.46 720.59 938.67
Bank of 4
Raises locker 4" off the floor
Model Bank Wt. No. of lbs. BASIC STYLE FC246 1 53 FC270 2 98 FC294 3 141 FC318 4 187 W/SLOPE TOP FC255 1 57 FC279 2 106 FC303 3 153 FC327 4 203 W/RECESSED BASE FC249 1 57 FC273 2 106 FC297 3 153 FC321 4 203 W/RECESSED BASE & SLOPE FC252 1 61 FC276 2 114 FC300 3 165 FC324 4 219 W/PERFORATED DOORS FC716 1 53 FC718 2 98 FC720 3 141 FC721 4 187
TRIPLE TIER LOCKERS Price /Each 234.17 435.17 612.05 809.03 261.30 477.38 670.34 887.42 261.30 477.38 668.33 882.39 288.44 519.59 726.62 960.78 304.52 574.86 822.09 1089.42
Model Bank Wt. No. of lbs. BASIC STYLE MH710 1 55 MH711 2 100 MH712 3 142 MH713 4 189 W/RECESSED BASE & SLOPE MH714 1 63 MH715 2 116 MH716 3 167 MH717 4 222 W/PERFORATED DOORS MH718 1 54 MH719 2 99 MH720 3 140 MH721 4 186
LOCKERETTES Price /Each 261.30 487.43 690.44 902.49 314.57 571.85 805.01 1054.25
Model Bank Wt. No. of lbs. BASIC STYLE FH805 1 56 FH981 2 112 FH982 3 168 W/PERFORATED DOORS FH809 1 50 FH983 2 100 FH984 3 150
Price /Each 329.64 630.14 935.66 455.27 933.65 1382.88
352.76 671.34 966.81 1270.32
ACCESSORIES Model No. FC100 FC101 FC103 FC598* FI354 FI355
Description Cylinder Lock Number Plates Installed Coat Rod Chrome Pocket Finishing End Panel in Grey Finishing End Panel in Beige
Price/Each 11.11 5.11 8.19 11.11 68.00 68.00
R30442E
* Available for standard lockers only
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0088-0099_Eng.indd 95
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
95 12-07-23 10:08 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS ALL-WELDED HEAVY-DUTY DURA-LOCKERSTM • Dura-Locker builds on the benefits of our standard lockers while adding extra durability and an overall more modern look into one package • Door stops on top, bottom and full length of the door strike combined with piano hinge allow for increased sturdiness and security • New hook design 3/4" wide with rounded edge to avoid damage to clothing • The inside bottom is sloped downwards, ending flush with the frame making cleaning and drainage easier • Perforations help with drainage • Dimensions: 12" W x 18" D x 72" H • Colour: Baked enamel dark grey TM
RECESSED BASE Raises locker 4" off the floor
Innovative chrome spring embedded in door strike ensures doors will remain closed
Bank of 1
Full length handle Incorporated ventilation on the doors
Bank of 2
16-gauge double panelled door 16-gauge full length piano hinge
Bank of 3
Bottom includes a depression towards centre to evacuate water Redesigned bottom is galvanized to protect against corrosion
SLOPE TOP
Bank of 4
Slope top prevents the collection of debris and is easier to maintain against the accumulation of dust
FREE-STANDING BASE • Ideal for making the underneath of your lockers accessible for cleaning • Overall height is 6" • Constructed of 14-gauge steel legs and 16-gauge steel frame • Colour: Grey
SINGLE TIER LOCKERS FH978
Model No. FH976 FH977 FH978 FH979
For Bank of 1 2 3 4
Wt. lbs. 5 8 12 15
Price /Each 56.11 58.97 65.27 67.49
FROM DESIGN LAYOUT TO REALIZATION, CONTACT OUR MATERIAL HANDLING SPECIALIST TODAY! VOLUME DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE!
Model Bank No. of BASIC STYLE FH676 1 FH680 2 FH684 3 FH688 4 W/SLOPE TOP FH677 1 FH681 2 FH685 3 FH689 4 W/RECESSED BASE FH678 1 FH682 2 FH686 3 FH690 4 W/RECESSED BASE & SLOPE TOP FH679 1 FH683 2 FH687 3 FH691 4
DOUBLE TIER LOCKERS
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
64 119 174 229
292.46 543.71 761.79 1002.99
68 127 186 245
318.59 584.91 817.07 1078.37
68 127 186 245
318.59 584.91 816.06 1073.34
72 135 198 261
343.71 625.11 871.34 1148.72
Model Bank No. of BASIC STYLE FH692 1 FH696 2 FH700 3 FH704 4 W/SLOPE TOP FH693 1 FH697 2 FH701 3 FH705 4 W/RECESSED BASE FH694 1 FH698 2 FH702 3 FH706 4 W/RECESSED BASE & SLOPE TOP FH695 1 FH699 2 FH703 3 FH707 4
TRIPLE TIER LOCKERS
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
65 121 176 231
312.56 582.90 821.09 1081.38
69 129 188 247
337.68 624.11 876.36 1156.76
69 129 188 247
337.68 624.11 875.36 1151.73
73 137 200 303
363.81 664.31 930.63 1227.11
Model Bank No. of BASIC STYLE FH708 1 FH712 2 FH716 3 FH720 4 W/SLOPE TOP FH709 1 FH713 2 FH717 3 FH721 4 W/RECESSED BASE FH710 1 FH714 2 FH718 3 FH722 4 W/RECESSED BASE & SLOPE TOP FH711 1 FH715 2 FH719 3 FH723 4
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
66 122 178 233
331.65 623.10 880.38 1198.97
70 130 190 249
357.78 663.30 935.66 1274.34
70 130 190 249
356.78 663.30 933.65 1269.32
74 138 202 265
382.91 703.50 988.92 1344.69
R30443E
96
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0088-0099_Eng.indd 96
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 10:08 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS 16-DOOR ARCHETTES
PERSONAL EFFECTS LOCKERS
• • • •
• Effective security system for storage of uniforms, linens, protective clothing, personal items, etc. • Up to 16 people can have the security of their own individual compartment • Authorized personnel can open large master door with one key, for uniform replacement/security problems • Compact design saves space • All models finished in durable dove grey enamel • Shipped assembled
Ideal for confined spaces 16 lockable compartments Bar for hanging garments Compartments are 12" W x 18" D x 12" H • Overall dimensions: 72" W x 18" D x 72" H • Colour: Light grey • Assembly required
Model No. FC347 FC348
Wt. lbs. 123 131
Type w/ Padlock hasp w/ Cylinder lock
Price /Each 1034.15 1247.21
WALL HUNG LOCKERS
FC063
• All-in-one storage for clothing and personal effects • Four compartments measuring 12" W x 18" D x 12" H • Baked enamel grey finish • Weight: 94 lbs. Model No. FH980 Price/Each $329.64
Model No. FC063 FC064 FC066
No. of Compartments 9 10 16
FC064
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 24 x 15 x 84 18 x 15 x 78 18 x 15 x 78
FC066
Wt. lbs. 122 91 106
Price /Each 1289.54 1122.46 1573.71
Call us for all your LOCKER ROOM BENCHES
R30444E
• Necessary for any locker room • Features black powder coated legs that can be used free-standing, or bolted to the floor (wood-top locker benches)
Model No. FB002 RL871 RL872 RL873 RL874 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0088-0099_Eng.indd 97
L" 72 48 60 72 96
x x x x x x
Dimensions W" x 12 x 9 1/4 x 9 1/4 x 9 1/4 x 9 1/4 x
H" 17 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Type Steel Wood Wood Wood Wood SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 35 23 29 31 39 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 241.79 256.70 305.81 318.30 352.25
Material Handling & Storage requirements!
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
97 12-07-23 10:08 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS LENOX TM HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE LOCKERS Quick installation and low maintenance costs can add up to significant life cycle cost savings with LenoxTM solid plastic lockers. An added benefit of this fully assembled locker is that it is backed by a 20-year warranty and made from 30% post-industrial recycled material. In terms of durability, versatility and product life, most other lockers fall short.
Single Tier 12" W x 12" D x 60" H Model No. FI108 Price/Each $708.53
Benefits: • Impervious to moisture: Won't rust, delaminate, mildew or absorb odours • Colour goes all the way through the material: LenoxTM lockers never need painting & scratches are repaired easily • Highly impact resistant: Virtually eliminates dents and broken doors • Vandalism resistant: Graffiti is no match for these lockers - it can easily be wiped away with use of regular cleaners * Confidence in durability: All LenoxTM lockers are backed with a 20-year manufacturer's limited warranty against rust, denting and delaminating under normal use. Available Options: • Key Locks • Bases • Mesh Doors • Keypad Locks • Number Plates • Filler Panels • Metal Wall Hooks • Slope Tops • Plastic Mirrors • Engraved Logos • 5 Heights • Plastic Coat Hooks
Double Tier 12" W x 12" D x 60" H Model No. FI112 Price/Each $807.02 Triple Tier 12" W x 12" D x 60" H Model No. FI116 Price/Each $842.19
• Pedestal Benches • Drain Holes • 100% Recycled Content Lockers • 21 Colours • 3 Widths & Depths • Bench Lockers • Built-In Combination Locks • Card-Operated Locks • End Panels
Four Tier 12" W x 12" D x 60" H Model No. FI120 Price/Each $866.31
FI108
FI112
20-YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY*
FI116
Other sizes available, call for pricing: Width: 12", 15", 18" Depth: 12", 15", 18" Height: 24", 36", 48", 60", 72"
FI120
LENOXTM ZLOCKER The Z-Locker is a multi-height solid plastic locker with a unique design that allows for hanging articles of clothing wrinkle-free while conserving valuable floor space. Benefits: • Unique locker design provides practical multi-tiered storage in half of the floor space • Allows you to double the amount of available lockers while still providing wrinkle-free storage for garments
Cubby Lockers Three cubby lockers pictured.
CUSTOM ENGINEERED DRAWINGS LAID OUT TO YOUR FLOOR PLAN! Bench Lockers Convenient seating and secure storage.
Mesh Doors Optimal ventilation.
AVAILABLE COLOURS Grey
Deep Blue
Burgundy
Dove Stone
Toffee
Stardust Grey
Blue/White/Blue
White
Black
Red
Desert Stone
Moss
Caribbean Sage
Red/White/Red
Beige
Teal
Charcoal Grey
Starry Night
Buttermilk
Brown/White/Brown
98
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0088-0099_Eng.indd 98
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R30445E
Green/Beige/Green
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-23 10:09 AM
STORAGE CABINETS & LOCKERS PLASTIC LOCKERS
Built-in sloped top for extra storage
A NEW GENERATION OF LOCKERS • These plastic lockers are maintenance free • Drain holes make them easy to clean, just hose them down with soap and water • Durable plastic construction makes them perfect for wet environments: food processing plants, athletic facilities, etc. • New optional clear door design allows for easy inspection of locker contents Specifications: • Rust-proof • No need for painting • Easy cleaning • Durable polyethylene construction • Each unit is fully assembled • Easy installation • Space saving design • Maintenance free
Engravable aluminum plate
FH727
FC689 5 units of FH726 and 1 unit of FH728
FC691 Model No. FH725 FH726 FH727 FH728 FC689 FC691 FC693 FH729 FC695
FH727
1 unit of FC695
FH728 Dimensions W" x D" 12 x 15 12 x 15 12 x 15 12 x 15 15 x 15 15 x 15 12 x 15 12 x 15 15 x 18
Description 12" H locker (usually stacked 6 units high) 12" H locker (usually stacked 6 units high) 12" H locker (Sloped top) 12" H locker (Sloped top) 18" H locker (usually stacked 4 units high) 18" H locker (Sloped top) 36" H locker (usually stacked 2 units high) 36" H locker (Sloped top) Full size 60" H locker
2 units of FC693
Door Colour Grey Clear Grey Clear Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey
FH725
Hook No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes
Shelf No No No No No No No No Yes
FH729
Top Flat Flat Slope Slope Flat Slope Flat Slope Slope
Wt. lbs. 6 6 8 8 10 45 16 18 42
Price /Each 119.05 161.03 120.98 172.20 153.80 178.47 205.71 216.30 500.82
R30446E
Note: All dimensions and weight are nominal and may vary due to molding tolerances. Mounting hardware not included. Lockers are individually sold per opening.
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0088-0099_Eng.indd 99
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
99 12-07-23 10:10 AM
WORKBENCHES CREATE A WORKBENCH DESIGNED FOR YOUR APPLICATION • • • • • • • •
THINGS TO CONSIDER WHEN ORDERING A WORKBENCH
Select from the components below to build the workbench to fit your needs All components required to make up your workbench are on this page Optional features for enhanced functionality are on the following page All steel components are constructed of 14-gauge steel unless otherwise specified All mounting hardware included Capacities range from 1000 lbs. to 2500 lbs. Shipped knocked down All steel components are powder coated Kleton grey
1. Determine the size (length, width, height) of the workbench required 2. Select one of each of the required components listed on this page, respecting the determined size of the workbench
E
G H B D A
C
F
REFER TO PAGES 106 AND 107 FOR YOUR ABOVE-WORKBENCH WORKSTATION Model No. ML264 ML265 ML266 ML268 ML267 ML269
A LEGS • Legs static or mobile • Comes with knockout for standard two-outlet electrical plug • Provides an overall height of 34" w/top
FG732
Dimensions Description D" x Single Leg for Use w/ 24" D Top 22 x Single Leg for Use w/ 30" D or 36" D Top 28 x Pair of Legs and Stringer for Use w/24" D Top 22 x Pair of Legs and Stringer for Use w/30" D or 36" D Top 28 x Mobile Kit for Use w/24" D Top (Pair) 22 x Mobile Kit for Use w/30" D or 36" D Top (Pair) 28 x and/or 48" W, 60" W, 72" W Tops Leg Extensions to Make Height Adjustable From 34"-39" in 1" Increments (Set of 4)
B TOPS
C UNIVERSAL STRINGERS
A variety of tops are available: 14-gauge steel wood filled, laminated wood, shop top and plastic laminate in a variety of sizes. Our complete list of tops can be found on page 103.
• Adds stability to the workbench • Prevents legs from shifting • Included in kits ML266 to ML269 • Weight: 11lbs. Model No. FF979 For 48", 60" or 72" bench Price/Each $44.66 Model No. FH925 For 84" bench Price/Each $71.30 Model No. FH926 For 96" bench Price/Each $85.10
Bullnose - Wood Top
Shop Top
Plastic Laminate
Steel Wood-Filled
Stainless Steel Wood-Filled
100
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 100
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
Wt. lbs. 14 15 38 45 40 40
Price /Each 64.20 70.62 145.52 147.66 308.00 286.76
8
107.51
R26717E
Wood Top
H" 32 32 32 32 32 32
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:00 AM
WORKBENCHES CUSTOMIZE YOUR WORKBENCH WITH ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS:
D DRAWERS
SINGLE DRAWER UNITS
• Add storage to any workbench • All-welded heavy-gauge steel • 100% full extension with ball bearing slide mechanism • Equipped with locks and two keys • All locks keyed alike by drawer model • Custom key options available • Capacity: 100 lbs. per drawer evenly distributed • Aluminum extrusion handles with grey end caps
• (1) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 5 5/8" H Model No. FH673 Price/Each $140.00
DOUBLE DRAWER UNITS • (2) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 2 3/4" H Model No. FH674 Price/Each $214.00
E BENCH RISER SHELVES
F LOWER SHELVES
• • • •
• Add extra storage to any workbench • 9" D • One or two 9" deep shelves can be used per workbench
Increase storage space Ideal for getting tools and other equipment off work surfaces 9" D x 12" H One per workbench
Model No. FF956 FF957 FF958 FI319 FI320
Overall Width" 48 60 72 84 96
Wt. lbs. 19 24 29 35 42
Price/Each 112.19 114.00 119.19 177.10 234.60
Model No. FF934 FF935 FF936 RL866 RL867
Overall Width" 44 (For Use With 48" Top) 56 (For Use With 60" Top) 68 (For Use With 72" Top) 80 (For Use With 84" Top) 92 (For Use With 96" Top)
G BACK STOPS
H END STOPS
• Add a 3" edge to the back of any workbench • One per bench top
• Add 3" sides to any workbench • One per side desired to enclose
Model No. FF704 FF705 FF708 FI317 FI318
Overall Width" 48 60 72 84 96
Wt. lbs. 8 10 12 14 16
Price/Each 43.70 50.60 64.40 85.10 98.90
Model No. FF792 FF793 FF794
Overall Width" 24 30 36
Wt. lbs. 14 16 18 21 24
Price/Each 57.50 62.10 64.40 85.10 103.50
Wt. lbs. 4 5 6
Price/Each 27.60 29.90 34.50
R32094E
We try to make it easy… look at our pre-designed layout options on pages 104 and 105. Customize to your specifications. If you need specific sizes or requirements not available on this page, call us today with your specs!
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0100-0118_Eng.indd 101
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
101 12-07-25 10:00 AM
WORKBENCHES Customize your own workbench… simply select any two cabinets listed and add a top.
CABINETS • • • • • • • • • • • •
All-welded heavy-gauge steel 100% full extension drawers with ball bearing slide mechanism Capacity: 100 lbs. per drawer evenly distributed Reversible doors, can be opened on either left or right side Optional bases add height in 4" increments (maximum two bases per pedestal) Aluminum extrusion handles with grey end caps Complete with locks and two keys All locks keyed alike for pedestal model Custom key options available 18" W x 21" D x 28" H, overall cabinet size 30" overall height with top Powder coat finish with grey shell and Kleton blue on doors and drawers
REFER TO PAGES 106 AND 107 FOR YOUR ABOVE-WORKBENCH WORKSTATION
FULL DOOR CABINETS
2DOOR CABINETS
• 16 3/4" W x 21" D x 24" H • Internal adjustable shelf included • Weight: 48 lbs. Model No. FH666 Price/Each $265.00
• (2) 16 3/4 " W x 21" D x 12" H • Weight: 48 lbs. Model No. FH667 Price/Each $311.00
2DRAWER W/1DOOR CABINETS • (2) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 5 5/8" H • (1) 16 3/4" W x 21" D x 12" H • Weight: 59 lbs. Model No. FH668 Price/Each $413.00
2DRAWER CABINETS
3DRAWER CABINETS
4DRAWER CABINETS
• (2) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 11 5/8" H • Weight: 66 lbs. Model No. FI166 Price/Each $373.00
• (2) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 5 5/8" H • (1) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 11 5/8" H • Weight: 78 lbs. Model No. FI167 Price/Each $424.00
• (4) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 5 5/8" H • Weight: 68 lbs. Model No. FH669 Price/Each $540.00
6DRAWER CABINETS
OPTIONAL PEDESTAL BASES
4DRAWER W/1DOOR CABINETS
• (4) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 2 5/8" H • (2) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 5 5/8" H • Weight: 94 lbs. Model No. FH671 Price/Each $713.00
• (4) 15 3/8" W x 20" D x 2 5/8" H • (1) 16 3/4" W x 21" D x 12" H • Weight: 63 lbs. Model No. FH670 Price/Each $577.00
LEG & PEDESTAL COMBINATIONS
Model No. ML264 ML265 FH672 FF920
• All-welded 14-gauge steel legs • Knockout for standard two-outlet electrical plug • Overall height of 34" with top • Powder coat Kleton grey finish
Description Single Leg for Use w/ 24" D Top Single Leg for Use w/ 30" D or 36" D Top Pedestal Base (Max 1) Bench Leg Gussets (Pkg. of 2)
• (1) 4" high - 34" high with top • Weight: 5 lbs. Model No. FH672 Price/Each $41.80
D" 22 28
Dimensions x x x 4" H
H" 32 32
Wt. lbs. 14 15 5 3
Price /Each 64.20 70.62 41.80 36.80
Pedestal base and bench leg gussets are required components when building all leg/pedestal combinations
HOW TO ORDER 1. Choose the pedestal desired 2. Determine the depth of the workbench 3. Add the appropriate leg configuration See our selection of workbench tops on page 103.
We try to make it easy… look at our pre-designed layout options on pages 104 and 105.
R32095E
102
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 102
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:01 AM
WORKBENCHES WORKBENCH TOPS SELECT ONE OF THESE SIX TOPS TO CUSTOMIZE YOUR WORKBENCH. LAMINATED HARDWOOD TOPS BULLNOSE EDGE
R26719E
LAMINATED HARDWOOD TOPS SQUARE EDGE
SHOP TOPS • Great top for medium-duty applications • 1/2" double sealed resin boards laminated over 3/4" MDF core • Overall thickness: 1 3/4"
• Lacquer finished tops for durability • Heavy-duty solid hardwood laminations for long life • Overall thickness: 1 3/4"
• Lacquer finished tops for durability • Heavy-duty solid hardwood laminations for long life • Overall thickness: 1 3/4"
Model Size Wt. Price No. W" x L" lbs. /Each FD015 24 x 48 56 216.79 FD016 24 x 60 70 252.09 FD017 24 x 72 84 325.21 FG969 24 x 84 98 433.61 FG970 24 x 96 112 433.61 FG972 24 x 120 140 573.91 FD019 30 x 48 70 248.14 FD020 30 x 60 88 312.19 FD021 30 x 72 105 370.78 FD022 30 x 84 123 501.34 FG973 30 x 96 140 501.34 FD018 30 x 120 175 682.52 FD025 36 x 48 84 298.37 FD026 36 x 60 105 372.00 FD027 36 x 72 126 439.80 FD028 36 x 84 147 603.44 FD029 36 x 96 168 604.17 FD023 36 x 120 210 905.16 FG976 48 x 48 112 558.78 FG977 48 x 60 140 677.15 FG978 48 x 72 168 803.88 FG979 48 x 84 196 1096.36 FG980 48 x 96 224 1096.36 FG982 48 x 120 280 1372.31 Note: Tops over 36" D are shipped in two pieces of hardwood, hardware is included.
Model Size Wt. Price No. W" x L" lbs. /Each FH739 24 x 48 56 243.68 FH740 24 x 60 70 285.73 FH741 24 x 72 84 365.56 FH742 24 x 84 98 487.42 FH743 24 x 96 112 487.42 FH744 24 x 120 140 641.16 FH745 30 x 48 70 275.03 FH746 30 x 60 88 345.82 FH747 30 x 72 105 404.40 FH748 30 x 84 123 534.96 FH749 30 x 96 140 534.96 FH750 30 x 120 175 749.77 FH751 36 x 48 84 325.27 FH752 36 x 60 105 405.64 FH753 36 x 72 126 473.42 FH754 36 x 84 147 637.06 FH755 36 x 96 168 637.79 FH756 36 x 120 210 972.42 FH757 48 x 48 112 585.68 FH758 48 x 60 140 710.77 FH759 48 x 72 168 844.23 FH760 48 x 84 196 1150.17 FH761 48 x 96 224 1150.17 FH762 48 x 120 280 1439.56 Note: Tops over 36" D are shipped in two pieces of hardwood, hardware is included.
Model No. FD001 FD002 FH764 FD004 FD005 FH765 FH766 FH767 FD006 FD007 FH768 FH769
Size W" x L" 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 84 30 x 96 36 x 48 36 x 60 36 x 72 36 x 84 36 x 96
Wt. lbs. 60 75 75 94 113 131 150 90 113 135 158 180
PLASTIC LAMINATE TOPS
STEEL WOODFILLED TOPS
304 STAINLESS STEEL WOODFILLED TOPS
• Light-duty top with smooth white leather plastic laminate face covering 45-lb. density particle board • Overall thickness: 1 5/8" • Colour: White
• Heavy-duty 14-gauge steel with formed edges • Reinforced with wood core for sound reduction and added strength • Overall thickness: 1 3/4" • Colour: Kleton grey
• Heavy-duty 14-gauge stainless steel with a number 4 finish and formed edges • Reinforced with wood core for sound reduction and added strength • Overall thickness: 1 3/4"
Model No. FD008 FD009 FH771 FD011 FD012 FH772 FH773 FH774 FD013 FD014 FH776 FH777 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0100-0118_Eng.indd 103
Size W" x L" 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 84 30 x 96 36 x 48 36 x 60 36 x 72 36 x 84 36 x 96
Wt. lbs. 65 72 72 90 108 126 144 86 108 130 151 173 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each 205.08 224.51 224.51 246.03 295.22 412.08 412.08 280.05 306.77 368.10 513.89 513.89 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Model No. FD030 FD031 FH871 FD033 FD034 FH872 FH873 FH874 FD035 FD036 FH875 FH876
Size W" x L" 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 84 30 x 96 36 x 48 36 x 60 36 x 72 36 x 84 36 x 96 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Wt. lbs. 59 74 74 92 110 129 147 89 110 132 154 176 WELDING & METALWORKING
Price /Each 216.64 218.87 259.92 225.56 247.90 352.91 386.72 295.85 247.90 285.86 443.77 424.75
Model No. FI268 FI269 FI270 FI271 FI272 FI273 FI274 FI275 FI276 FI277 FI278 FI279
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Size W" x L" 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 84 30 x 96 36 x 48 36 x 60 36 x 72 36 x 84 36 x 96 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 177.28 193.49 193.49 211.27 253.58 354.36 354.36 241.50 263.70 316.46 442.33 442.33
Wt. lbs. 59 74 74 92 110 129 147 89 110 132 154 176
Price /Each 484.01 525.27 564.68 615.32 665.98 816.06 887.34 605.94 654.73 726.01 887.34 947.37
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
103 12-07-25 10:01 AM
WORKBENCHES PRE-DESIGNED WORKBENCHES
SELECT FROM ONE OF OUR PREDESIGNED LAYOUT OPTIONS. 34" OVERALL HEIGHT, CAPACITY 2500 LBS. EVENLY DISTRIBUTED.
Also available in 304 stainless steel wood filled top
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
FF672 FF671 FF670 FF669 FF667
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
164 156 166 146 110
394.89 360.27 360.27 339.91 331.85
FF707 FF706 FF703 FF702 FF700
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
201 188 203 178 142
565.69 508.77 477.36 452.82 444.76
FF658 FF657 FF656 FF655 FF653
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
171 149 150 130 106
572.96 508.39 507.22 451.42 391.96
FF691 FF690 FF689 FF688 FF686
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
208 181 187 162 138
703.86 634.59 638.12 577.62 518.16
FF679 FH877 FF677 FF676 FH878
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
171 157 150 133 111
455.49 405.24 395.60 355.31 336.15
FF715 FH881 FF713 FF712 FH882
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
208 189 187 165 143
586.39 531.44 526.50 481.51 462.35
FF665 FH879 FF663 FF662 FH880
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
171 152 150 133 108
504.67 446.26 435.26 388.41 365.69
FF698 FH883 FF696 FF695 FH884
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
208 184 187 165 140
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Model No.
Size W" x L"
FG109 FG108 FG107 FG106 FG104
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
209 201 211 191 161
809.17 773.11 773.11 791.46 778.07
FG277 FG276 FG275 FG274 FG273
FG095 FG094 FG093 FG092 FG090
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
216 194 195 175 158
935.52 874.18 873.07 820.06 799.29
FG116 FH889 FG114 FG113 FH890
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
216 202 195 178 163
823.93 776.19 767.03 767.11 743.48
FG102 FH891 FG100 FG099 FH892
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
216 197 195 178 161
870.65 815.16 804.71 800.21 773.02
STEEL WOOD FILL
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
FG293 FG292 FG291 FG290 FG289
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
228 710.86 215 668.20 230 672.90 205 645.86 169 636.94
FG285 FG284 FG283 FG282 FG281
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
235 208 214 189 165
FG296 FH885 FG295 FG294 FH886
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
235 726.39 216 671.44 214 666.50 192 621.51 170 602.35
635.57 572.46 566.16 514.61 491.89
FG288 FH887 FG287 FG286 FH888
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
235 211 214 192 167
775.57 712.46 706.16 654.61 631.89
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
208 200 210 190 160
929.82 893.76 893.76 872.54 859.82
FG640 FG641 FG642 FG444 FG443
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
213 205 215 195 165
1094.17 1058.11 1058.11 1036.89 1024.17
FG269 FG268 FG267 FG266 FG265
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
215 1056.17 193 994.83 194 993.72 174 940.71 156 879.98
FG635 FG636 FG637 FG639 FG638
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 24 x 60 30 x 60
220 198 199 162 179
1156.28 1098.17 1097.12 1044.33 1105.06
FG280 FH893 FG279 FG278 FH894
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
215 201 194 177 201
944.58 896.84 887.68 849.40 826.96
FG645 FH897 FG646 FG647 FH898
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
220 205 199 182 167
1108.93 1061.19 1052.03 1013.75 991.31
FG272 FH895 FG271 FG270 FH896
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
215 198 194 177 158
991.30 935.81 925.36 880.85 855.02
FG648 FH899 FG649 FG650 FH900
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
220 202 199 182 164
1094.82 1100.16 1089.71 1045.20 1025.73
STEEL WOOD FILL
LAMINATED WOOD
STEEL WOOD FILL
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
PLASTIC LAMINATE
STEEL WOOD FILL
LAMINATED WOOD
STEEL WOOD FILL
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
SHOP TOPS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 104
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
Refer to pages 106 and 107 for your above-workbench workstation TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R26720E
If you need specific sizes or requirements not available on this page, see pages 100 to 102 to customize your own workbench or call us today with your specs!
104
801.67 774.59 778.12 717.62 658.16
SHOP TOPS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
STEEL WOOD FILL
Price /Each
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:01 AM
WORKBENCHES PRE-DESIGNED WORKBENCHES
SELECT FROM ONE OF OUR PREDESIGNED LAYOUT OPTIONS. 34" OVERALL HEIGHT, CAPACITY 2500 LBS. EVENLY DISTRIBUTED.
Also available in 304 stainless steel wood filled top
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
FG137 FG136 FG135 FG134 FG132
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
304 296 306 286 257
1115.74 1079.68 1079.68 1058.45 1052.10
FG245 FG244 FG243 FG242 FG241
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
263 255 265 245 246
1135.69 1099.63 1099.63 1078.40 1072.05
FG123 FG122 FG121 FG120 FG118
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
311 289 290 270 254
1176.71 1118.60 1117.55 1126.62 1072.26
FG237 FG236 FG235 FG234 FG233
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
270 248 249 229 213
1195.61 1137.50 1136.45 1086.23 1092.21
FG144 FH901 FG142 FG141 FH902
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
311 297 290 273 258
1130.49 1082.75 1073.60 1035.32 1019.24
FG248 FH905 FG247 FG246 FH906
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
270 256 249 232 218
1089.89 1102.70 1093.55 1055.27 1039.19
FG130 FH903 FG128 FG127 FH904
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
311 292 290 273 256
1115.25 1121.72 1111.27 1066.76 1047.30
FG240 FH907 FG239 FG238 FH908
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
270 251 249 232 215
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Model No.
Size W" x L"
FG464 FG465 FG466 FG467 FG468
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
247 239 249 229 200
1254.11 1219.95 1219.95 1199.84 1193.82
FG229 FG228 FG227 FG226 FG225
FG459 FG460 FG461 FG462 FG463
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
254 232 233 213 197
1373.81 1315.70 1314.65 1264.43 1212.92
FG469 FH913 FG470 FG471 FH914
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
254 240 233 216 202
1268.09 1222.87 1249.88 1177.93 1162.69
FG472 FH915 FG473 FG474 FH916
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
254 235 233 216 199
1312.35 1259.78 1249.88 1207.72 1189.28
STEEL WOOD FILL
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
FG624 FG625 FG626 FG627 FG628
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
266 258 268 248 219
1460.21 1426.05 1426.05 1405.94 1399.92
FG619 FG620 FG621 FG622 FG623
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
273 251 252 232 216
1579.91 1521.80 1520.75 1470.53 1419.02
FG629 FH909 FG630 FG631 FH910
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
271 259 252 235 221
1474.19 1428.97 1420.29 1384.03 1368.79
1134.15 1141.67 1131.22 1086.71 1067.25
FG632 FH911 FG633 FG634 FH912
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
273 254 252 235 218
1518.45 1465.88 1455.98 1413.82 1395.38
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
261 253 263 243 214
1304.51 1270.35 1270.35 1250.24 1244.22
FG415 FG414 FG413 FG412 FG411
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
271 263 273 253 224
1615.91 1581.75 1581.75 1561.64 1555.62
FG221 FG220 FG219 FG218 FG217
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
268 246 247 227 211
1424.21 1366.10 1365.05 1314.83 1263.32
FG420 FG419 FG418 FG417 FG416
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
278 256 257 237 221
1735.61 1677.50 1676.45 1626.23 1574.72
FG232 FH917 FG231 FG230 FH918
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
268 254 247 230 216
1318.49 1273.27 1264.59 1228.33 1213.09
FG423 FH921 FG422 FG421 FH922
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
278 264 257 240 226
1629.89 1584.67 1575.99 1539.73 1524.49
FG224 FH919 FG223 FG222 FH920
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
267 249 247 230 213
1362.75 1310.18 1300.28 1258.12 1239.68
FG426 FH923 FG425 FG424 FH924
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
278 259 257 240 223
1674.15 1621.58 1611.68 1569.52 1551.08
STEEL WOOD FILL
LAMINATED WOOD
STEEL WOOD FILL
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
SHOP TOPS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
STEEL WOOD FILL
PLASTIC LAMINATE
STEEL WOOD FILL
LAMINATED WOOD
STEEL WOOD FILL
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
R26721E
Model No.
SHOP TOPS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
PLASTIC LAMINATE
If you need specific sizes or requirements not available on this page, see pages 100 to 102 to customize your own workbench or call us today with your specs! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0100-0118_Eng.indd 105
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
Refer to pages 106 and 107 for your above-workbench workstation SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
105 12-07-25 10:01 AM
WORKBENCHES ERGONOMIC WORKSTATIONS • Highly functional and flexible system of above-work surface accessories and modular components • Ergonomically designed, delivering easy accessibility with no stretch or strain • Modular design allows for easy reconfiguration • Workstation benefits include: - Greater productivity and efficiency - Reduced strain and increased ergonomic ease - Equipped to exactly suit your needs - Properly illuminated work areas Adjustable Shelves • Ergonomic workstations and accessories available in various colours
Reversible Marker Board/ Tack Board
Overhead Light Fixture
Steel Louvered Back Panel
Horizontal Power Rails
TO PICK THE RIGHT FRAME FOR YOUR NEEDS YOU MUST DETERMINE THE FOLLOWING MEASUREMENTS:
C
Inside Useable Width (A): Is measured from the inside of one upright to the other. Section Width (B): Is measured from the centre of one upright to the other. Overall Width (C): Is measured from the outside of one foot plate to the other. Then determine if you require a single frame or double frame unit.
B
A
SURFACE MOUNT FRAMES • Frames are made from a heavy gauge steel and are notched front and back at 1" increments • Foot plate is 2 3/4" x 4"
SINGLE FRAME SECTIONS
106
Height" 30 48 30 48 30 48 30 48
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 106
DOUBLE FRAME SECTIONS
Inside Useable Width" (A) 22 3/4 22 3/4 28 3/4 28 3/4 34 3/4 34 3/4 46 3/4 46 3/4
Section Width" (B) 24 24 30 30 36 36 48 48
Overall Width" (C) 26 3/4 26 3/4 32 3/4 32 3/4 38 3/4 38 3/4 50 3/4 50 3/4
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Min Work Surface Width" Required 30 30 36 36 42 42 54 54
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 173.52 183.19 183.19 192.82 181.11 190.62 190.62 198.73
Model No. FH996 FH997 FH998 FH999
WELDING & METALWORKING
Height" 30 48 30 48
Inside Useable Section Width" (A) Width" (B) (2) 22 3/4 (2) 24 (2) 22 3/4 (2) 24 (1) 22 3/4, (1) 28 3/4 (1) 24, (1) 30 (1) 22 3/4, (1) 28 3/4 (1) 24, (1) 30
Overall Width" (C) 50 3/4 50 3/4 56 3/4 56 3/4
Min Work Surface Width" Required 54 54 60 60
Price /Each 285.93 302.35 290.34 312.30 R26722E
Model No. FI368 FI369 FI370 FI371 FH992 FH994 FH993 FH995
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:01 AM
WORKBENCHES NEXUS SYSTEM WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES PLASTIC BOX RAILS
OVERHEAD CABINETS
• Easily adjustable for ergonomic access • Can be mounted either parallel or a 15° angle to the workstation • Suitable to use with bins that have a rear lip • Plastic bins not included
• Protect, secure above-work-surface storage of large, bulky items
Model Overall Dimensions No. W" x D" x H" FI364 24 x 15 x 16 FI365 30 x 15 x 16 FI366 36 x 15 x 16 FI367 48 x 15 x 16 REPLACEMENT PARTS FI362 Support Brackets for 16" Overall Height
Price /Each 530.90 585.57 662.46 811.71 61.79
OVERHEAD LIGHT FIXTURES • Tilts up or down 10° • Kit includes a switch, 8' grounded electrical cord, support track, standard acrylic diff user and T8 bulbs • Support bracket sold separately
Model No. FI030 FI031 FI032 FI033
Overall Width" 24 30 36 48
STEEL LOUVERED BACK PANELS • Designed to accommodate industry standard plastic bins that featured louvered edge or lip
Price /Each 72.43 72.43 81.97 91.48 Model No. FI034 FI035 FI036 FI037
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES • Adjustable, heavy gauge steel shelves can be mounted parallel to the work surface or at a 15° angle for easy ergonomic access • 100-lb. capacity evenly distributed
Overall Dim. W" x H" 24 x 18 30 x 18 36 x 18 48 x 18
Price /Each 129.61 129.61 139.17 148.68
Model No. FI038 FI039 FI040 FI041
Overall Dim. W" x H" 24 x 30 30 x 30 36 x 30 48 x 30
Price /Each 141.72 141.95 152.50 162.04
REVERSIBLE MARKERBOARDS/TACKBOARDS Model Use with Frame No. Overall Width" FI019 48 FI020 60 SUPPORT BRACKETS Model Use with Frame No. Overall Depth" FI327 Less Than 30 FI328 Greater Than or Equal to 30
Price /Each 443.49 473.09 Price /Each 73.59 76.94
HORIZONTAL POWER BOARDS • 15 Amps with six plugs • Pivots on axis providing full horizontal adjustability
Model No. FI022 FI023 FI024 FI025
Overall Width" 24 30 36 48
• Two-sided reversible board • Features white magnetic marker board on one side and grey fabric panel on the other
Price /Each 222.76 223.13 234.24 243.79
Model No. FI001 FI002 FI003 FI004 FI005 FI006 FI007 FI008 FI009 FI010 FI011 FI012
Overall Dimensions W" x D" 24 x 12 30 x 12 36 x 12 48 x 12 24 x 15 30 x 15 36 x 15 48 x 15 24 x 18 30 x 18 36 x 18 48 x 18
Price /Each 103.94 117.05 119.12 129.61 119.12 129.61 129.61 142.02 163.94 175.37 175.37 186.81
Model No. FI050 FI051 FI052 FI053
Overall Dimensions W" x H" 24 x 30 30 x 30 36 x 30 48 x 30
Price /Each 255.10 255.52 371.71 495.61
STEEL PEGBOARD PANELS
SHELF DIVIDERS
• Accepts all standard pegging devices • Holes are 1/4" in diameter
• Steel dividers fit over the edge of the shelf when it is mounted parallel to the work surface
VERTICAL POWER BOARDS • 15 Amps with six outlets • Mounts vertically to front and back of upright • Features a lighted on/off switch, 6' cord with grounded plug and circuit breaker • Bracket and hardware included Model No. FI021 Price/Each $163.37 R32097E
Model No. FI013 FI014 FI015 FI016 FI017 FI018
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0100-0118_Eng.indd 107
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Overall Dimensions D" x H" 12 x 4 12 x 6 12 x 8 15 x 4 15 x 6 15 x 8 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
Price /Each 19.07 23.33 27.65 23.33 27.65 31.82
Model No. FI042 FI043 FI044 FI045
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Overall Dim. W" x H" 24 x 18 30 x 18 36 x 18 48 x 18
Price /Each 129.61 129.61 139.17 148.68
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Model No. FI046 FI047 FI048 FI049
Overall Dim. W" x H" 24 x 30 30 x 30 36 x 30 48 x 30
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 142.98 142.98 151.42 162.04
107 12-07-25 10:01 AM
WORKBENCHES ACCESSORIES
Light Fixture
Tool Glide Trolley
Overhead Cabinet
Shelf
Parts Bin Rail
Keyboard Holder
Hanging Cabinets Accessory Holders
OVERHEAD CABINETS
MODESTY PANELS
• Steel cabinet with retractable locking door • Mounts on micro slots • Includes mounting brackets, lock and two keys
• Steel modesty panel acts as a privacy screen between double-sided assemblies (or single-sided where required) • Steel panels can be used as fill-in panel or magnet panel to hold instructions or drawings
Model No. FF233 FF232 FF206
W" 36 48 60
x x x x
Dimensions D" x 15 x 15 x 15 x
Price /Each 658.93 809.33 880.95
H" 16 16 16
TOOL GLIDE TRACK & TROLLEY ASSEMBLIES • Smooth-moving glide keeps electric and pneumatic tools properly positioned • If used in conjunction with fluorescent light assembly, glide track mounts on brackets for fluorescent lights • If used alone, mounting brackets must be ordered separately (see below)
Model No. FH556 FH557 FH558 FH559
Length" 36 48 60 72
TOOL TROLLEYS ONLY FH560
31.35
-
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 108
Price/Each
36 48 60 72
109.22 120.40 146.37 189.82
36 48 60 72
170.55 182.65 211.29 277.56
HANGING CABINETS • Cabinet is mounted under the work surface to the support beams • Outside dimensions: 16 3/4" W x 16 15/16" D • Inside dimensions: 13 1/4" W x 16 15/16" D • 50-lb. capacity per drawer
Price/Each 42.54 42.54 100.28
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Model No. FH546 FH547
Length" 36 48
Price/Each 379.60 508.52
Length" 36 48 60
Price/Each 142.81 151.75 151.75
Length" 36 48
Price/Each 142.81 151.75
PEGBOARD PANELS • Sturdy painted steel pegboard panel • Ideal for hanging tools • 18" high Model No. FH540 FH541 FH542
LOUVERED PANELS
Model No. FH985 FH986 FH987 FH988 FH989 FH990 FH991
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Overall Height" 5 8 8 13 15/16 13 15/16 19 7/8 19 7/8
Drawers (1) 2 3/4" (1) 5 3/4" (2) 2 3/4" (1) File (2) 5 3/4" (1) 5 3/4" and (1) File (3) 5 3/4"
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 295.47 319.75 398.88 391.50 470.64 575.12 654.26
• Sturdy painted steel louvered panel • Ideal for hanging plastic bin boxes • 18" high Model No. FH543 FH544 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R26713E
108
Depth" 14 19 26
Length"
• Two-sided reversible board • Features white magnetic markerboard on one side and grey fabric tackboard on the other • Also functions as privacy panel and sound dampener • 30" high
Price/Each 70.28 81.50 90.87 100.28
TOOL GLIDE MOUNTING BRACKETS SOLD IN PAIRS Model No. FF164 FH561 FH562
Model No. 10" STEEL PANELS FH548 FH545 FH550 FH551 20" STEEL PANELS FH552 FH553 FH554 FH555
REVERSIBLE MARKERBOARDS/TACKBOARDS
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:01 AM
WORKBENCHES MODULAR ERGONOMIC WORKSTATIONS • Completely integrated workstations ensure that you will always have the exact workstation for your work demands • Fast and easy assembly • Easily linked to create infinite layouts • Maximum structural integrity • Easy, secure placement and reconfiguration of accessories
• Perfect for assembly, repair, light manufacturing, labs and clean rooms • Choose from a standard laminate (SL) or a static dissipative (SD) tops • Starter units consist of two columns with outer and inner trim, and a closed stabilizer panel • Add-on units consist of a single post with outer and inner trim, and a closed stabilizer panel
CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES ASS SINGLESIDED STARTER
ASA SINGLESIDED ADDON
ASC SINGLESIDED CORNER ADDON
Includes: 1 starter assembly 1 footrest 2 outriggers 1 work surface assembly 1 single-sided power beam (15 amp) 1 open wire shelf, 12" depth 1 light fixture assembly 1 parabolic light diff user
Includes: 1 adder assembly 1 footrest 1 outrigger 1 work surface assembly 1 single-sided power beam (15 amp) 1 open wire shelf, 12" depth 1 light fixture assembly 1 parabolic light diff user
Includes: 1 adder assembly 1 outrigger 1 corner work surface assembly 1 single-sided power beam (15 amp) 1 open wire shelf, 12" depth 1 light fixture assembly 1 parabolic light diff user
Model No. SL TOPS FH940 FH941 FH942 SD TOPS FH943 FH944 FH945
Overall Dimensions x W" x
H"
Price /Each
28 28 28
x x x
36 48 60
x x x
84 84 84
2163.00 2324.15 2558.69
28 28 28
x x x
36 48 60
x x x
84 84 84
2370.70 2562.29 2807.60
Model No. SL TOPS FH946 FH947 FH948 SD TOPS FH949 FH950 FH951
D"
Overall Dimensions x W" x
H"
Price /Each
28 28 28
x x x
36 48 60
x x x
84 84 84
1829.96 1991.10 2225.67
28 28 28
x x x
36 48 60
x x x
84 84 84
2035.88 2229.24 2474.58
Model No. SL TOPS FH952 SD TOPS FH955
D"
Overall Dimensions x W" x
H"
Price /Each
28
x
36
x
84
2064.52
28
x
36
x
84
2402.96
ADS DOUBLESIDED STARTER
ADA DOUBLESIDED ADDON
ADC DOUBLESIDED CORNER ADDON
Includes: 1 starter assembly 2 footrests 4 outriggers 2 work surface assemblies 1 double-sided power beam (15 amp) 2 open wire shelves, 12" depth 2 light fixture assemblies 2 parabolic light diff users
Includes: 1 adder assembly 2 footrests 2 outriggers 2 work surface assemblies 1 double-sided power beam (15 amp) 2 open wire shelves, 12" depth 2 light fixture assemblies 2 parabolic light diff users
Includes: 1 adder assembly 2 outriggers 2 corner work surface assemblies 1 double-sided power beam (15 amp) 2 open wire shelves, 12" depth 2 light fixture assemblies 2 parabolic light diff users
Model No. SL TOPS FH958 FH959 FH960 SD TOPS FH961 FH962 FH963 R26712E
D"
D"
Overall Dimensions x W" x
H"
Price /Each
56 56 56
x x x
36 48 60
x x x
84 84 84
3504.12 3804.94 4206.03
56 56 56
x x x
36 48 60
x x x
84 84 84
3919.53 4284.81 4702.03
Model No. SL TOPS FH964 FH965 FH966 SD TOPS FH967 FH968 FH969
D"
Overall Dimensions x W" x
H"
Price /Each
56 56 56
x x x
36 48 60
x x x
84 84 84
3106.64 3405.65 3806.75
56 56 56
x x x
36 48 60
x x x
84 84 84
3522.05 3885.53 4302.72
Model No. SL TOPS FH970 SD TOPS FH973
D"
Overall Dimensions x W" x
H"
Price /Each
56
x
36
x
84
3575.74
56
x
36
x
84
4254.39
Note: Other dimensions are available OFFICE PRODUCTS
0100-0118_Eng.indd 109
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
109 12-07-27 10:08 AM
WORKBENCHES ACCESSORIES LIGHTDUTY PARTS BIN RAILS
HEAVYDUTY PARTS BIN RAILS
UTILITY BINS
• Parts bin rail supports industry-standard plastic parts bins • Mounts in micro slots • Three depths (2", 4" and 6") for tiered placement of bins • Chrome finish • Bins not included
• Rail is easily adjustable for ergonomic access • Can be mounted parallel to the work surface or at a 15° angle • Mounts in micro slots • Bins not included
• Steel bin mounts in micro slots • Front edge can be used as a parts bin rail • Holds tools, bottles, wipes, reeled solder dispenser, etc.
Model No. Length" 2" DEEP FF168 36 FF165 48 FF187 60 FG024 72 4" DEEP FF169 36 FF166 48 FF188 60 FG025 72
Price /Each 59.07 59.07 72.06 90.87
Model No. Length" 6" DEEP FF170 36 FF167 48 FF189 60 FG026 72
Price /Each 59.07 63.13 74.32 92.67
59.07 63.13 74.32 90.87
Model No. FH581 FH582 FH583 FH584
Length" 36 48 60 72
Price/Each 83.27 92.67 92.67 105.65
Model No. FG001 FG019 FG021 FG040
W" 36 48 60 72
x x x x x
Dimensions D" x 4 x 4 x 4 x 4 x
Price /Each 148.17 153.99 168.77 170.55
H" 2 2 2 2
STEEL SHELVES OPEN WIRE SHELVES
• Sturdy steel shelf mounts in macro slots • Adjusts vertically in 3" increments and adjusts horizontally 15° and 30° • Includes colour trim Steel Shelf • Weight capacity is 300 lbs. Dividers
• Welded steel wire shelf has chrome plated finish • Mounts in macro slots • Adjusts vertically in 3" increments and adjusts horizontally 15° and 30° • Includes front lip • 12" deep Wire Shelf • Weight capacity is 150 lbs. Dividers
Steel Shelves
SLOPING DOCUMENT SHELVES
Open Wire Shelves
• 15° vertical steel shelf is 12" high and has a 2" lip to hold books, manuals, drawings, etc. • Mounts in micro slots Model No. Length" 12" DEEP FF172 36 FF171 48 FF190 60 FG043 72 16" DEEP FF176 36 FF175 48 FF191 60 FG038 72 Model No. FG005 FG023 FG020 FG042
Length" 36 48 60 72
Price /Each 158.42 162.06 236.22 302.54
Model No. Length" 20" DEEP FF180 36 FF179 48 FF192 60 FG044 72
Price /Each 203.39 213.01 275.45 400.60
STEEL SHELF DIVIDERS 185.33 188.76 270.19 312.74
Price/Each 170.55 177.70 200.54 241.74
Model No. FH611* FH612* FH613*
For Shelf Depth" 12 16 20
Price /Each 25.97 33.57 37.17
*Mounts on shelf with two screws. 8" tall.
PULLOUT KEYBOARD HOLDERS
TOOL & ACCESSORY HOLDERS • Add convenience to the workplace • Hang on parts bin rail or utility bin and can be positioned for easy reach
• Allows computer keyboard to be stored under work surface when not in use Model No. FH568
Description Swivel Keyboard Holder
Dimensions L" x W" 28 x 10
Price /Each 302.67
CPU HOLDERS
110
Description Tool Holder Solder Spool Holder Bottle Holder Airgun Holder, 1" dia Kim Wipe Holder MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 110
Size 3" x 5" 5" x 5" 3" Inside Dia. 1 1⁄2" x 1 1⁄2" 5" x 5" JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 33.57 63.13 46.56 66.71 38.94
Model No. FH563
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Description Fixed
Dimensions L" x W" x H" 22 x 9 1⁄2 x 19
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Length" 36 48 60 72
Price/Each 177.80 186.93 191.24 237.26
Height" 12
Price/Each 40.73
WIRE SHELF DIVIDERS Model No. FH598*
*Shelf divider snaps into place
PELICAN® DRAWERS • Secure storage for legal hanging files or personal effects • Designed to allow easy clearance for worker's knees • Thermo-formed polystyrene body with polyurethane drawer face • Mounts under work surface to support beams • Drawer can slide to any horizontal position • Includes concealed ball bearing slides and fully integrated locking system Model No. FH537
W" 19
x x
Dimensions D" x 23 x
H" 10
Price /Each 469.14
Price /Each 237.00
R26714E
Model No. FG004 FG003 FH591 FH593 FG002
• Allows CPU to be mounted under work surface (off of floor) • Mounts under work surface to work surface support beams • Holder can slide to any horizontal position • Pullout style allows easy access to rear of CPU
Model No. FF225 FF224 FF203 FG039
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:03 AM
WORKBENCHES EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY WORKBENCHES ALLWELDED BENCHES
PEDESTAL BENCHES
• All-welded construction features a wood-filled 3/16" steel top with 11 gauge steel legs and stringers • Standard bolt-down footplates • Mobile units come w/6" polyurethane casters, two swivel w/brakes, and two rigid • Overall height is 34" • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
• Designed for workshop applications • Feature 1 3/4" thick solid laminated hardwood top, mounted on two all-welded pedestals with two shelves each • Pedestals are 18" W x 24" D x 32" H • Overall height: 34" • Shipped knocked down • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
REFER TO PAGES 106 AND 107 FOR YOUR ABOVE-WORKBENCH WORKSTATION
Model No. FF494 FF495 FH465 FH466
Style Static Static Mobile Mobile
W" 72 72 72 72
Dimensions x D" x x 30 x x 36 x x 30 x x 36 x
Cap. lbs. 5000 5000 3500 3500
H" 34 34 34 34
Wt. lbs. 290 360 290 360
Price /Each 820.36 892.36 1018.91 1080.00
HEAVY-DUTY STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
Model No. FF120 FF121 FF122 FF119
W" 60 72 84 120
x x x x x
Dimensions D" x 30 x 30 x 30 x 30 x
H" 34 34 34 34
Cap. lbs. 2500 2500 2500 2500
Wt. lbs. 158 175 192 245
ECONOMY GRADE OPEN WORKBENCHES
• Work surface is constructed of 14-gauge stainless steel with an 11-gauge support structure • 1 5⁄8" diameter posts with tapered sleeves and corners • Standard units are stationary with leveling foot on each post • 30" models can be fitted with 5" polyurethane swivel casters, two with wheel brake • Shipped knocked down
• Meet any strength requirement for light manufacturing, assembly operations, maintenance service, etc. • Heavy gauge adjustable legs from 29" to 34" • Front and back electrical knockouts • 12" deep lower shelf • Choose between 1" presswood top, or plastic top (1 1/4" grey laminated plastic surface) widely used in electronics, laboratories, and institutions • Optional drawer, model FH271 can be added to all models • Capacity: 200 lbs./sq. ft. • Shipped knocked down
FI388
FH214
FI391
Model No. FI388 FI389 FI390 FI391 FI392 FI393 DRAWERS FI412 FI413
Description 3-Sided Frame 3-Sided Frame 3-Sided Frame H-Frame H-Frame H-Frame
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 60 x 30 x 34 72 x 30 x 34 96 x 30 x 34 60 x 30 x 34 72 x 30 x 34 96 x 30 x 34
Economy Drawer Deluxe Drawer
14 24
Price /Each 669.84 725.64 807.49 971.41
Cap. lbs. 625 750 1000 625 750 1000
x 28 x 5 3/4 x 25 3/4 x 7 1/2
Wt. lbs. 104 121 150 104 120 150
Price /Each 1628.47 1774.61 2116.45 1628.47 1774.61 2116.45
7 31
143.60 946.71
Model No. FH213 FH214 FH215 FH216 FH217 FF649 FF650 FF651 FH271
Description 1" Presswood Top 1" Presswood Top 1" Presswood Top 1" Presswood Top 1" Presswood Top 1 1/4" Plastic Top 1 1/4" Plastic Top 1 1/4" Plastic Top Optional Drawer Only
Dimensions W" x D" 48 x 24 60 x 24 72 x 24 60 x 30 72 x 30 48 x 24 60 x 24 72 x 30 18 x 12
Wt. lbs. 70 76 82 83 92 77 83 122 12
Price /Each 251.15 309.19 377.78 421.05 469.59 422.10 512.85 681.69 67.54
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
111
* Models are also available in 36" and 44" depths
HEAVY-DUTY MACHINE STANDS
R11174E
• Designed for use as machinery stand or work table when full-sized workbench is not necessary • 14" shelf clearance • All-welded construction • 14-gauge steel lip-down shelves, with bolt-down footplates on 3/16" x 1 1/2" angle leg • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish Model No. FH268 FH269 FH270
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0100-0118_Eng.indd 111
W" 30 36 48
x x x x
Dimensions D" x 18 x 24 x 24 x
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
H" 32 32 32
Cap. lbs. 1000 1000 1000
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 60 70 85
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 197.71 222.08 254.58
WELDING & METALWORKING
FH269
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
12-07-25 10:03 AM
WORKBENCHES VARI-TUFF TM ERGONOMIC WORKBENCHES • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Knocked-down, folding leg style Assembles in minutes Two brace supports and hardware supplied with each leg Eliminates stringers One package contains entire bench Choice of steel tops or tempered hardwood over steel (THS) Adjustable height from 28" to 42" Legs made of 13 gauge steel Channel formed on all four sides All four corners are welded and ground smooth 120" W unit comes with three sets of legs, all others come with two Grey finish Capacity: 2000 lbs. Width" 84 84 84 96 96 120 120 120
Steel Top Model No. FG746 FG747 FG748 FG749 FG750 FG752 FG753 FG754
Depth" 28 34 48 28 34 28 34 48
Price /Each 594.38 654.87 854.01 626.42 711.88 751.71 842.83 1093.45
FG750
FG753
THS Top Model No. FG755 FG756 FG757 FG758 FG759 FG761 FG762 FG763
Price /Each 726.42 991.21 1302.67 946.77 1096.26 1152.28 1323.38 1500.96
72" LOUVERED BENCH RACKS • All-welded louvered bench rack • Provides tool and storage for assembly or repair operations when combined with plastic parts bin • Designed to be permanently installed on a 72" wide workbench • Constructed of 1 1/4" square tube frame • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
CB176
RACKS ONLY Model No. CB364
Description Bolt-on bench rack
W" 72
Cabinet Size x D" x H" x 40 x 15
Wt. lbs. 95
Price /Each 433.53
RACK & BINS COMBINATIONS Red CB173 CB176 CB185
Blue CB172 CB175 CB184
Model No. Yellow CB174 CB177 CB186
Green CF365 CF367 CF369
Overall Bin Dimensions L" x W" x H" 7 3/8 x 4 1/8 x 3 10 7/8 x 5 1/2 x 5 14 3/8 x 8 1/4 x 7
Stone CF366 CF368 CF370
Bin Qty. 144 72 36
Capacity lbs. 1440 2160 2160
Price /Each 798.98 873.35 871.34
Workbench not included
MAXI-BENCH WORKSTATIONS • Roll your workstation to your work area • Sturdy 30" x 60" steel wood-filled top and all-welded 14-gauge frame • Includes: 42" H peg board panel, double drawers, swivel-out stool, lower shelf, end stops • Comes with 5" nylon non-marking casters, two rigid and two swivel with brakes • Models FF068 and FF071 include fluorescent lamp, 25' incandescent drop light, and 4-outlet power bar • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish Model No. FF068 FF069 FF071 FF072
Description Mobile, Complete Mobile, No Electrical Static, Complete Static, No Electrical
Overall Height" 76 76 70 70
Wt. lbs. 435 415 425 405
FF068
Price /Each 2002.00 1702.00 1996.00 1722.00
R32103E
112
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 112
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:03 AM
WORKBENCHES BUILD YOUR OWN CABINET WORKBENCH • Versatile cabinet workbench suited for any industrial application that requires work surface and secure tool and parts storage • Steel-wood fill tops available in grey or blue • Capacity: 3000 lbs. • Shipped knocked down • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
B
A
D E
C
A CABINET SHELLS ONLY
C SHELVES
• Made of heavy gauge all-welded 14-gauge steel
• Made of 14-gauge steel • Maximum two per cabinet • Capacity: 300 lbs.
Model No. FH165
L" 28
x x
Dimensions W" x 59 x
Wt. lbs. 105
H" 32
Price /Each 440.19
Model No. FH164
Dimensions x x
L" 27 3/4
B TOPS
D DOOR
• Our complete list of tops can be found on page 103
• Made of 18-gauge steel on rollers • Recessed handles • Includes: Plunger lock and two keys
Size"
Price /Each
30 x 60 30 x 72 36 x 60 36 x 72
225.56 247.90 247.90 285.86
FD020 FD021 FD026 FD027
30 x 60 30 x 72 36 x 60 36 x 72
312.19 370.78 372.00 439.80
FD004 FD005 FD006 FD007
30 x 60 30 x 72 36 x 60 36 x 72
211.27 253.58 263.70 316.46
FD011 FD012 FD013 FD014
30 x 60 30 x 72 36 x 60 36 x 72
246.03 295.22 306.77 368.10
FI271 FI272 FI276 FI277
30 x 60 30 x 72 36 x 60 36 x 72
615.32 665.98 654.73 726.01
Grey Tops
Model No. Blue Tops
W" 58 3/4
Wt. lbs. 15
Price /Each 147.54
Wt. lbs. 40
Price /Each 384.10
STEEL WOOD FILL FD033 FD034 FD035 FD036
FH183 FH184 FH185 FH186
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
R32096E
STAINLESS STEEL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0100-0118_Eng.indd 113
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. FH163
Description Door Set, Lock Included
E DRAWERS • All-welded heavy gauge steel • 100% full extension with ball bearing slide mechanism • All locks keyed alike by drawer model • Includes: locks and two keys • Aluminum extrusion handles with grey end caps • Capacity: 100 lbs. per drawer evenly distributed
Model No. FH938 FH939
WELDING & METALWORKING
L" 15 3/8 15 3/8
x x x
Dimensions W" x 20 x 20 x
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
FH938
FH939
H" 5 5/8 2 3/4 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 30 35
Price /Each 186.74 260.74
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
113 12-07-25 10:03 AM
WORKBENCHES MOBILE CABINET BENCHES • • • • • • • •
Ideal for maintenance, repair and assembly departments Mount one, two or three cabinets from six choices of cabinets Heavy-duty 11-gauge steel base, 1 1/4" thick laminated hardwood top, and a push handle Four 5" non-marking casters with brakes for smooth, easy rolling Doors are reversible, can be opened either left or right side All locks keyed alike by pedestal model Shipped knocked down Cabinet frame powder coat finish with grey shell and Kleton blue on doors and drawers • Capacity: 1000 lbs.
FH666
FH667
FI166
FH668
FI167
FH669
FH670
Model No. Description 1 PEDESTAL STYLES COMPLETE WITH LOCK & 2 KEYS FH666 One Door FH667 Two Half Doors FI166 Two Large Drawers FH668 Two Large Drawers and One Half Door FI167 Two Small Drawers and One Big Drawer FH669 Four Large Drawers FH670 Four Small Drawers and One Half Door FH671 Four Small Drawers and Two Large Drawers 2 ASSEMBLY KITS FH407 Single FH408 Double FH409 Triple
CONFIGURE YOUR OWN UNIT BY CHOOSING: 1. The pedestal style(s) that suits your needs (to a maximum of three pedestal(s) 2. Add to that the assembly kit, whether it be single, double or triple. Assembly kit includes casters, base and 1 1/4" laminated hardwood top Assembly Kit
FH671 Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
51 52 66 75 78 97 84 98
265.00 311.00 373.00 413.00 424.00 540.00 577.00 713.00
35 65 95
394.00 462.25 683.20
SINGLE PEDESTAL BENCHES • • • • • • •
Heavy gauge steel cabinet with 1" round tube frame Top tray lined with a rubber mat Full extension drawers with a capacity of 100 lbs. per drawer Four 4" non-marking casters with brakes for smooth, easy rolling Comes complete with locks and two keys Overall dimensions 20" W x 21" D x 37" H Cabinet frame powder coat finish with grey shell and Kleton blue on doors and drawers • Capacity: 800 lbs.
114
Description 4-Drawer Cabinet Single Door Cabinet MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 114
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 120 75 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 963.20 647.84 WELDING & METALWORKING
FF984
MH801 R32472E
Model No. FF984 MH801
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:03 AM
WORKBENCHES INDUSTRIAL DUTY MOBILE SERVICE BENCHES • Designed for moving heavy parts and tools to the job site • Four 5" non-marking casters: two rigids and two swivels with brake • Provides a strong maintenance-free surface to work on • 16-gauge all-welded steel construction • Laminated hardwood top • Overall dimensions: 42" W x 24" D x 37"H • Shell durable Kleton blue enamel finish • Cabinets are powder paint grey and Kleton blue • Shipped assembled • Capacity: 1000 lbs.
Model No. ML325 ML326 ML327 ML328
Description 2 Doors 1 Drawer/1 Door 4 Drawers/1 Door 8 Drawers
Wt. lbs. 235 190 275 300
Price /Each 1216.80 1142.35 1465.69 1710.33
ML325
ML326
ML327
ML328
* Review pedestal models on page 102 to create your own mobile service bench.
TOOL TOTER CARTS
FH211
FH210
FH212
For safe convenient storage of tools and equipment. An excellent addition to any tool centre. • Do not waste time looking for your tools and jigs • Each drawer is 15 1/4" x 23 3/4" x 4 3/4" with padlocking hasp • Carrier is 18" W x 24" D x 34 1/2" H with 3" hard rubber swivel casters • Drawer capacity: 50 lbs. • Shipped knocked down
Model No. FH210 FH211 FH212
Description 2 Drawers 4 Drawers 2 Drawers and Cabinet
Wt. lbs. 55 85 93
Price/Each 338.74 502.30 516.02
CABINET TABLES These sturdy combination storage cabinets and work tables provide safe locked-in storage of valuable tools and parts, while at the same time serving as all-around work tables. Ideal for mounting vises, grinders or small power tools. Heavy gauge steel. Cylinder lock built into handle on door for added security. Powder coat grey finish.
ONE SHELF CABINETS • 24" x 24" work area with 2" lip • Unit is 34" H • One full size centre shelf adjustable on 3" increments • 12 cu. ft. of storage space • Weight: 80 lbs. • Capacity: 250 lbs. per shelf evenly distributed • Shipped knocked down Model No. FF075 Price/Each $456.93
THREE SHELF CABINETS • 15 1/2" D x 21" W work surface can be mounted to form a 2" deep tray, or reversed to provide a rimless work area • Three adjustable shelves, on 2" increments • 6.2 cu.ft. of storage space • Unit is 34" H • Weight: 46 lbs. • Capacity: 125 lbs. per shelf evenly distributed, 500 lbs. per cabinet • Shipped knocked down Model No. FF078 Price/Each $299.69
LOCKING CABINET TABLES
R26727E
• • • •
36" x 24" table top offers a large work area Unit is 34" H 2" deep lip prevents supplies from falling off Comes with one full-size centre shelf adjustable on 1 1/2" centres and 3" increments • 18 cu.ft. of storage space • Weight: 110 lbs. • Capacity: 250 lbs. per shelf evenly distributed • Shipped knocked down Model No. FF076 Price/Each $590.94 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0100-0118_Eng.indd 115
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
FF078
FF075 FF076 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
115 12-07-25 10:03 AM
WORKBENCHES MOBILE TOOL BOX BENCHES • A versatile unit combining tool/storage area with a work surface • Heavy-duty 11-gauge steel top and base • Four 5" non-marking casters: two rigids and two swivels with brake • Overall dimensions: 60" W x 22" D x 37" H • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish • Capacity: 1000 lbs. Model No. FF993 FF994 FF995
Description 5 Drawers/3 Drawers 3 Drawers and Side Shelves 5 Drawers and Side Shelves
3DRAWER CABINETS WITH FLIP TOP COMPARTMENT 1 drawer - 22 1/8" W x 16 3/4" D x 2" H 2 drawers - 22 1/8" W x 16 3/4" D x 4" H 3 drawers - 26 1/2" W x 18" D x 12 3/8" H Complete with locking bar Colour: Red
Wt. lbs. 285 220 235
FF993
Price /Each 1508.95 1191.27 1234.04
FF994
5DRAWER CABINETS 1 drawer - 22 1/8" W x 16 3/4" D x 2" H 2 drawers - 22 1/8" W x 16 3/4" D x 4" H 2 drawers - 22 1/8" W x 16 3/4" D x 6 1/8" H Complete with locking bar Colour: Red
FF995
LIFT-TOOLTM TABLE TOP LIFTS
MOBILE WORK CENTRES
• Lift-ToolTM turns any work surface into a variable height workstation allowing you to position heavy loads at the most comfortable and convenient height • Aluminum construction makes the unit lightweight and portable for use in different locations • Simply insert a standard drill into the screw jack socket and lift and lower loads up to 17 3/4" above the work surface (drill not included) • Lowered height: 3 1/2", raised height 17 3/4" • Work surface dimensions: 22" W x 23" L • Finish: Natural aluminum • Capacity: 300 lbs. • Weight: 32 lbs. Model No. MJ517 Price/Each $1448.36
• Keeps tools and supplies close at hand • Drawers can be locked with a padlock (not included) • Integrated tool carrier in push handle and four plastic bins to hold hand tools and small parts • Drawer dimensions are 22 7/8" W x 11 3/4" D x 1 5/8" H and have a full extension capacity of 75 lbs • 5" x 1" casters (two rigid, two swivel with brakes) for easy transportation • Finish: Grey powder coat • Shipped knocked down • Total capacity: 500 lbs. Model No. FH675 Price/Each $398.44
116
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 116
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
R26726E
Call us for all your Material Handling & Storage requirements! TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:03 AM
WORKBENCHES WALL-MOUNTED SHOP DESK
OPEN FLOOR STYLE SHOP DESK
CABINET STYLE SHOP DESK
• Durable carbon steel construction • Ideal for areas with limited floor space • Four compartment organizer and slightly sloped writing surface • Easy to assemble, wall brackets included • 24” W x 28” D x 3 1/2” H locking drawer on quiet nylon rollers • Overall dimensions: 34 1/2” W x 30” D x 19” H • Weight: 74 lbs. • Grey enamel finish Model No. FI518 Price/Each $270.00
• Durable carbon steel construction • Ideal for receiving/shipping clerks, watchmen and shop foremen • Two compartment organizer and slightly sloped 43” height writing surface • Optional caster kit to convert to mobile unit • 24” W x 28” D x 3 1/2” H locking drawer on quiet nylon rollers • Overall dimensions: 34 1/2” W x 30” D x 53” H • Weight: 93 lbs. • Grey enamel finish Model No. FI519 Price/Each $325.00
• Durable carbon steel construction • Same features as the open floor style shop desk, with an added double door locking cabinet • Two compartment organizer and slightly sloped 43” height writing surface • Optional caster kit to convert to mobile unit • 24” W x 28” D x 3 1/2” H locking drawer on quiet nylon rollers • Overall dimensions: 34 1/2” W x 30” D x 53” H • Weight: 146 lbs. • Grey enamel finish Model No. FI520 Price/Each $455.00
OPTIONAL CASTER KIT
R26728E
Model No. FI521 Price/Each $40.00
DELUXE SHOP DESKS
OPEN STYLE SERVICE WRITERS
CLOSED STYLE SERVICE WRITERS
• All-purpose desk for warehouses, shops, shipping and receiving departments • Comes with: one tray lockable drawer, two double-deep file drawers, one all purpose drawer, desk top sorter, lower shelf • Overall dimensions: 39" W x 28 3/4" D x 55 1/2" H • Powder coat grey finish • Capacity: 275 lbs. • Weight: 179 lbs. Model No. FH459 Price/Each $1239.00
• This unit provides a locking upper door cabinet with one shelf for added storage space • 25 3/8" W x 16 1/2" D x 3 1/4" H locking drawer on smooth slides • Overall dimensions: 31 1/2" W x 21" D x 72 1/2" H • Powder coat tan finish • Capacity: 200 lbs. • Weight: 127 lbs. Model No. FH386 Price/Each $579.00
• Same features as model FH386 plus a locking lower door compartment with one shelf for storage of large/bulky items • Overall dimensions: 31 1/2" W x 21" D x 72 1/2" H • Top and bottom section are fully welded • Powder coat tan finish • Capacity: 200 lbs. • Weight: 171 lbs. Model No. FH385 Price/Each $789.00
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0100-0118_Eng.indd 117
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
117 12-07-26 5:22 PM
WORKBENCHES PROMAXX TM MODULAR STORAGE SYSTEM • • • •
Modular design allows you to combine these durable steel units to fit any workspace and storage need Perfect addition to work shops, warehouses, maintenance areas and factories Heavy-duty steel construction ensures that these units will provide long lasting service Two-tone silvervein and black textured powder coat finish helps to conceal dirt and grease helping to make your work area appear cleaner • Shipped knocked down
Model No.
Size W" x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
FF672 FF671 FF670 FF669 FF667
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
164 156 166 146 110
394.89 360.27 360.27 339.91 331.85
FF658 FF657 FF656 FF655 FF653
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
171 149 150 130 106
572.96 508.39 507.22 451.42 391.96
FF679 FH877 FF677 FF676 FH878
36 x 72 36 x 60 30 x 72 30 x 60 24 x 60
171 157 150 133 111
455.49 405.24 395.60 355.31 336.15
FF665 36 x 72 FH879 36 x 60 FF663 30 x 72 FF662 30 x 60 FH880 24 x 60 Note: Also available in 304 stainless steel top
171 152 150 133 108
504.67 446.26 435.26 388.41 365.69
STEEL WOOD FILL
LAMINATED WOOD
SHOP TOPS
PROMAXXTM WALL CABINETS • Mounts easily to any wall in your work area • Recessed welded steel handle and built-in lock provides for added storage security • Dimensions: 30" W x 12" D x 30" H • Includes: Adjustable internal shelf on 2" centers • Weight: 50 lbs. • Capacity: 100 lbs. evenly distributed Model No. FH731 Price/Each $337.29
PLASTIC LAMINATE
PROMAXXTM MOBILE 2DOOR CABINETS
PROMAXXTM INDUSTRIAL STORAGE CABINETS • Chrome locking handle combined with three-point locking system provides security for your stored items • Dimensions: 36" W x 18" D x 72" H • Includes: Four shelves adjustable on 2" centres to store a variety of sized products • Shipped knocked down • Weight: 115 lbs. • Capacity per shelf: 125 lbs. evenly distributed Model No. FH734 Price/Each $460.58
• Rubber mat on top to protect tools and keep items from rolling off • Recessed welded steel handle and three-point locking system with built-in lock for secure storage • Four heavy-duty casters provide for easy mobility • Dimensions: 28" W x 22" D x 30" H • Includes: One interior fixed shelf • Weight: 80 lbs. • Capacity: 400 lbs. • Shipped knocked down Model No. FH732 Price/Each $479.51
PROMAXXTM MOBILE TOOL CABINETS
INDUSTRIAL STORAGE CABINET DOLLIES • Transforms the industrial storage cabinet into a mobile unit • Dimensions: 36" W x 18" D x 4" H • Four locking swivel casters for stability • Weight: 22 lbs. • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Shipped knocked down Model No. FI288 Price/Each $130.65
• Protective drawer liners and rubber mat on top protects tools, and prevents them from rolling around • Three drawers with premium ball-bearing slides for smooth drawer operation • Single key lock securely locks all drawers at once • Four heavy-duty casters for increased mobility • Dimensions: 23" W x 22" D x 30" H • Weight: 90 lbs. • Capacity: 400 lbs. • Shipped knocked down Model No. FH733 Price/Each $714.41 R26730E
118
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0100-0118_Eng.indd 118
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:04 AM
DRAWER CABINETS DRAWER CABINETS LOCKABLE CABINETS • Safety, security, reduced shrinkage • All cabinets come with individual lock and two keys • Lock cores can be exchanged in the field for both keyed alike and master key systems ERGONOMIC HANDLES • Improved safety, appearance and ergonomics • When drawers are closed, handles are flush with housing so nothing protrudes • Drawer handles are full width, and are located at top of drawer HINGED LABEL HOLDERS • Easy labeling of drawer contents • Drawer handles are covered with clear hinged covers for display of drawer labels 100% FULL EXTENSION DRAWERS • Easy access and full use of the furthest corners of storage • Continuous smooth extension even with a full load with a 400-lb. capacity INSTALLED DRAWER DIVIDERS • Fast, accurate identification of compartment contents and easier inventory control • Angled tops allow easy identification of contents and can accommodate most bar code labels PREVENTIP® INTERLOCK SYSTEM • Added safety and security • Unique, patented drawer locking system ensures that when one drawer is extended, all other drawers are locked closed to prevent accidental tip-over FORK TRUCK BASE WITH FRONT AND REAR COVERS • Transport your cabinet easily from one location to another
Overall Dimensions: 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D x 41 3/4" H Number of drawers: 5 Number of compartments: 61 Model No. FI125 Bright blue Model No. FI126 Light grey Price/Each $1977.54 A
B
EXCLUSIVE SUSPENSION SYSTEM • Durable, smooth, quiet operation • Lista's suspension system has been tested against the globally respected RAL-RG 614 standard • The drawers exceeded the required number of cycles at full load without diminished performance
Overall Dimensions: 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D x 41 3/4" H Number of drawers: 7 Number of compartments: 114 Model No. FI127 Bright blue Model No. FI128 Light grey Price/Each $2346.88
5" 5" 5"
B
A
7"
2" 2" 3" 3" 5" 7"
9" 7" C
DIVIDERS
C
A - Drawer 1-3 B - Drawer 4 C - Drawer 5 Overall Dimensions: 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D x 41 3/4" H Number of drawers: 9 Number of compartments: 154 Model No. FI129 Bright blue Model No. FI130 Light grey Price/Each $2656.07 B
A
DIVIDERS A - Drawer 1-4 B - Drawer 5 C - Drawer 6-7
Overall Dimensions: 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D x 41 3/4" H Number of drawers: 10 Number of compartments: 210 Model No. FI131 Bright blue Model No. FI132 Light grey Price/Each $2921.99
2" 2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3"
A
B
C
D
5"
2" 2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3"
5" D
C
DIVIDERS
R27438E
A - Drawer 1-2 B - Drawer 3-4 C - Drawer 5-7 D - Drawer 8-9
0119-0121_Eng.indd 119
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
DIVIDERS A - Drawer 1-2 (with red plastic inserts) B - Drawer 3-4 C - Drawer 5-6 D - Drawer 7-8 E - Drawer 9-10
Note: Other colours available upon request OFFICE PRODUCTS
E
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
119 12-07-18 11:54 AM
DRAWER CABINETS DRAWER CABINETS Overall Dimensions: 40 1/4" W x 22 1/2" D x 41 3/4" H Number of drawers: 7 Number of compartments: 96 3" Model No. FI135 Bright blue 3" Model No. FI136 Light grey 3" Price/Each $2427.08 3"
Overall Dimensions: 40 1/4" W x 22 1/2" D x 41 3/4" H Number of drawers: 5 5" Number of compartments: 57 Model No. FI133 Bright blue 5" Model No. FI134 Light grey 5" Price/Each $2111.56 7" B
A
A
9"
5" 5"
B
7" D
C
D
C
Overall Dimensions: 40 1/4" W x 22 1/2" D x 41 3/4" H Number of drawers: 9 Number of compartments: 117 Model No. FI137 Bright blue Model No. FI138 Light grey Price/Each $2694.06 A
B
DIVIDERS
DIVIDERS
A - Drawer 1-2 B - Drawer 3 C - Drawer 4 D - Drawer 5
A - Drawer 1-2 B - Drawer 3-4 C - Drawer 5-6 D - Drawer 7
Overall Dimensions: 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D x 59 1/2" H Number of drawers: 8 Number of compartments: 88 Model No. FI139 Bright blue Model No. FI140 Light grey Price/Each $2831.24
2" 2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3"
D
9"
DIVIDERS DIVIDERS A - Drawer 1-6 B - Drawer 7-8
5"
Overall Dimensions: 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D x 59 1/2" H Number of drawers: 11 Number of compartments: 172 Model No. FI143 Bright blue Model No. FI144 Light grey Price/Each $3297.66
5" 5" 5" 5"
A
B
5"
7"
A - Drawer 1-2 B - Drawer 3-5 C - Drawer 6-7 D - Drawer 8-9
Overall Dimensions: 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D x 59 1/2" H Number of drawers: 9 Number of compartments: 124 Model No. FI141 Bright blue Model No. FI142 Light grey Price/Each $3031.74
5"
5"
5" C
5"
5"
B
A
5"
5"
A
5"
B
2" 2" 2" 2" 4" 4" 4" 4" 5"
5"
5"
5"
9"
5" D
C
DIVIDERS
DIVIDERS
A - Drawer 1-4 B - Drawer 5-9
A - Drawer 1-4 B - Drawer 5-8 C - Drawer 9-10 D - Drawer 11 R27439E
120
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0119-0121_Eng.indd 120
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-18 11:54 AM
DRAWER CABINETS DRAWER CABINETS Overall Dimensions: 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D x 59 1/2" H Number of drawers: 12 Number of compartments: 210 Model No. FI145 Bright blue Model No. FI146 Light grey Price/Each $3580.47 B DIVIDERS A - Drawer 1-2, 5-6 B - Drawer 3-4, 7 C - Drawer 8-10 D - Drawer 11-12
A
C
5"
2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 3" 4"
DIVIDERS
A
A - Drawer 1-15
5" 5" 5" 5"
D
Overall Dimensions: 40 1/4" W x 22 1/2" D x 59 1/2" H Number of drawers: 7 Number of compartments: 66 Model No. FI149 Bright blue Model No. FI150 Light grey Price/Each $2687.73 A
Overall Dimensions: 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D x 59 1/2" H Number of drawers: 15 Number of compartments: 300 Model No. FI147 Bright blue Model No. FI148 Light grey Price/Each $4057.44
2" 2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3"
B
Overall Dimensions: 40 1/4" W x 22 1/2" D x 59 1/2" H Number of drawers: 9 Number of compartments: 105 Model No. FI151 Bright blue Model No. FI152 Light grey Price/Each $3092.94
5" 5" 5" 7"
A
B
3" 3" 3" 5" 5" 5"
7"
7"
DIVIDERS
9"
C
DIVIDERS 9"
A - Drawer 1-4 B - Drawer 5-7
Overall Dimensions: 40 1/4" W x 22 1/2" D x 59 1/2" H Number of drawers: 10 Number of compartments: 159 Model No. FI153 Bright blue Model No. FI154 Light grey Price/Each $3358.87 A
A - Drawer 1-3 B - Drawer 4-7 C - Drawer 8-9
7" 7"
SHELF CABINETS Overall Dimensions: 56 1/2" W x 28 1/2" D x 33 1/2" H One fixed and one adjustable shelf Model No. FI157 Bright blue Model No. FI158 Light grey Price/Each $1148.11
2" 2" 3" 3" 3" B
C
5" 5" 5"
D
E
DIVIDERS A - Drawer 1-2 B - Drawer 3-5 C - Drawer 6-8 D - Drawer 9 E - Drawer 10
7" 9"
SHELF CABINETS
BUTCHER BLOCK TOPS
Overall Dimensions: 40 1/4" W x 22 1/2" D x 33 1/2" H One fixed and one adjustable shelf Model No. FI159 Bright blue Model No. FI160 Light grey Price/Each $683.80
Fits on 28 1/4" W x 28 1/2" D cabinets Model No. FI155 Price/Each $326.08
R27440E
Fits on 40 1/4" W x 22 1/2" D cabinets Model No. FI156 Price/Each $326.08
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0119-0121_Eng.indd 121
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
121 12-07-18 11:55 AM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING WHAT HEIGHT?
WHAT LOAD CAPACITY?
STEPLADDER
EXTENSION LADDER
Max. Height You Want to Reach* 7' 8' 9' 10' 11' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22', 24'
Buy This Size 4' 5' 6' 7' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20'
Formula:
Height of Top Support Point Buy This Size* 9' Max. 16' 9' to 13' 20' 13' to 17' 24' 17' to 21' 28' 21' to 25' 32' 25' to 28' 36' 28' to 31' 40' *Reflects section overlap, ladder angle.
Load Capacity
=
Your Weight
+
Material Weight Typically Add: 75 lbs. 50 lbs. For Heavy-Duty For Light-Duty Projects Projects
200 lbs.
CSA Grade 3 Household
225 lbs.
Tradesman and Farm
250 lbs.
Construction and Industrial
300 lbs.
Construction and Industrial meets ANSI Type1A, Industrial Heavy Duty
375 lbs.
Construction and Industrial meets ANSI Type1AA, Extra Heavy-Duty
CSA Grade 2
CSA Grade 1
*Assumes a 5' 6" person with a vertical 12" reach.
INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY ALUMINUM STEPLADDERS (3400 SERIES)
INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY ALUMINUM PLATFORM STEPLADDERS (3500 SERIES)
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1A – 300-lb. Load Rating High strength to weight ratio provides an economical alternative for general contract work • Super tough copolymer top for strength and durability • Wide 3" slip-resistant serrated aluminum steps for safe climbing • Rugged outside zinc coated steel spreader arms • 10" x 10" heavy-duty hinged utility tray for holding tools and paint accessories • Heavy-duty slip-resistant safety shoes
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1A – 300-lb. Load Rating Ideal for general fixed height work • Large comfortable slip-resistant platform, 14" x 18" • Wide 3" slip-resistant serrated aluminum steps for safe climbing • Outside spreader arms • Heavy-duty slip-resistant safety shoes
VC243 Model No. Height' VC241 4 VC242 5 VC243 6 VC244 8 VC245 10 VC315* 12 VC316* 14 VC317* 16
Open Height" 46 57 68 91 114 135 158 181
Highest Standing Point" 24 34 46 68 91 114 134 160
Base Width" 19 20 21 24 26 32 35 38
VC246 Base Depth" 29 35 41 54 66 78 88 102
Wt lbs. 12 14 17 22 28 40 51 59
Price /Each 115.24 141.80 162.31 230.71 333.53 449.25 543.33 637.40
Model No. Height' MF069 4 VC246 6 VC247 8 VC248 10 VC312* 12 VC313* 14 VC314* 16
Open Height" 46 68 90 114 135 157 180
Platform Height" 23 46 68 92 115 136 158
Base Width" 21 24 26 29 34 36 39
Base Depth" 28 42 54 66 78 87 102
Wt lbs. 13 19 24 30 43 52 60
Price /Each 143.15 217.98 287.82 364.87 482.85 566.93 654.67
* Extra-wide 3 1/2" steps and rails
* Extra-wide 3 1/2" steps and rails
SAFETY DO'S • Keep your body centered on the ladder. Hold the ladder with one hand while working with the other hand whenever possible. Never let your belt buckle pass beyond either ladder rail
• Move materials with extreme caution. Be careful pushing or pulling anything while on a ladder. You may lose your balance or tip the ladder
CANADA'S LEADER IN WELDING SUPPLIES R31929E
122
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0122-0137_Eng.indd 122
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 2:18 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING SAFETY DONT'S • DON'T stand above the highest safe standing level • DON'T stand above the second step from the top of a stepladder and the 4th rung from the top of an extension ladder. A person standing higher may lose their balance and fall.
COMMERCIAL DUTY ALUMINUM STEPLADDERS (2400 SERIES)
INDUSTRIAL DUTY ALUMINUM MULTI-WAY LADDERS (2700 SERIES)
CSA Approved Grade 2 ANSI Type 2 – 225-lb. Load Rating • Super tough molded copolymer utility top • Durable yet light-weight extruded side rails • 3" slip-resistant serrated steps • Heavy-duty rubber safety shoes
CSA Approved Grade 1 ANSI Type 1 - 250-lb. Load Rating • Easily converts and locks securely and safely into all positions • Durable extruded aluminum rails and slip resistant serrated steps and rungs • Fixed rubber safety shoes on front section • Swivel rubber shoes on rear section • ABS, high impact, non-marring end caps
MF064
Model Nominal No. Height' MF063 4 MF064 6 MF065 8
Open Height" 45 67 90
Highest Standing Height" 24 45 67
Base Width" 18 21 23
MF402
Base Depth" 31 44 56
Wt. lbs. 9 13 19
Price /Each 76.40 115.00 150.44
Model No. MF402 MF403 MF404
INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY 2-WAY STEPLADDERS (3600 SERIES)
Stepladder Height' 6 7 8
Extension Ladder Height' 12 14 16
Maximum Extension Open Length' 9 11 13
Wt. lbs. 22 25 28
Price /Each 177.02 198.87 221.33
CSA Approved Grade 1 ANSI Type 1A - 300-lb. Load Rating • Double-front construction allows access from either side • 3" serrated steps and side rails • Features extra thick top brackets for greater stability, outside spreader arms and heavy-duty rubber safety shoes
SAFETY TIPS • Fully open the stepladder and firmly lock both spreaders • Position the ladder so you can face your work and do not have to lean sideways
VC319
Nominal Height' 4 6 8 10
Base Width" 19 21 24 26
Spread" 39 57 72 89
Wt. lbs. 14 20 28 36
Price /Each 162.29 210.18 296.89 372.65
• Be sure that all ladder feet are on firm, level ground. Don't place a ladder on slippery surfaces or place loose materials underneath a ladder. Solid footing is necessary for safe ladder use
R31930E
Model No. VC318 VC319 VC320 VC321
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0122-0137_Eng.indd 123
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
123 12-07-25 2:18 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY ALUMINUM EXTENSION/ STRAIGHT LADDERS
INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY ALUMINUM EXTENSION/ STRAIGHT LADDERS
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1A – 300-lb. Load Rating • Heavy-duty "C" channel construction • Side rails: 2 1/2" x 1" for straights up to 14' • Side rails: 3" x 1" for straights up to 16' and up • Heavy-duty serrated "D" rungs prevent slipping for safe and sure climbing • Black ABS, high impact, non-marking end caps • Heavy-duty safety shoes
CSA Approved Grade 1 ANSI Type 1A - 300-lb. Load Rating • Rigid box section side rails, unequalled for strength and durability • Side-mounted rope pulley and slide guide system keeps rope clear of climbers feet and allows easy raising (Only on 4200D Series) • Yellow ABS, high impact non-marring end caps • Premium heavy-duty rung locks (Only on 4200D Series) • Slip-resistant serrated "D" rungs for safe climbing and comfort (round rung on 4100 Series) • Heavy-duty ribbed swivel feet with ice pick
VC322
VC276
Model Nominal Working No. Length' Length" SINGLE LADDERS 3100D SERIES VC273 8 VC274 10 VC275 12 VC276 14 VC277 16 VC278 18 VC279 20 EXTENSION LADDERS 3200D SERIES VC322 16 13 VC323 20 17 VC324 24 21 VC325 28 25 VC326 32 29 VC327 36 32 VC328 40 35
Outside Width"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4
12 14 18 21 24 27 30
130.91 158.62 186.11 210.76 242.84 270.33 297.82
17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4 17 3/4
31 36 43 51 58 69 77
278.47 328.40 389.22 467.24 501.58 580.82 751.38
THE RALSTON STABILISER Designed and patented to decrease accidents and save lives • In Ontario alone, 1000 people every month are treated for ladder accidents • Annually, Workman's Compensation Board pays more than 135 million dollars in benefits to victims of ladder accidents, and more than 70% of those accidents were because the ladder had moved sideways The stabiliser allows freedom of movement on the ladder, without the need of a "spotter"
Each stabiliser leg operates individually when deployed and takes to the contour of the ground, leading to a tip proof ladder, regardless of the integrity of the surface
The stabiliser maintains its vertical integrity, even with the weight of a full grown man suspended from one side
When not in use, there is no need to dismantle. The legs fold and lock on the side of the ladder, for easy transportation and storage.
Series 4100 Model Nominal Working No. Length' Length' SINGLE LADDERS 4100 SERIES MD506 8 MD507 10 MD508 12 MD509 14 MD510 16 MD511 18 MD512 20 MD513 22 MD514 24 EXTENSION LADDERS 4200D SERIES VC033 16 13 VC034 20 17 VC035 24 21 VC036 28 25 VC037 32 29 VC038 36 32 VC039 40 35 VC040 44 39
Model No. VC125 Price/Each $258.37
Series 4200D
Outside Width"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
14 5/8 14 5/8 14 5/8 14 5/8 14 5/8 14 5/8 14 5/8 15 3/4 15 3/4
13 16 19 22 25 28 31 41 44
132.73 160.27 187.85 212.65 245.55 273.31 300.87 401.11 439.11
17 17 17 17 18 1/2 18 1/2 18 1/2 18 1/2
29 37 44 50 69 78 86 94
347.15 407.02 469.05 541.51 606.47 756.13 895.95 984.55
LADDER MITTSTM • Made of flexible urethane pads • Fits easily on top of wood, fibreglass and aluminum extension ladders to prevent damage to wood, aluminum, glass and vinyl siding • No drill holes or modifications to ladder necessary • Orange colour will not rub off on any surface Model No. VC334 Price/Each $17.44
Fully deployed – 7'6'' wide
124
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0122-0137_Eng.indd 124
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R31931E
The following three causes are responsible for over 94% of all ladder accidents: • A person overreaches and the ladder tips sideways • A person does not transfer their weight properly when moving from a roof to the ladder, resulting in the ladder falling • The base of the ladder slips outward while someone is standing on the ladder
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 2:18 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING ALUMINUM ARTICULATING LADDERS INDUSTRIAL DUTY
INDUTRIAL HEAVYDUTY
Model MF538 CSA Approved Grade 1 ANSI Type 1 - 250-lb. Load Rating
Model MF539 CSA Approved Grade 1 ANSI Type 1A - 300-lb. Load Rating
• • • • • • •
MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS
Compact and multifunctional Sturdy "C" channel rail construction Serrated rungs prevent slipping for safe sure climbing Positive, visual hinge locking indication in any position Folds easily for storage and transport MF538 has flared ends for excellent stability MF539 has stabilizer feet on each end that provide superior stability
MF538
Model No. MF538 MF539
MF539
Straight Ladder Length' 12 16
Stepladder Height' 6 8
Scaffold Height' 3 4
Wt. lbs. 23 46
Price /Each 246.13 399.73
INDUSTRIAL EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY MULTI-PURPOSE JAWSTM TELESCOPIC LADDERS CSA Approved Grade 1 ANSI Type 1AA - 375-lb. Load Rating • Compact and multifunctional, replaces all conventional ladders • Easily folds for storage or transport • Flared ends with slip-resistant feet provide superior stability in any position • Polymer rung locks are virtually indestructible • Welded outer rungs • Extra deep side rails make the JawsTM stiffer and stronger • Mechanical interlocking tooth hinges for superior strength and 5 locking positions • Extruded 6061-T6 marine alloy for strength and corrosion resistance • JLT Series has extra-strong "Box-beam" rails for maximum strength and durability
MEETS OR EXCEEDS
ANSI 14.2 STANDARD WHERE APPLICABLE
R31932E
HIGH PERFORMANCE TELESCOPING CLIMBING SYSTEM Model No. MA740 MA741 MA742 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0122-0137_Eng.indd 125
Folded Height 4 '9" 5' 9" 6' 9" INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Extension Range' 9 to 15 11 to 19 13 to 23 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Stepladder Range' 4 1/2 to 7 1/2 5 1/2 to 9 1/2 6 1/2 to 11 1/2 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
Scaffold Height' 1 to 4 1 to 5 1 to 6 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 36 41 50 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 510.00 584.82 673.44
125 12-07-25 2:19 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING SAFETY DO'S CARE & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY BEFORE YOU CLIMB
• Inspect the rails of fibreglass ladders for weathering due to UV (ultraviolet) exposure. • Keep the ladder protected from heat, weather, and corrosive materials.
• Use fibreglass ladders if there is even a remote possibility of working near electricity or overhead power lines. Fiberglass is electically non-conductive. • NEVER use metal, water logged or dirty wood ladders near electricity!
INDUSTRIAL DUTY FIBREGLASS STEPLADDERS (6300 SERIES)
INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS STEPLADDERS (6900 SERIES)
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1, 250-lb. Load Rating • Durable non-conductive "C" channel front rails in high visibility safety orange • Super tough copolymer utility top for strength and durability • Wide 3" slip-resistant serrated aluminum steps for safe climbing • Rugged outside zinc coated steel spreader arms • Rear horizontal struts every 12" with top and bottom struts reinforced with zinc coated steel diagonal braces • Heavy-duty slip-resistant safety shoes
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1A, 300-lb. Load Rating • Durable non-conductive "C" channel side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Super tough copolymer utility top • Wide 3" slip-resistant serrated aluminum steps for safe climbing • Inside spreader arms complete with "wraparound" sleeves • Rear "L" horizontal struts every 12" with top and bottom struts reinforced with zinc coated steel diagonal braces • Extra-large PVC rubber safety boots are heavy-duty and provide rail protection and slip-resistance MF606 VC025
Model No. VC023 VC024 VC025 VC026 VC027
Height' 4 5 6 7 8
Open Height" 46 57 68 79 90
Highest Standing Height" 23 34 45 56 67
Base Width" 20 21 23 24 26
Base Depth" 30 34 43 44 55
Approx Weight lbs. 17 18 20 23 26
Price /Each 131.93 151.62 169.35 189.04 210.69
Model No. MF606 MF607 MF608 MF609 MF610 MF611 MF612 MF613
Height' 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12
Open Height" 34 45 56 68 79 90 113 135
Highest Standing Height" 11 23 34 45 56 67 90 112
Base Width" 17 19 20 21 22 24 26 29
Base Depth" 23 28 34 39 44 51 61 74
INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS STEPLADDERS (6400 SERIES)
INDUSTRIAL EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS STEPLADDERS (6800 AA SERIES)
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1A, 300-lb. Load Rating • Durable non-conductive "C" channel side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Super tough copolymer utility top for strength and durability • Slip-resistant serrated aluminum steps • Inside spreader arms complete with "wraparound" brackets to strengthen spreader-to-rail connection • Rear horizontal struts every 12" with top and bottom struts reinforced with zinc coated steel diagonal braces • Full rear "L" horizontal struts reinforced with zinc coated steel diagonal braces • Extra-large PVC rubber safety boots are heavy-duty and provide increased rail protection and slip-resistance
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1AA, 375-lb. Load Rating • Extra strong non-conductive "C" channel side rails in high visibility orange • Super tough copolymer utility top for strength and durability • Wide 3" slip-resistant serrated aluminum steps for safe climbing • Inside spreader arms complete with "wraparound" sleeves that strengthen spreader-to-rail connection and protect spreader arms during storage/loading/transit • Each step is double braced with zinc coated steel diagonal braces providing incredible strength and stiff ness • Full rear "L" horizontal struts reinforced with zinc coated steel diagonal braces offer maximum rigidity • Heavy-duty aluminum "wraparound" sleeves at base of rails for maximum protection
126
Height' 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12
Open Height" 24 34 46 57 68 79 90 113 137
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0122-0137_Eng.indd 126
Base Width" 17 19 20 21 23 24 26 29 32
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Base Depth" 17 23 28 34 39 44 50 61 74
Approx Weight lbs. 8 12 15 19 23 27 30 38 52
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 133.09 165.40 196.91 227.64 257.96 303.25 303.25 350.09 417.05
Model No. VC254 VC255 VC256 VC257 VC258 VC259 VC260
WELDING & METALWORKING
Height' 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Open Height" 46 57 68 79 90 113 136
Highest Standing Height" 23 34 45 56 67 90 113 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Base Width" 20 21 23 24 25 29 31
Price /Each 124.05 139.82 161.47 181.16 202.82 222.51 303.25 362.31
VC256
Base Depth" 28 34 39 45 50 61 72
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Approx Weight lbs. 15 19 27 31 35 44 59
Price /Each 199.20 233.24 265.53 311.35 350.84 435.93 512.07
R26123E
Model No. VC211 MD487 MD488 MD489 MD490 MF516 MD491 MD492 MD493
Highest Standing Height" 11 11 23 34 45 56 67 90 114
MD490
Approx Weight lbs. 12 14 17 20 23 26 37 48
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 2:19 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS PLATFORM STEPLADDERS (6500 SERIES)
INDUSTRIAL EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS PLATFORM STEPLADDER (6500 AA SERIES)
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1A, 300-lb. Load Rating • Durable non-conductive "C" channel side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Large safe and comfortable standing platform, 14" x 18" • Wide 3" slip-resistant serrated aluminum steps for safe climbing • Rugged outside zinc coated steel spreader arms • Each step reinforced with zinc coated steel diagonal braces providing strength and stiff ness • Rear horizontal struts reinforced with zinc coated steel brace offer maximum rigidity • Heavy-duty slip-resistant safety shoes
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1AA, 375-lb. Load Rating • Extra strong non-conductive "C" channel side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Large safe and comfortable standing platform, 14" x 18" • Wide 3" slip-resistant serrated aluminum steps for safe climbing • Heavy-duty aluminum "wraparound" sleeves at base of rails • Rugged outside zinc coated steel spreader arms • Each step reinforced with zinc coated steel diagonal braces providing strength and stiff ness
MF411
Model No. VC205 VC206 MF411 MF412 MF413 VC207
Height' 4 5 6 8 10 12
Open Height" 46 57 68 90 113 135
Highest Standing Height" 24 35 46 68 92 115
Base Width" 21 23 24 26 29 31
Base Depth" 30 36 42 53 67 75
VC225
Approx. Weight lbs. 17 22 25 33 41 50
Price /Each 255.27 281.45 309.53 376.11 446.98 570.00
Model No. VC223 VC224 VC225 VC226 VC227 VC228
Height' 4 5 6 8 10 12
Open Height" 46 57 68 90 113 135
Highest Standing Height" 24 35 46 68 92 115
Base Width" 20 22 23 26 29 32
Base Depth" 38 47 56 72 91 109
INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS 2-WAY STEPLADDERS (6600 SERIES)
INDUSTRIAL EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS 2-WAY STEPLADDERS (6600 AA SERIES)
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1A, 300-lb. Load Rating Double front construction allows two climbers to access the ladder from opposite sides • Durable non-conductive C channel side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Wide aluminum top with extra-thick brackets for strength and durability • Wide 3" slip-resistant serrated aluminum steps for safe climbing • Inside spreader arms complete with "wraparound" sleeves that strengthen spreader-to-rail connection and protect spreader arms during storage/loading/transit • Every other step is reinforced with zinc coated steel diagonal braces providing extra rigidity • Extra-large PVC rubber safety boots are heavy-duty and provide rail protection and slip-resistance
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1AA, 375-lb. Load Rating • Extra strong non-conductive C channel side rails in high visibility safety orange • Double front construction allows access from either side • Extra strength fibreglass side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Redesigned super-tough top bracket system for even greater stability • Slip-resistant 3" aluminum steps • Heavy-duty aluminum "wraparound" sleeves at base of rails
MF414
Height' 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Open Height" 45 67 90 112 135 160 184
Highest Standing Height" 23 45" 67" 89" 112" 138" 162"
Base Width" 20 23 26 29 32 36 39
Base Depth" 38 56 72 91 109 122 139
Approx. Weight lbs. 19 26 36 46 58 79 98
Price /Each 286.07 322.56 353.27 420.47 495.36 570.24
VC219
Price /Each 259.00 326.87 401.69 506.05 623.05 936.00 1050.55
Model No. VC218 VC219 VC220 VC221 VC222
Height' 4' 6' 8' 10' 12'
Open Height" 45" 67" 90" 112" 135"
Highest Standing Height" 23" 45" 67" 89" 112"
Base Width" 20" 23" 26" 29" 32"
Base Depth" 38" 56" 72" 91" 109 "
Approx. Weight lbs. 19 26 36 46 58
Price /Each 291.84 370.56 449.27 554.87 652.80
R26155E
Model No. VC214 MF414 MF415 MF416 VC215 VC216 VC217
Approx. Weight lbs. 24 28 32 48 57 66
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0122-0137_Eng.indd 127
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
127 12-07-25 2:19 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING 4 TO 1 RATIO Place an extension ladder at a 75 1/2° angle. The set-back ("S") needs to be 1 ft. for each 4 ft. of length ("L") to the upper support point.
SAFETY DO'S
SAFETY DONT'S
• Climb facing the ladder. Center your body between the rails. Maintain a firm grip • Always move one step at a time, firmly setting one foot before moving the other
• DON'T place the base of an extension ladder too close to the building as it may tip over backward • DON'T place the base of an extension ladder too far away from the building, as it may slip out at the bottom Set the ladder at a 75 1/2º angle
• Haul materials up on a line rather than carry them up an extension ladder • Use extra caution when carrying anything on a ladder
• DON'T over-reach, lean to one side, or try to move a ladder while on it You could lose your balance or tip the ladder Climb down and then reposition the ladder closer to your work!
INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS EXTENSION LADDERS (6900 SERIES)
INDUSTRIAL EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS EXTENSION LADDERS (9200 AA SERIES)
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1A, 300-lb. load rating • Durable non-conductive fiberglass side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Rung through rail design • Slip-resistant serrated "D" rungs for safe climbing and comfort • Black ABS, high impact non-marring end caps • Large heavy duty pivot feet with slip-resistant rubber pads and ice pick
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI type 1AA, 375 lb. load rating • Durable non-conductive fibreglass side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Riveted rung to rail design maintains continuous strength of fibres and allows for easy repair • Slip-resistant serrated "D" rungs for safe climbing and comfort • Traditional raise from the rear pulley design • Premium heavy-duty rung locks for durability • Large heavy-duty pivot feet with slip-resistant rubber pads and ice pick
Max. Model Open No. Height' Height' VC329 16 13 VC330 20 17 VC331 24 21 VC332 28 25 VC333 32 28
Base Section Outside Inside Width" Width" 17 1/8 14 3/4 17 1/8 14 3/4 17 1/8 14 3/4 17 1/8 14 3/4 17 1/8 14 3/4
Fly Section Outside Inside Wt. Price Width" Width" lbs. /Each 16 1/8 13 3/4 34 371.85 16 1/8 13 3/4 43 433.69 16 1/8 13 3/4 51 503.20 16 1/8 13 3/4 58 575.15 16 1/8 13 3/4 65 645.89
INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY FIBREGLASS EXTENSION LADDERS (6200 SERIES) CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI type 1A, 300-lb load rating • Durable non-conductive fibreglass side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Riveted rung to rail design maintains continuous strength of fibres and allows for easy repair • Slip-resistant serrated rungs for safe climbing (available in round or "D" profile) • Top cross over bar allows for ladder to be raised or lowered from front and provides tensional stiff ness • Premium heavy-duty rung locks for durability • Exclusive "1-piece" foot assembly with spur wheel provides unequalled strength, durability and torsion resistance. Base Section Outside Inside Height" Width"
Fly Section Outside Inside Width" Width"
Base Section Outside Inside Width" Width" 17 3/8 15 17 3/8 15 17 3/8 15 17 3/8 15 17 3/8 15
Fly Section Outside Inside Wt. Price Width" Width" lbs. /Each 16 5/8 14 1/4 40 552.65 16 5/8 14 1/4 47 630.55 16 5/8 14 1/4 56 704.73 16 5/8 14 1/4 64 778.91 16 5/8 14 1/4 72 853.09
INDUSTRIAL EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY STRAIGHT LADDERS (5600 SERIES) CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI type 1AA-375 lbs. Load Rating • Durable non-conductive fibreglass side rails in high visibility safety yellow • Riveted rung to rail design maintains continuous strength of fibres and allows for easy repair • Slip-resistant serrated rungs for safe climbing • Black ABS, high impact non-marring end caps • Large heavy-duty pivot feet with slip-resistant rubber pads and ice pick Wt. lbs.
Price /Each 455.65 520.82 564.35 596.64 675.40 758.09
17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8
15 15 15 15 15 15
16 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8
14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4
38 44 48 52 59 66
17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 19 19
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 1/2 15 1/2
16 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 16 5/8 17 3/4 17 3/4
14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4 14 1/4
39 455.65 46 573.02 50 620.27 55 655.71 63 744.33 70 836.85 96 1516.22 106 1614.65
Model No. Height' ROUND RUNG VC263 8 VC264 10 VC265 12 VC266 14 VC267 16 D RUNG VC268 8 VC269 10 VC270 12 VC271 14 VC272 16
Outside Width"
Inside Width"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8
15 15 15 15 15
18 21 24 28 31
234.55 273.71 312.51 351.71 394.91
17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8 17 3/8
15 15 15 15 15
18 21 24 28 31
247.29 290.69 332.16 375.56 423.16
R31933E
Max. Model Open No. Height' Height' ROUND RUNG MF405 16 13 MF406 20 17 MF407 22 19 MF408 24 21 MF409 28 25 MF410 32 28 D RUNG MF385 16 13 MF386 20 17 MF387 22 19 MF388 24 21 MF389 28 25 MF390 32 28 MF391* 36 32 MF392* 40 35
Max. Model Open No. Height' Height' VC229 16 13 VC230 20 17 VC231 24 21 VC232 28 25 VC233 32 28
* Traditional raise from the rear pulley system
128
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0122-0137_Eng.indd 128
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 2:19 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING INDUSTRIAL HEAVY-DUTY STEP STOOL/LADDERS
4' ALUMINUM LIGHT-DUTY PLATFORM STANDS
CSA Approved Grade 1, ANSI Type 1A, 300-lb. Load Rating • Super tough copolymer top for strength and durability • Both front and rear legs are braced VC239 • Solid aluminum rivets in front prevent steps from loosening • Slip resistant vinyl feet
CSA Approved Grade 3, ANSI Type 3, 200-lb. Load Rating • 1" tubular construction makes this ladder light weight and compact for storage • Handrail with comfort foam grip • Fold-down utility tray for paint, tools, etc. • Non-marring, slip-resistant feet • Overall height: -closed: 55" -open: 51" • Overall platform height: 22 1/2" • Approx. weight: 8 lbs. Model No. TJZ869 Price/Each $61.96
Model No. VC239 VC240
Height' 2 3
Base Width" 15 1/2 17
Wt. lbs. 5 6
Spread" 17 1/2 24
Price /Each 48.69 59.87
HEAVY-DUTY WORKHORSES
INDUSTRIAL-DUTY ALUMINUM SAWHORSE/STEPS
• 2000-lb. capacity • Overbuilt to be the last sawhorse you'll ever need • Powder coated finish safety yellow
Model No. VC157 VC158
Height" 24 36
• Engineered to allow for convenient mixing of sizes in plank applications • Durable extruded aluminum steps and side rails, serrated for strength and safety • Trestle design allows safe access from either side • J-shaped spreaders for easy set-up and storage • Heavy-duty rubber safety shoes
Width" 36 48
Wt. lbs. 43 60
Depth" 20 20
Price /Each 220.75 282.08
STOP-STEP LADDERS
Model No. VC010 VC011 VC012
Height' 2 3 4
Open Height" 23 35 47.5
Base Width" 32 33 34.5
Base Depth" 24.5 32 34.5
Wt. lbs. 10 14 19
Price /Each 92.95 117.16 146.11
PORTABLE FOLDING LADDERS
• Stops still when you step on it • Gives 18" to 54" of firm footing • 1" square high tensile aluminum struts, frames and braces • Heavy gauge extruded aluminum 16" x 8" cross steps with 9" raise • Long lasting 1 5/8" retractable casters allow rubber base cups to grip floor • Download rating: 300 lbs. • Colour: Beige • OSHA compliant • 10-year limited warranty • Shipped knocked down
• Foldable locking design saves on storage space when not in use • Welded construction • Easy to maneuver • 58º slope, 7" deep steps for easy climbing • Perforated step • Locks in the folded or climbing positions • Approximately 10" deep when folded for easy storage • Maximum capacity: 350 lbs. • Built to ANSI 14.7 standards
MD627
R35242E
MD624
Model Number Top Step No. of Steps Height" STOPSTEP MD623 2 18 MD624 3 27 MD625 4 36 STOPSTEP W/DOUBLE HANDRAIL MD626 3 27 MD627 4 36 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0122-0137_Eng.indd 129
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H"
Wt. lbs
Price /Each
21 x 19 3/4 x 22 3/4 21 x 26 3/4 x 31 3/4 22 3/4 x 33 1/2 x 40 3/4
16 22 34
456.62 550.20 655.05
21 x 26 3/4 x 56 1/2 23 3/4 x 33 1/2 x 65 1/2
32 39
738.48 867.01
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. VC436 VC437 VC438
No. of Steps 2 3 4
WELDING & METALWORKING
Top Step Height" 20 30 40 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Open W" x L" 24 x 17 24 x 23 24 x 30
Folded Dimensions" 10 x 24 x 41 10 x 24 x 52 10 x 24 x 65
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 30 35 42
Price /Each 220.00 288.00 335.00
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
129 12-07-25 2:20 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING DIXIE STEP STOOLS • Durable, non-corrosive, 500 lbs. capacity polyethylene construction • Two, three and four step models have rear opening to access storage compartments • Four-step model comes standard with handrails and casters • Hand holes and light weight combine for easy manoeuvrability • All models include rubber feet and non skid tape surface • Colour: Safety yellow for visibility
SINGLE STEP
DOUBLE STEP
Dimensions: 18" L x 12" W x 12" H Weight: 10 lbs. Model No. MK776 Price/Each $112.16
Dimensions: 22" L x 21" W x 20" H Weight: 22 lbs. Model No. MK777 Price/Each $210.97
TRIPLE STEP
QUAD STEP WITH CASTERS
Dimensions: 32" L x 22" W x 30" H Weight: 33 lbs. Model No. MK778 Price/Each $324.55
Dimensions: 45" L x 25" W x 69.5" H Weight: 53 lbs. Model No. MK779 Price/Each $735.53
STEP STOOLS STEP STOOLS
STEP STOOLS
FOLDABLE STEPSTOOLS
• Extra heavy-duty steel • Comes with a double platform with non-slip rubber tread • Spring-loaded casters retract under slight pressure, forcing base to the floor • 11" diameter upper platform and 13 1/2" diameter lower platform • 17 1/4" diameter base has an all-around protective bumper • 16 1/2" overall height • Wt. 10 lbs. • Colour: Black • Capacity: 500 lbs. Model No. ON528 Price/Each $99.85
• Tough 1-piece poly construction with anti-skid bottom • Threaded top and expanded step • 16" diameter base provides added stability • Glides easily on retractable rubber casters • 13" overall height • Capacity: 350 lbs. • Weight: 6 lbs.
• Slip resistant surfaces on steps and foot pads • Stands upright when folded and requires minimum space for storage • Easy to clean and resistant to dents and rust • Capacity: 300 lbs.
Model No. OA299 OA300
Colour Black Beige
Model No. MH866 Price/Each $58.81
Price/Each 135.69 135.69
STEP STANDS • Rugged all-welded construction • Rolling stands come with springloaded casters • Dimensions: 16" D x 12" H • Capacity: 300 lbs. • Kleton blue enamel finish PLATFORM STANDS Model No. MH228 MH229 MH230
Width" 20 24 32
Wt. lbs. 11 13 16
ROLLING STANDS Price /Each 91.84 96.32 103.04
Model No. MH225 MH226 MH227
Width" 20 24 32
Wt. lbs. 17 19 22
Price /Each 159.04 165.76 172.48
MH225
MH228
WORK PLATFORMS • Solid all-welded construction • Elevate workers to comfortable working heights • Provides solid footing around machinery and other work areas • Capacity: 800 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
130
Platform Size W" x D" 24 x 32 32 x 32 24 x 32 32 x 32 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0122-0137_Eng.indd 130
Top Step Height" 6 6 12 12
Wt. lbs. 28 34 32 38
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 225.00 221.76 237.50 230.72
REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. VC055
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price Each 1.25
Description Rubber Foot Tip WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
R31934E
Model No. VC127 VC128 VC129 VC130
VC129
VC127 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 2:20 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING TILT-N-ROLL STEP STANDS
TILT-N-ROLL LADDERS
• Frame is welded 1" round steel tubing • Non-clogging slip resistant steel steps • Handle allows step stand to move easily on two 4" casters • Step dimensions: 22" x 8" • Top step dimensions: 22" x 16" • Capacity: 300 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
• Balanced design allows ladder to tilt into the rolling position • 1-piece all-welded steel construction • 30" high rails with 24" wide expanded metal steps • Oversize 24" x 24" top step for easier worker movement • Legs have rubber tips that hold ladder secure during use • Ladder moves easily on two 4" casters • Capacity: 300 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
VC336
Optional
MD603 Model No. VC335 VC336
Number of Steps 1 2
Top Step Height" 16 19
Base Dimensions W" x D" 29 x 16 29 x 24
Wt. lbs. 24 33
Price /Each 202.80 247.00
Model No. of Step No. Steps W" x D" MD603 3 22 x 8 MD604 4 22 x 8 MD605 5 22 x 8 MD606 6 22 x 8
Rise Height" 9 9 9 9
Top Step Height" 27 38 47 56
Top Step W" x D" 22 x 24 22 x 24 22 x 24 22 x 24
Height Top Rail" 30 30 30 30
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 25 x 44 x 57 25 x 50 x 68 25 x 56 x 77 25 x 62 x 86
Wt. Price lbs. /Each 70 431.07 81 498.84 93 550.36 105 582.89
ROLLING STEP STANDS REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. Description MH242 Tool Tray (Optional) VC055 Rubber Foot Tip ML334 4" Rigid Rubber Caster
• Ideal wherever there is a need to reach materials • Rolls easily into position and locks firmly to the floor for maximum safety • All the ladders operate on spring-loaded casters • Casters retract under operator's weight and rubber feet drop down • Non-clogging slip-resistant steel steps • Frame is welded 1" round steel tubing • Capacity: 300 lbs. • Durable Kleton Blue enamel finish
Price /Each 103.04 1.25 13.35
ML334
MECHANICS/MAINTENANCE ROLLING LADDERS • Double-straddle base puts worker in close proximity for hard-to-reach jobs • Tilt and roll wheelbarrow style mobility allows easy movement over rough surfaces • Oversize 22" x 24" top step for easier worker movement • Removable 10" D x 24" W tool tray fits on front or side railing included • Capacity: 300 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
VC131
MH242 Included
VC134
MH213 Model No. VC131 VC132 VC133 VC134
Number of Steps 2 3 4 5
Step Size W" x D" 18 x 8 18 x 8 18 x 8 18 x 8
Top Step Height" 19 28 37 46
Top Step W" x D" 18 x 16 18 x 16 18 x 16 18 x 16
Base Dim. W" x D" 20 x 26 20 x 30 20 x 37 20 x 41
Wt. lbs. 28 38 48 57
Price /Each 220.00 242.50 272.50 307.50
Model No. of Step Rise No. Steps W" x D" Height" MH212 3 22 x 8 9 MH213 4 22 x 8 9 MH214 5 22 x 8 9 MH215 6 22 x 8 9
Top Step Height" 28 38 47 57
Top Step W" x D" 22 x 24 22" x 24 22 x 24 22 x 24
Height Top Rail" 30 30 30 30
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 24 x 44 x 58 24 x 50 x 68 24 x 56 x 77 24 x 68 x 87
Wt. lbs. 85 98 112 125
Price /Each 496.13 569.33 610.00 680.49
R26302E
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. MA790 VC055
Description Spring Loaded 3" Swivel Caster Rubber Foot Tip
Price /Each 32.06 1.25 MA790
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0122-0137_Eng.indd 131
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. Description MH242 Tool Tray VC055 Rubber Foot Tip ML334 4" Rigid Rubber Caster WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 103.04 1.25 13.35 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
ML334 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
131 12-07-25 2:21 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING ROLLING STEP LADDERS • • • • • • • • • • •
Ideal wherever there is a need to reach bulky materials Rolls easily into position and locks firmly to the floor for maximum safety 2 to 6 step ladders operate on spring-loaded casters Casters retract under operator's weight, rubber feet drop down First step on all 8 to 16 step ladders activates the floor locking mechanism (step off and kick release to make the ladder mobile) Non-clogging slip-resistant steel steps Frame is rugged welded 1" round steel tubing 8 to 16 step ladders shipped knocked down, easily assembled Capacity: 300 lbs. Durable Kleton blue enamel finish CSA certified to the ANSI standard A14.7
MA613
Note: Ladders are notCWB to be used as work CERTIFIÉE platforms.
CWB CERTIFIED
MA622
MA624
MA615
WITH HANDRAILS MA617
WITHOUT HANDRAIL Model No. MA612 MA613 MH279 MA615
Number of Steps 2 3 4 5
Step Size W" x D" 22 x 8 22 x 8 22 x 8 22 x 8
Top Step Height" 19 28 37 46
Base Dimensions W" x D" 24 x 26 24 x 30 24 x 37 24 x 41
Top Step W" x D" 22 x 16 22 x 16 22 x 16 22 x 16
Wt. lbs. 32 42 52 61
Price /Each 222.50 245.00 312.32 322.50
Step Model Number of Size Top Step No. Steps W" x D" Height" SPRING LOADED FRONT CASTERS MA614 4 22 x 8 37 MA616 5 22 x 8 46 MA617 6 22 x 8 55 LOCKING STEP MA622* 8 30 x 8 72 MA623* 10 30 x 8 89 MA624* 12 30 x 8 109 MA625* 14 30 x 8 128 MA626* 16 30 x 8 144
Top Step W" x D"
Base Dimensions W" x D"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
22 x 16 22 x 16 22 x 16
30 x 36 x 78 30 x 46 x 87 30 x 51 x 95
78 89 100
417.50 440.00 475.00
30 x 16 30 x 16 30 x 16 30 x 16 30 x 16
38 x 60 x 113 38 x 72 x 130 38 x 80 x 149 38 x 93 x 167 38 x 104 x 185
180 230 250 275 305
965.91 1002.27 1161.36 1404.55 1563.64
* Ships knocked down easy assembly
ALUMINUM ROLLING LADDERS
MA707
• Widely used in hospitals, banks, offices, pharmaceutical and food processing applications • Corrosion resistant, easy to clean and non-magnetic • Slip-resistant steps • Four spring-loaded swivel casters retract under the operators weight, rubber-tipped feet drop down • Structural framework is 1" OD high strength aluminum tubing • All-welded and comes with unpainted aluminum mill finish • Capacity: 300 lbs. Note: Manufactured with industrial grade welds. Not for use in clean room. Model No. # of Top Step Overall Base 20" W Base Steps Height" Height" Depth" 18" W Steps WITHOUT HANDRAILS 2 19 19 MA702 3 28 1/2 25 MA703 4 38 31 MA705 WITH 30" HANDRAILS 3 28 1/2 58 1/2 25 MA704 4 38 68 31 MA706 5 47 1/2 77 1/2 37 6 57 87 43 7 66 1/2 96 1/2 49 -
Wt. lbs.
Model No. Price 30" W Base /Each 24" W Steps
MA703 Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
15 474.54 MF599 20 585.82 MF600 29 766.42 MF601
22 28 35
585.82 720.22 898.70
27 753.82 MF602 34 917.60 MF603 - MA707 - MA708 - MA709
34 41 49 60 67
894.50 1114.36 1312.36 1499.24 1681.90 R26303E
132
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0122-0137_Eng.indd 132
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 2:21 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING FOLD-N-STORE ROLLING LADDERS
ALL DIRECTIONAL LADDERS
• Mobile steel ladder can be folded for space-saving storage or transporting • Fast, convenient access to remote, hard to reach elevated locations • Two 10" diameter semi-pneumatic wheels on rear of ladder, reinforced rubber tips on front legs to secure ladder during use • Tilt and roll mobility allows passage through doorways • Ideal for use on asphalt or similar rough surfaces • Welded rail and step sections; top step is 16" W x 14" D and intermediate steps are 16" W x 7" D • Perforated step tread • Capacity: 350 lbs. • Grey powder coat finish • Complies to OSHA and ANSI standards
• Maximum manoeuvrability, rolls in all directions • Provides safer access to top shelves when picking stock • Easy to use foot controlled locking mechanism maintains climbing stability • 14" deep top step perforated step tread • Capacity: 450 lbs. • Grey enamel finish • Complies to OSHA and ANSI standards • Shipped knocked down
Model No. MD588 MD589 MD590 MD591 MD592 MD593 MD594 MD595
No. of Steps 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Top Step Height" 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Overall Height" 83 93 103 113 123 133 143 153
W" 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Approx. Folded Dimensions x L" x H" x 80 x 29 x 92 x 29 x 104 x 29 x 116 x 29 x 128 x 29 x 140 x 29 x 152 x 29 x 164 x 29
Base W" x D" 30 x 46 30 x 52 30 x 58 30 x 64 30 x 70 30 x 76 30 x 82 30 x 88
Wt. lbs. 90 100 110 120 135 148 165 175
Price /Each 559.37 607.10 655.32 700.87 756.80 812.75 868.68 950.95
STAINLESS STEEL LOCKSTEP ROLLING LADDERS
Model No. VC402 VC403 VC404 VC405 VC406 VC407 VC408
No. of Steps 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Top Step Height" 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Overall Height" 93 103 113 123 133 143 153
Base W" x D" 32 x 49 32 x 55 32 x 61 32 x 68 32 x 74 32 x 80 32 x 87
Wt. lbs. 133 154 171 186 204 216 231
Price /Each 896.76 961.90 1104.06 1183.02 1287.66 1398.22 1492.98
HEAVY-DUTY STAIRWAY SLOPE LADDERS FEATURES: • Unique 50° stairway slope for easier ascent or descent • 1" O.D. high strength tubing • 24" wide perforated solid steel steps, top step is 14" deep (available in 21" and 28") • 10" deep intermediate steps with full 9" run • All models have 32" base width and 30" high rails • Easy operating weight activated lockstep raises casters to lock ladder securely to floor • Ball bearing casters • Grey powder coat finish • Capacity: 600 lbs. • Shipped knocked down • Exceeds OSHA and ANSI standards
• Ideal for use in wash down and other corrosive environments • All components except casters and springs are fabricated from high quality stainless steel • Stepping on first step activates the locking mechanism which secures ladder firmly in place • 14" deep top steps and 33" high hand rail for safety • Steps are 24" wide for stability • Perforated step tread • Capacity: 450 lbs. • Manufactured with industrial grade welds • Casters are not stainless • Built to OSHA and ANSI standards • Not for use in clean room environments
Deep top step
OPTIONS AVAILABLE: • One position swivel lock casters to replace rear rigid casters • Lever to facilitate lockstep activation by hand • Special colours (black, green, blue or orange) • All-directional caster option available
50˚ Angle
24" Wide Steps
R35236E
All-steel construction Model No. MK911 MK912 MK913 MK914 MK915 MK916 MK917 MK918
No. of Steps 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0122-0137_Eng.indd 133
Top Step Height" 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Overall Height" 83 93 103 113 123 133 143 153
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Base Dimensions Width" x Length" 32 x 46 32 x 52 32 x 55 32 x 64 32 x 70 32 x 76 32 x 82 32 x 88 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 104 126 147 165 180 199 211 227
Price /Each 2236.26 2572.20 2908.18 3244.14 3580.10 3916.06 4252.04 4588.00
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. VC409 VC410 VC411 VC412 VC413 VC414 VC415 VC416
No. of Steps 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
WELDING & METALWORKING
Top Step Height" 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Overall Height" 83 93 103 113 123 133 143 153
Base Width" 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Base Depth" 50 58 66 74 82 90 98 106
Wt. lbs. 132 152 178 204 227 245 278 297
Price /Each 842.37 939.43 1059.53 1230.63 1363.90 1429.72 1765.33 1845.95
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
133 12-07-25 2:21 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING WEIGHT ACTUATED LOCKSTEP ROLLING LADDERS
MONSTER ROLLING LADDERS • Base and rear vertical frame are 2" x 1" steel rectangular tubing • Weight actuated lockstep • 24" perforated slip-resistant steel steps, also available in other tread types • 21" deep top step • 59° slope • Four non-marking 4" x 2" wheels with roller bearings and dust cover • Capacity: 600 lbs. • Grey powder coat finish • Meets or exceeds OSHA and ANSI standards • Shipped knocked down
• Apply 70 lbs. of pressure to any step and the ladder automatically drops the front feet to secure itself to the ground • Standard 14" deep top step, also available in other sizes • 24" perforated slip-resistant steel steps, also available in other tread types • Manufactured with 1" round steel tubing • 450 lbs. capacity • Grey powder coat finish • Built to OSHA and ANSI standards • Shipped knocked down
VC392
Model No. VC391 VC392 VC393 VC394 VC395 VC396 VC397 VC398
No. of Steps 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Top Step Height" 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Overall Height" 83 93 103 113 123 133 143 153
W" 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Base x x x x x x x x x
D" 43 49 55 61 68 74 80 87
Wt. lbs. 110 122 143 160 175 193 205 220
Price /Each 632.50 771.62 836.15 979.58 1058.47 1163.15 1275.03 1369.68
All models can be retrofitted at the manufacturer's site to be fitted with an all directional design
VC384
Model No. VC381 VC382 VC383 VC384 VC385 VC386 VC387
No. of Steps 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Top Step Height" 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Overall Height" 93 103 113 123 133 143 153
W" 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
MOBILE WORK PLATFORMS
• • • • •
• Base frame constructed with heavy duty 1" x 2" rectangular steel tubing • 36" high handrails with mid-rail • 24" wide self-cleaning slip-resistant steel steps • Easy to use heavy-duty pedal activated lockstep with 4" casters • Capacity: 800 lbs. • Grey powder coat finish • Meets OSHA/ANSI requirements • Shipped knocked down
• • • •
No. of Steps 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Top Step Height" 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Vertical Clearance" 57 67 77 87 97 107 117
W" 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
Base x x x x x x x x
D" 46 52 58 65 71 77 84
134
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0122-0137_Eng.indd 134
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 2026.43 2148.48 2414.45 2560.67 2761.02 2964.82 3142.12
Model No. VC417 VC418 VC419 VC420 VC421 VC422 VC423
No. of Steps 4 5 6 7 5 6 7
Top Step Height" 40 50 60 70 50 60 70
Top Step Dimensions W" x D" 24 x 36 24 x 36 24 x 36 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 48 24 x 48
Wt. lbs. 151 165 178 193 178 193 209
Base W" x 33 x 33 x 33 x 33 x 33 x 33 x 33 x
D" 54 60 66 73 72 78 85
Price /Each 972.43 1054.13 1211.57 1299.23 1171.70 1470.62 1558.28 R35163E
Note: All models can be retrofitted with an exit snap on chain
Wt. lbs. 468 442 412 405 401 405 409
Price /Each 1072.07 1135.23 1275.33 1353.05 1458.65 1566.27 1659.92
VC417
VC341
Model No. VC341 VC342 VC343 VC344 VC345 VC346 VC347
Wt. lbs. 165 189 209 227 248 263 281
D" 56 62 68 75 81 87 94
All models can be retrofitted at the manufacture's site to be fitted with an all directional design
CANTILEVER ROLLING LADDERS Heavy-duty 1" x 2" rectangular tube frame 59° slope 24" wide self-cleaning slip-resistant steel steps Platform width: 24" Platform overhang: 14" (available in 28", 35" and 42") 5" x 2" non-marking locking casters Capacity: 300 lbs. Grey powder coat finish Shipped knocked down
Base x x x x x x x x
Other sizes available. 3 and 4 step models also available without rails
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 2:22 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING HIGH WORK MAINTENANCE PLATFORMS
DELTATM HARNESSES
• Convert forklift truck into safe, efficient work platform • Take care of overhead maintenance problems without setting up ladders or scaffolds • Non-skid platform • 72" safety mesh backscreen keeps operator and equipment away from lift mechanism • Forks slip easily into pockets and are secured with safety chains • Load capacity: 600 lbs • No assembly required
• • • •
Patented triangular no-tangle design RepelTM webbing is water repellent Spring-loaded stand-up dorsal D-ring Impact indicators provide a visual alert that the harness has been involved in a fall • Features tongue-buckle leg connections • Universal size • Certified to CSA standard Z259.10-06, Class A Model No. SEB406 Mfg. No. 1102000C Price/Each $143.00
EZ-STOP™ II SHOCK ABSORBING LANYARDS
MD948
NOTE:
• Pack-style shock absorber uses a controlled tearing action to limit fall arrest forces • 1" polyester web construction • Features patented double-locking snap hooks for both harness and anchorage • Durable nylon shock-absorber cover • Length: 6' • Certified to CSA standard Z259.11-05, Class E4 Model No. SEB428 Mfg. No. 1220416C Price/Each $261.00
MD444
Kleton Maintenance Platforms meet or exceed ASME safety standard B56.1 when a safety harness and lanyard are worn.
MI787
Model No. Description MD444 High Work Platform - 36" x 36" platform MH800 High Work Platform - 48" x 48" platform MD338 Optional 6" caster kit MD948* Light Bulb Caddy 15" W x 15" D x 43" H OPTIONAL TOOL TRAYS MI787 36" L x 4" W x 3" D, Fits on model MD444 MI788 48" L x 4" W x 3" D, Fits on model MH800
Wt. lbs. 230 300 10 25
Price/Each 799.00 1299.00 156.80 230.40 91.84 106.67
-
* Mounts on models MD444 and MH800.
EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH • Safety kill switch for person on work platform • Will cut power to forklift in case of an emergency • Consists of control box for platform, plug-in box (to be installed on forklift), and wire that extends 6' to 20' • Switch is easy to install • Recommended for maintenance platform model MD444 and MH800 Model No. MD328
FORTRUSS® STEEL ROLLING TOWER SCAFFOLD (SS SERIES)
Description Emergency Stop Switch
Guard-rail system easily assembled or adjusted by just one person (only included for units with a platform above 10'). Fortruss® may be stacked, utilizing up to three units to a maximum of 15'. Outriggers are required when stacking over 6'.
Model No. MF424 MF426
Size L' x H' 6 x 3 6 x 6
End Frames 2 x 3' 2 x 6'
Truss Assembly 2 x 6' 2 x 6'
Specifications: End frames - full height unit 29" W x 68" H (w/o casters) - half unit 29" W x 39" H (w/o casters) Width (assembled) - 29 1/2" (w/casters) Platform height max. (w/casters) - 6' unit: 6' 3" Load capacity - 6' L unit: 655 lbs. (50 lbs./sq. ft.) - 8' L unit: 450 lbs. (25 lbs./sq. ft.) Please Note: Do not stack higher than 3 units totalling 15'. Each set of end frames requires one pair of trusses and platform (incl. w/shipment). Outrigger kit and guard-rail/ toeboard kit shipped with unit when platform is more than 10' above floor surface.
MF426
• Pistol grip for easy one-man height adjustment • Expanded end frame tube ends with locking tab making it easy to lock stacked sections or casters into place • Tightening 'L' knob for better connection between truss and end frame increases stability • Dual-lock casters are 5" x 1 3/8" • Rectangular steel tubing end frame with round rungs • Exterior grade plywood platform: 5/8" thick x 29" W x 65 3/8"L or 89 3/8"L • Adjustable platform every 4 1/8" No. Plywood Platform(s) 1 1
No. of Casters 4
Wt. lbs. 112 154
Price/Each 1053.40
Price /Each 776.36 514.37
SCAFFOLDING Meets OSHA and CAN/CSAS269.2-M87. End frames include coupling and spring pins for stacking. The frame's perimeter tubing is 1 11/16" outside diameter, 13 gauge and the interior tubing is 1" diameter, 16 gauge. Anti-slip blue baked-on powder coat for improved durability. Galvanized cross braces are made of 1", 16 gauge tubular steel. Includes two end frames and two cross braces or build your own scaffold from components offered on the next page.
Note: Please go to next page to see components and accessories for this product
R26305E
COMPONENTS Model No. MF691 MF692 MF693 MF694 MF695 MF696
Size (L" x W" x H") 84 x 60 x 36 84 x 30 x 60 84 x 60 x 60 120 x 60 x 36 120 x 30 x 60 120 x 60 x 60
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0122-0137_Eng.indd 135
MF697 END FRAME 60" L x 36" H SCAFFOLDING 2
MF698 END FRAME 30" L x 60" H SCAFFOLDING
MF699 END FRAME 60" L x 60" H SCAFFOLDING
MF700 CROSS BRACES 1" DIA.84" W x 24" H GALVANIZED 16GA 2
MF701 CROSS BRACES 1" DIA.84" W x 48" H GALVANIZED 16GA
2
MF702 CROSS BRACES MF703 CROSS BRACES 1" DIA.120" W x 24" H 1" DIA.120" W x 48" H GALVANIZED 16GA GALVANIZED 16GA
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. Lbs. 82 80 104 90 88 112
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 301.75 296.05 310.12 321.23 314.04 328.11
135 12-07-25 2:22 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING COMPONENTS MF715
CROSS BRACES MF697 END FRAMES Model No. MF697 MF698 MF699
Width" 60 30 60
One cross brace must be installed at each end frame or arch for maximum stability. 1" diameter, 16 gauge galvanized tubing.
MF699
MF698
Wt. lbs. 32 31 43
Height" 36 60 60
Model No. MF700 MF701 MF702 MF703
Price /Each 113.83 113.83 120.86
Width" 84 84 120 120
Wt. lbs. 9 10 13 14
Height" 24 48 24 48
Price /Each 37.05 34.20 46.80 43.20
DIAGONAL BRACES Diagonal braces must be installed on free-standing and wall mounted scaffolds. 1" diameter, 16 gauge galvanized tubing.
MF704 MF705 MF707
ARCHS Model No. MF706 MF707
MF706
Width" 60 60
Wt. lbs. 41 45
Height" 78 78
Model No. MF713 MF716 MF717 MF720
Price /Each 180.11 211.25
Width" 84 84 120 120
BASE PLATES, CASTERS & STABILIZING JACK SCREWS
LATERAL SIDE STABILIZERS & WALL BRACKETS
Will level your scaffold on uneven terrain and provide secure footing. Choose between the following options:
Scaffolds should not be stacked higher than three times the width of the smallest base. To build a higher scaffold, lateral side stabilizers must be used. If the scaffold is situated near a wall, and its height is superior to three times the width of the base the scaffolding can be secured with wall brackets. Wall brackets are required every 15' in height and every 20' in width.
MF729 MF727 MF724
Model No. MF724 MF725 MF726 MF727 MF728 MF729
Wt. lbs. 12 3 4 12 15 11
Description 8" Rubber Caster Fixed Base Plate Swivel Base Plate Adjust. Jack Screw w/24" Base Adjust. Jack Screw w/32" Base Adjustable Jack Screw 24"
Price /Each 48.29 14.94 27.94 55.38 64.44 44.88
WORK PLATFORMS
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Wt lbs. 25 40
Price/Each 230.59 303.42
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MF708 Coupling Pin
Model No. MF754 MF755 MF756 MF757
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Length' 7 7 10 10
MF712 Pigtail
MF711 Safety Locking Arm
Price /Each 116.41 58.23 2.91
Model No. Description COUPLING PINS MF708 Coupling w/1" Collet MF709 Spring Pin LOCKING ASSEMBLIES MF711 Safety Locking Arm MF712 Pigtail
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
0.8 0.04
8.26 2.42
0.9 0.08
10.47 2.71
GUARD POSTS & RAILS
Width" 19 24 19 24
WELDING & METALWORKING
Wt lbs. 30 34 48 56
Price/Each 201.05 238.38 271.42 320.23
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
MF738
Model No. MF738 MF739 MF740 MF742 MF743 MF744 MF745 MF747 MF748 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. Description lbs. Guard Post for Guard Rail 5 Guard Post for Guard Rail w/support 11 Guard Rail 30" 1.5 Guard Rail 45" 2 Guard Rail 60" 3 Guard Rail 84" 4 Guard Rail 120" 6 Guard Rail 60" (Arch) 10 Guard Rail 36" (Arch w/stairs) 10 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each 32.75 55.17 13.78 14.07 17.14 20.23 30.35 50.92 53.84
R31935E
136
0122-0137_Eng.indd 136
Width" 19 19
Wt. lbs. 22 5 0.1
PLYWOOD DECK
• Work platform installed with aluminum slip-resistant decking • For both aluminum and steel scaffolds • Side rails are made from "I" beam extrusions for added strength • Dimpled and pierced aluminum decking assures a slip-resistant surface preventing material build-up • Allows water to run off to help prevent ice build-up in freezing conditions • 3-piece rung joints produce a tempered joint, making the work platform twist-proof • For added safety they are fitted with easy-to-use windlocks • Duty-rated: 75 lbs/sq. ft. (366 kg/m2)
Length' 7 10
Description Lateral Side Stabilizer Wall Bracket Screw for Wall Bracket (10 pkg.)
ACCESSORIES
• Plywood-decked work platform; 5/8" thick plywood, hooks are offset to allow for next plank hook – no gap when set in continuous scaffolding • For lightweight construction equipment • Aluminum edge protects plywood from damage • Side rails are made from "I" beam extrusions for added strength • 3-piece rung joints produce a tempered joint, making the work platform twist-proof • Fitted with easy-to-use windlocks • 19" widths duty-rated: 75 lbs./sq. ft., 24" widths duty-rated: 50 lbs./sq.ft.
ALUMINUM DECK
Model No. VC249 VC250
Model No. MF730 MF731 MF732
Price /Each 26.87 26.87 28.21 28.21
MF709 Spring Pin
MF730
MF725/ MF726
Wt. lbs. 5 6 7 8
Height" 30 60 30 60
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 2:23 PM
LADDERS & SCAFFOLDING MOBILE WORK SCAFFOLDINGS Meets CSA & OSHA standards
MINITM ALUMINUM SCAFFOLDING • Multi-level working area • Light aluminum frame • Anti-slip 16-gauge steel platform adjust every 12", comes with two platforms • Structure: Aluminum alloy 6061-T6 of 1.5" • Dimensions: 3' 1/2" L x 1' 3/4" W x 4' 1/4" H • Capacity: 600 lbs. • Weight: 40 lbs. Model No. VC031 Price/Each $264.50
VC031
ACCESSORIES: VC199 Anti-Slip Platform Price/Each $90.31 MB091 Set of four 4" locking casters Price/Each $28.27
MAXI ROUND SCAFFOLDING • Multi-level working area • 16-gauge steel frame painted using a polyester powder coating • Anti-slip painted 14-gauge steel platform adjust every 4", comes with 3 platforms • Dimensions: 6' 3" L x 2' 5" W x 6' 4" H • Capacity: 700 lbs. • Weight: 140 lbs. Model No. MB086 Price/Each $579.03 ACCESSORIES Model No. MB087 MB088 MB089 VC200 VC201
Description 3' Vertical Extension 6' Vertical Extension Set of 4 5" Casters Anti-Slip Platform Set of 4 Outriggers w/Casters
Price/Each 369.90 394.28 211.59 137.50 327.49
MAXI SQUARE SCAFFOLDING
MB086
• • • •
Heavy-duty all task equipment Can be used in stairways Square steel tube 1 1/2" frame painted using a polyester powder coating 5/8" plywood platform with protective steel edge banding adjusts every 2", comes with one platform • Dimensions: 74" L x 29" W x 74" H • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Weight: 129 lbs. Model No. VC198 Price/Each $612.42
VC198
MAXI SQUARE ALUMINUM SCAFFOLDING • • • •
Lightness and sturdiness Can be used in stairways Anodized aluminum tube 1 1/2" sq. frame Anti-slip anodized aluminum platform adjusts every 2", comes with one platform • Dimensions: 6' 2" L x 2' 5" W x 6' 3" H • Capacity: 700 lbs. • Weight: 90 lbs. Model No. VC032 Price/Each $839.18
ACCESSORIES Model No. VC203 VC202 VC204
VC032 Description Set of 4 Outriggers with 5" Casters 5" Swivel Caster with Locking System Guardrail System
Price/Each 327.49 62.45 305.59
SPEEDY MOBILE FIBREGLASS SCAFFOLDING Features: • Non-conductive • Light weight (91 lbs.) • Corrosion resistant • Prevent static electricity • Anti-slip platform • Easily assembled • Compact storage • Reach 10'6" • 500-lb. capacity Model No. VC197 Price/Each $1018.41
Ideal for: • Electricity substation • Railway stations • Building sites • Mechanical rooms • Chemical environment • Computer rooms • Foundries • Aircraft maintenance • Mines • Size: 79 1/2" L x 29 1/2" W x 78" H
R26307E
VC197
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0122-0137_Eng.indd 137
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
137 12-07-25 2:23 PM
HAND TRUCKS RUBBER WHEEL HAND TRUCKS • • • • •
Constructed of 1", 16-gauge steel tubing Nose plate 7-gauge steel Overall width: 19 1/2" Wheel dimensions: 8" x 2" Powder-coated
Model No. MK728 MK729 MN103
Description Continuous Handle Dual Handle Loop Handle
Overall Height 46 48 51
Nose Plate Dimensions Capacity W" x D" lbs. 14 x 8 1/2 600 14 x 8 1/2 600 14 x 9 600
Wt. lbs. 23 24 24
Price /Each 69.10 69.10 72.60
REPLACEMENT PARTS & WHEELS Model No. ML812 MK993
Price /Each 11.95 3.25
Description Rubber Wheel Hand Grip
MK729
MN103
MK728
PNEUMATIC WHEEL HAND TRUCKS • • • • •
Constructed of 1", 16-gauge steel tubing Nose plate 8-gauge steel Overall width: 21 1/2" Wheel dimensions: 10" x 3" Powder-coated
Model No. MH300 MH301 MH302
Description Dual Handle Continuous Handle Loop Handle
Overall Height" 46 48 51
Nose Plate Dimensions Capacity W" x D" lbs. 14 x 10 600 14 x 10 600 14 x 9 600
Wt. lbs. 20 22 22
Price /Each 78.75 76.50 76.50
REPLACEMENT PARTS & WHEELS Model No. ML810 MK993
MH300
Price /Each 12.10 3.25
Description Pneumatic Wheel Hand Grip
MH301
MH302
HEAVY-DUTY DUAL HANDLE HAND TRUCKS • • • • •
Constructed of 1 1/4", 14-gauge steel tubing Nose plate 6-gauge steel Overall height: 46" Overall width: 20" Powder-coated
Model No. MK730 MK731
Description Rubber Wheel Pneumatic Wheel
Wheel Size" 8x2 10 x 3
Nose Plate Dimensions W" x D" 14 x 8 14 x 8
Capacity lbs. 1000 800
Wt. lbs. 36 36
Price /Each 106.00 110.00
REPLACEMENT PARTS & WHEELS Model No. ML813 ML811 ML030
Price /Each 15.30 14.95 3.00
Description Rubber Wheel for MK730 Pneumatic Wheel Hand Grip
MK730
MK731
HAND TRUCK ATTACHMENTS • Constructed of 1", 14-gauge steel tubing • Allows extra versatility to adapt to changing material handling requirements without the extra cost • Easy to install • Designed to fit most hand trucks with a 14" frame width • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish Description Chair Mover Attachment Table Mover Attachment
Wt. lbs. 15 25
Price /Each 176.37 187.23
* Can be used with MK728, MK729, MH300, MH301 and MH302
138
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0138-0152_Eng.indd 138
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
MA378 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
MA385 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
R31885E
Model No. MA378 MA385
MA378 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 11:16 AM
HAND TRUCKS CONVERTIBLE DELUXE STEEL HAND TRUCK
DELUXE 12" NOSE PLATE HAND TRUCKS
• Quickly converts from a 2-wheel hand truck to a 4-wheel platform truck • Constructed of 1" round 14-gauge steel tubing • 52" high • 8" x 14" nose plate • Comes with 2 welded-on stair glides • Two 10" full pneumatic wheels and two 3" bolted-on casters • Quickly converts from a 600 lbs. capacity hand truck to a 800 lbs. capacity platform truck • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
• • • • • •
Model No. ML320
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 14 x 43 x 45
Constructed of 1" round 14-gauge steel tubing Transport short to tall loads easily P handle ideal for one hand control Strong 12" x 14" x 3/16" thick nose plate Double welded 3/16" x 1 1/2" cross bars Add a folding nose extension to be able to transport larger loads • Two 10" full pneumatic wheels • Capacity: 700 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Capacity lbs. Handtruck Platform Truck 600 800
Wt. lbs. 75
ML323 Nose Extension
Price /Each 293.07
ML321 ML322
HEAVY-DUTY SPADE TRUCK • Constructed of double-welded 1 1/4" round 14-gauge steel tubing • Oversized nose plate and easy grip frame helps with the balancing of larger items • Tapered 22" x 1/4" x 13" deep thick nose plate • Two 10" mould-on rubber wheels • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Model No. ML324
Dimensions W" x H" 22" x 53"
Cap lbs. 1200
Wt. lbs. 92
Model No. ML321 ML322 ML323
Price /Each 230.11
Description Lo-Boy Hi-Boy Nose extension
Overall Dimensions W" x H" 23 x 50 23 x 72 12 x 22" Nose Length
Wt. lbs. 55 60 8
Price /Each 140.51 177.16 67.20
100% Canadian Owned
HEAVY-DUTY DUAL HANDLE HAND TRUCKS • • • • • •
Constructed of 1 1/4", 14-gauge steel tubing Nose plate 6-gauge steel Overall height: 46" Overall width: 20" 8" x 12" nose plate Powder-coated
Model No. Description MA376 Rubber Wheel
Wheel Capacity Size" lbs. 10 x 2 1000
Wt. lbs. 40
Price /Each 265.55
REPLACEMENT PARTS & WHEELS Description Rubber Wheel Hand Grip
Price /Each 33.36 3.00
MA376
R33934E
Model No. MH298 ML030
Kleton builds quality and dependability into all of their products. The same is true for products specially built to meet your specifications. Look throughout the catalogue for the Kleton Custom Symbol indicating which products can be customized to meet your specific needs.
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0138-0152_Eng.indd 139
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
139 12-07-24 11:16 AM
HAND TRUCKS HAND TRUCKS WITH SWIVEL CASTERS
COLLAPSIBLE HAND TRUCKS
• 4" rear poly casters allow small diameter turns in tight areas • Combination two handle and utility bar design reduces strain of lifting, lowering and transporting • 8" deep nose plate • 10" x 2 3/4" semi-pneumatic front wheels • Overall dimensions: 20 1/2" W x 47 1/2" H • Capacity: 800 lbs. • Weight: 53 lbs. Model No. MD758 Price/Each $408.35
• • • • •
NYLON HAND TRUCKS
NYLON CONVERTIBLE HAND TRUCKS
• • • •
• • • •
• • • • • •
Ideal for sales representatives/general deliveries Fold down for convenient storage and portability All-welded steel 6" x 14" noseplate Folding nose extension increases nose length to 12" 12" overall width x 43 3/4" overall height Stair glides included 5" polyolefin wheels Storage size: 24" H x 7" D Capacity: 200 lbs. Weight: 18 lbs.
Model No. MA380 Price/Each $211.28
Glass-filled nylon frame Steel handle and 7" x 14" steel base plate Lighter than equivalent aluminum trucks Converts in seconds from 2-wheel hand truck to 4-wheel platform truck • 5" swivel casters, 10" x 3 1/2" pneumatic wheels • 12" frame width and 20 1/2" overall width • Capacity: 600 lbs.
Long fibre nylon frame will not mar products Stair glides integrate into frame Two frame styles: Flat or curved back Two aluminum handle styles: Dual handle or loop handle • 10" x 3 1/2" pneumatic wheels • 8" x 14" aluminum nose plate • Capacity: 500 lbs.
Dual Handle Model No. MN269 MN271 MN273 MN275
Handle Type Loop Loop Dual Dual
Frame Type Flat Curved Flat Curved
O.A. Height" 52 52 49 49
Wt. lbs. 19 19 18 18
Price /Each 310.48 310.48 332.56 332.56
Model No. MD643
NYLON HAND TRUCKS
Model No. MK988 MK989
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0138-0152_Eng.indd 140
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Platform Size W" x D" 19 x 29 23 x 35
Cap. lbs. 400 660
Wt. lbs. 28 42
Price /Each 85.45 128.00
• Interlocking aluminum frame has a dual length platform: 16" x 20" or 16" x 28" • Ideal when a solid, portable platform truck is required • Folds down to a compact 9 1/2" x 16" x 20" • Comes standard with vinyl corner bumpers • Handle height is 32" • 5" rubber casters
Price /Each 99.75
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Model No. MK990 WELDING & METALWORKING
Cap lbs. 300
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Wt. lbs. 18 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 109.00 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R31886E
140
Price /Each 302.12
FOLDABLE PLATFORM TRUCK
• Lightweight and durable aluminum construction • Convenient folding design permits storage in small spaces • Comfortable ergonomic handle • Elastic straps help to secure load • 5" x 1 1/4" non-marking and shock-absorbing rubber wheels • 15 1/4" W x 11" D nose plate • Capacity: 175 lbs. • Weight: 8.75 lbs.
Folded Dimensions" 25 x 15 x 2 3/8
Wt. lbs. 25
• Move supplies, forms and light equipment around the shop or office • Quick-release handle folds flat for easy storage • Heavy-gauge steel construction; non-skid vinyl-coated deck • 33 1/2" handle height • Vinyl, wrap around bumper protects walls and furniture • 5" rubber casters
FOLDING HAND TRUCKS
Extended Dimensions" 39 5/8 x 15 1/2 x 16 1/2
Platform/Truck Height" Length" 37 36
FOLDING HANDLE PLATFORM TRUCKS
• Lighter than aluminum trucks • Glass-filled nylon frame will not mar products or damage goods • Steel handle, 7" x 14" steel base plate • 10" x 3 1/2" pneumatic wheels • 12" frame width • 48" overall height • Capacity: 500 lbs. • Weight: 22 lbs. Model No. MD642 Price/Each $151.54
Model No. ML447
Hand Truck Cap. lbs. Height" 600 49 1/2
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 11:17 AM
HAND TRUCKS APPLIANCE TRUCKS
VENDING MACHINE APPLIANCE TRUCKS
• Heavy-duty all-welded industrial construction • Move large appliances easily • Vinyl bumpers on face of truck to prevent damage to appliances • Heavy-duty continuous stair climbers for easy climbing/descending • 8" solid rubber wheels • Ratchet mechanism for easy fastening of loads • Overall dimensions: 14 1/2" L x 24" W x 59" H • Capacity: 550 lbs. • Weight: 46 lbs. Model No. ML616 Price/Each $332.00
• Heavy-duty all-welded industrial construction • Move large appliances easily • Vinyl bumpers on face of truck to prevent damage to appliances • Heavy-duty continuous stair climbers for easy climbing/descending • Fold out rear legs with two 4" swivel casters • 8" solid rubber front wheels • Ratchet mechanism for easy fastening of loads • Overall dimensions: 14 1/2" L x 24" W x 66" H • Capacity: 850 lbs. • Weight: 65 lbs. Model No. ML617 Price/Each $505.00
MOVING STRAPS • Allows for safe movement of appliances and larger items • Movers can constantly stay in an upright position during the move, reducing the risk of back injuries • Nylon (5000 lbs.) • Includes two transport straps and two adjustable straps Model No. MD223 Price/Each $245.65
HEAVY-DUTY ALUMINUM STAIR CLIMBING HAND TRUCKS
ALUMINUM STAIR CLIMBING HAND TRUCKS • Battery-powered stair climbing hand trucks help reduce worker fatigue and the risk of injury, as well as reduce the number of employees needed to deliver cargo • Pivoting and fixed ergonomic handle configurations available to handle a wide variety of cargo • Lift wheels are uni-directional to help prevent cargo from accidentally rolling down the stairs • Dual speed control on all models to fit your application • Electronic overload protection protects operating components if capacity is exceeded • Grooved 16 1/2" W x 13 1/3" D nose plate provides superior grip to hold load in place • 10" pneumatic wheels • Capacity: 375 lbs. • Quick-change battery and charger included
• Battery powered stair climbing hand trucks help reduce worker fatigue and the risk of injury, as well as reduce the number of employees needed to deliver cargo • Automatically applies brake when wheels are at edge of step • Two operating modes: single step or continuous climb • Two climbing speeds: 6 or 10 steps per minute • 10" puncture-proof foam-filled wheels are ideal for use on smooth or rough surfaces • Nose plate dimensions: 21" W x 7.25" D • The adjustable angle position on the Fold model allows the user to tilt the handle and stand upright when using the truck at a very low angle. • Capacity: 725 lbs.
MN248 MN230
MN229
R25140E
Model No. Description UNIVERSAL MN229 Straight Frame FOLDABLE MN230 Adjustable Handle Angle
W"
Overall Dimensions x D" x H"
MN247
Weight lbs.
Price /Each
21
x
19
x
63
97
7188.02
21
x
19
x
63*
86
7558.90
* Overall folded dimensions: 21" x 19" x 47"
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0138-0152_Eng.indd 141
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
MN249
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. MN247 MN248 MN249 MN250
MN250 Frame Type Ergo Fold Uni Fold-L
W" 18 1/2 18 17 1/2 19
Dimensions x H" x 63 x 61/40 Folded x 59 x 64 1/2 /51 Folded
Price /Each 5223.00 5457.80 5170.20 5621.02
* Each unit is capable of being customized with various options (i.e. wheel type & nose plate size) ** Also available in 240-lb. & 300-lb. capacities
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
141 12-07-24 11:17 AM
HAND TRUCKS ALUMINUM HAND TRUCKS • • • •
Strong lightweight hand truck provides exceptional durability and versatility Weld-free design for easy maintenance 500-lb capacity on all models Shipped knocked down
A.
C.
B.
A. B. C. D. E. E.
Model No. MN024 MN025 MN026 MN027 MN028 MN029
Nose Plate W" x D" 14 x 7 1/2 18 x 7 1/2 14 x 7 1/2 18 x 7 1/2 18 x 7 1/2 18 x 7 1/2
G.
E.
D. Overall Height" 48 48 52 48 52 52
Wheels 8" Mold-On 8" Mold-On 10" Pneumatic 8" Mold-On 10" Pneumatic 10" Flat-Free
I.
H.
F.
Wt. lbs. 17.5 20.5 21.5 20 23 20
Price /Each 197.00 214.00 245.00 224.00 234.00 245.00
F. G. G. H. I.
Model No. MN030 MN031 MN032 MN033 MN034
Nose Plate W" x D" 14 x 7 1/2 18 x 10 18 x 10 18 x 7 1/2 14 x 7 1/2
Overall Height" 52 52 52 52 48
Wheels 10" Pneumatic 10" Pneumatic 10" Flat-Free 10" Pneumatic 10" Flat-Free
Wt. lbs. 22 26.5 23 23.5 20
Price /Each 234.00 261.00 276.00 231.00 245.00
HAND TRUCK ACCESSORIES FRAME EXTENSIONS
NOSE EXTENSIONS
• Size: 17" Model No. MN021 Price/Each $13.50
Only compatible with cast nose plates • Size: 20" Model No. MN019 Price/Each $35.55 • Size: 27" Model No. MN020 Price/Each $83.20
• Size: 23" Model No. MN022 Price/Each $17.55
MN019 MN021
MN020
MN022
STAIR CLIMBERS
REPLACEMENT WHEELS
Model No. MN015 Price/Each $42.50
• 10" Pneumatic Model No. MN012 Price/Each $24.35 • 8" Mold-on rubber Model No. MN013 Price/Each $23.50
MN012
142
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0138-0152_Eng.indd 142
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
MN013 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
R30367E
• 10" Flat-free Model No. MN014 Price/Each $32.45 MN014 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 11:17 AM
HAND TRUCKS BUILD YOUR OWN HAND TRUCK IN 4 EASY STEPS STEP 1: SELECT YOUR HANDLE
• Standard loop with rubber sleeve Model No. ML997 Price/Each $16.20
• Standard loop Model No. ML998 Price/Each $14.30
• Vertical loop • Not for use with MN006 and MN007 Model No. ML999 Price/Each $30.60
• Double grip Model No. MN001 Price/Each $22.15
• Single grip Model No. MN002 Price/Each $23.25
• Double "P" Model No. MN003 Price/Each $47.70
STEP 2: SELECT YOUR FRAME
• Straight frame Model No. MN004 Price/Each $106.00
• Straight frame with large cross bar Model No. MN005 Price/Each $108.00
• Curved back frame Model No. MN006 Price/Each $113.00
• Lattice back frame Model No. MN007 Price/Each $105.00 MN026
STEP 3: SELECT YOUR NOSE PLATE
• Cast nose plate • Size: 14" x 7 1/2" Model No. MN008 Price/Each $54.00
• Cast nose plate • Size: 18" x 7 1/2" Model No. MN009 Price/Each $68.55
• Extrude nose plate • Size: 18" x 7 1/2" Model No. MN010 Price/Each $71.95
• Extrude nose plate • Size: 18" x 10" Model No. MN011 Price/Each $85.50
STEP 4: SELECT YOUR WHEEL ASSEMBLY
R30368E
Assembly Includes 2 wheels, 2 axle brackets and 1 axle
• 8" Mold-on rubber Model No. MN035 Price/Assembly $63.75
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0138-0152_Eng.indd 143
• 10" Pneumatic Model No. MN036 Price/Assembly $68.95
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
MN033
10" Flat-free Model No. MN037 Price/Assembly $85.45
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
143 12-07-24 11:17 AM
HAND TRUCKS ALUMINUM HAND TRUCKS • • • •
Strength, durability and versatility in a lightweight truck Totally modular trucks have no welds to break 500-lb. capacity on all models Shipped knocked down.
G.
E.
C. A.
B.
D.
H. F.
A. B. C. D. D. E. E.
Model No. MA250 MA269 MA275* MA258 MA255 MA263 MA261
Nose Plate W" x D" 14 x 7 1/2 18 x 7 1/2 14 x 7 1/2 14 x 7 1/2 14 x 7 1/2 14 x 7 1/2 14 x 7 1/2
Overall Height" 48 48 48 52 52 48 48
Wheels 8" Mold-On 8" Mold-On 10" Pneumatic 8" Mold-On 10" Pneumatic 8" Mold-On 10" Pneumatic
Wt. lbs. 18 19 21 19 21 21 24
Price /Each 249.26 276.38 315.43 279.55 311.60 316.19 348.24
F. F. G. G. H. H.
Model No. MA271 MA270 MA266 MA265 MA268 MA267
Nose Plate W" x D" 18 x 9 18 x 9 18 x 7 1/2 18 x 7 1/2 18 x 7 1/2 18 x 7 1/2
Overall Height" 48 48 52 52 52 55
Wheels 8" Mold-On 10" Pneumatic 8" Mold-On 10" Pneumatic 8" Mold-On 10" Pneumatic
Wt. lbs. 19 22 19 22 19 22
Price /Each 301.81 333.90 286.35 299.98 295.85 313.83
* Frame has a curved back for cylindrical or flat loads.
ACCESSORIES FRAME EXTENSIONS
STAIR CLIMBERS
CAREFREE® TIRE
• 16" High U-frame extension Model No. MD439 Price/Each $21.25
• Aluminum with replaceable low-friction polymer skid bars Model No. MA315 Price/Each $58.90
• Micro-cellular foam tire will never go flat • 10" x 3 1/2" • Ball bearings Model No. MD445 Price/Each $82.60
• 23" High U-frame extension Model No. MD438 Price/Each $33.10
HAND TRUCK ACCESSORY BAG • Four adjustable straps with buckles • Pocket is 9" W x 11" D, other tool pocket is12" W x 3" D • Overall dimensions: 18" L x 12" W Model No. MH231 Price/Each $57.88
• 32" High U-frame extension Model No. MD437 Price/Each $37.68
RETRACTABLE 4TH WHEEL
FOLDING EXTENSIONS
• Retractable 5" caster wheels support load in inclined position • Folds flush against frame when not in use
• 20" extruded channel nose extension Model No. XZ273 Price/Each $79.20
CURB RAMP
• 30" extruded channel nose extension Model No. MA317 Price/Each $85.60 • 24" formed plate extension, low plate profile for sliding under loads Model No.XZ272 Price/Each $106.85
• Light, portable and easy to handle • Dimensions: 27" x 27" • Capacity: 600 lbs. Model No. MH224 Price/Each $109.07
144
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0138-0152_Eng.indd 144
R31887E
Model No. XZ687 Price/Each $330.10
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 11:17 AM
HAND TRUCKS COBRA SERIES ALUMINUM 2 IN 1 TRUCKS
CONVERTIBLE HAND TRUCKS • Converts easily from a 2-wheel hand truck to a 4-wheel platform truck • Lightweight aluminum construction • 5" polyurethane casters and 10" flat-free wheels • Weight: 441 lbs. • Shipped assembled
Model No. ML621
Nose Plate W" x D" 18 x 10
Hand Truck Cap. lbs. Ht." 600 52
Platform Truck Cap. lbs. L" x W" 1250 12 x 43
Price /Each 381.00
FEATURES
COBRA SR.
Handle: Frame Cross Braces: Nose Plate: Overall Height: Frame Bed: Swivel Casters: Pneumatic Wheels: Hand Truck Capacity: Platform Truck Capacity: Weight: Model No. Price/Each
Continuous 4 18" wide 61 3/4" 12" x 50 3/4" 5" x 1 1/4" 10" x 3 1/2" 600 lbs. 1250 lbs. 42.5 lbs. MD754 $540.88
MD754
FOLDING HAND TRUCKS
OPTIONAL REMOVABLE ALUMINUM DECKS
• Heavy-duty construction • Easy to use latch system may be engaged with one hand • 8" mold-on rubber wheels • Comfort grip handle • 14" x 7" locking folding nose plate • Overall height: 48" • Capacity: 500 lbs. • Weight: 22 lbs. Model No. MN117 Price/Each $424.66
Model No. MD756
Dimensions L" x W" 55 x 12
Price /Each 173.95
GEMINI® CONVERTIBLE ALUMINUM TRUCKS • Converts in seconds from a 2-wheel hand truck to a 4-wheel platform truck • Lightweight, high strength aluminum construction • Balanced to assure easier wheeling and positive load control • 18" wide x 7 1/2" deep rugged cast aluminum nose plate • 5" swivel casters • 10" x 3 1/2" full pneumatic wheels • 16 5/8" frame width, 20 1/2" O.A. width • Shipped knocked down
Y-CABLE BRAKE HAND TRUCKS • Provides safer load control and reduces operator's accumulated muscle strain • Easy ergonomic self-equalizing brake actuators • 18" x 9" nose plate • 10" pneumatic wheels • Stair climber included • Overall height: 60" • Capacity: 500 lbs. • Weight: 38 lbs. Model No. MN119 Price/Each $519.52
Gemini Jr.
Gemini Sr. Model Hand Truck Platform Truck No. Cap. Ht." Cap. lbs. Ht." MA319 500 lbs. 51 1000 40 MA320 500 lbs. 61 1000 45 1/8 OPTIONAL SNAPON DECK MB198 43 1/4" For Gemini Jr. MB197 56" For Gemini Sr.
THREE-POSITION HAND TRUCKS • Can be used to transport all your needs, from general use items to bulky equipment • Two 10" pneumatic wheels and two 5" polyurethane casters • 18" x 7 1/2" nose plate • 2-wheel capacity: 500-lbs., overall height 51" • 4-wheel capacity: 750-lbs., overall height 40" • Weight: 43 lbs. Model No. MN118 Price/Each $727.34
Length" 38 51 Wt. lbs. 5 6
Wt. lbs. 44 45
Price /Each 485.09 509.96 Price/Each 148.53 154.40
GEMINI® XL CONVERTIBLE TRUCKS
R31888E
• Proven most durable convertible hand truck • Large 17" x 52" deck • Capacity: As hand truck - 625 lbs. As platform truck - 1250 lbs. • Deck included Model No. MH865 Price/Each $710.20
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0138-0152_Eng.indd 145
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
145 12-07-24 11:17 AM
PLATFORM TRUCKS STEEL DECK PLATFORM TRUCKS • Choose from the largest selection of platform size and casters to meet your application • All-welded design 14-gauge steel base • Two turned down lip and reinforced channels underneath • Double welded sockets • Removable 1 1/4" chrome handle can be inserted in either end • Two swivel and two rigid bolted-on casters • Shipped knocked-down • Kleton blue powder coat finish
14-gauge steel deck
Kleton blue powder coat finish
1 1/4" Tubular chrome handle 1000-lbs. Capacity
Bolt-on caster for easy maintenance
Double fold edge for added strength
MB241
MB246
5" POLYOLEFIN CASTERS
8" HIGHTEMP NYLON CASTERS
• 900-lb. capacity
• 1000-lb. capacity
Model No. MB238 MB246 MD427 MB254
Platform Size W" x L" 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60
Deck Height" 8 8 8 8
Handle Wt. Height" lbs. 36 61 36 74 36 80 36 94
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. Description ML396 5" Rigid Polyolefin Caster ML395 5" Swivel Polyolefin Caster MB218 24" Chrome Handle MB221 30" Chrome Handle
Price /Each 202.92 218.92 252.71 282.56
Double welded sockets to prevent cracking or separation from platform
ML395
Price/Each 9.35 11.25 34.67 36.98
Model No. MB233 MB241 MD422 MB249
Platform Size W" x L" 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60
Deck Height" 11 11 11 11
Handle Wt. Height" lbs. 39 87 39 100 39 106 39 120
Price /Each 314.70 330.70 364.49 394.34
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. Description Price/Each ML865 8" Rigid High-Temp Nylon Caster 45.95 ML864 8" Swivel High-Temp Nylon Caster 53.60 MB218 24" Chrome Handle 34.67 MB221 30" Chrome Handle 36.98
ML864
MB244
MB237
5" NONMARKING RUBBER CASTERS
8" MOLDON RUBBER CASTERS • 1000-lb. capacity
• 1000-lb. capacity Model No. MB237 MB245 MD426 MB253
Platform Size W" x L" 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60
Deck Height" 8 8 8 8
Handle Wt. Height" lbs. 36 63 36 76 36 82 36 96
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. Description ML338 5" Rigid Non-Marking Rubber Caster ML337 5" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber Caster MB218 24" Chrome Handle MB221 30" Chrome Handle
Price /Each 236.76 252.76 286.55 316.40
ML337
Model No. MB236 MB244 MD425 MB252
Platform Size W" x L" 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60
Deck Height" 11 11 11 11
Handle Wt. Height" lbs. 39 96 39 109 39 115 39 129
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. Description ML853 8" Rigid Mold-On Rubber Caster ML852 8" Swivel Mold-On Rubber Caster MB218 24" Chrome Handle MB221 30" Chrome Handle
Price/Each 18.85 20.55 34.67 36.98
Price /Each 292.42 308.41 342.21 372.06 ML852
Price/Each 28.25 34.10 34.67 36.98
MB242
MB240
8" FULL PNEUMATIC CASTERS
6" HIGHTEMP NYLON CASTERS
• 800-lb. capacity
• 900-lb. capacity Model No. MB232 MB240 MD421 MB248
Platform Size W" x L" 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60
Deck Height" 9 9 9 9
Handle Wt. Height" lbs. 37 77 37 90 37 96 37 110
146
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0138-0152_Eng.indd 146
Price/Each 34.40 41.80 34.67 36.98
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Model No. MB234 MB242 MD423 MB250 ML861
Platform Size W" x L" 24 x 36 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60
Deck Height" 11 11 11 11
Handle Wt. Height" lbs. 39 79 39 92 39 98 39 112
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. Description MN221 8" Rigid Pneumatic Caster MN222 8" Swivel Pneumatic Caster MB218 24" Chrome Handle MB221 30" Chrome Handle
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 314.24 330.23 364.02 393.88
Price/Each 17.25 19.50 34.67 36.98 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
ML627
R32045E
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. Description ML862 6" Rigid High-Temp Nylon Caster ML861 6" Swivel High-Temp Nylon Caster MB218 24" Chrome Handle MB221 30" Chrome Handle
Price /Each 284.28 300.28 334.07 363.92
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 5:36 PM
PLATFORM TRUCKS HEAVY-DUTY PLATFORM TRUCKS • Steel deck made of a heavy-duty all-welded 11-gauge steel with reinforced channel formed deck • Wood deck features a sturdy 2" x 2" angle iron frame with quality hardwood decking • Removable 1 1/4" chrome handle can be placed at either end • Double-welded sockets • Available in standard caster or diamond tilt placement • Various casters are available to meet your specific application • Two rigid and two swivel bolted-on casters • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
1 1/4" Tubular chrome handle
STEEL DECK
11-gauge steel deck
Up to 2000-lbs. capacity
Bolt-on caster for easy maintenance
WOOD DECK
Double welded sockets to prevent cracking or separation from platform
Double fold edge for added strength
8" MOLDON RUBBER CASTERS • 1800-lb. capacity Plateform Deck Size" Height" 24 x 48 11 30 x 48 11 30 x 60 11 36 x 72 11 48 x 96 11
Handle Height" 40 40 40 40 40
Standard Corner MB296 MB304 MB308 MB320 MB324
Wt. lbs. 110 125 140 180 240
Wood Deck Price Diamond /Each Tilt 406.93 MB298 464.80 MB306 479.73 MD332 578.67 MB322 1140.53 MB326
Wt. lbs. 115 130 145 190 250
Price /Each 429.33 457.33 496.53 610.40 1172.27
Standard Corner MB295 MB303 MB307 MB319 MB323
Wt. lbs. 110 125 140 180 240
Steel Deck Price Diamond /Each Tilt 356.53 MB297 373.33 MD331 378.93 MB309 468.53 MB321 965.07 MB325
Wt. lbs. 120 135 150 195 260
Price /Each 380.80 390.13 403.20 511.47 1069.60
Wt. lbs. 110 125 140 180 240
Wood Deck Price Diamond /Each Tilt 420.00 MB133 434.93 MB141 487.20 MB145 584.27 MB157 1067.73 MB169
Wt. lbs. 115 130 145 190 250
Price /Each 459.20 459.20 502.13 644.00 1174.13
Standard Corner MB131 MB139 MB143 MB154 MB167
Wt. lbs. 110 125 140 180 240
Steel Deck Price Diamond /Each Tilt 364.03 MB132 380.80 MB140 393.87 MB144 472.27 MB156 1021.07 MB168
Wt. lbs. 120 135 150 195 260
Price /Each 388.27 397.60 406.93 490.93 998.67
Wt. lbs. 110 125 140 180 240
Wood Deck Price Diamond /Each Tilt 485.33 MB258 545.07 MB266 560.00 MB270 672.00 MB282 1226.40 MB286
Wt. lbs. 115 130 145 190 250
Price /Each 535.73 535.73 574.93 722.40 1256.27
Standard Corner MB255 MB263 MB268 MB280 MB283
Wt. lbs. 110 125 140 180 240
Steel Deck Price Diamond /Each Tilt 434.93 MB257 455.47 MB265 468.53 MB269 576.80 MB281 1121.87 MB285
Wt. lbs. 120 135 150 195 260
Price /Each 483.47 470.40 481.60 563.73 1151.73
8" HIGHTEMP NYLON CASTERS • 2000-lb. capacity Plateform Deck Size" Height" 24 x 48 11 30 x 48 11 30 x 60 11 36 x 72 11 48 x 96 11
Handle Height" 40 40 40 40 40
Standard Corner MB130 MB138 MB142 MB155 MB166
10" FULL PNEUMATIC CASTERS • 1000-lb. capacity Plateform Deck Size" Height" 24 x 48 13 30 x 48 13 30 x 60 13 36 x 72 13 48 x 96 13
Handle Height" 42 42 42 42 42
Standard Corner MB256 MB264 MB267 MB279 MB284
CASTER PLACEMENT • Standard Corner pattern is 2 swivel casters in the back and 2 rigid casters in the front of the platform truck • Diamond Tilt pattern allows the truck to Tilt-balance slightly on the centre side casters, allowing the truck to turn in its own length
REPLACEMENT CASTERS Model No. Description ML853 8" Rigid Mold-On Rubber Casterr ML852 8" Swivel Mold-On Rubber Caster ML865 8" Rigid High-Temp Nylon Caster ML864 8" Swivel High-Temp Nylon Caster MN223 10" Pneumatic Rigid Caster MN224 10" Pneumatic Swivel Caster
Corner standard
Price/Each 28.25 34.10 45.95 53.60 19.40 20.75
REPLACEMENT HANDLES Model No. Description MB218 24" Chrome Handle MB221 30" Chrome Handle MB224 36" Chrome Handle MB226 48" Chrome Handle
Price/Each 34.67 36.98 55.71 60.10
R32048E
Diamond Tilt
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0138-0152_Eng.indd 147
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
147 12-07-24 11:18 AM
PLATFORM TRUCKS SPECIALIZED PLATFORM DECKS
Model No. MB327 MB328 MB329 MB330 MB331 MB332 MB337 MB338 MB348
SEMI LIVE SKIDS • • • • • • • •
Ideal solution for removable temporary storage Heavy 11-gauge steel deck with reinforced channels 3/16" x 2" x 2" angle frame with hardwood deck 52" jack handle (sold separately) engages skids and converts them to portable truck Skids and handle roll on 8" Mold-On rubber wheels Can be stacked away when not in use 1800-lb. capacity Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
MB327
Deck Size W" x L" 24 x 48 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 60 36 x 72 36 x 72
Deck Type Steel Wood Steel Wood Steel Wood Steel Wood Jack Handle
Deck Height" 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Wt. lbs. 110 115 130 135 140 145 175 180 30
Price /Each 344.15 401.16 354.33 429.67 368.58 464.29 456.15 566.11 146.62
MB328 REPLACEMENT CASTERS Model No. Description Price/Each ML853 8" Rigid Mold-On Rubber Caster 28.25 MB348
DEAD SKIDS
ML071
• Tough and durable platforms for temporary storage and handling of material • Heavy 11-gauge steel deck with reinforced channels • 3/16" x 2" x 2" angle frame with hardwood deck • Available with steel or hardwood decks • Four sturdy steel legs keep loads off the floor • Can be stacked when not in use • 2500-lb. capacity • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Model Deck Dimensions No. W" x L " ML071 24 x 48 ML072 24 x 48 ML073 30 x 48 ML074 30 x 48 ML075 30 x 60 ML076 30 x 60 ML077 36 x 72 ML078 36 x 72
ML072
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Model No. MB122 MB123 MB124 MB125 MB126
ALL WOOD DECK PLATFORM TRUCKS • Made of quality 7/8" hardwood with 5"x 1 5/8" hardwood sidewall • Hardwood surface will not mar or scratch loads • Removable 1 1/4" tubular chrome handle • Mounted on two 12" wheels and two 6" swivel high-temp nylon casters • 3000-lb. capacity
MB122 MC340
Platform Size W" x L" 24 x 48 30 x 48 30 x 60 36 x 60 36 x 72
Platform Type Steel Wood Steel Wood Steel Wood Steel Wood
Deck Height" 15 15 15 15 15
Deck Height" 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Handle Height" 44 44 44 44 44
Wt. lbs. 110 115 130 135 140 145 175 180
Wt. lbs. 150 170 195 210 230
Price /Each 372.65 437.82 382.84 468.36 362.47 511.13 496.87 627.20
Price /Each 718.75 722.58 833.75 875.92 979.42
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. Description Price/Each MC340 12" Phenolic Wheel 53.45 ML861 6" Swivel High-Temp Nylon Caster 41.80 MB218 24" Chrome Handle 34.67 MB221 30" Chrome Handle 36.98 MB224 36" Chrome Handle 55.71
ML861 Steel Deck Model Wt. No. lbs. MD187 130 MD189 170 MD193 210
ERGONOMIC PLATFORM WAGON TRUCKS • • • • • • • • •
Flush deck allows for easy loading/unloading of cargo Steel deck made of an all-welded 11-gauge steel Quality hardwood deck features a 2" x 2" angle iron frame Handle can be raised up to 45" Fifth wheel design allows for easier manoeuvering T-handle with vinyl handgrips Rolls on four 10" pneumatic wheels 1000-lb. capacity Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Price /Each 553.89 610.91 739.20
Wood Deck Model Wt. No. lbs. MD186 120 MD188 150 MD192 190
Price /Each 610.91 690.33 873.60
REPLACEMENT PARTS & WHEEL Model No. Description MA382 Hand Grip ML069 10" Pneumatic Wheel
Platform Size Deck W" x L" Height" 24 x 48 21 30 x 60 21 36 x 72 21 Price/Each 1.12 30.92
MD186
148
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0138-0152_Eng.indd 148
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R32051E
MD189
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 11:18 AM
PLATFORM TRUCKS ERGONOMIC PLATFORM TRUCKS
INSTITUTIONAL PLATFORM TRUCKS
• Ergonomic handle is placed at a comfortable working height to alleviate back strains • Picking list holder eliminates the need to handle loose papers • Deck is constructed from 14-gauge all welded steel with a turned down lip and reinforced channels • Two swivel and two rigid 8" mold-on rubber casters • 48" L x 24" W • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Kleton powder coat finish Model No. ML892 Price/Each $405.63
• Ideal truck for institutional applications - hospitals, restaurants, shopping centres, offices, industry and anywhere else a quiet ride and professional appearance is required • 14-gauge steel deck with 2" lip underneath • Non-skid rubber surface means product will not shift during use • Rubber corner bumpers protect walls and furniture • 1 1/4" tubular chrome handle with Chrome Handle! end panel contains small packages • 5" non-marking rubber casters for a smooth, quiet ride; two rigid/two swivel • 1000-lb. capacity • Shipped knocked down
Model No. MB190 MB208 MB207 MB209
ALUMINUM PLATFORM TRUCKS • • • • • •
Dimensions L" x W" 36 x 24 48 x 24 48 x 30 60 x 30
Wt lbs. 64 70 88 100
Price /Each 377.07 393.87 496.53 507.73
40% lighter on average, than steel or wood-and-steel platform trucks Corrosion resistant for extra long life Box frame made of high strength all-welded aluminum channel Corner sockets at both ends allow handles to be used on either end of the truck Rubber corner bumpers prevent damage to walls and furniture Wide variety of casters to suit any application
8" PNEUMATIC CASTERS Platform Size" 24x36 24x48 30x60
Capacity lbs. 1400 1400 1400
Smooth Deck Model No. ML901 ML902 ML903
Wt. lbs. 51 55 66
Price /Each 410.00 435.00 495.00
Tread Plate Deck Model No. ML904 ML905 ML906
Wt. lbs. 52 57 68
Price /Each 435.00 465.00 542.00
Smooth Deck Model No. ML907 ML908 ML909
Wt. lbs. 56 60 71
Price /Each 455.00 485.00 556.00
Tread Plate Deck Model No. ML910 ML911 ML912
Wt. lbs. 57 62 73
Price /Each 485.00 521.00 606.00
Smooth Deck Model No. ML913 ML914 ML915
Wt. lbs. 54 58 69
Price /Each 470.00 500.00 571.00
Tread Plate Deck Model No. ML916 ML917 ML918
Wt. lbs. 55 60 71
Price /Each 500.00 536.00 622.00
Smooth Deck Model No. ML919 ML920 ML921
Wt. lbs. 58 62 73
Price /Each 521.00 556.00 637.00
Tread Plate Deck Model No. ML922 ML923 ML924
Wt. lbs. 59 64 75
Price /Each 556.00 596.00 697.00
Smooth Deck Model No. ML925 ML926 ML927
Wt. lbs. 64 68 79
Price /Each 399.00 425.00 500.00
Tread Plate Deck Model No. ML928 ML929 ML930
Wt. lbs. 65 70 71
Price /Each 425.00 455.00 534.00
Smooth Deck Model No. ML931 ML932 ML933
Wt. lbs. 48 52 63
Price /Each 440.00 465.00 536.00
Tread Plate Deck Model No. ML934 ML935 ML936
Wt. lbs. 49 54 65
Price /Each 465.00 500.00 586.00
ML901
10" PNEUMATIC CASTERS Platform Size" 24x36 24x48 30x60
Capacity lbs. 1850 1850 1850
ML910
8" FLATFREE CASTERS Platform Size" 24x36 24x48 30x60
Capacity lbs. 1100 1100 1100
ML916
10" FLATFREE CASTERS Platform Size" 24x36 24x48 30x60
Capacity lbs. 1200 1200 1200
ML922
8" MOLDON RUBBER CASTERS Platform Size" 24x36 24x48 30x60
Capacity lbs. 2000 2000 2000
ML925
6" POLYURETHANE CASTERS Platform Size" 24x36 24x48 30x60
Capacity lbs. 3400 3400 3400
ML931
R32049E
8" POLYURETHANE CASTERS Platform Size" 24x36 24x48 30x60
Capacity lbs. 4000 4000 4000
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0138-0152_Eng.indd 149
Smooth Deck Model No. ML937 ML938 ML939
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wt. lbs. 53 57 68
Price /Each 460.00 490.00 556.00
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Tread Plate Deck Model No. ML940 ML941 ML942 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Wt. lbs. 54 59 70
Price /Each 490.00 521.00 612.00
WELDING & METALWORKING
ML940
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
149 12-07-24 11:18 AM
PLATFORM TRUCKS HEAVY-DUTY PLATFORM TRUCKS
WORK HEIGHT PLATFORM TRUCKS
• • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • •
Ideal for moving large and heavy loads Ergonomic handle design improves control and worker safety Powder-coated steel handle with retainer clips prevents unintended removal Steel reinforced deck for enhanced durability Molded-in-tie-down slots for load security Textured deck for enhanced durability Perimeter deck channel retains small items 2 fixed and 2 swivel casters Colour: Black Assembly required
Model No. ML565 ML566 ML567 ML568 ML569 ML570 ML571 ML572 ML573 ML574 ML575
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 x 40 1/4 x 39 3/4 24 x 40 1/4 x 39 3/4 24 x 52 1/4 x 41 3/4 24 x 52 1/4 x 41 3/4 24 x 52 1/4 x 41 3/4 30 x 64 1/4 x 41 5/8 30 x 64 1/4 x 41 5/8 30 x 64 1/4 x 41 5/8 40 x 70 x 37 40 x 70 x 39 1/8 40 x 70 x 39 1/8
Caster Type 6" Rubber 6" Polyolefin 8" Rubber 8" Pneumatic 8" Polyolefin 8" Rubber 8" Pneumatic 8" Polyolefin 6" Rubber 8" Pneumatic 8" Polyolefin
Capacity lbs. 1000 2000 2000 1200 2500 2000 1200 2500 1000 1000 1000
Wt. lbs. 58 63 76 76 80 87 87 100 127 127 127
Unique adjustable design places the deck at a comfortable, ergonomic height Adjustable work height from 25" to 31" high in 3" increments Steel reinforced deck for enhanced durability Molded-in tie-down slots for load security Textured deck surface reduces load slippage Powder-coated steel handle with retainer clips prevent unintended removal • Assembly required
Price /Each 703.84 737.85 787.11 884.87 803.09 908.29 1004.19 925.01 1458.93 1955.15 1848.03
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0138-0152_Eng.indd 150
Caster Type 6" Polyolefin 8" Polyolefin 8" Polyolefin
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Capacity lbs. 2500 2500 2500
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Capacity lbs. 2000 2000 2000
Wt. lbs. 66.1 73.8 91.5
Price /Each 759.79 830.14 921.68
Wt. lbs. 46 55 68
Price /Each 686.66 718.10 812.07
Model No. ML582 ML583 ML584
WELDING & METALWORKING
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 x 39 x 38 24 x 51 x 40 30 x 63 x 40
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Caster Type 6" Polyolefin 8" Polyolefin 8" Polyolefin
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Capacity lbs. 2000 2000 2000
Wt. lbs. 60 74 92
Price /Each 682.49 761.70 853.76
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R27381E
150
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 1/2 x 38 3/4 x 40 1/2 24 1/2 x 50 3/4 x 42 1/2 30 1/2 x 62 3/4 x 42 1/2
Caster Type 6" Rubber 8" Rubber 8" Rubber
• Ideal for moving large, hard-to handle items such as sheet goods, doors, lumber, tables and piping • Three removable powder coated steel vertical frames provide support for hard-to-handle loads • Vertical frame retainer clips prevent unintended removal • Steel reinforced deck for enhanced durability • Molded-in tie-down slots for load slippage • Textured deck surface reduces load slippage • Perimeter deck channel retains small items • 2 fixed and 2 swivel casters • Colour: Black • Assembly required
Ideal for moving and storing of long and bulky material Corner posts retainer clips prevent unintended removal Steel reinforced deck for enhanced durability Molded-in tie-down slots for load security Textured deck surface reduces load slippage Perimeter deck channel retains small items 2 fixed and 2 swivel casters Colour: Black Assembly required
Model No. ML579 ML580 ML581
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 x 40 1/4 x 45 7/8 24 x 52 1/4 x 47 3/4 30 1/4 x 62 3/4 x 47
SHEET & PANEL TRUCK MOVERS
STANCHION PLATFORM TRUCKS • • • • • • • • •
Model No. ML576 ML577 ML578
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 11:18 AM
PLATFORM TRUCKS SIDE PANEL PLATFORM TRUCKS
SEMI-LIVE SKIDS
• Ideal for transporting and retaining small packages and materials • Ergonomic handle design improves control and worker safety • Side panels easily remove to accommodate oversize loads • Side panel cut outs allows for ergonomic access of contents • Steel reinforced deck for enhanced durability • Molded-in tie-down slots for load security • Textured deck surface reduces load slippage • Perimeter deck channel retains small items • 2 fixed and 2 swivel casters • Colour: Black • Assembly required
• • • • • • • • •
Model No. ML606 ML607 ML608 ML609 ML610
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 x 43 3/4 x 39 24 x 55 3/4 x 41 24 x 55 3/4 x 41 30 x 67 7/8 x 41 1/8 30 x 67 7/8 x 41 1/8
Caster Type 6" Rubber 8" Pneumatic 8" Rubber 8" Pneumatic 8" Rubber
Capacity lbs. 1000 1200 2000 1200 2000
Wt. lbs. 62 74 74 92 92
Price /Each 996.20 1104.24 1104.24 1272.91 1272.91
Perfect for temporary storage of material, parts and supplies Tight turning radius allows easy manoeuvrability in confined areas Heavy-duty tow plate engages / disengages jack handle Steel reinforced deck for enhanced durability Molded-in tie-down slots for load security Textured deck surface reduces load slippage Perimeter deck channel retains small items Durable powder-coated steel handle (sold separately) Colour: Black
Model No. ML596 ML597 ML598 ML599
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 x 38 1/8 x 12 1/2 24 x 50 1/8 x 12 1/2 30 x 62 1/8 x 12 1/2 Jack Handle
Caster Type 8" Rubber 8" Rubber 8" Rubber 8" Rubber
Capacity lbs. 2000 2000 2000 2000
Wt. lbs. 29 38 50 32
Price /Each 476.99 558.64 637.85 281.79
STRUCTURAL PLASTIC PLATFORM TRUCKS Choose from a wide combination of deck sizes, handle configurations and casters. Non-skid HDPE plastic deck maintains structural integrity under loads up to 2000 lbs. Resists rust, chemicals, dents and temperature changes. Durable, polymer-coated handles ease truck manœuvrability. Assembly required
A.
C.
B.
MH194
MH156
MH176
R32050E
PLATFORM TRUCK DESCRIPTION
A A A A B B C C
Deck Size" 24 x 48 24 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 60 24 x 48 30 x 60 24 x 48 30 x 60 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0138-0152_Eng.indd 151
Qty. 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Handle Type Open Crossbar Open Crossbar Crossbar Crossbar Crossbar Crossbar SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 90 93 96 101 141 173 171 191 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
8" Full Pneumatic Model No. MH156 MH160 MH164 MH168 MH176 MH184 MH192 MH200
- 1200 lbs. Price /Each 810.78 835.08 859.75 885.92 1056.97 1100.80 1087.93 1108.56
WELDING & METALWORKING
8" Mold-on Rubber - 2000 lbs. Model Price No. /Each MH162 773.00 MH170 823.87 MH178 994.88 MH186 1038.76 MH194 1025.84 MH202 1046.52 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
6" Polyurethane - 2700 lbs. Model Price No. /Each MH163 802.37 MH171 936.08 MH179 1106.95 MH187 1150.96 MH195 1137.91 MH203 1158.72 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
151 12-07-24 11:18 AM
PLATFORM TRUCKS 5TH WHEEL WAGON TRUCKS
CONVERTIBLE PLATFORM TRUCKS
• Ideal for moving heavy loads in manufacturing plants, warehouses, maintenance shops and outdoor environments • Fifth wheel steering ensures tight turning radius and easy manoeuvrability • Vinyl grip, powder coated "T" handle stays upright when not in use • "T" handle is removable for towing capabilities (tow package sold separately) • Steel reinforced deck for enhanced durability • Molded-in tie-down slots for load security • Textured deck channel retains small items • Perimeter deck channel retains small items • Colour: Black
• Unique, convertible design quickly transforms the bulk load capacity of standard platform truck to the functionality of a heavy-duty 2-shelf cart • Two product configurations: 24" x 56" heavy-duty platform truck 24" x 36" two-shelf heavy-duty shelf cart • Push button latch easily and quickly converts into either product configuration • Ergonomic handle design improves control and worker safety • Steel reinforced deck for enhanced durability • Molded-in tie-downs slots for load security • Textured deck top reduces load slippage • Deep cart top lip and perimeter deck channel retain small items • Two fixed and two swivel casters • Colour: Black
Model No. ML585 ML586 ML587 ML588 ML589 ML590 ML591 ML592 ML593
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 x 42 7/8 x 29 3/4 24 x 42 7/8 x 29 3/4 24 x 54 7/8 x 31 3/4 24 x 54 7/8 x 31 3/4 30 x 66 7/8 x 31 3/4 30 x 66 7/8 x 31 3/4 40 x 70 x 48 5/8 40 x 70 x 50 3/4 Tow package
Caster Type 10" Pneumatic 10" Rubber 12" Pneumatic 12" Rubber 12" Pneumatic 12" Rubber 12" Pneumatic 16" Pneumatic -
Capacity lbs. 1200 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 -
Wt. lbs. 60 60 71 71 88 88 125 130 2.8
Price /Each 775.94 775.94 924.29 924.29 1000.02 1000.02 1800.16 2122.48 138.00 Model No. ML594 ML595
DUNNAGE RACKS • Perfect for keeping frozen, cold or dry inventory off the floor • 12" high deck meets food safety guidelines • Slotted top for maximum air circulation around perishable items • Freezer-safe: withstands temperatures from -20°F to 212°F • Aluminum reinforced deck for enhanced durability • Molded-in tie-down slots for load security • Textured deck top reduces load slippage • Perimeter deck channel retains small items • NSF Certified • Colour: Black
152
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 x 36 x 12 1/2 24 x 48 x 12 1/2 30 x 60 x 12 1/2 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0138-0152_Eng.indd 152
Caster Type 6" Rubber 8" Pneumatic
Capacity lbs. Cart Truck 750 1000 750 1000
Wt. lbs. 62 62
Price /Each 884.38 1021.51
TRIPLETM TROLLEYS • Three position handle lets users push, pull or fold flat for space efficient storage • Non-skid surface helps prevent load shifting • Durable, structural foam deck won't rust, dent or bend • Mark resistant casters give stability over rough surfaces • Colour: Black
Capacity lbs. 1500 2000 2000 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 22 31 40 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 345.23 414.93 414.01
Model No. MH708
WELDING & METALWORKING
Description Standard Trolley
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Size W" x L" x H" 20 1/2 x 32 1/2 x 37 3/4
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Cap. lbs. 500
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wt. lbs. 25
Price /Each 263.75
R27383E
Model No. ML600 ML601 ML602
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 1/4 x 65 7/8 x 42 24 1/4 x 65 7/8 x 42
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 11:19 AM
UTILITY CARTS PLASTIC UTILITY SERVICE CARTS
PLASTIC FLAT SHELF UTILITY SERVICE CARTS
• Durable structural foam construction will not dent, rust or bend • Non-marking 4" casters • Capacity: 500 lbs.
• Durable structural foam construction will not dent, rust or bend • Non-marking 4" casters • Flat top shelf makes loading and unloading of heavy boxes easy • Capacity: 500 lbs.
ML618 ML619
Model No. ML618 ML619
L" 34 1/4 40 1/4
Overall Dimensions x W" x x 17 1/2 x x 25 3/4 x
Price /Each 199.00 237.00
H" 32 32
Model No. ML620
L" 40 1/4
Overall Dimensions x W" x x 25 1/2 x
FLAT SHELF UTILITY CARTS
HEAVY-DUTY UTILITY CARTS
• Ergonomic handle design improves control and worker safety • Flat design makes loading and unloading of heavy boxes and parts easier • Easy to reach tool/accessory hooks and storage area enhances productivity and organization • Top shelf perimeter channel retains small items • Constructed from sturdy structural foam that will not rust, dent, chip nor splinter • 2 swivel and 2 fixed 5" non-marking TPR casters
• Ergonomic handle design improves control and worker safety • Easy to reach tool / accessory hooks and storage area enhances productivity and organization • 2 3/4" deep top shelf securely holds contents • Constructed from sturdy structural foam that will not rust, dent, chip nor splinter • 2 swivel and 2 fixed casters
Price /Each 248.00
H" 32
ML448 ML456
Model No. Black Beige ML456 ML457 ML458 ML459 ML460 ML461
Capacity lbs. 500 500 750
W" 19 25 7/8 25 1/4
Dimensions x D" x H" x 37 3/8 x 33 1/4 x 43 7/8 x 33 1/4 x 54 x 38
Wt. lbs. 33 42 52
Price /Each 278.07 302.13 475.86
Model No. Black Beige ML448 ML449 ML450 ML451 ML452 ML453 ML455 -
Caster Capacity Type /lbs. 5" Non-Marking TPR 500 5" Non-Marking TPR 500 8" Pneumatic 500 5" Non-Marking TPR 750 8" Pneumatic 750
Dimensions W" x D" x 17 7/8 x 39 x 25 7/8 x 45 1/4 x 25 7/8 x 45 1/4 x 26 x 55 x 26 x 55 x
Wt. lbs. 31 44 66 52 74
Price /Each 252.64 283.44 618.10 491.43 791.14
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
153
H" 33 1/4 33 1/4 37 1/8 32 3/4 35 3/4
R35496E
The best value in industrial tools . . . period
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0153-0163_Eng.indd 153
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
12-07-24 2:48 PM
UTILITY CARTS TRADEMASTERTM MOBILE CABINETS & WORK CENTRES • Raised ergonomic handle reduces wrist and back strain • Open front top for easy access to work surface • 3-outlet, surge protected power strip, 15' cord and wrap (UL/CSA listed) • 5" locking casters • 4" deep drawers support 40 lbs. and feature locking system • Shipped knocked-down
MH681 Model No. MH681 MH685 MH686
Dimensions L" x W" 40 5/8 x 18 5/8 49 x 26 1/4 58 5/8 x 26 3/8
Description 4 Drawers 4 Drawers and Cabinet 4 Drawers and Cabinet
Capacity lbs. 500 750 750
Wt. lbs. 87 123 126
Price /Each 957.60 1241.91 1431.38
MH685
TRADES CARTS • • • •
Use as mobile workbench Sized to hold large tools and supplies yet fits in tight spaces Four compartmentalized parts boxes and two versatile storage bins Mounting bracket serves as an electrical cord wrap and convenient handle bin to keep small tools/parts • Constructed of black plastic for lightness and durability • 6" casters (2 with brakes) • Also available with a fully enclosed, lockable storage compartment • Dimensions: 19 1/4" W x 38" D x 33 3/8" H • Capacity: 180 lbs. (top shelf), 150 lbs. (bottom shelf) Model No. MK744 Wt.: 50 lbs. Price/Each $575.53 Model No. MK745 Wt.: 68 lbs. Trades Cart w/Lockable Cabinet Price/Each $784.56
MK745
MK744
EXECUTIVE SERVICE CARTS • • • •
Sleek, contemporary styling ideal for office use Rounded handles improve cart manoeuvrability Dimensions: 20" W x 39" D x 38" H Capacity per shelf: 100 lbs.
Model No. ML366 ML365
Wt. lbs. 35 35
Colour Platinum Black
Price /Each 296.34 296.34
ML365
LIGHT-DUTY UTILITY CARTS • • • •
Durable plastic construction Comes with middle shelf and two convenient handles Shelves are flat with retaining beaded edges Colour: Platinum
154
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0153-0163_Eng.indd 154
Shelf Size W" x D" x H" 19 x 34 x 38
Wt. lbs. 30
Price /Each 212.85
18
37
559.30
x
31
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
x 37 1/2 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
MH223
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
MH829 R26161E
Model Capacity No. lbs. MH223 200 CART W/ENCLOSED END PANELS MH829 300
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:48 PM
UTILITY CARTS CONVERTIBLE UTILITY CARTS
LADDER CARTS
• Ideal for transporting small to medium sized materials • Three convenient product configurations: - Flat shelf utility cart - Platform truck - Fold down storage configuration • Ergonomic handle design improves control and worker safety • Top shelf perimeter channel retains small items • Overall dimensions when assembled: 23.8" W x 45.2" D x 43.8" H • 2 rigid and 2 swivel 5" non-marking casters • Capacity: 400 lbs. • Weight: 52 lbs. • Colour: Black • Assembly required Model No. ML061 Price/Each $659.29
• Provides greater mobility, enhanced access, safe ladder handling, and minimal storage requirements • Compact footprint increases maneuvrability • Safely carries a 6' ladder without hitting doorways, walls or elevators • Tall profile improves access and offers a more comfortable work height • Commercial-grade hybrid construction of powder-coated steel and structural foam • Fully adaptable to work site requirements, with long-item storage, tool holders • Perforated panels hold 1/4" and locking cabinets on model MI824 • Overall dimensions: 27" W x 31.5" D x 42" H • Capacity: 500 lbs. Model No. MI823 Price/Each $649.19 MI823 Model No. MI824 with lockable cabinet Price/Each $928.80
DEEP LEDGE UTILITY CARTS • Specially designed with a 2 3/4" deep ledge to contain product and spills • Easy-to-position centre shelf option at 1" increments • Polymer shelves are easy to clean and corrosion proof • Shelf colour: Grey • Weight load capacity: 150 lbs. per shelf, 400 lbs. per unit
MI758
MI824
Call us for quantity pricing!
Model No. MI758 MI759 MI760 MI761
Description 2-Shelf Unit 3-Shelf Unit 2-Shelf Unit 3-Shelf Unit
W" 21 1/2 21 1/2 27 27
x x x x x
Dimensions D" x 32 3/4 x 32 3/4 x 38 3/4 x 38 3/4 x
Wt. lbs. 29 38 35 47
H" 41 41 41 41
Price /Each 314.51 387.58 368.52 451.75
BC UTILITY/LAB CARTS • Smooth, injection-moulded shelves specially designed to resist staining and wipe clean easily • 4 chrome-plated posts • Available in 4 different styles • Centre shelf on 3 shelf carts is adjustable on 1" centres • 4" non-marking swivel stem casters • Capacity of 150 lbs. per shelf, 400 lbs. maximum per cart • Shelf colour is grey (except RG432, RG433 shelves are blue) MD434
R30626E
Model No. MB370 MB371 MB372 MB373 MB374 MD434 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0153-0163_Eng.indd 155
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
Description 2-Shelf Unit 3-Shelf Unit 2-Shelf Unit 3-Shelf Unit 2-Shelf Unit 3-Shelf Unit
W" 18 18 21 1/2 21 1/2 27 27
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Dimensions x D" x x 28 x x 28 x x 33 3/4 x x 33 3/4 x x 39 1/2 x x 39 1/2 x
H" 33 1/4 33 1/4 33 1/4 33 1/4 33 1/4 33 1/4
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Shelf W" x L" 16 x 27 16 x 27 20 x 30 20 x 30 26 x 36 26 x 36
Wt. lbs. 28 33 35 43 41 52
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 251.04 293.93 271.05 331.67 317.37 387.71
155 12-07-24 2:49 PM
SHELF TRUCKS All-welded 14-gauge steel for extra strength
HEAVY-DUTY SHELF CARTS
Double-fold lip for safety and added strength
• Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
1000-lb.capacity 1" round tube handle for added comfort
Sealed bearings for longer life
5" non-marking double raceway casters for easy manoeuvrability with heavy loads
HEAVY-DUTY SHELF CARTS • All-welded ready to use • Versatile for all material transport • Cart constructed from 14-gauge steel shelves welded to 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/8" steel angle posts • 1" diameter tubular steel handle • Shelves are available with a 1 1/2" lip configured up or down • 2 rigid and 2 swivel bolted-on 5" non-marking casters • Capacity: 1000 lbs. evenly distributed • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish ML092
MB461
Lip Up Lip Down Shelf Model Model Size No. No. W" x 36" OVERALL HEIGHT 14 GAUGE STEEL MB445 MB444 18 x MB447 MB446 24 x MB449 MB448 24 x MB456 MB455 18 x MB459 MB458 24 x MB461 MB460 24 x 48" OVERALL HEIGHT 14 GAUGE STEEL ML084 ML083 18 x ML086 ML085 24 x ML088 ML087 24 x ML090 ML089 18 x ML092 ML091 24 x ML094 ML093 24 x 61" OVERALL HEIGHT 14 GAUGE STEEL MB468 MB467 18 x MB470 MB469 24 x MB472 MB471 24 x MB474 MB473 18 x MB476 MB475 24 x MB478 MB477 24 x
D"
No. Shelves
Clearance Between Shelves"
Handle Height"
30 36 48 30 36 48
2 2 2 3 3 3
27 27 27 12 12 12
30 36 48 30 36 48
3 3 3 4 4 4
30 36 48 30 36 48
4 4 4 5 5 5
MB476
W"
Overall Dimensions x D" x
H"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
36 36 36 36 36 36
18 24 24 18 24 24
x x x x x x
33 39 51 33 39 51
x x x x x x
36 36 36 36 36 36
60 65 100 75 85 110
272.44 300.08 325.52 304.72 339.50 372.15
18 18 18 12 12 12
42 42 42 42 42 42
18 24 24 18 24 24
x x x x x x
33 39 51 33 39 51
x x x x x x
48 48 48 48 48 48
80 90 115 110 135 160
350.02 394.10 428.70 438.16 486.86 519.15
16 16 16 11 11 11
42 42 42 42 42 42
18 24 24 18 24 24
x x x x x x
33 39 51 33 39 51
x x x x x x
61 61 61 61 61 61
115 140 165 125 155 184
427.92 470.71 497.85 484.54 532.64 565.28
REPLACEMENT CASTERS/PARTS Model No. Description ML338 5" Rigid Non-Marking Rubber Casters ML337 5" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber Casters MC043 Corner Bumpers Note: Other casters available upon request
Price /Each 18.85 13.35 5.30
STAINLESS STEEL CARTS Suitable for clean room environments or anywhere you require easy sanitation or corrosion resistance. See page 163 ML338
ML337 R30623E
156
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0153-0163_Eng.indd 156
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:49 PM
SHELF TRUCKS KNOCKED-DOWN SHELF CARTS • • • • • • • •
16-gauge steel shelves with 2 1/2" high lip 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 12-gauge formed steel posts 1 1/4" diameter tubular steel handle Top and middle shelves can be installed lip up or down Two rigid and two swivel bolted-on casters Easy-to-assemble shipped knocked-down design Capacity: 900 lbs. evenly distributed Durable Kleton blue powder coat finish
CHOOSE FROM 3 CASTER TYPES
A. 5" Blue elastic rubber casters
B. 5" Polyolefin casters
C. 8" Pneumatic casters
MB496
MB492
2SHELF UTILITY CARTS Model Shelf Dim. Shelf No. W" x D" Clearance" A. 5" BLUE ELASTIC RUBBER CASTERS MB492 18 x 30 25 MB493 24 x 36 25 MB494 24 x 48 25 B. 5" POLYOLEFIN CASTERS MB482 18 x 30 25 MB483 24 x 36 25 MB484 24 x 48 25 C. 8" PNEUMATIC CASTERS MB488 24 x 36 25 MB489 24 x 48 25
3SHELF UTILITY CARTS Post Height"
Overall Height"
Weight Lbs.
Price /Each
30 30 30
36 36 36
43 54 69
189.00 229.00 254.00
30 30 30
36 36 36
42 53 68
169.00 210.00 235.00
30 30
40 40
60 75
285.00 312.00
Model Shelf Dim. Shelf No. W" x D" Clearance" A. 5" BLUE ELASTIC RUBBER CASTERS MB495 18 x 30 11 MB496 24 x 36 11 MB497 24 x 48 11 ML142 18 x 30 17 ML143 24 x 36 17 ML144 24 x 48 17 B. 5" POLYOLEFIN CASTERS MB485 18 x 30 11 MB486 24 x 36 11 MB487 24 x 48 11 MN143 18 x 30 17 MN144 24 x 36 17 MN145 24 x 48 17 C. 8" PNEUMATIC CASTERS MB490 24 x 36 11 MB491 24 X 48 11 MN146 24 x 36 17 MN147 24 X 48 17
Post Height"
Overall Height"
Weight Lbs.
Price /Each
30 30 30 42 42 42
36 36 36 48 48 48
54 70 93 56 72 95
224.00 260.00 297.00 239.00 275.00 308.00
30 30 30 42 42 42
36 36 36 48 48 48
53 69 92 55 71 94
205.00 242.00 276.00 220.00 254.00 288.00
30 30 42 42
40 40 52 52
77 100 79 102
310.00 350.00 330.00 360.00
MB496
ML151
R30624E
4SHELF UTILITY CARTS Model Shelf Dim. Shelf No. W" x D" Clearance" A. 5" BLUE ELASTIC RUBBER CASTERS ML145 18 x 30 10 ML146 24 x 36 10 ML147 24 x 48 10 ML148 18 x 30 15 ML149 24 x 36 15 ML150 24 x 48 15 B. 5" POLYOLEFIN CASTERS MN148 18 x 30 10 MN149 24 x 36 10 MN150 24 x 48 10 MN151 18 x 30 15 MN152 24 x 36 15 MN153 24 x 48 15 C. 8" PNEUMATIC CASTERS MN154 24 x 36 10 MN155 24 x 48 10 MN156 24 x 36 15 MN157 24 x 48 15 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0153-0163_Eng.indd 157
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Post Height"
Overall Height"
Weight Lbs.
Price /Each
42 42 42 55 55 55
48 48 48 61 61 61
66 85 115 68 87 117
265.00 342.00 397.00 275.00 352.00 410.00
42 42 42 55 55 55
48 48 48 61 61 61
65 84 114 67 86 116
243.00 320.00 375.00 253.00 329.00 388.00
42 42 55 55
52 52 65 65
90 120 92 122
398.00 450.00 394.00 465.00
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
5SHELF UTILITY CARTS Model Shelf Dim. Shelf No. W" x D" Clearance" A. 5" BLUE ELASTIC RUBBER CASTERS ML151 18 x 30 10 ML152 24 x 36 10 ML153 24 x 48 10 B. 5" POLYOLEFIN CASTERS MN158 18 x 30 10 MN159 24 x 36 10 MN160 24 x 48 10 C. 8" PNEUMATIC CASTERS MN161 24 x 36 10 MN162 24 x 48 10
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Post Height"
Overall Height"
Weight Lbs.
Price /Each
55 55 55
61 61 61
80 100 135
317.00 398.00 457.00
55 55 55
61 61 61
79 99 134
295.00 376.00 438.00
55 55
65 65
105 140
447.00 510.00
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
157 12-07-24 2:49 PM
SHELF TRUCKS HEAVY-DUTY LOW PROFILE SHOP CARTS • • • • •
All-welded cart with low shelf means less distance to lift heavy objects Two 14-gauge steel shelves with a 1 1/2" lip down 1 1/4" diameter tubular steel handle Two rigid and two swivel bolted-on casters Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
5" RUBBER CASTERS • Non-marking casters are quiet rolling and ideal for both institutional and industrial applications • Casters are resistant to wet and corrosive chemical conditions • 1000-lb. capacity Shelf Size W" x D" 18 x 30 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72
Model No. MB421 MB425 MB429 ML097 ML098 MB434 ML099
Clearance Between Shelves" 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Top Shelf Height" 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
Handle Height" 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
W" 18 24 24 24 30 30 30
Overall Dimensions x D" x x 34 x x 40 x x 52 x x 64 x x 52 x x 64 x x 76 x
Wt. lbs. 90 110 125 155 155 165 175
H" 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
Price /Each 321.28 346.25 385.88 469.92 536.46 582.21 682.01 MB425
REPLACEMENT CASTERS/PARTS Model No. ML338 ML337 MC043
Price /Each 18.85 20.55 5.30
Description 5" Rigid Non-Marking Rubber Casters 5" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber Casters Corner Bumpers
ML338
ML337
6" HITEMP NYLON OR POLYURETHANE CASTERS • • • •
Solid black hi-temp nylon casters handle heavy loads easily Solid polyurethane casters are non-marking and are highly resistant to wear Best choice in uneven floor applications 2000-lb. capacity
6" Nylon Model No. MB422 MB426 MB430 ML100 ML101 MB435 ML102
6" Polyurethane Model No. ML103 ML104 ML105 ML106 ML107 ML108 ML109
Shelf Size W" x D" 18 x 30 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72
Clearance Between Shelves" 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Handle Height" 41 41 41 41 41 41 41
Top Shelf Height" 27 27 27 27 27 27 27
W" 18 24 24 24 30 30 30
Overall Dimensions x D" x H" x 34 x 41 x 40 x 41 x 52 x 41 x 64 x 41 x 52 x 41 x 64 x 41 x 76 x 41
Wt. lbs. 100 130 145 155 155 165 175
Price /Each 420.49 492.47 551.54 625.87 692.41 640.56 871.23 MB426
REPLACEMENT CASTERS/PARTS Model No. ML400 ML399 ML862 ML861 MC043
Description 6" Rigid Polyurethane Casters 6" Swivel Polyurethane Casters 6" Rigid Hi-Temp Nylon Casters 6" Swivel Hi-Temp Nylon Casters Corner Bumpers
Price /Each 28.70 32.85 34.40 41.80 5.30
ML399
ML861
SHELF & PLATFORM TRUCKS • An efficient 2-in-1 shelf and platform truck design • Features two front corner bumpers and a removable 11-gauge top shelf to convert to a platform truck • Two rigid and two swivel bolted-on 5" non-marking rubber casters • 1000-lb. capacity • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish Shelf Size W" x D" 24 x 36
Model No. MB391
Shelf Clearance" 24
Top Shelf Height" 32
Handle Height" 40
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 26 x 38 x 40
Wt. lbs. 105
Price /Each 398.72
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS
158
Description 5" Rigid Non-Marking Rubber Casters 5" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber Casters Corner Bumper
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0153-0163_Eng.indd 158
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 18.85 20.55 5.30
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
MB391 ML338
WELDING & METALWORKING
ML337
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
R26159E
Model No. ML338 ML337 MC043
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:50 PM
SHELF TRUCKS STOCK PICKING CARTS • • • • • • •
All-welded design, ready to use Pick and transport stock without the need for a seperate ladder Slip-resistant steps and positive locking engagement for safety 14-gauge steel shelves with 1 1/2" lip, configured up Two rigid and two swivel bolted-on 5" non-marking rubber casters 1000-lb capacity Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Model No. MD441 MB507 MD442 MB508
Shelf Size W" x D" 24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 36 24 x 48
Number of Steps 3 3 5 5
Number of Shelves 3 3 3 3
Clearance Between Shelves" 12 12 12 12
Step Size W" x D" 22 x 4 22 x 4 22 x 4 22 x 4
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 24 x 52 x 61 24 x 64 x 78 24 x 52 x 61 24 x 64 x 78
Step Rise" 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2
Wt. lbs. 135 140 145 150
Price /Each 531.25 583.09 604.49 657.77
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS Model No. ML338 ML337 VC055 MC043
Description 5" Rigid Non-Marking Rubber Casters 5" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber Casters Rubber Foot Tips Corner Bumpers
Price /Each 18.85 20.55 1.25 5.30
MB507 ML338
ML337
ORDER PICKING CARTS • All-welded design, ready to use • Picking list holder eliminates the need to handle loose papers • 14-gauge steel shelves with 1 1/2" lip, configured up Shelf Size W" x D" 18 x 30 24 x 36 24 x 48 18 x 30 24 x 36 24 x 48
Model No. MB440 MB441 ML095 MB442 MB443 ML096
Number of Shelves 2 2 2 3 3 3
• Two rigid and two swivel bolted-on 5" non-marking rubber casters • 1000-lb. capacity • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Clearance Between Shelves" 27 27 27 12 12 12
Handle Height" 36 36 36 36 36 36
W" 18 24 24 18 24 24
Overall Dimensions x D" x x 46 x x 52 x x 64 x x 46 x x 52 x x 64 x
H" 36 36 36 36 36 36
Wt. lbs. 70 80 110 85 100 120
Price /Each 350.93 380.80 460.85 395.73 430.58 515.76
REPLACEMENT CASTERS/PARTS Model No. ML338 ML337 MC043
Description 5" Rigid Non-Marking Rubber Casters 5" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber Casters Corner Bumpers
Price /Each 18.85 20.55 5.30
ML338
ML337
MB442
HEAVY-DUTY SHELF CARTS WITH DRAWER • All-welded design, ready to use • Cart constructed from 14-gauge steel shelves welded to 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1/8" steel angle posts • 1" diameter tubular steel handle • Drawer dimensions: 15 1/4" W x 20" L x 6" H, 100-lb. capacity Model No. MH255 MH256 ML081 ML082
Shelf Size W" x 24 x 24 x 24 x 24 x
D" 36 36 48 48
Number of Shelves 2 3 2 3
• Available in models with 2 or 3 shelves with 1 1/2" lip configured up • Two rigid and two swivel bolted-on 5" non-marking casters • 1000-lb. capacity • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Clearance Between Shelves" 27 12 27 12
Drawer to Shelf Clearance" 18 3 18 3
Handle Height" 36 36 36 36
W" 24 24 24 24
Overall Dimensions x D" x x 39 x x 39 x x 51 x x 51 x
H" 36 36 36 36
Wt. lbs. 75 95 110 120
Price /Each 567.07 605.03 615.47 652.07
REPLACEMENT CASTERS/PARTS
MH255
Model No. Description ML338 5" Rigid Non-Marking Rubber Casters ML337 5" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber Casters MC043 Corner Bumpers Note: Other casters available upon request
Price /Each 18.85 20.55 5.30
ERGONOMIC SHELF TRUCKS
R26160E
• All-welded 16-gauge construction ready to use • All-welded ergonomic handle placed at a comfortable working height • Two rigid and two swivel 5" casters • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish • 800-lb. capacity
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0153-0163_Eng.indd 159
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
ML338
Model No. ML561 MN056 ML562 MN055 ML563 ML883 ML564 ML884
Number of Shelves 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
ML337
Caster Overall Dimensions Type W" x D" x H" Blue Rubber 20 x 32 x 37 Blue Rubber 26 x 38 x 37 Blue Rubber 20 x 32 x 37 Blue Rubber 26 x 38 x 37 Polyolefin 20 x 32 x 37 Polyolefin 26 x 38 x 37 Polyolefin 20 x 32 x 37 Polyolefin 26 x 38 x 37 WELDING & METALWORKING
Price /Each 264.83 301.62 299.78 363.65 227.23 264.02 262.18 326.05
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
ML561
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
159 12-07-24 2:51 PM
WIRE MESH TRUCKS WIRE MESH UTILITY CARTS • Rugged all-welded steel construction ready to use • Designed for efficient loading/unloading and transportation of merchandise • 14-gauge steel shelves, 1 1/2" lip up 5" Non-Marking Rubber 1000-lbs. Cap. Price Model No. /Each TWOSIDED, 2 SHELVES ML162 516.00 ML163 554.40 ML164 710.40 ML165 734.40 ML166 799.20 ML167 864.00 TWOSIDED, 3 SHELVES ML174 592.80 ML175 631.20 ML176 837.60 ML177 864.00 ML178 928.80 ML179 993.60 THREESIDED, 1 SHELF ML220 605.68 ML221 618.36 ML222 720.93 ML223 748.62 ML224 820.17 ML225 879.03 THREESIDED, 2 SHELVES ML196 563.50 ML197 600.30 ML198 775.20 ML199 699.20 ML200 876.56 ML201 928.80 THREESIDED, 3 SHELVES ML208 696.00 ML209 644.00 ML210 902.40 ML211 828.00 ML212 993.60 ML213 922.30
6" Polyurethane 2000-lbs. Cap. Model No.
• Frame constructed from 1 1/2" angle iron and 2" x 2" wire mesh • Includes: Two rigid and two swivel 5" or 6" bolted-on casters • Capacity: 1000-2000 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Price /Each
Base W" x L"
Inside Wall Height"
Handle Height"
Clearance Between Shelves"
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H"
Wt. lbs.
ML168 ML169 ML170 ML171 ML172 ML173
734.40 775.20 940.80 907.20 1020.00 1084.80
24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72
55 55 55 55 55 55
42 42 42 42 42 42
26 26 26 26 26 26
24 x 39 x 63 24 x 51 x 63 24 x 63 x 63 30 x 51 x 63 30 x 63 x 63 30 x 75 x 63
95 112 127 129 144 167
ML180 ML181 ML182 ML183 ML184 ML185
813.60 852.00 1084.80 1108.80 1188.00 1188.00
24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72
55 55 55 55 55 55
42 42 42 42 42 42
16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2
24 x 39 x 63 24 x 51 x 63 24 x 63 x 63 30 x 51 x 63 30 x 63 x 63 30 x 75 x 63
120 137 152 154 169 192
ML190 ML191 ML192 ML193 ML194 ML195
806.68 849.57 921.92 951.40 1023.76 1080.04
24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72
55 55 55 55 55 55
42 42 42 42 42 42
-
24 x 39 x63 24 x 51 x 63 24 x 63 x 63 30 x 51 x 63 30 x 63 x 63 30 x 75 x 63
102 110 120 135 145 155
ML202 ML203 ML204 ML205 ML206 ML207
837.60 878.40 906.20 1020.00 986.70 1147.20
24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72
55 55 55 55 55 55
42 42 42 42 42 42
26 26 26 26 26 26
24 x 39 x 63 24 x 51 x 63 24 x 63 x 63 30 x 51 x 63 30 x 63 x 63 30 x 75 x 63
127 142 159 182 192 211
ML214 ML215 ML216 ML217 ML218 ML219
916.80 955.20 1123.20 1147.20 1212.00 1276.80
24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72
55 55 55 55 55 55
42 42 42 42 42 42
16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2
24 x 39 x 63 24 x 51 x 63 24 x 63 x 63 30 x 51 x 63 30 x 63 x 63 30 x 75 x 63
152 174 198 229 239 267
ML163
ML200
SECURITY TRUCKS • Rugged all-welded steel construction, ready to use • Designed for efficient loading/unloading and transportation of merchandise • 14 gauge steel shelves, 1 1/2" lip up 5" Non-Marking Rubber 1000-lbs. Cap. Price Model No. /Each 2 SHELVES ML238 917.70 ML239 952.20 ML240 1667.73 ML241 1081.00 ML242 1252.80 ML243 1315.20 3 SHELVES ML250 920.64 ML251 996.80 ML252 1144.64 ML253 1169.28 ML254 1225.28 ML255 1281.28
6" Polyurethane 2000-lbs. Cap. Price Model No. /Each
• Frame constructed from 1 1/2" angle iron and 2" x 2" wire mesh • Includes: Two rigid and two swivel 5" or 6" bolted-on casters
• Comes with hasp for padlock • Capacity: 1000-2000 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Base W" x L"
Inside Wall Height"
Handle Height"
Clearance Between Shelves"
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H"
Wt. lbs.
ML244 ML245 ML246 ML247 ML248 ML249
1226.40 1264.80 1981.29 1406.40 1471.20 1536.00
24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72
55 55 55 55 55 55
42 42 42 42 42 42
25 25 25 25 25 25
26 x 39 x 62 1/2 26 x 51 x 62 1/2 26 x 63 x 62 1/2 32 x 51 x 62 1/2 32 x 63 x 62 1/2 32 x 75 x 62 1/2
157 172 189 212 222 241
ML256 ML257 ML258 ML259 ML260 ML261
1153.60 1214.08 2205.26 1384.32 1624.80 1500.80
24 x 36 24 x 48 24 x 60 30 x 48 30 x 60 30 x 72
55 55 55 55 55 55
42 42 42 42 42 42
16 16 16 16 16 16
26 x 39 x 62 1/2 26 x 51 x 62 1/2 26 x 63 x 62 1/2 32 x 51 x 62 1/2 32 x 63 x 62 1/2 32 x 75 x 62 1/2
182 204 228 259 269 297
ML254
BOX TRUCKS • Rugged all-welded 1 1/2" angle iron construction and 2" x 2" wire mesh, ready to use • Contain and transport small bulk parts or materials in your plant or warehouse
160
Base Inside Wall Handle Overall Size W" x L" Height" Height" W" x L" x H" 24 x 36 24 30 24 x 39 x 31 1/2 24 x 48 24 30 24 x 51 x 31 1/2 24 x 60 24 30 24 x 63 x 31 1/2 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0153-0163_Eng.indd 160
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. Price lbs. /Each 62 497.78 75 582.67 85 588.80
Model No. ML188 MB680 ML189
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Base Inside Wall Handle Overall Size W" x L" Height" Height" W" x L" x H" 30 x 48 24 30 30 x 51 x 31 1/2 30 x 60 24 30 30 x 63 x 31 1/2 30 x 72 24 30 30 x 75 x 31 1/2 WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Wt. Price lbs. /Each 86 667.00 95 662.04 107 787.20 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
R27385E
Model No. MB672 ML186 ML187
• Includes: 2 rigid and 2 swivel 5" non-marking bolted-on rubber casters • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
MB672 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:51 PM
PLATFORM TRUCKS SPECIALIZED CARTS & DOLLIES AFRAME SHEET/PANEL TRUCKS
DRYWALL CARTS
LUMBER CARTS
• All-welded multi-purpose cart is ideal for transporting drywall, wood or metal sheets • 1 1/4" tubular rail handle and thick 11-gauge steel platform • Two rigid and two swivel 8" bolted-on casters • Deck Dimensions: 15" W x 44" L x 14" H • Overall Dimensions: 24" W x 44" L x 44" H • Deck angle: 80° • Kleton blue enamel finish
• All-welded cart is ideal for transporting long and bulky items • Welded 14-gauge 12" x 38" steel shelf • Grey rubber bumpers protect walls and equipment • Two rigid and two swivel bolted-on casters • Kleton blue enamel finish • 1000-lb. capacity
MD217
ML064
• • • •
Ideal for handling long, flat, awkward loads Frame is constructed of all-welded 2" angle Available with open or closed base Four bolted-on 5" non-marking rubber swivel casters • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish • 1000-lb. capacity Model Overall Dimensions No. W" x L" x H" MD216 24 x 36 x 48 ML063 24 x 36 x 48 MD217 30 x 42 x 48 ML064 30 x 42 x 48 MD218 36 x 72 x 48 ML065 36 x 72 x 48
Base Type Open Closed Open Closed Open Closed
Wt. lbs. 50 60 60 75 85 110
Price /Each 342.72 401.16 356.16 415.42 434.56 553.89
Model No. ML139 MD214
Cap. lbs. 2000 3500
Caster Type 8" Mold-On Rubber 8" Polyurethane
Wt. lbs. 105 100
Price /Each 498.67 465.42
Model No. MB729 ML140
Deck Size. Shelf Overall Size. Caster W" x L" x H" Height" W" x L" x H" Type 24 x 36 x 8 34 26 x 39 x 42 5" Rubber 24 x 36 x 10 36 26 x 39 x 45 6" Rubber
FLAT BED LUMBER CARTS
CONVERTIBLE AFRAME TRUCKS
• All-welded cart is ideal for transporting large panel or sheets in a horizontal position • Four 6" swivel and two 6" rigid bolted-on non-marking polyeurethane casters • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
• Unique design combines the bulk load capacity of standard panel or bar stock trucks with the functionality of a heavy-duty 2 shelf cart • Constructed from structural foam with reinforced steel frame and side rails • Overall Dimensions: 27" W x 56 3/4" L x 49 1/2" H • Four articulating outrigger arms fold down to cradle lumber, pipe, and bar stock • Two independent fold-down top shelves provide a safe and efficient option for handling of small items – capacity per shelf 125 lbs. • Molded-in tie-down slots for load security • Textured deck surface reduces load slippage • Perimeter channel on lower deck retains small items • Removable powder coated lower steel retaining bars • Capacity: 2000 lbs. evenly distributed • Weight: 109 lbs. • Colour: Black Model No. ML611 Price/Each $1496.82
Model No. ML141
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 34 x 60 x 30
Wt. lbs.s 160
Cap lbs. 2500
Price /Each 1039.53
Wt. Price lbs. /Each 80 466.00 100 612.00
AFRAME PANEL TRUCKS
R27384E
• Ideal for safely moving of large, bulky sheet goods • Durable powder coated high side inclined frame and side rail holds firmly in place during transit • Steel reinforced deck for enhanced durability • Molded-in tie-down slots for load security • Textured deck surface reduces load slippage • Perimeter deck channel retains small items • Two fixed and two swivel casters • Colour: Black
Model No. ML603 ML604 ML605
Overall Dimensions W" x L" x H" 24 x 39 x 43 24 x 51 x 45 30 x 63 x 45
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0153-0163_Eng.indd 161
Caster Type 6" Polyolefin 8" Polyolefin 8" Polyolefin
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Capacity lbs. 2000 2000 2000 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 60 74 92 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 569.75 642.01 739.29
Call us for all your Material Handling & Storage requirements!
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
161 12-07-24 2:51 PM
UTILITY CARTS HIGH END PLATFORM TRUCKS
BAR CRADLE TRUCKS • Designed for efficient handling of long material • Tilt design allows truck to turn within its own radius • Cradle design facilitates loading and unloading • Two 12" phenolic wheels and four 6" swivel phenolic bolt-on casters • Capacity: 5000 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
• Tilt design allows truck to turn within its own radius • 11-gauge steel deck is only 10" off the ground for easy loading • Removable end racks constructed of 1 1/4" round steel tube • Two 8" x 2" bolted-on rigid casters and four 5" swivel casters • Capacity: 1500 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
ML130
MK970
Model No. MK970 MK971
W" 18 18
Overall Dimensions x D" x x 48 x x 60 x
Wt. lbs. 115 125
H" 72 72
Price /Each 410.67 429.33
SINGLE LEVEL RAILS HEAVY-DUTY PANEL MOVER TRUCKS
Model No. ML128 ML130 ML131
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 28 x 60 x 29 28 x 96 x 29 28 x 120 x 29
No. of Cradles 2 3 3
Wt. lbs. 215 300 365
Price /Each 1078.70 1330.68 1526.81
ADJUST-A-TRAY TRUCKS • A portable material handling system for all work areas • Base frame made of 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 3/16" angle • Slotted uprights made of 11 ga. steel formed channel and punched on 3 1/2" centres • Hook-on trays made of 16 ga. steel (sold separately) • Wire drop handles supplied on all trays • Features four 6" x 2" plastic casters (two rigid/two swivel) (welded to base) • Grey finish
• Ideal for transporting large sheets and long parts • All-welded construction made from 1 1/4" round tubing and reinforced 11-gauge deck • Uprights extend 33" above deck • Deck is 12" off the floor • Overall height is 45" • 8" clear space between tubes • Two swivel and two rigid 8" casters • Painted durable Kleton blue
Shown with hook-on trays (sold separately)
ML549 Model No. ML549 ML550 ML551 ML552
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 30 x 48 x 45 30 x 48 x 45 30 x 60 x 45 30 x 60 x 45
Caster Type 8" Mold-On Rubber 8" Polyurethane 8" Mold-On Rubber 8" Polyurethane
Capacity lbs. 2000 2500 2000 2500
Wt. lbs. 139 139 161 161
Price /Each 645.60 722.40 621.60 852.00
MH012
HEAVY-DUTY PANEL MOVER TRUCKS • Ideal for transporting of large sheets and long parts • All-welded construction made from a 1 1/4" round tubing and 11-gauge deck • Uprights extend 21" and 33" above deck • Deck is 12" off the floor • 8" clear space between tubes • Two swivel and two rigid 8" casters • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
ML360
162
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 30 x 48 x 45 30 x 48 x 45 30 x 60 x 45 30 x 60 x 45 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0153-0163_Eng.indd 162
Caster Type Mold-On Rubber Polyurethane Mold-On Rubber Polyurethane
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Capacity lbs. 2000 2500 2000 2500 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Wt. lbs. 160 175 160 175
Price /Each 629.44 799.20 665.28 852.00
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Dimensions W" x D" x H"
Capacity lbs.
Max # of trays
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
38 38 38 38
x x x x
18 24 30 40
x x x x
64 64 64 64
1500 1500 2500 2500
7 7 14 14
110 115 120 130
619.60 646.60 1087.74 1119.73
36 36 36 36
x 9 x 15 x 9 x 15
x x x x
3 6 3 6
-
-
20 22 20 22
148.10 154.96 148.10 154.96
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R26164E
Model No. ML360 ML361 ML362 ML363
Model No. Description TRUCKS MH011 Single-sided MH012 Single-sided MH013 Double-sided MH014 Double-sided HOOKON TRAYS MH015 Open front MH016 Open front MH017 3" Closed front MH018 3" Closed front
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:52 PM
UTILITY CARTS MEDIUM-DUTY STAINLESS STEEL UTILITY CARTS
STANDARD-DUTY STAINLESS STEEL UTILITY CARTS
• Three 20-gauge stainless steel reinforced shelves for heavy loads and load drops • Sound deadening panels under shelves reduce vibration and noise • Unitized electronically welded angle leg frames constructed from 16-gauge stainless steel • Four 4" heavy-duty swivel casters with cushion tread non-marking wheels provide excellent mobility • Protective bumpers on legs and handle to protect furniture and walls • Capacity: 500 lbs.
• Three 22-gauge stainless steel shelves with reinforced hemmed fronts for added strength • 20-gauge stainless steel legs • Sound deadening panels under shelves reduce vibration and noise • Durable, unitized electronically welded stainless steel angle leg design • Four 3 1/2" swivel casters provide excellent mobility • Protective bumpers on legs and handles to protect walls and furniture • Easily cleaned and sanitized • Capacity: 300 lbs.
MI816
MI812 Model No. MI812 MI813
Dimensions W" x D" x 16 1/4 x 27 1/2 x 18 3/8 x 30 3/4 x
Shelf Clearance" 11 3/4 12 1/4
H" 32 1/8 33
Wt. lbs. 29 32
Price /Each 423.93 481.41
HEAVY-DUTY STAINLESS STEEL U FRAME CARTS • • • • • •
MK972 Shelf Quantity 2 3 3
W" 19 3/8 19 3/8 22 3/8
W" 16 3/4 19 22 3/8
Dimensions D" x 27 5/8 x 31 x 39 1/4 x
H" 33 3/8 33 3/8 37 1/4
Shelf Clearance" 11 1/2 11 1/2 13 1/8
Wt. lbs. 39 42 68
Price /Each 554.68 609.28 1043.25
• All welded stainless steel construction ensures durability and easy sanitation • Ideal where goods need protection from rolling or sliding of shelves • Integrated push handle and four swivel casters make these carts easy to move around • Sound deadening panels under shelves reduce vibration and noise • Standard handle and leg bumpers protect walls and doorways from damage • Easy to clean, simply wipe down or steam clean
MK975
MK974
Dimensions x D" x H" x 32 5/8 x 34 1/2 x 32 5/8 x 34 1/2 x 22 3/8 x 37 1/8
x x x x
STAINLESS STEEL GUARD RAIL CARTS
Angled "U" shaped electronically welded stainless steel frame for strength Rugged 18-gauge reinforced stainless steel shelves are stain and rust resistant Units can be steamed cleaned for convenience and sanitation Leg and handle bumpers protect walls and furniture Two heavy-duty 5" swivel casters combined with two 8" fixed casters for mobility Capacity: 700 lbs.
Model No. MK972 MK973 MK974
Model No. MI816 MI817 MI818
Shelf Clearance" 19 10 11 3/8
Wt. lbs. 53 63 78
Price /Each 1219.98 1362.27 1649.66
Model Shelf Caster No. Quantity Size" MK975 3 4 MK976 2 5 MK977 3 5
Capacity lbs. 500 700 700
MK977
W" 19 22 3/8 22 3/8
Dimensions x D" x H" x 31 x 34 3/4 x 38 5/8 x 37 1/4 x 38 5/8 x 37 1/4
Shelf Clearance" 9 18 3/4 9 3/8
Wt. Price lbs. /Each 45 938.40 65 2003.88 79 2392.52
STAINLESS STEEL EQUIPMENT STANDS • Ideal for transporting equipment which needs to be used in many different areas • Versatile mobile equipment stands are available with or without drawers • Stainless steel construction provides for easy sanitation and corrosion resistance • Four swivel casters for mobility • Capacity: 300 lbs.
R26163E
MK978 Model No. MK978 MK979 MK980
Shelf Quantity 3 3 3
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0153-0163_Eng.indd 163
Caster Size" 3 1/2 3 1/2 4
Drawer Quantity 0 1 2
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
W" 16 3/4 16 3/4 20 1/8
Dimensions x D" x H" x 18 3/4 x 30 1/8 x 18 3/4 x 30 1/8 x 36 3/8 x 35
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 25 36 76
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 509.59 986.62 2027.04
MK980
MK979
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
163 12-07-24 2:53 PM
DOLLIES HARDWOOD DOLLIES • • • • • •
Kiln dried Countersunk bolts prevent scratches Wood thickness: 7/8" Rounded edges and handles facilitate storage and movability Non-Marking casters Shipped knocked down
Model Size No. W" x D" ALLWOOD MN189 18 x 24 MN195 18 x 24 MN201 18 x 24 MN213 18 x 24 MN207 18 x 24 MN192 18 x 30 MN198 18 x 30 MN204 18 x 30 MN216 18 x 30 MN210 18 x 30 CARPETED ENDS MN190 18 x 24 MN196 18 x 24 MN202 18 x 24 MN214 18 x 24 MN208 18 x 24 MN193 18 x 30 MN199 18 x 30 MN205 18 x 30 MN217 18 x 30 MN211 18 x 30 RUBBER ENDS MN191 18 x 24 MN197 18 x 24 MN203 18 x 24 MN215 18 x 24 MN209 18 x 24 MN194 18 x 30 MN200 18 x 30 MN206 18 x 30 MN218 18 x 30 MN212 18 x 30
Caster Type
Caster Size
Capacity lbs.
Price /Each
Polyolefin Polyurethane Polyolefin Blue Elastic Polyurethane Polyolefin Polyurethane Polyolefin Blue Elastic Polyurethane
3 3 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4
900 900 1000 1400 1600 900 900 1000 1400 1600
39.15 43.10 43.10 59.55 68.50 41.65 45.85 45.85 63.35 72.85
Polyolefin Polyurethane Polyolefin Blue Elastic Polyurethane Polyolefin Polyurethane Polyolefin Blue Elastic Polyurethane
3 3 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4
900 900 1000 1400 1600 900 900 1000 1400 1600
42.90 49.35 47.20 65.25 75.00 45.00 51.75 49.50 68.45 78.70
Polyolefin Polyurethane Polyolefin Blue Elastic Polyurethane Polyolefin Polyurethane Polyolefin Blue Elastic Polyurethane
3 3 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4
900 900 1000 1400 1600 900 900 1000 1400 1600
51.25 56.35 56.35 74.85 86.10 53.25 58.65 58.65 77.95 89.65
MN204
MN217
MN200
REPLACEMENT CASTERS Model No. ML391 ML393 ML044 ML045 ML333
Price /Each 8.50 9.95 12.60 19.60 14.95
Description 3" Swivel Polyolefin 4" Swivel Polyolefin 3" Swivel Polyurethane 4" Swivel Polyurethane 4" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber
4" Polyolefin
4" Blue Elastic Rubber
WOOD DOLLY RACKS • • • •
* Dolly not included
Converts a basic wood dolly into a multi-purpose panel caddy All-welded 1" tube designed for durability Tubular steel rack is padded to prevent scratching or marring Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
Model No. MD549 MD550
For Use With Wood Dollies 24" D 30" D
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 18 x 24 x 43 18 x 30 x 43
3" Polyurethane
Between Rail Clearance" 16 16
Wt. lbs. 12 15
Price /Each 118.11 132.36 R33560E
164
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0164-0170_Eng.indd 164
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:24 PM
DOLLIES ANGLE FRAME DOLLIES
STEEL DECK DOLLIES
ALUMINUM DECK DOLLIES
• Built to withstand tough factory and warehouse environments • Heavy-duty all-welded 1.5" x 1.5" x 1/8" angle frame construction • Four bolted-on 4" swivel non-marking rubber casters • 1200-lb. capacity • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
• Rugged dollies ideal for moving heavy loads • 14-gauge steel construction • Optional T-handle facilitates movement with heavy loads • Four bolted-on 4" swivel non-marking rubber casters • 1200-lb. capacity • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
• 3/8" aluminum treadplate construction, countersunk bolts • 4" resilient non-marking casters • 1200-lb. capacity
Model No. MA196 MA197 MA198
Dimensions W" x D" 18 x 18 18 x 24 24 x 24
Wt. lbs. 25 27 30
Price /Each 389.23 389.23 474.47
POLYETHYLENE DOLLIES
Model No. MA190 MA191 MA192 MA193
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 18 x 18 x 7 18 x 24 x 7 24 x 24 x 7 24 x 36 x 7
Wt. lbs. 23 25 27 30
Price /Each 124.22 138.47 135.91 150.55
Model No. MA242 MA243 MA244 MA199
Price /Each 14.95
Model No. ML333 MA382
Wt. lbs. 23 25 27 5
Price /Each 152.64 163.09 171.45 62.73
REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS
REPLACEMENT CASTERS Model No. ML333
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 18 x 18 x 7 18 x 24 x 7 24 x 24 x 7 34" Length T-handle
• Modular, high-impact polyethylene design • Will not splinter, swell • Round corners and edges with channel steel reinforced sides • Rolls easily • 400-lb. capacity
Description 4" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber Casters
Description 4" Swivel Non-Marking Rubber Casters Replacement Handgrip for T-Handle
Price /Each 14.95 1.12
Model No. MA194 MA195
Dim. W" x D" 18 x 30 18 x 30
Platform Type Flush Deck Padded Rubber Deck
LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINUM DOLLIES
HEAVY-DUTY ALUMINUM DOLLIES
• Low profile design with swivel casters and 3" diameter polyolefin wheels • Riveted, lightweight aluminum construction • Pierced rim for attaching hook, rope or chain • 900-lb. capacity
• Light, tough and highly manœuvrable • High strength, all welded extruded aluminum construction • 5" phenolic swivel casters, roller bearing mounted • 2000-lb. capacity MD520
Model No. MD519 MD520
Dim. W" x D" 18 x 24 21 x 30
Wt. lbs. 12 14
Price /Each 290.90 287.73
Wt. lbs. 21 23
Price /Each 138.14 186.08
MD522 Model No. MD521 MD522
Dim. W" x D" 21 x 36 24 x 42
Wt. lbs. 35 39
Price /Each 552.00 564.42
100% Canadian Owned
R26165E
Kleton builds quality and dependability into all of their products. The same is true for products specially built to meet your specifications. Look throughout the catalogue for the Kleton Custom Symbol indicating which products can be customized to meet your specific needs.
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0164-0170_Eng.indd 165
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
165 12-07-24 2:25 PM
DOLLIES STOW-AWAY® DOLLIES
STEEL DRUM DOLLIES
• Ideal small office tool to move copy paper, water cooler bottles, transfer files or small furniture • Has a cushioned, skid-proof reinforced deck with built-in carry handle • The polyethylene deck has recessed bolts to protect the cargo • 3" swivel casters • Ships fully assembled
• Welded 3/16" thick x 4", frames are built to withstand constant use • 24" inside diameter handles 45-gallon drums • Comes with four swivel casters • Quality powder-coat finish • Shipped knocked down
Model No. MI796
DC206 DC202 Model Caster No. Type ROUND FRAME DC202 Polyolefin DC199 Polyurethane DC200 Polyurethane DC070 Frame Only XFRAME DC206 Polyolefin DC203 Polyurethane DC204 Polyurethane DC071 Frame Only
Caster Capacity Size" Height" lbs.
Wt. lbs.
3 6 1/2 750 3 6 1/4 1000 4 7 3/8 1500 (Fits Caster Hole Spacings of 1 5/8" x 3" to 2 3/4" x 3 1/4")
21 94.45 24 122.00 27 137.00 16 80.75
3 6 1/2 750 3 6 1/4 1000 4 7 3/8 1500 (Fits Caster Hole Spacings of 1 5/8" x 3" to 2 3/4" x 3 1/4")
13 75.70 16 96.20 19 106.00 8 57.85
ML044
ML391
REPLACEMENT SWIVEL CASTERS Model No. ML391 ML044 ML045
Caster Type Polyolefin Polyurethane Polyurethane
Caster Size" 3 3 4
Price /Each 8.50 12.60 19.60
Model No. MF870 MF871
CADDY MAC #2 • Hinge design allows easy access to all spools for wire dispensing and folds for compact storage • Spindles can be easily removed for the occasional use of larger spools • Inner spindles store in special loops which can hold four pieces; will not fall out even during transportation • Dimensions: 14" L x 26" W x 53.5" H • Number of spools: 16 #10 AWG, or 24 #12 AWG
L" 50 50 50 50 50
Dimensions x W" x H" x 43 x 69 x 11 x 3 x 13 x 3 x 15 x 3 x 20 x 3
Price /Each 60.03
• Move heavy boxes, die blocks and machinery • Heavy-duty nose plate gets under the load, 6' steel or wooden handle gives tremendous leverage • Come with 5" x 2" polyurethane casters • Use in pairs to move large objects without the need of a separate dolly
• Perfect portable cart for storage and transport of long materials • Sturdy all-welded arms create eight separate levels of storage while arm end stops retain round or unstable items from falling off • Floor lock, and tray pans available as options • Four 5" casters (2 swivel and 2 rigid) • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Shipped knocked down
Description Mobile Pipe Cart Upper Pan Middle Pan Lower Pan Base Pan
Dimensions W" x D" x H" 16 x 23 7/8 x 4
PRY DOLLIES
Price /Each
MOBILE PIPE CARTS
Model No. MK938 MK939 MK940 MK941 MK942
Capacity lbs. 220
Wt. lbs. 172 13 14 16 19
Price /Each 1000.00 87.00 122.00 160.00 158.00
Model No. MK969
Handle Wood Steel
Cap. lbs. 4250 5000
Nose Plate" 6x3 6 x 3 3/8
Spool Type Metric
Wt. lbs. 34 35
Price /Each 220.08 276.57
Wt. lbs. 65
Price /Each 564.37
8-ROD MOBILE WIRE SPOOL RACKS • Heavy-duty, all-welded 14-gauge steel • Allows for multiple types of spooled items to be efficiently organized and mobile • 1 1/2" top shelf lip prevents parts from falling off during transport • Eight 23" removable rods • Four wire guides hang below the work surface for ease in cutting wire • Louvered panels on both sides included (bins and trays sold separately) • Four 5" polyurethane bolt-on casters; two rigid and two locking swivel • Durable grey powder coat finish • Capacity: 1200 lbs.
REEL DISPENSERS • The ideal method for winding or dispensing cable, chain, wire, rope and hose • Turns reel handling into a one person job • Accommodates unlimited reel widths and all reel diameters with flanges up to 5 1/2" thick; rear roller adjusts to 6 positions • Heavy duty side rollers eliminate slipping or wedging between rollers and reel • Inclined ramp permits easy loading and unloading • Each unit measures 28" L x 9 1/4" W x 4" H • 3000 lbs. capacity in pairs. • Wt: 58 lbs./pr. Model No. MD166 Price/Each $589.49
Overall Dimensions L" x W" x H" *32 x 18 x 46
Weight lbs. 125
Price /Each 699.29
* Overall length includes the 6" handle.
166
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0164-0170_Eng.indd 166
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R30627E
Model No. MN163
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:25 PM
TRICYCLES HEAVY-DUTY REEL RACKS
Model No. MK944 MK956 MK946 MK958 MK948 MK960 MK945 MK957 MK947 MK959 MK949 MK961 MK950 MK962 MK951 MK963 MK952 MK964 MK953 MK965 MK954 MK966 MK955 MK967
• Ideal for storing or dispensing wire, rope, chain and hose • Provides quick and uncluttered access to reels • 24" maximum reel dimension • Comes standard with four sets of rack axle brackets, adjustable on 2" centers, that accept axels up to 2" diameter • Capacity: 2000 lbs. per level with 10 000-lb. maximum capacity per rack • Axels (support rods for wire spools) and wire spools are not included ACCESSORIES Model No. MK968
Description Extra Set of Axel Brackets
Wt. lbs. 7
Price /Each 136.00
*Recommended that unit be secured to floor for stability (Anchors not included).
Unit Type Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On Starter Add-On
W" 24 24 36 36 48 48 24 24 36 36 48 48 24 24 36 36 48 48 24 24 36 36 48 48
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Dimensions D" x 24 x 24 x 24 x 24 x 24 x 24 x 36 x 36 x 36 x 36 x 36 x 36 x 24 x 24 x 24 x 24 x 24 x 24 x 36 x 36 x 36 x 36 x 36 x 36 x
H" 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
Wt. lbs. 236 149 252 165 268 181 254 158 270 174 286 190 269 165 285 181 301 197 344 175 248 191 321 207
Price /Each 1048.00 729.00 1083.00 764.00 1120.00 801.00 1059.00 734.00 1094.00 770.00 1131.00 806.00 1077.00 746.00 1118.00 800.00 1190.00 865.00 1114.00 814.00 1163.00 849.00 1290.00 886.00
MOVER TRICYCLES • Designed to stand up to the abuse of an industrial setting • Constructed of 14 gauge, 2 1/4" tube steel • 23" x 23" platform accomodates MD201 steel cabinet • 26" wheels • Front drum brake and rear coaster brake • Overall length: 75" • Capacity: 500 lbs. (including rider) • Weight: 110 lbs. • Colour: Orange Model No. MD202 Price/Each $1788.80
ACCESSORIES Model No. MD201 MD200 MD198 MD203
Price /Each 382.58 287.86 71.25 138.83
Description 23" x 23" x 12" Steel Cabinet 23" x 23" x 12" Expanded Metal Basket 21" x 15" x 9" Front Wire Basket Side Fender Option (Pair)
FRONT LOAD TRICYCLES
EXECU TRIKE TRICYCLES
• Constructed of 14 and 16-gauge steel tubing • 38" x 26" front mounted platform with a 3" lip • Loop handle steers both 20" front wheels • 26" rear wheel, pedal includes coaster brake • Overall length: 90" • Capacity: 600 lbs. (including rider) • Weight: 95 lbs. • Colour: Orange Model No. MD209 Price/Each $1840.84
R26167E
• Ideal for lighter tasks • Constructed of 14-gauge 1 1/2" tube steel • 21" x 15" x 9" rear basket • 24" x 1 3/4" wheels with 24" x 2 1/4" rear tires • Overall length: 66" • Capacity: 275 lbs. (including rider) • Weight: 60 lbs. • Colour: Blue • Includes rear fender set Model No. MD395 Price/Each $1230.20
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0164-0170_Eng.indd 167
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
167 12-07-24 2:26 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING HYDRAULIC SCISSOR LIFT TABLES Kleton tables are available in various capacities and travels to satisfy a wide variety of applications. All models have an integrated hydraulic pump/cylinder assembly. The Kleton scissor lift tables add the value of mobility to the hydraulic lift table concept. Exceptional functionality and manoeuvrability is apparent, whether loaded or empty. In addition, rugged construction and premium-quality hydraulics complement their ease of use with low maintenance.
APPLICATIONS
STANDARD FEATURES
Kleton tables are used in a wide variety of applications, from stocking shelves in retail stores to lifting and moving materials in warehouses, machine shops and manufacturing operations.
• Heavy-duty construction with captured scissor rollers for maximum stability • Superior hydraulic systems feature an integrated pump-cylinder for maximum reliability • High quality casters and wheels for exceptional roll ability (two fixed, two swivel) • Ergonomic push handle with convenient lowering control • Lowering control automatically stops when released for added safety • Convenient maintenance pins secure the scissor legs for inspection and maintenance on larger models • Quality powder coated finish provides exceptional durability and corrosion resistance • Colour: Kleton blue
OPERATION The Kleton design allows workers to easily move and position loads to a convenient working height. By minimizing undesirable lifting, reaching and stretching, Kleton tables increase productivity and decrease workplace injuries.
MJ526
MJ520
MJ518, MJ519 and MJ521 Collapsible Handle Model No. MJ518 MJ519 MJ520 MJ521 MJ522 MJ523 MJ524 MJ525 MJ526
Load Cap lbs. 330 660 770 1100 1100 1650 2200 2200 1760
MJ525
MJ524
Platform Height Lowered" Raised" 8 5/8 29 11 1/4 34 5/8 14 51 1/4 11 1/4 34 5/8 11 1/4 36 16 1/2 35 3/8 15 39 11 3/4 55 1/8 17 1/2 59 1/8
Width" 17 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 19 3/4 31 7/8 20 1/8 20 1/8 29 1/2 24
Platform Size Length" 27 1/2 32 35 3/4 32 63 39 3/8 40 80 1/8 48
Handle Height" 37 3/8 39 38 3/8 39 39 39 3/8 38 5/8 39 3/8 40
Pedal Strokes To Max 28 27 53 27 55 45 82 200 97
Weight lbs. 99 170 230 179 340 275 269 436 430
Price /Each 612.00 742.00 917.00 764.00 1195.00 917.00 1018.00 2015.00 1752.00
DANDY LIFT TM • Dandy LiftTM offers the ideal solution to reliable, economic lifting over years of service • Pivot points have hardened pins in lifetime lubricated bearings • Simple grouped controls make tables easy to operate • Hard chrome-plated pistons and rods resist rust and corrosion for dependability and long life • Honed heavy-walled cylinders improve both seal performance and durability
Built to last, all Dandy Lift TM tables are designed using heavy steel structural components.
MA432
MA422
MA423
MA421
168
Platform Lowered" Raised" 8 3/10 29 9 1/2 31 4/5 13 3/5 49 4/5 11 4/5 36 3/5 13 40 1/5 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0164-0170_Eng.indd 168
L" 28 31 1/2 35 4/5 35 4/5 39 2/5
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Platform x W" x 17 7/10 x 19 7/10 x 23 3/5 x 23 3/5 x 23 3/5 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
L" 37 7/10 38 1/5 42 1/10 42 1/10 45 9/10
Overall x x x x x x
WELDING & METALWORKING
W" 17 7/10 19 7/10 23 3/5 23 3/5 23 3/5
Foot pedal Strokes to Max. 14 20 45 45 56
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Cap. lbs. 330 550 770 1100 1760 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wt. lbs. 82 115 229 194 275
Price /Each 1470.54 1673.37 2991.79 2221.02 2788.96
R32443E
Model No. MA431 MA432 MA421 MA422 MA423
MA431
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:26 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING HYDRAULIC WORK TABLES • All-welded construction • Foot operated lifts are ideal for a wide variety of shop functions (lifting dies, transporting heavy parts and positioning materials) • Hand operated lever lowers the table level and controls the rate of descent • Telescoping posts for stability and support • Tops and bases are 3/16" thick steel • Floor lock ensures table remains in place when loaded • Two rigid and two swivel bolted-on casters • 1-year guarantee
MA433
MA440
MA434
Model No. MA433 MA434 MA435 MA442 MA443 MA436 MA437 MA438 MA439 MA440 MA441
Capacity lbs. 200 500 1000 2000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 6000 6000
Table Size x W" x 16 x 18 x 36 x 24 x 32 x 24 x 32 x 24 x 32 x 24 x 32
L" 16 18 18 36 48 36 48 36 48 36 48
Lowered Height" 28 1/2 30 1/2 30 1/2 30 1/2 30 1/2 37 37 37 37 37 37
Raised Height" 46 47 1/2 47 1/2 47 1/2 47 1/2 59 59 59 59 59 59
Caster Size" 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6
No of Support Posts 0 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Wt. lbs. 54 122 168 308 350 339 465 349 475 359 485
Price /Each 586.75 995.35 1316.21 1783.29 2058.98 1950.96 2237.02 2123.87 2348.60 2179.06 2444.75
MOBILIFT™ BXB ELECTRIC SCISSOR LIFT TABLES • • • • • •
Allow workers to easily move and position loads to a convenient working height at the push of a button Heavy-duty construction combined with captured scissor rollers provide maximum stability Superior hydraulic systems feature an integrated pump-cylinder for maximum reliability Convenient maintenance pins provide security by securing the legs during inspection and maintenance Quality blue baked enamel finish for durability and corrosion resistance Includes: An enclosed 24 V, 3 A charger with removable power cord and three level indicator lights to provide quick indication of charge ®
Model No MK814 MK815 MK816
Capacity lbs. 660 1100 1760
Platform Height Lowered" Raised" 11 1/2 35 17 1/5 40 2/5 17 1/5 38 2/5
Platform Size Width" Length" 19 7/10 32 1/10 20 1/2 39 4/5 20 1/2 39 4/5
Time to Max Height sec 10 10 12
Wt. lbs. 280 390 400
Price /Each® 3756.76 4085.80 4198.90 ®
STAINLESS STEEL HYDRAULIC SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
R31343E
• Ideal for use in corrosive and wet environments • Portable ergonomic stainless steel carts eliminate worker bending and lifting while providing maximum protection from corrosion • Can also be used in conjunction with food grade hydraulic oil for food service applications • All components assembled from high quality stainless steel except hydraulic cylinder and casters • Foot pump includes a soft-lowering down valve • Includes: Four polyurethane casters, two swivel with brakes, and two rigid for mobility
Model No. MK812 MK813
Platform Size Width" Length" 19 1/2 31 1/2 23 1/2 35 1/2
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0164-0170_Eng.indd 169
Capacity lbs. 550 1100
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Table Height" Lowered" Raised" 9 3/4 33 1/2 13 38 1/2
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
MK812
MK813
Wt. lbs. 160 240
Price /Each 8208.35 10382.05
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
169 12-07-24 2:26 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING LIFT25K® ECONOMY HYDRAULIC LIFT TABLES • • • • • • • • • •
Heavy-duty unitized power unit operates on standard household 115 V outlet Power unit includes a transparent reservoir for easy fluid level identification Cylinder flow limiting valve protects operators in the case of a hydraulic line failure 3" bore cylinder provides smooth gravity-down operation Up speed to maximum height is 22 seconds Hinged maintenance bars provide for added security while performing maintenance Entrapped scissor rollers increase stability of platform when in use Powder coat blue finish for durability Complies with ANSI MH 29.1-2003 "Safety Requirements for Industrial Scissor Lifts" Lift25K® line offers a quality 2500-lb capacity lift table at a great value ®
Model No MK808 MK809
Travel Height" 30 1/2 30 1/2
Lowered Height" 8 3/4 8 3/4
Raised Height " 39 1/4 39 1/4
Platform Dimensions Width" Length" 28 48 36 48
Wt. lbs. 600 625
Price ® /Each 4178.51 4730.91®
SCISSOR LIFT TABLES • • • • •
This lift table is built of rugged construction, with heavy gauge steel and sturdy continuous welds throughout Steel work platform and high quality casters with bearings for greater manœuvrability Superior hydraulic system includes a chromed long-life cylinder The surfaces are degreased and a quality baked enamel finish is applied Table is able to lift a capacity of 660 lbs.
Table size: 20 1/2" x 39 3/4" Overall dimensions: 49 1/2" x 20 1/2" x 37 3/4" Minimum lifting height: 17" Maximum lifting height: 62 1/10" Model No. MH210 Price/Each $2868.58 ®
®
®
WINCH-OPERATED EASY-LIFTS
HYDRAULIC STACKERS
HYDRAULIC STACKERS
• Ideal for use in factory, office or shipping department • Can perform numerous functions from lifting objects and positioning production at best working height, to moving light loads without tying up heavy equipment • Manœuvres easily in areas too narrow for a lift truck • Two swivel casters under forks allow the shop lifter to do a 360° turn on twice the length of the base
• Allows workers to manoeuver and lift heavy loads safely to comfortable needed height • Front 5" and rear 4" phenolic casters allow loads to be moved easily • Stacker comes standard with floor locks, safety screen and foot guards for safety
• Front swivel casters eliminate need to break the load, making handling and load positioning easier • Easily manœuvrable in narrow aisles • Foot pedal folds safely out of the way with magnetic retention • Each downstroke lifts 1" with only 60 lbs. of effort needed to lift 750 lbs.
SPECIFICATIONS:
SPECIFICATIONS:
Capacity: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 lbs. at 15" load center Overall dimensions: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.5" W x 40" D x 80" H Platform size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24" x 24" Lowered platform height: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3/4" Raised platform height: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68" Base legs: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15" inner, 21" outer Wheels: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5" front, 4" rear Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 lbs. Model No. MH690 Price/Each $2778.64
Capacity: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 lbs. Overall height:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 1/2" Platform size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22" x 22" Lowered platform height: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3/4" Lift above floor:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54" Wheels: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8" mold-on rubber Casters: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polyurethane 3 1/2" diameter Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 lbs. Model No. MA429 Price/Each $1978.50
170
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0164-0170_Eng.indd 170
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R31342E
SPECIFICATIONS: Capacity: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 lbs. at 10" load centre Overall height:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60" Platform size: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20" x 20" Lowered platform height: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1/2" Lift above floor:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52" Wheels: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6" diameter Swivel Casters:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3" diameter Weight: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 lbs. Model No. MA479 Price/Each $1045.51
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 2:26 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING HYDRAULIC STACKERS
External Caster
• Rugged frame construction • Solid steel adjustable forks • Designed for pallet loading and removal from racking storage even in the smallest storage spaces • Straddle length: 42" • Fork length: 42" • Load centre: 24" • Manually propelled with electric powered hydraulic lift • Battery powered is standard (AC power available) • Automatic built-in battery charger included • Other capacities available • Self propelled units available upon request
Straddle I.D.
External Caster
LT396
LT401 Overall Height Forks Raised/ Lowered
PLEASE SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING: Single stage stacker between 38" and 50" Telescopic stacker between 42" and 54"
Raised Height
Fork Length
Note: Inside straddle dimension is recommended to be 2" greater than the overall pallet width (outside straddle is 6" greater than straddle inside dimension).
Straddle Length
TELESCOPIC TWO STAGE STACKERS
SINGLE STAGE STACKERS Model No. LT395 LT396 LT397
Clearance of Top Mast" 72 82 92
Raised Height of Top Forks" 60 70 80
Capacity lbs. 1500 1500 1500
Wt. lbs. 625 638 652
Price /Each 3456.36 3600.00 3821.82
Other dimensions and capacities available
Model No. LT398 LT399 LT400 LT401
Clearance of Top Mast" 70 82 88 94
Raised Height of Top Forks" 96 120 132 144
FORK EXTENSIONS
• Handle large and odd shaped loads with increased stability and minimum damage • Available in 4", 5" and 6" fork widths, lengths are from 54" to 96" • Easy to use slide-on design • Fork fits up to 2" thick • Convenient on/off design • Locking bar keeps extensions in place • Fork extension not to exceed 150% more than existing fork length
• • • • •
Accommodates Fork Width" 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6
Fork Extension Overall Width" 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7
Capacity lbs. 1500 1500 1500 1500
Wt. lbs. 815 875 900 924
Price /Each 4550.91 4681.82 4927.27 5378.18
Other dimensions and capacities available
FORK EXTENSIONS
Model No. MF775 MF776 MF778 MF781 MF782 MF784 MF785 MF787 MF788 MF789 MF790 MF791
O.D.
Length" 54 63 84 54 63 84 96 54 63 72 84 96
Max. Fork Thickness" 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2
Wt. lbs. 109 125 157 126 151 189 201 146 165 166 199 210
Also available: Add-on for optional pins style fork extension and other lengths.
Price /Pair 441.62 462.82 537.01 462.82 480.48 556.44 595.30 524.64 544.07 595.30 650.06 697.76
Handle large and odd shaped loads with increased stability Available in 4" and 5" fork widths, with lengths of 72" and 96" Easy to use slide-on design Steel retaining strap prevents extensions from sliding off forks during use Fork extension not to exceed 50% more than existing fork
Model No. ML346 ML347 ML348
Accommodates Fork Width" 4 5 4
Fork Extension Overall Width" 5 6 5
Length" 72 72 96
Wt. lbs 5
Price /Each 64.96
Wt. lbs. 105 116 140
Price /Pair 407.00 460.00 499.00
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
171
WALL BRACKET • To keep fork extensions out of the way when not in use • One wall bracket required for each pair of forks Model No. ML282
Dimensions W" x H" 6x8
Note: Hardware not included
R31346E
FORK TILT LEVEL INDICATORS An incorrect tilt angle of a lift truck’s forks is the leading cause of damage to pallets, racking and merchandise. Even the most experienced operators have difficulty judging the correct fork tilt when placing pallets high onto racking. That’s why Accu-Tilt displays the fork level at all times to prevent damage and increase productivity by eliminating the guess work. Additionally, the Accu-Tilt’s fork tilt level indicator also specifies the correct fork angle to use when moving a load and when parking the lift truck. This valuable device is easily installed on all makes and models of forklifts and lift trucks. Model No. MN261 Price/Each $164.95 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0171-0180_Eng.indd 171
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
12-07-24 3:50 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING SKID LIFTS • Allows entry into different skids and baskets • Lightweight design is easy to manœuver with pallet truck style steering configuration • Stronger and more reliable cylinder • Quick-lift mechanism on manual lifts allows loads under 400 lbs to be raised with 24 strokes, heavier loads require 72 strokes • Self-contained battery-powered power pack (electric models) eliminates power source or power cord problems • Built-in automatic battery charger and charge indicator (electric models) • Raised bulkhead design provides greater backrest surface, ergonomic location for automatic battery charger and clear view of load • 24" load center • Lowered height: 3 1/4", raised height: 31 1/2" • 8" polyurethane load wheels and 3" polyurethane load roller • Capacity: 3000 lbs. Model No. MANUAL LIFTS MH748 MH749 ELECTRIC LIFTS MH796 MH797
Dim. of Forks W' x L"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
20 1/2 x 48 27 x 48
330 340
1800.48 1800.48
20 1/2 x 48 27 x 48
430 440
4026.53 4026.53
MH796
MH748
HYDRAULIC SKID LIFTS/TABLES • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Heavy gauge steel construction Transport and position skids, wire baskets and containers to comfortable working heights Adding optional slip-on table top creates a mobile, variable height work table Lifting range is from 3 1/4" to 32 3/4" 6" polyurethane swivel casters in the rear, 3" x 4" load wheels on legs Locking foot break Double roller chain lifts forks evenly and smoothly 2200-lb. capacity comes with an off-set steering wheel and control (pump) handle that elevates forks Approx. 50 strokes to reach maximum height Release knob on handle lowers forks 62" truck length Not designed for lifting double-sided pallets Lifting for 1000-lb. capacity is accomplished ® with a hydraulic foot pedal
Model No. MK792 MA445 MK793 MA447
Fork Width" 20 1/2 20 1/2 27 27
Fork Length" 42 1/2 42 1/2 42 1/2 42 1/2
Capacity lbs. 1000 2200 1000 2200
Wt. lbs. 300 350 325 375
Price ® /Each 2503.91 4504.70 ® 2630.67 4631.46
OPTIONAL TABLES Model No. MK794 MK796 MK795 MK797
Description Optional Slip-On Table for MK792 Optional Slip-On Table for MA445 Optional Slip-On Table for MA793 Optional Slip-On Table for MA447
• Loading and unloading operations that originally required a large amount of time can be done more efficiently with less fatigue and risk of back injury • The carousel may be added to an existing workbench, scissors table or simply placed on the floor • This Lazy Susan concept is constructed from two pieces of rolled structural angle • A series of roller bearings transfer the load smoothly and evenly to the supporting sur face • Overall height is 2 1/4"
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0171-0180_Eng.indd 172
Capacity lbs. 2000 4000 6000 2000 4000 6000 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 48 53 58 58 61 66 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
SEE PAGES 24-26 FOR VARIOUS TYPES OF PALLETS
Price /Each 647.80 720.53 815.25 909.96 979.31 1072.34 WELDING & METALWORKING
R31344E
172
Outside Diameter" 40 40 40 48 48 48
Price /Each 162.39 162.39 196.47 196.47
SEE PAGES 1470-1472 FOR VARIOUS TYPES OF STRETCHWRAP
CAROUSEL PALLET TURNTABLES
Model No. MH204 MH205 MH206 MH207 MH208 MH209
Wt. lbs. 35 35 44 44
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:50 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING EZ LOADER PALLET LIFTERS
LOW PROFILE DISC TURNTABLES
AUTOMATICALLY POSITIONS THE PALLET TO THE PROPER HEIGHT FOR ON OR OFFLOADING.
For applications where pallet loads are moved by hand pallet trucks or where there is a need to stack loads higher on pallets, this disc turntable allows the worker to rotate the entire pallet and build the load from one side without walking, reaching or stretching. The extremely low profile turntable is only 7/8" above floor level and has a 360° floor blend ramp which allows pallets to be rolled on or off using a hand pallet truck. 48 3/4" outside diameter, 43 3/8" interior (movable) diameter. 4000-lb. capacity. Wt. 220 lbs. Model No. MB733 Price/Each $2248.55
• Minimizes bending and lifting and reduces extra movement around the pallet • The EZ loader is weight sensitive: it raises and lowers the pallet as the load weight changes, keeping the top of the load at a convenient working height • Rotating top minimizes walking or reaching during the loading process • Allows on or off loading to be done from the near side and at a convenient height • 3-position capacity, adjustable without changing air pressure • Designed to work in conjunction with Bishamon's Unilift custom easy-to-read air gauge • Air pressure capacity adjustment: 10-60 PSI • Maximum internal air pressure: 135 PSI • Shop air requirements: Clean dry air 60 PSI • Heavy-duty, structural steel frame is 24 1/3" x 49" at base: turntable is 43" in diameter * Inquire about stainless steel EZ loader pallet lifters
®
SEMI-ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCKS ®
• Manual operation for lifting and lowering loads, self-propelled movement for easy transporting of goods • Ergonomic quick lift pump design only requires five pumps to reach maximum lift for loads under 200 kg. • Automatic neutral braking when throttle is released • 3-position control handle • 10" polyurethane drive wheels with 3" polyurethane load rollers provide a smooth ride • Helper rollers provide easy entry and exit of pallets • Raised height: 8" • Lowered height: 3.3" • Overall dimensions: 27" W x 48" L • Battery discharge indicator included
®
Model No. LT459
Min. Self Leveling Capacity lbs. 250
Max. Self Leveling Capacity lbs. 3500
Max. Load Capacity lbs. 4000
Price /Each 4892.74
Model No. LT469 LT470
Capacity lbs. 2200 3300
Wt. lbs. 330 452
Price /Each 4560.78 5711.68
AIR PALLET PAL LEVEL LOADERS • Designed for use where pallet loads vary and are changed frequently • 43 5/8" diameter rolled angle ring riding on low friction bearings and guided by center shaft • Permanent spring combines with air bag to provide linear response • Equipped with fork pockets for easy relocation • Lowered height of 9 1/2", raised height of 30 1/2" • Base frame dimensions: 48" L x 36" W, including fork truck pockets • Capacity: 400 – 4500 lbs. • Weight: 460 lbs. Model No. LT471 Price/Each $3726.50
SPRING-OPERATED PALLET LIFTERS – PALLET PAL® Speeds loading and unloading of pallets, reduces the danger of fatigue and injury. This lifter is a rugged turntable-equipped platform which lowers and raises the load as weight is applied or removed so that loading/unloading can be done at a convenient height. Reduces time and effort required to load or unload pallets. Load height adjusts automatically, eliminating the needs for controls or operator involvement. Heavy-duty springs are calibrated to bring pallets to the most convenient working height. Built-in fork pockets allow for relocation by fork truck and increase stability. Travel height ranges from 9 1/2" to 28". Designed to handle loads from 1 lb. to 4400 lbs. 43 5/8" diameter rotating ring, 45 1/4" L x 43 5/8" W frame. Available in various spring combinations, in powder coated steel or stainless steel construction.
Note: Springs are precisely calibrated and will work properly only within the load weight and height ranges selected. Selection based on higher or lower than actual weight will result in restricted travel capabilities. Should requirements change, lifter can be adapted in the field by simply changing spring combination
TO ORDER: 1. Calculate the weight and height of a fully loaded pallet 2. Select the correct spring combination
MF108
R31345E
Spring Comb. No. 4 OPTION MF109 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0171-0180_Eng.indd 173
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Steel Model No MF108
Price /Each 4015.28
Wt. lbs. 400
Stainless Model No. MK836
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Wt. lbs. 500
Price/Each $325.86
Optional Leveling Feet
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 19456.90
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
173 12-07-24 3:50 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING HEAVY-DUTY PALLET TRUCKS Rugged construction makes these pallet trucks the best value for your material handling needs. Up to 27" W x 48" L forks feature entry rollers and tapered design for easy pallet entry and are reinforced for heavy-duty loads. The 3-function hand control (raise, neutral and lower) and the spring-loaded self-righting safety loop handle enhance comfort and ease of operation. Hardened chrome piston with protective dust cover for dependable performance. Durable powder coat finish.
HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCKS
HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCKS
• Heavy-duty polyurethane tread bonded to cast iron core steering wheels and rollers provide superior performance • 6" (152 mm) wide forks • Colour: High visibility orange • 2-year limited warranty
• Heavy-duty polyurethane tread bonded to cast iron core steering wheels and rollers provide superior performance • Double rollers for easy moving of extra heavy loads • Reinforced fork channels deliver exceptional durability • 6" (152 mm) wide forks • Colour: Kleton blue • 2-year limited warranty
Model No. MJ484 MJ485 MJ486 MJ487 MJ488 MJ489 ML372*
Pallet Truck Height Lowered" Raised" 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4
Frame Width" 20 1/2 20 1/2 20 1/2 27 27 27 27
Fork Length" 36 42 48 36 42 48 48
Capacity lbs. 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500
Price /Each 428.00 428.00 428.00 428.00 428.00 428.00 428.00
HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCKS
Frame Width" 20 1/2 20 1/2 20 1/2 27 27 27 27
Fork Length" 36 42 48 36 42 48 48
Capacity lbs. 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600
Price /Each 538.00 538.00 538.00 538.00 538.00 538.00 538.00
LONG FORK 6' HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCK
• Heavy-duty polyurethane tread bonded to cast iron core steering wheels and rollers provide superior performance • Heavy-duty plastic roller facilitates entry and exit of pallets • 6 1/4" (158.75 mm) wide forks • Colour: High visibility yellow • 1-year limited warranty
Forks Raised" 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4 7 3/4
Frame Width" 20 1/2 20 1/2 20 1/2 27 27 27 27
• Heavy-duty polyurethane thread bonded to cast iron core steering wheels and rollers provide superior performance • Nylon exit roller facilitates entry and exit of pallets • 6 1/4" (158.75 mm) wide forks • Lowered pallet truck height: 3" • Raised pallet truck height: 7 5/8" • Capacity: Up to 5500 lbs. • Colour: High visibility orange • 2-year limited warranty
Fork Length" 36 42 48 36 42 48 48
Capacity lbs. 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500
Price /Each 355.00 355.00 355.00 355.00 355.00 355.00 355.00
Model No. MN058
Fork Width" 27
Fork Length" 72
Price /Each 1195.00
R31347E
Lowered" 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8 3 1/8
Pallet Truck Height Lowered" Raised" 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4 2 7/8 7 3/4
* Heavy-duty nylon wheels
* Heavy-duty nylon wheels
Model No. ML966 ML967 ML968 ML969 ML970 ML971 ML972*
Model No. MJ490 MJ491 MJ492 MJ493 MJ494 MJ495 ML373*
Forks feature double entry rollers and tapered design for easy pallet entry
* All nylon core steering wheels and rollers
174
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0171-0180_Eng.indd 174
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:51 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING SUPER HEAVY-DUTY PALLET TRUCKS
LOW PROFILE HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCKS
• Extra heavy-duty all steel steering wheels and rollers provide maximum mobility and performance • Double rollers for easy moving of extra heavy loads • Heavy-duty plastic exit rollers facilitate entry and exit of pallets • 6 1/4" (158.75 mm) wide forks • Colour: Dark blue • 2-year limited warranty
Model No. ML994
Fork Lowered" Raised" 3 7 3/8
• Permits the handling of pallets and containers that are lower than the standard height • Heavy-duty polyurethane tread bonded to cast iron core steering wheels and all steel rollers provide superior performance • 1.5" exit ramp facilitates exit of pallets • 6" (152 mm) wide forks • Colour: High visibility orange • Limited 2-year warranty
Frame Width" 27
Fork Length" 48
Capacity lbs. 11 000
Price /Each 1075.00
GALVANIZED PLATED PALLET TRUCKS
Frame Fork Cap. Width" Length" lbs. 27 48 5500
R31348E
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0171-0180_Eng.indd 175
Fork Length 48
Capacity lbs. 5000
Price /Each 645.00
Capacity lbs. 5500
Price /Each 2116.00
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
175
Price /Each 695.00
Model No. MN060
• Permits the weighing of skids and containers while handling them • Mettler Toledo digital cUL approved scale offers maximum precision on load weights • Heavy-duty polyurethane tread bonded to cast iron core steering wheels and rollers provide superior performance • Nylon roller facilitates entry and exit of pallets • 6 5/8" (168 mm) wide forks • Lowered pallet truck height: 3" • Raised pallet truck height: 7.68" • Colour: High visibility orange • 2-year limited warranty
Frame Width" 27
Frame Width" 27
• Heavy-duty all nylon steering wheels and rollers provide superior mobility and performance • Nylon exit roller facilitates entry and exit of pallets • 6 1/4" (158.75 mm) wide forks • High grade 304 stainless steel is ideal for medical, food, sanitary, pharmaceutical, wet and cold applications • 2-year limited warranty
DIGITAL SCALE PALLET TRUCKS
Model No. MN063
Fork Height Lowered" Raised" 2.05 5.5
STAINLESS STEEL PALLET TRUCKS
• Heavy-duty all nylon steering wheels and rollers provide superior mobility and performance • Nylon exit roller facilitates entry and exit of pallets • 6 1/4" (158.75 mm) wide forks • Lowered pallet truck height: 2.95" • Raised pallet truck height: 7.09" • Galvanized finish offers corrosion resistance and is ideal for wet and cold conditions • 2-year limited warranty
Model No. MN059
Model No. MN061
Fork Length" 48
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Capacity lbs. 4400
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Fork Height Lowered" Raised" 2.95 7.09
Frame Width" 27
Fork Length" 48
TRANSROLLER PALLET TRUCKS • Transrollers permit lateral movement in addition to forward/backward • Heavy-duty polyurethane tread bonded to cast iron core steering wheels provide superior performance • Double load rollers, one polyurethane tread bonded to cast iron core and one nylon for easy moving of extra heavy loads • 2.2" exit ramp facilitates exit of pallets • 6 1/4" (158.75 mm) wide forks • Lowered pallet truck height: 2.95" • Raised pallet truck height: 7.48" • Capacity: Up to 5500 lbs. in standard mode and up to 3300 lbs. in lateral mode • Colour: High visibility orange • Limited 2-year warranty
Price /Each 2050.00
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. MN062
Frame Width" 27
WELDING & METALWORKING
Fork Length" 48
Price /Each 675.00
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
12-07-24 3:51 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING ULTRA LOW PROFILE HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCKS • Polyurethane wheels and steel rollers • Fork lowered height: 1 3/4" • Fork raised height: 6 1/2" • Capacity: 5000 lbs. • Limited 2-year warranty
Model No. MH735
Frame Width" 27
Fork Length" 48
Wt. lbs. 175
Price /Each 1167.17
ADJUSTABLE WIDTH PALLET TRUCKS • Fork width adjusts from 21" to 27" • Fork length: 48" • 7" mold-on polyurethane steering wheel • 3" mold-on polyurethane load wheels • Raised height: 7 3/4" • Lowered height: 3" • Forks width: 6" • Capacity: 5500 lbs. Model No. MI820 Price/Each $890.46
Transforms
LIFT-RITE® TITAN PALLET TRUCKS • New one-piece pump for improved performance and reliability • Includes ergonomic handles and articulating steering wheels • 3" fork lowered height, 7 3/4" fork raised height • 7" fork width • Capacity: 5500 lbs. • Limited 2-year warranty
Model No. ML052 ML053 ML054 ML055 ML056 ML057
Frame Width" 20 1/2 20 1/2 20 1/2 27 27 27
Fork Length" 36 42 48 36 42 48
Wt. lbs. 142 147 152 147 157 167
21"
SPARK RESISTANT PALLET TRUCKS • Non-conductive and grounded, preventing sparking in potentially-charged environments • Brass-covered bulkhead and forks • 6 1/2" wide forks • 7" polyurethane steering wheels • 2 9/10" x 3 3/5" polyurethane load rollers Price /Each 608.14 608.14 608.14 608.14 608.14 587.36
Model No. MN364
Note: Custom Sizes Available
Fork Height" Lowered" Raised" 2 9/10 7 3/4
Frame Width" 27
Fork Length" 48
Capacity lbs. 5500
Price /Each 3075.56
Note: Other sizes available
BRAKE PALLET TRUCKS
POWER-START TECHNOLOGY™ PALLET TRUCKS
• Hand-operated automotive style drum brake provides greater load control • 7" mold-on polyurethane steering wheels • 3" mold-on polyurethane load wheels • 6" wide forks • Overall fork length: 48" • Overall fork width: 27" • Capacity: 5500 lbs. • Weight: 215 lbs. Model No. MN114 Price/Each $663.02
The right tool for ergonomic pallet motion! • Reduces starting resistance even when truck is heavily loaded • Select travel direction via option on handgrip, squeeze the handgrip, pump the tow bar and the truck is launched in the walking direction • When handgrip is pressed downward, and tow bar raised, the truck is launched in the direction of the forks • Limited 2-year warranty
SPECIFICATIONS: • • • • •
4-WAY HYDRAULIC PALLET TRUCK • • • • • •
27"
Forks: 27" x 48" Minimum fork height: 3" Maximum fork height: 7.5" Rated capacity: 5000 lbs. Weight: 188 lbs.
Model No. MH736 Price/Each $1292.49
Force (lbf) With PSTTM
100
Without PSTTM
Can enter pallet from all 4 sides Reinforced forks Adjustable fork connecting rods Steel 1.70" load wheels 6" polyurethane steering wheels Capacity: 4000 lbs.
Reduction of starting force Load 5000 lbs. 50
34
176
Frame Width" 33
Fork Length" 44
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0171-0180_Eng.indd 176
Wt. lbs. 241
Price /Each 695.00
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Distance
R32445E
Model No. MN136
1/3 of the wheel periphery
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:51 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING ERS SERIES ROLLER KITS & SETS
DELUXE ROLLERS 3 3/4 TO 50 TONS
15 TO 400 TONS Versatile 2-piece design! • Removing the swivel attachment from the roller can change roller height
Kits include: 4 rollers, 4 swivel attachments, 4 preload pads, 2 steering handles and steel storage case. Model No. MH750 MH751 MH752 MH753
Kit Cap. (tons) 15 20 40 50
Rollers 4 - 3.75 ERS Rollers 4 - 5 ERS Rollers 4 - 10 ERS Rollers 4 - 12.5 ERS Rollers
Wt. lbs. 176 196 236 244
Price/Each 2048.53 2151.25 2455.85 2576.49
Sets include: 4 rollers, 4 swivel attachments, 4 preload pads, 2 steering handles. Model No. MH754 MH755 MH756 MH757 MH758 MH759 MH760
Kit Cap. (tons) 15 20 40 50 100 260 400
Rollers 4 - 3.75 ERS Rollers 4 - 5 ERS Rollers 4 - 10 ERS Rollers 4 - 12.5 ERS Rollers 4 - 25 ERS Rollers 4 - 65 ERS Rollers 4 - 100 ERS Rollers
Wt. lbs. 130 150 196 204 500 858 896
Price/Each 1988.82 2089.15 2294.60 2411.65 5059.82 7747.40 8294.47
LIGHT-DUTY RIGGER KITS 3 TONS TO 8 TONS • Kits contain 2 steering handles and 4 padded rollers offered with 4 swivel tops or 2 swivel and 2 rigid tops • Sturdy steel carrying case stores all items and measures 16" L X 12 3/8" W X 4 3/8" D • Handles knock down to fit in case Model No. MA879 MA875 MA887 MA876
Kit Cap. Tons 3 3 8 8
Kit Contents 4 x MA802 Swivel 2 x MA802 Swivel, 2 x MA801 Rigid 4 x MA825 Swivel 2 x MA825 Swivel, 2 x MA824 Rigid
Wt. lbs. 55 43 85 83
Price /Each 1029.64 956.78 1342.60 1274.51
NYLON CHAIN KITS 2 TO 24 TONS
R31350E
• For general purpose moves over finished floors! • The advantage of a heavy-duty chain action roller that can safely move equipment on modern coated, painted or epoxy topped floors without surface scarring • Kits include 4 rollers, 2 steering handles and a steel storage case
Model No. MH761 MH762 MH763 MH764 MH765 MH766 MH767
Kit Cap. Tons 2 2 4 4 8 12 24
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0171-0180_Eng.indd 177
Style 4 - Swivel Padded 2 - Rigid/2 Swivel Padded 4 - Swivel Padded 2 - Rigid/2 Swivel Padded 4 - Swivel Padded 4 - Swivel Padded 4 - Swivel Padded INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
MA839
Model Cap. Tons Dimensions No. Top Each L" x W" x H" SWIVEL LOCK MA839 Padded 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 MA838 Diamond 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 4 3/4 MA863 Padded 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 1/4 MA862 Diamond 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 MA805 Padded 10 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 1/4 MA804 Diamond 10 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 5 MA812 Padded 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 5 1/8 MA811 Diamond 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 4 3/4 MA845 Padded 30 15 x 8 x 8 MA844 Diamond 30 15 x 8 x 7 1/8 MA853 Padded 50 21 x 8 x 9 15/16 MA852 Diamond 50 21 x 8 x 8 1/8 RIGID MA835 Padded 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 4 3/16 MA834 Diamond 3 3/4 10 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 MA859 Padded 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 4 7/16 MA858 Diamond 7 1/2 10 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 3/8 MD562 Padded 10 10 1/2 x 5 3/4 x 4 7/19 MD563 Diamond 10 10 1/2 x 5 1/2 x 4 3/8 MA819 Padded 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 4 5/16 MA818 Diamond 15 12 3/4 x 6 1/2 x 3 7/8 MD564 Padded 30 15 x 8 x 6 3/4 MA843 Diamond 30 15 x 8 x 6 1/8 MD565 Padded 50 21 x 8 x 7 3/4 MD566 Diamond 50 21 x 8 x 7 1/8 STEERING HANDLES FOR SWIVEL & SWIVEL LOCK ROLLERS Model No. Length" Wt. lbs. MA870 36 9 MA872 42 11 MA874 60 25
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
34 33 37 36 38 37 47 47 123 120 196 197
450.33 420.45 495.71 462.27 527.96 493.33 602.02 566.18 1034.42 1000.98 1513.40 1478.76
29 28 32 32 33 33 42 41 106 104 182 182
400.15 385.82 449.13 426.44 481.38 458.67 553.04 527.96 954.38 932.89 1434.56 1409.49 Price/Each 70.47 78.84 132.58
DELUXE KITS 15 TONS TO 60 TONS • Rugged kits are preferred by many professional riggers and movers • Use them at the job site, in the factory, to solve your heavy load moving problems • Steel chain-action rollers are perfect for machinery and equipment moves and convenient to have in every tool crib • Kits include 4 locking rollers with either padded or diamond steel tops and 2 steering handles (four preload pads are included with diamond top kits) • Kit cases are lockable and have sturdy lifting grips for easy handling Model No. MA878 MA877 MA881 MA880 MA883 MA882 MA885 MA884
Price /Each 1227.93 1151.47 1666.29 1592.24 2325.65 2719.84 3148.65 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
• Move massive machines and equipment with minimum effort and maximum safety directly on concrete floors • Rollers operate with continuous chain of linked rolls circulating around hardened steel load plate • Three moving types available (rigid, swivel, swivel lock) • Choose rigid rollers for straight line moves • For turns, swivel rollers position loads in tight quarters • Swivel lock combines swivel and rigid designs with spring-loaded locks that can engage every 45° • Choice of padded or diamond steel grid tops • Diamond steel is best for moving crated or palletized equipment • No slip padded tops are ideal for metal based machines, or for moving equipment on less than perfect floor surfaces
Kit Cap. Tons 15 15 30 30 40 40 60 60
WELDING & METALWORKING
MA878
Kit Contents 4 x MA839 Padded 4 x MA838 Diamond, 4 x Preload Pad 4 x MA863 Padded 4 x MA862 Diamond, 4 x Preload Pad 4 x MA805 Padded 4 x MA804 Diamond, 4 x Preload Pad 4 x MA812 Padded 4 x MA811 Diamond, 4 x Preload Pad
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 196 196 208 208 212 212 248 252 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 2013.89 1995.98 2220.55 2175.15 2351.93 2301.76 2641.00 2590.82
177 12-07-24 3:51 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING TOE JACKS
TRI-GLIDE 3-POINT MOVING SYSTEM
• Strong, portable and safe • Lifts loads with only 1" ground clearance • 5 and 10-ton models operate horizontally and vertically • Base, toe and pump assembly swivel independently of each other • Perfect complement to any Hilman roller
Model No. MH825 MH826 MH827
Max Lifting Height" 8 9 9
Pick-Up Position At Base" 1 1 2
6 TO 18 TONS • Tri-Glide 3-point moving system is designed for moving heavy loads over specially coated floors • Comprised of a front steering unit and two rear adjustable units • Additional modules can be added to further stabilize large, bulky loads • Developed in response to a growing demand for floor protection when moving heavy loads over smooth, painted, finished, or sealed floors
Capacity At tops/tons 14.50/5 16.52/10 18.50/25
Wt. lbs. 44 61 203
Price /Each 1319.91 1750.82 5377.95
Model No. MH768 MH769 MH770
Cap. Tons 6 12 18
Roll Material Nylon Nylon Nylon
Size Front Unit L" x W" x 21 1/16 x 18 1/2 x 23 1/8 x 18 1/2 x 25 5/8 x 18 1/2 x
H" 4 4 4
Rear Unit Width Adj." 10-48 14-48 19-48
Wt lbs. 186 215 240
Price /Each 2668.27 3154.82 3721.60
HILMAN ROLLER ECONOMY SETS 120 TO 200 TONS Sets include: Four swivel padded or diamond style rollers and 2 steering handles.
Model No. MH771 MH772 MH773 MH774
Kit Cap. Tons 120 120 200 200
Wt. lbs. 542 538 834 846
Rollers 4 - Swivel Locking Padded 4 - Swivel Locking Diamond 4 - Swivel Locking Padded 4 - Swivel Locking Diamond
Price /Each 4292.96 4253.55 6206.51 6168.29
CANADA'S LEADER IN WELDING SUPPLIES
R24396E
178
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0171-0180_Eng.indd 178
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:51 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING CHAIN HOISTS
LEVER HOISTS
• • • •
Lightweight steel construction Triple spur geared for easy lifting Load brake assures safety and load control High tensile alloy steel load chain for increased strength and durability • Latched swivel hooks for added security • Enclosed chain guide ensures dirt and dust do not affect operation
Model No. LS534 LS535 LS536 LS537 LS538 LS539 LS540 LS541 LS542 LS543 LS544 LS545
Cap lbs. 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 10 000 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 10 000
Lift' 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 20
Wt. lbs. 24 29 44 48 59 100 36 40 59 62 84 136
SERIES 602 MINI RATCHET The Series 602 mini hoist is the most compact ratchet lever hoist in the market • Use in confined conditions with one hand operation • Free chaining feature serves to quickly attach the load • Impact resistant all-steel frame, gear case and cover • Weighs only 5 lbs. for ease of operation and portability Model No. LS706 1/4-ton capacity Price/Each $187.84 Model No. LS707 1/2-ton capacity Price/Each $250.44
Price/Each 138.00 152.00 238.00 258.00 363.00 535.00 213.00 228.00 329.00 346.00 456.00 650.00
LS706
SERIES 653 LEVER With a complete lever that rotates 360°, the short handle puller is ideal for tight quarters • Impact resistant, stamped steel frame, gear case and cover for durability and lightweight • Weston-type braking system for positive load control and positioning • Simple one-handed, free chaining for fast load attachment • Minimal maintenance with no special tools required • 5' lift Model No. LS720 3/4-ton capacity Price/Each $303.33 Model No. LS721 1 1/2-ton capacity Price/Each $393.73 Model No. LS722 3-ton capacity Price/Each $631.64 Model No. LS723 6-ton capacity Price/Each $1158.60
LEVER HOISTS • Lightweight steel construction • Short steel handle rotates 360° to allow operation in any position • Load brake assures safety and load control • High tensile alloy steel load chain for increased strength and durability • Latched swivel hooks for added security • Enclosed chain guide ensures dirt and dust do not affect operation
Model No. LS546 LS547 LS548 LS549 LS550
Cap lbs. 1500 2000 3000 6000 12 000
Lift' 5 5 5 5 5
Wt. lbs. 15 18 24 42 62
Price/Each 247.00 259.00 280.00 448.00 692.00
SERIES 640 PULLER The Series 640 long handle puller is ideal for a broad range of pulling applications • Easy one-hand operation • Free chaining for fast, easy attachment to load • Tough yet lightweight aluminum construction and powder coat finish • 5' lift • Lifetime warranty Model No. LS724 3/4-ton capacity Price/Each $609.63 Model No. LS725 1 1/2-ton capacity Price/Each $847.55 Model No. LS726 3-ton capacity Price/Each $1098.05 Model No. LS727 6-ton capacity Price/Each $2086.27
ADJUSTABLE TROLLEYS
R25440E
• Easily adjusts to fit various flange and I-beams • Use on straight or curved track • Can be installed or removed at any position on the beam • Heavy-duty cast iron wheels • Deep width flange provides superior contact with the beam • Geared trolleys include two geared wheels operated by hand chain • Safety plate included
Model No. PLAIN LS551 LS552 LS553 LS554 LS555 GEARED LS556 LS557 LS558 LS559 LS560
Adjustable Plain Trolley
Fits I beams"
Cap. lbs
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
2.5 - 5.5 2.5 - 5.5 3 - 6.5 3-8 3.5 - 8
1000 2000 4000 6000 10 000
11 18 29 55 97
108.00 129.00 215.00 303.00 467.00
2.5 - 5.5 2.5 - 5.5 3 - 6.5 3-8 3.5 - 8
1000 2000 4000 6000 10 000
26 33 40 77 119
152.00 186.00 259.00 325.00 581.00
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0171-0180_Eng.indd 179
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
LS720
Adjustable Geared Trolley
LS724
Can’t find what you’re looking for?
Call us today! TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
179 12-07-24 3:51 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING CABLE & LINEMAN'S HOISTS
SKY HOOKS • • • • •
Cable hoist handle bends to warn of hazardous condition and prevent dangerous overload. Lineman's hoist provides additional protection for hot wire handling - non-conductive strap webbing and fibreglass handle provided for increased operator safety.
Operates in tight working conditions Constructed of high-strength steel Totally maintenance free Meets OSHA requirements Has a limited manufacturer's warranty LS951
STANDARD SKY HOOKS
PORTABLE & DURABLE • Lightweight and rugged - special cast aluminum alloy housings • Corrosion resistant - includes stainless steel springs and shafts • Reduced wear - all rotating shafts are mounted on bronze bushings
• Pivots 360° • Bases to fit most quick-change tool holders • Easily detached and carried to different locations • Length of lift: 55" • Load limit: 500 lbs. • Weight: 23 lbs. • Custom units available Model No. LS951 Price/Each $1102.36
EASY TO OPERATE • Fast take-up - winding wheel provided for quick take-up of cable or webbing • Easy load positioning - unit is equipped with bronze cable/strap guides • Positive load control - utilizes a double interlocking pawl system • 360° swiveling hooks equipped with latches for positive load engagement
BOLTDOWN ADAPTORS • To be used with model LS951 Model No. LS969 Price/Each $148.22
1 Cable Model Cap. Max. No. lbs. Lift' Headroom" CABLE HOIST LB260 1000 13 1/2 21 LINEMAN'S HOISTS LB261 1500 9 23 1/2 LB262 2000 11 24
Price /Each
2000
6 1/2
27
3/16 x
16
9.5
300.52
3000 4000
4 1/4 5 1/4
30 1/2 31 1/4
10 12
10.5 12.5
407.33 576.75
-
TIRFOR™ HOISTS • • • • •
Safe and reliable for lifting, pulling and handling a wide variety of loads One man operated crancking telescope handle Two jaw system similar to pulling a rope by hand Forward and reverse mode Griphoist designed specially for grip hoist wires with one hooked end • Wire sold separately
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
LA698 LA701
LS954
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Model No. LA699 LA700 LA701 LA696 LA697 LA698
WELDING & METALWORKING
Cap. lbs. 2000 4000 8000 2000 4000 8000
L" 20 3/4 26 27 16 1/2 20 7/8 24 7/16
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Dimensions x W" x x 9 3/4 x x 13 x x 13 x x 9 7/8 x x 12 7/16 x x 14 x
Handle Special Wire Rope H" ext./closed Dia." Break Strength 4 1/2 28/18 5/16 10 000 lbs. 5 3/4 45/26 7/16 20 000 lbs. 6 1/8 45/26 5/8 40 000 lbs. 3 7/8 27/16 5/16 10 000 lbs. 5 45/26 7/16 20 000 lbs. 5 1/8 45/26 5/8 40 000 lbs.
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wt. Price lbs. /Each 18.5 1031.53 41 1632.42 59.5 2759.65 14.25 782.27 30 1063.80 51 1780.42
R19350E
0171-0180_Eng.indd 180
Wt. lbs.
LS952
• Rotates 360° with outrigger legs extended • Heavy-duty 13-gauge steel shelves with angle posts for maximum strength • Cart comes fully welded • 6" casters allow for easier movement through facility • Overall height of sky hook from floor: 71" • Length of lift: 64 1/2" • Cart width w/legs retracted: 33 1/2" • Cart length: 36" • Load limit: 500 lbs. • Weight: 226 lbs. • Optional counterweight kit Model No. LS954 Price/Each $3232.67
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Cable/Belt Dia." x L'
• Slips directly into a standard 2" Class 3 truck receiver hitch • Rotates 360° and includes T-handle lock to prevent rotation when not in use • Can be easily detached and placed on another vehicle • Overall height from hitch: 63" • Overall length of lift: 75" • Total weight including receiver mount: 46 lbs. • Load limit: 500 lbs. Model No. LT290 Price/Each $1472.89
TALL SKY HOOKS WITH MOBILE CART
180
Double Cable Cap. Max. lbs. Lift' Headroom"
RECEIVER HITCH SKY HOOKS
LS953
TALL SKY HOOKS WITH BOLTDOWN BASE • Ideal for mounting to floor or heavy cart to handle a large variety of general lifting applications • Pivots 360° • Easily detached and carried to different locations • Length of lift: 75" • Load limit: 500 lbs. • Weight: 26 lbs. Model No. LS952 Price/Each $1287.60
Lineman's Hoists
LS969
TALL SKY HOOKS WITH MOBILE BASE • Perfect for any lifting and moving application • This design is ideal for tight, hard-to-reach locations where you cannot get other lifting devices or multiple people to assist • Pivots 360° • Four swivel casters • Designed to straddle the corner of benches, pallets, etc. • Overall height from floor: 70" • Load limit: 500 lbs. • Weight: 122 lbs. Model No. LS953 Price/Each $2099.25
Cable Hoists
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:51 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING SCREWLOK CLAMPS
POWERLIFT® MAGNETS
• Designed to fit flanges of most structural beams • Act as semi-permanent lifting point, for use with manual or electric hoists • Load pin incorporated for load suspension with reduced head-room
• Compact yet powerful rare earth lift magnets can be used on flat or round surfaces and contain an internal release on/off device that does not contact or damage the surface of the part being lifted • Permanent magnetic lifts eliminate the fear of dropping the load being lifted due to power failures • 3:1 design factor • Conforms to ASME B30.20 standards
Model No. LS902 LS903
Load Pin Dia." 3/4 3/4
Flange" 3-8 1/4 3-8 1/4
Working Load Limit lbs. 2200 4400
Wt. lbs. 11 13 1/2
Price /Each 98.47 109.93
BEAM CLAMPS • Beam clamps lift, transfer and position beams from 3" to 10" flange widths using a rapid adjustment screw spindle • Widely used as portable quick attachments for hoisting and rigging equipment • 3" diameter eye has a cross loading capacity of 15° off center Model No. LA178 LA179 LA180
Cap. Tons 2 3 4
Jaw Opening" 3 - 7 1/2 3 - 7 1/2 6 - 10
Model 1/4" No. Cap lbs. Size LS712 180 4 x 4.5 LS713 270 4x6 LS714 N/A LS715 N/A -
Price /Each 350.06 541.91 651.35
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
4 15 33
589.25 850.87 1009.66
4 17 35
651.36 1395.63 1713.83
Model No. LS708 LS709 LS710 LT271 LS711
Wt. lbs. 4 8 17
Model No. LS708 LS709 LS710 LT271 LS711
Price /Each 651.27 925.08 1610.86
R19349E
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0181-0188_Eng.indd 181
Overall Height" 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2
Magnet Length" 6 1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each 335.33 713.47 1445.96 2344.92
1/2" Cap lbs. Size 250 3 x 3.5 615 4 x 7.5 800 4x8 N/A -
3/4" Cap lbs. Size 250 2x3 800 4x5 1600 4x8 N/A -
1" Cap lbs. Size 250 2 x 2.5 800 4x4 1600 4 x 8 1300 4 x 8
3" Cap lbs. 250 800 1600 2500
Size 1 x 1.5 2 x 2.5 4 x 2.5 4 x 4.5
L" 7 3/4 10 3/4 14 3/4 15 19 1/4
Dimensions x W" x H" x 7 1/4 x 6 3/4 x 7 1/4 x 6 3/4 x 7 1/4 x 6 3/4 x 7 1/4 x 7 x 7 1/4 x 7
Magnet H" L" 2 1/2 4 2 1/2 7 2 1/2 10 1/2 2 3/4 11 1/4 2 3/4 15 1/4
Holding Capacity lbs. 400 1000 1500 2200 3000
Price /Each 477.52 643.97 818.61 1165.14 1626.30
• • • • • • •
Capacity lbs. Working Maximum 50 100 125 250 200 400 300 600 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
3/16" Cap lbs. Size 400 6x6 600 6x6 800 6x6 800 6x6 800 6x6
1/4" Cap lbs. Size 400 6x6 900 6x6 1000 6x6 1064 6x6 1100 6x6
1/2" Cap lbs. Size 400 8x8 1000 8x8 1500 8x8 2000 8x8 2700 8x8
1" Cap lbs. 400 1000 1500 2200 3000
2"
Size 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10
Cap lbs. 400 1000 1500 2200 3000
Size 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10
BASICLIFT MAGNETS
• Lift or move sheets, plates, hot or oily parts • Handle sheets stacked horizontally or vertically • Protect workers from cuts, slivers, nicks and burns
Magnet Width" 3 5/8 7 1/4 7 1/4 7 1/4
Wt. lbs. 7 22 53 110
Handle" 5 7/8 6 7/8 6 3/4 10 1/8
HOLDING VALUE & MAX. SHEET SIZE IN FEET FOR SPECIFIED MATERIAL THICKNESS
MAGNETIC SHEET HANDLERS
Model No. TGY711 TGY712 TGY713 TGY714
H" 6 5/8 8 7/8 8 7/8 8 7/8
FEATURES:
Entirely drop forged and heat treated Strong, yet lightweight Ideal for both vertical and horizontal-to-vertical lifting Feature a patented wear indicator system 100% proof tested
Grip Range" 1/16 - 5/8 1/16 - 3/4 1/16 - 1
Dimensions x W" x x 2 5/8 x x 3 5/8 x x 4 7/8 x x 7 1/8 x
• Non-marring roller cam release • Durable stainless steel casing • 3:1 design factor
GX LIFTING CLAMPS
Capacity Ton 1/2 1 3
L" 5 7 7/8 10 3/4 12 5/8
• Permanent lift magnets are ideal for handling steel plates, die castings, forgings etc. • They eliminate the need for clamping devices, slings or chains • One person can perform operations previously calling for two or more people • Conforms to ASME B30.20 standards.
• Vertical lifting clamps are constructed from quality tempered heat treated forged steel • Equipped with safety latches for extra security, available in standard or universal hoist eyes • 2:1 safety factor
Model No. LB606 LB607 LB608
Minimum Diameter" 2 3 4 5
CREATIVE LIFT® MAGNETS
LIFTING CLAMPS
• • • • •
Capacity lbs. Flat Round 250 125 800 400 1600 800 2500 1250
HOLDING VALUE & MAX. SHEET SIZE IN FEET FOR SPECIFIED MATERIAL THICKNESS
Wt. lbs. 13 15 19
Model Cap. Jaw No. lbs. Opening" VERTICAL LIFTING CLAMPS LA544 2000 0-3/4 LA545 4000 0-1 3/8 LA172 6000 0-1 UNIVERSAL EYE LA232 2000 0-3/4 LA546 4000 0-1 3/8 LA176 6000 0-1
Model No. LS712 LS713 LS714 LS715
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 198.44 274.35 307.65 378.23
Permanent lift magnet for a broad range of lifting applications Full width cam release Large lift lug Light weight design Durable stainless steel casing Heat resistant up to 300°F (148°C) 2:1 design factor
Model No. LT372 LT373 LT374
WELDING & METALWORKING
Overall Dimensions L" x W" x 6 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 9 1/2 x 6 1/2 x 13 3/4 x 6 1/2 x SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
H" 5 5 5
Lift lb 400 1000 1500
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lb 13 18 28 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 373.38 525.59 711.09
181 12-07-24 3:13 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING NYLON SLINGS All Uni-Web nylon slings are rated with a 5:1 design factor. Used in conjunction with overhead cranes, hoists or winches. Nylon slings are available in single or double ply to protect heavy, irregular sized loads from scratching or marring. Slings must be checked frequently. Should any surface area show signs of wear or cutting, the sling must be replaced immediately. Each is tagged with manufacturer's name and capacity.
CHOKER SLING TYPE 1
DOUBLE EYE SLING TYPE 3
• Forged alloy end fittings - triangle at one end, choker at the other • Webbing forms a slip noose by slipping the triangle through the choker
• Commonly used as a basket and/or choker hitch • For choker hitch pass one eye through the other flat eye, also makes for easy withdrawal from beneath loads
TRIANGLE SLING TYPE 2 • Forged alloy end fittings for single or double sling basket hitches • Soft webbing conforms to the load shape without damaging painted or polished surfaces
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
TWISTED EYE SLING TYPE 4 • Reverse eyes make full functional contact with lifting hooks without the use of hardware • Widely used for both choker and basket hitches
Type 4
ENDLESS SLING TYPE 5 • Most versatile and widely used sling • The economical answer to most lifting problems • Ideal for vertical, choker, and basket hitches
Type 5
LOAD LIMIT FOR TYPE 1234 LBS. Vertical Single Double 1600 3200 3200 6200 4700 8800 6200 11 000
Width" 1 2 3 4
Type TYPE 1
Width" 2 3 4
TYPE 2
2 3 4
TYPE 3
1 2 3 4
TYPE 4
1 2 3 4
TYPE 5
1 2 3 4
3' Model No. LS270 LS271 LS272 LS273 LS274 LS275 LS306 LS307 LS308 LS309 LS310 LS311 LS342 LS343 LS344 LS345 LS346 LS347 LS348 LS349 LS390 LS391 LS392 LS393 LS394 LS395 LS396 LS397 LS438 LS439 LS440 LS441 LS442 LS443 LS444 LS445
Price /Each 111.75 102.26 157.13 157.13 225.26 225.26 99.20 99.20 148.10 143.77 201.51 201.51 11.45 10.40 18.33 18.33 25.49 25.49 32.40 32.40 10.40 10.40 18.33 18.33 25.49 25.49 32.40 32.40 11.80 26.18 17.58 28.88 25.00 49.09 30.93 62.26
Basket Single Double 3200 6400 6400 12 400 9400 17 600 12 400 22 000
4' Model No. LS276 LS277 LS278 LS279 LS280 LS281 LS312 LS313 LS314 LS315 LS316 LS317 LS350 LS351 LS352 LS353 LS354 LS355 LS356 LS357 LS398 LS399 LS400 LS401 LS402 LS403 LS404 LS405 LS446 LS447 LS448 LS449 LS450 LS451 LS452 LS453
Price /Each 113.92 116.58 160.24 163.78 229.10 233.74 104.35 104.04 146.87 150.42 205.35 209.97 11.48 12.87 20.27 22.64 28.23 31.42 35.83 39.94 11.48 12.87 20.27 22.64 28.23 31.42 35.83 39.94 13.88 31.17 21.50 37.41 30.53 61.16 37.26 77.26
Vertical Single Double 3200 6200 6200 12 400 9400 17 600 12 400 22 000
Width" 1 2 3 4
6' Model No. LS282 LS283 LS284 LS285 LS286 LS287 LS318 LS319 LS320 LS321 LS322 LS323 LS358 LS359 LS360 LS361 LS362 LS363 LS364 LS365 LS406 LS407 LS408 LS409 LS410 LS411 LS412 LS413 LS454 LS455 LS456 LS457 LS458 LS459 LS460 LS461
Price /Each 118.27 129.60 166.44 177.08 236.79 250.70 105.73 113.71 153.08 163.71 213.01 232.96 13.63 17.83 24.16 31.29 33.74 43.28 42.70 55.02 13.63 17.83 24.16 31.29 33.74 43.28 42.70 55.02 18.02 41.12 29.29 54.49 41.55 85.27 49.90 107.30
8' Model No. LS288 LS289 LS290 LS291 LS292 LS293 LS324 LS325 LS326 LS327 LS328 LS329 LS366 LS367 LS368 LS369 LS370 LS371 LS372 LS373 LS414 LS415 LS416 LS417 LS418 LS419 LS420 LS421 LS462 LS463 LS464 LS465 LS466 LS467 LS468 LS469
Choker Single Double 2560 4960 4960 9930 7520 14 080 9920 17 600
Price /Each 122.64 135.94 172.65 190.39 244.45 267.63 113.07 123.39 159.28 177.02 220.70 243.88 15.76 22.78 28.06 39.92 39.25 55.13 49.56 70.11 15.76 22.78 28.06 39.92 39.25 39.92 49.56 70.11 22.17 51.10 37.09 71.55 52.58 109.37 62.55 137.34
10' Model No. LS294 LS295 LS296 LS297 LS298 LS299 LS330 LS331 LS332 LS333 LS334 LS335 LS374 LS375 LS376 LS377 LS378 LS379 LS380 LS381 LS422 LS423 LS424 LS425 LS426 LS427 LS428 LS429 LS470 LS471 LS472 LS473 LS474 LS475 LS476 LS477
Price /Each 126.98 136.04 178.86 203.68 252.13 284.59 114.45 133.06 165.49 190.32 228.37 260.83 17.91 27.73 31.94 48.55 44.75 67.00 56.42 85.19 17.91 27.73 31.94 48.55 44.75 67.00 56.42 85.19 26.31 61.07 44.91 88.61 63.63 133.50 75.17 167.35
Basket Single Double 6400 12 400 12 400 24 800 18 800 35 200 24 800 44 000
12' Model No. LS300 LS301 LS302 LS303 LS304 LS305 LS336 LS337 LS338 LS339 LS340 LS341 LS382 LS383 LS384 LS385 LS386 LS387 LS388 LS389 LS430 LS431 LS432 LS433 LS434 LS435 LS436 LS437 LS478 LS479 LS480 LS481 LS482 LS483 LS484 LS485
Price /Each 131.33 155.27 176.75 216.98 259.81 301.53 118.79 142.73 171.69 203.62 242.08 277.76 20.06 32.68 35.83 57.19 50.25 78.86 63.29 100.28 20.06 32.68 35.83 57.19 50.25 78.86 63.29 100.28 30.46 71.05 52.72 105.68 74.66 157.60 87.83 197.39
*Other sizes, capacities and options available
182
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0181-0188_Eng.indd 182
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R25441E
Ply Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double
LOAD LIMIT FOR TYPE 5 LBS. Choker Single Double 1280 2560 2560 4960 3840 7000 4960 8800
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:13 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING POLYESTER SLINGS Mainly used outdoors and can withstand increases in temperature and direct sunlight (i.e. improved UV degradation resistance).Used in conjunction with overhead cranes, hoists or winches. Polyester slings are available in single or double ply to protect heavy, irregular sized loads from scratching or marring. Slings must be checked frequently. Should any surface area show signs of wear or cutting, the sling must be replaced immediately. Each is tagged with manufacturer's name and capacity.
Type 3
Type 4
Type Width" TYPE 3 1 2 3 4 TYPE 4
1 2 3 4
4' Model No. LT409 LT412 LT415 LT418 LT421 LT424 LT427 LT430 LT433 LT436 LT439 LT442 LT445 LT448 LT451 LT454
Ply Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double Single Double
6' Model No. LT410 LT413 LT416 LT419 LT422 LT425 LT428 LT431 LT434 LT437 LT440 LT443 LT446 LT449 LT452 LT455
Price /Each 9.12 10.14 14.69 16.41 20.56 23.02 27.18 30.37 9.12 10.14 14.69 16.41 20.56 23.02 27.18 30.37
Price /Each 10.77 13.83 17.41 22.55 24.48 31.88 32.03 41.65 10.77 13.83 17.41 22.55 24.48 31.88 32.03 41.65
8' Model No. LT411 LT414 LT417 LT420 LT423 LT426 LT429 LT432 LT435 LT438 LT441 LT444 LT447 LT450 LT453 LT456
Price /Each 12.43 17.53 20.12 28.70 28.40 40.74 36.89 52.91 12.43 17.53 20.12 28.70 28.40 40.74 36.89 52.91
LOAD LIMIT FOR TYPE 1234 LBS. Width" 1 2 3 4
Vertical Single Double 1600 3200 3200 6200 4700 8800 6200 11 000
Choker Single Double 1280 2560 2560 4960 3840 7000 4960 8800
Basket Single Double 3200 6400 6400 12 400 9400 17 600 12 400 22 000
Choker Single Double 2560 4960 4960 9920 7520 14 080 9920 17 600
Basket Single Double 6400 12 400 12 400 24 800 18 800 35 200 24 800 44 000
LOAD LIMIT FOR TYPE 5 LBS. Width" 1 2 3 4
Vertical Single Double 3200 6200 6200 12 400 9400 17 600 12 400 22 000
* Other sizes, capacities, types and options available
CHAIN SLINGS • • • • • •
Quality grade 80 alloy steel assembled, feature a design factor of 4:1 Proof tested and certified to twice the working load limit Proof test certificate issued with each sling Available with sling hook or grab hook Three and four leg assemblies are available upon request Slings comes with identification tag indicating size, description and working load limit Sling Hook
Double Chain
Grab Hook
Chain Hook Size" Type SINGLE CHAIN 9/32 Sling Grab 3/8 Sling Grab 1/2 Sling Grab 5/8 Sling Grab DOUBLE CHAIN 9/32 Sling Grab 3/8 Sling Grab 1/2 Sling Grab 5/8 Sling Grab
Single Chain
CAPACITY LBS. Chain Size" 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8
Single 3500 7100 12 000 18 100
60° 6100 12 300 20 800 31 300
Double 45° 4900 10 000 17 000 25 600
30° 3500 7100 12 000 18 100
5' Sling Model No.
Price /Each
8' Sling Model No.
Price /Each
10' Sling Model No.
Price /Each
LS486 LS487 LS488 LS489 LS490 LS491 LS492 LS493
135.37 135.37 189.41 189.41 288.76 288.76 437.32 437.32
LS494 LS495 LS496 LS497 LS498 LS499 LS500 LS501
154.20 154.20 213.66 213.66 324.53 324.53 508.88 508.88
LS502 LS503 LS504 LS505 LS506 LS507 LS508 LS509
166.74 166.74 229.83 229.83 348.39 348.39 556.59 556.59
LS510 LS511 LS512 LS513 LS514 LS515 LS516 LS517
287.55 195.81 338.73 265.46 506.21 451.86 849.42 765.00
LS518 LS519 LS520 LS521 LS522 LS523 LS524 LS525
284.26 233.47 387.23 313.96 577.77 523.42 992.55 908.13
LS526 LS527 LS528 LS529 LS530 LS531 LS532 LS533
309.37 258.57 419.57 346.30 625.48 571.14 1087.97 1003.55
R31383E
Can’t find what you’re looking for?
Call us today! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0181-0188_Eng.indd 183
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
183 12-07-24 3:13 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING HEAVY-DUTY HAND WINCHES
HEAVY-DUTY ELECTRIC WINCHES
Completely load activated braking is standard on all models and sizes. The brake responds automatically when the handle is released, recoil is prevented and the load is held in any position.
HAULING SERIES
Model No. Mfg. No. Wkg Load Limit lbs. kg Rope Dia. in. mm Rope Storage ft. Capacity m Price/Each
LB439 CMA440 440 200 3/16 4 131 40 $1549.95
LB440 CMA1100 1100 500 1/4 6 164 50 $2335.69
LB441 CMA1760 1760 800 5/16 7 256 78 $3160.18
Model No. Mfg. No. Wkg Load Limit lbs. kg Rope Dia. in. mm Rope Storage ft. Capacity m Price/Each
LB442 GS275 275 125 1/8 3 171 52 $625.27
LB443 GS660 660 330 3/16 5 81 25 $1081.74
LB444 GS1100 1100 500 1/4 6 46 14 $1081.06
Model No. Mfg. No. Wkg Load Limit lbs. kg Rope Dia. in. mm Rope Storage ft. Capacity m Price/Each
LB445 CMG770 770 350 3/16 4 79 24 $607.06
LB446* CMG1450 1450 659 1/4 6 66 20 $773.90
LB447* CMG2000 2000 909 5/16 7 46 14 $944.98
Model No. LB273* Mfg. No. NHT550 Wkg Load Limit lbs. 550 (1st Layer) kg 249 Line Speed ft/min. 27 (1st Layer) m/min. 8.2 Rope Dia. in. 1/8 mm 3 Rope Capacity ft. 113 (4th Layer) m 34 Motor HP 1/2 kw 0.4 Weight lbs. 94 kg 93 Price/Each $3613.33
LB439
* Also available in stainless steel.
LB047* NHT1100 1100 499 28 8.5 3/16 5 117 36 1 0.7 146 66 $4333.41
LA761* NHT1900 1900 862 31 9.1 1/4 6 226 69 2 1.5 229 104 $5463.02
LB310* NLT800 800 363 22 6.7 3/16 5 220 67 1 .7 212 96 $5870.44
LA763* NLT1400 1400 635 24 7.3 1/4 6 250 76 1 1/2 1.1 322 146 $7119.01
LA765* VC-5000-30 5000 2268 2500 1134 30 9 1 1/8 29 3 2.3 330 150 $10918.54
LA766* VC-5000-45 5000 2268 2500 1134 45 14 1 1/8 29 5 3.8 355 161 $11035.86
LB273
LIFTING SERIES LB442
LB445
Model No. LA767* Mfg. No. NLT400 Wkg Load Limit lbs. 400 (1st Layer) kg 181 Line Speed ft/min. 22 (1st Layer) m/min. 6.7 Rope Dia. in. 1/8 mm 3 Rope Capacity ft. 175 (4th Layer) m 53 Motor HP 1/2 kw .4 Weight lbs. 130 kg 59 Price/Each $5183.73
LB310
CAPSTAN SERIES Model No. LA764* Mfg. No. VC-2000-26 Wkg Load Limit lbs. 2000 (Starting) kg 907 Wkg Load Limit lbs. 1000 (Running) kg 454 Rope Speed ft/min. 26 m/min. 8 Rope Dia. in. 5/8 mm 16 Motor HP 1.5 kw 1.1 Weight lbs. 202 kg 92 Price/Each $7636.74
LA765
* Also available in stainless steel. Note: Numerous options such as grooved drums, controls, free spooling, limit switches and explosion-proof motors are sold separately and are not included in these models. Electric motors can be supplied at any voltage at 50 or 60 hertz.
Look for this symbol for environmentally friendly products! R31353E
184
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0181-0188_Eng.indd 184
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:14 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING HAND WINCHES
TRAILER WINCHES
HEAVYDUTY
Comfort grip handle for a positive hold while cranking. Zinc-plated finish for superior corrosion resistance even in salt water environments. Winch drums are drilled for use with winch straps. High carbon steel gears to resist wear and last longer. Heavy duty rib reinforced frames maintain proper gear alignment. Internally lubricated drum bushings and oil impregnated shaft bushings provide permanent lubrication to keep the cranking easy.
Seven rugged sizes designed for heavy-duty use with line pulls from 550 lbs. to 11 000 lbs. Models LB298, LB299 and LB300 are equipped with 2-speed gearing for ease in handling heavy loads. Hand cranks are removable under load to prevent tampering when load operator is not present. Automatic brake prevents recoil and holds load safely in any position. Options available with a centre flange and chain operated.
LB251
SINGLE SPEED • Easy to use "grabber" one-way ratchet, free wheels in off position on models LB251 • Models LB252 and LB253 have 2-way ratchets which bring the rope into either the top or bottom of the drum and a heavy-duty strengthening cross shaft to maintain ratchet alignment under heavy loads
HEAVYDUTY ALUMINUM Compact all cast aluminum construction that makes it lightweight, but rugged for heavy-duty applications. Cranks are removable under load to prevent tampering when load operator is not present. Fully enclosed gears provide maximum safety. Automatic brake prevents recoil and holds load safely in any position.
TWO SPEEDS
LB301
• One fast speed for quick pull in, the other slower speed pulls heavy loads easily • Allow changing speed without changing handles • Shift lock holds shaft in the desired gear ratio • Lift lock and move shaft to change speed • Free-wheeling without spinning handle for safer operation • Neutral position for quick line payout without spinning handle
HEAVYDUTY ENCLOSED WORM SHAFT Enclosed worm shaft and worm wheel are immersed in an oil bath, providing constant lubrication and protection from corrosion. Maintenance is reduced while life expectancy is increased. Rope life is substantially increased with drum diameters a minimum of 20 times the diameter of the rope. Choose from three sizes ranging from 550 lbs. to 1650 lbs. Cranks are removable under load to prevent tampering when load operator is not present. Automatic brakes prevent recoil and securely hold load in any position.
LB254
Model Cap. Gear Handle No. lbs. Ratio Length" SINGLE SPEED LB251 1200 4.1:1 8 LB252 1400 4.1:1 8 LB253 1800 5.1:1 10 TWO SPEEDS LB254 2600 5.1:1 & 12.1:1 10 LB255 3200 5.1:1 & 12.1:1 10 LB256 3700 5.1:1 & 15.8:1 10
LB294
Ratchet Type
Cable Dia."
Size'
Hub Size"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
One Way Two Way Two Way
5/16 5/16 7/16
30 20 20
3/4 3/4 7/8
6.5 8 9.5
63.34 67.23 98.98
Two Way w/ Neutral Two Way w/ Neutral Two Way
7/32 7/32 7/32
175 175 185
1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4
17 17 23
214.44 244.63 407.39
LB716
Model Working Load Rope No. Cap. lbs. Dia." HEAVYDUTY LB294 550 3/16 LB295 1100 1/4 LB296 2200 3/8 LB297 3300 7/16 LB298 4400 1/2 LB299 6600 5/8 LB300 11 000 3/4 HEAVYDUTY ALUMINUM LB301 175 1/8 LB302 275 3/16 HEAVYDUTY ENCLOSED WORM SHAFT LA716 550 3/16 LA714 1100 1/4 LA715 1650 5/16
AUTOMATIC BRAKE WINCHES Zinc plated winches feature self-activating automatic brake systems to prevent heavy loads from falling when handle is released. Positive holding action of the brake system while raising and lowering loads provides the needed control for safety. Comfort grip handle for a positive hold while cranking. Load-Lok automatic disc brake system on models LB257 and LA691. Double disc brake system on models LA692 and LA693. Cable pays out after load has been lowered, continued cranking on the winch will allow cable remaining on drum to feed out automatically.
Rope Storage Cap.'
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
222 222 190 165 158 140 140
29 35 57 62 132 172 253
937.93 1185.07 1410.03 2327.08 4592.81 5622.87 6775.66
98 39
6.6 6.6
863.23 1007.96
60 95 157
28 46 92
801.89 1651.12 2671.51
WORM GEAR WINCHES
R25437E
LA692
Model No. LB257 LA691 LA692 LA693
Cap. lbs. 600 1000 1500 2500
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0181-0188_Eng.indd 185
The self-activated brake mechanism holds the load safely in place when the cranking stops. Double mesh worm gear train for quiet operation and optimum wear. Bronze bushings on the worm gear shaft extend life by reducing friction and wear. Rear frame reinforcing bar keeps the frame straight under heavy loads. Large diameter drum hubs protect steel cable from damage. High carbon steel on drum gears lasts longer than soft gears. Large handle grip for easy cranking. Model LA695 includes drive ring and 10" handle.
LA693
Max. Cable Dia." 1/8 7/32 1/4 5/16
Size' 85 60 88 75
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Gear Ratio 1:1 4.1:1 5.1:1 15.8:1
Handle Length" 11 11 11 11
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Hub Dia." 1 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/2 3 1/8
Wt. lbs. 7.5 8 15 24
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 144.17 177.25 231.62 415.98
Model Cap. No. lbs. LB258 1500 LA694 2000 LA695 3000
WELDING & METALWORKING
Gear Ratio 3.1:1 4.1:1 5.1:1
Drum Cable Storage' 1/8" 3/16" 1/4" 115 50 235 100 160 90
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
5/16" 60
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Handle Dia." Length" 1 1/2 8 1 1/2 8 3 1/8 10
Wt. lbs. 10 11 31
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 167.41 177.32 459.09
185 12-07-24 3:14 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING CHAINS General purpose chain used for binding, towing, and logging applications. Important: The chains listed below are not to be used for overhead lifting. Grade 30: Suitable for ordinary purposes such as log chains, guard rail chains and towing chains. To be used for certain implement and equipment parts where high strength to weight ratios are not a consideration. Grade 40: Frequently used in place of grade 30 chain to fabricate logging chains, binder chains, tiedowns and towing chains where improved strength to weight ratios are required for ease of handling. Grade 70: Developed to meet transport load binding regulations where applicable. Also used in lumbering, mining and other industries where a high strength to weight ratio is required.
Coil Chain
Machine Chain
Lock Link Chain
Twist Straight
Straight
Jack Chain
Inco (Tenso) Chain
Sash Chain
Priced per Package Model No. Size WELDED CHAIN LB332 3/16" LB333 1/4" LB334 5/16" LB335 3/8" LB336 1/2" LB337 1/4" LB338 5/16" LB339 3/8" LB340 1/4" LB341 5/16" LB342 3/8" LB343 1/2" LB344 #3 LB345 #2 LB346 1/0 LB347 2/0 LB348 #3 LB351 #4 LB352 #3 LB353 #2 LB354 2/0 LB355 #4 LB356 #3 LB357 2/0 LB358 #3 BK = Blu-Krome
Description
Working load Limit lbs.
Feet per pkg.
800 1300 1900 2650 4500 2600 3900 5400 3150 4700 6600 11300 255 310 440 520 255 215 270 325 545 205 255 520 270
250 141 92 63 40 150 100 75 150 100 75 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 175 50
Grade 30 Proof Coil Chain - BK Grade 30 Proof Coil Chain - BK Grade 30 Proof Coil Chain - BK Grade 30 Proof Coil Chain - BK Grade 30 Proof Coil Chain - BK Grade 40 High Test Chain - BK Grade 40 High Test Chain - BK Grade 40 High Test Chain - BK Grade 70 Transport Chain - YC Grade 70 Transport Chain - YC Grade 70 Transport Chain - YC Grade 70 Transport Chain - YC Coil Chain - Straight Link - BK Coil Chain - Straight Link - BK Coil Chain - Straight Link - BK Coil Chain - Straight Link - BK Coil Chain - Twist Link - BK Machine Chain - Straight Link - BK Machine Chain - Straight Link - BK Machine Chain - Straight Link - BK Machine Chain - Straight Link - BK Machine Chain - Twist Link - BK Machine Chain - Twist Link - BK Machine Chain - Twist Link - BK Machine Chain - Straight Link - Brass
Price /Each 258.03 209.96 207.61 191.99 221.41 332.52 313.33 286.36 490.24 351.98 350.46 1543.92 102.03 114.04 138.05 152.05 206.07 166.06 166.06 168.06 184.06 258.67 314.11 401.16 113.26
Model No. Size WELDLESS CHAIN LB360 #3 LB361 #2 LB362 #1 LB363 1/0 LB364 2/0 LB365 3/0 LB367 #2 LB368 1/0 LB369 4/0 LB370 3/0 LB372 #16 LB373 #14 LB374 #12 LB375 #10 LB376 #8 LB380 #14 LB382 #35 LB383 #40 BK = Blu-Krome
YC = Yellow Chromate
Description Inco (Tenso) Chain - BK Inco (Tenso) Chain - BK Inco (Tenso) Chain - BK Inco (Tenso) Chain - BK Inco (Tenso) Chain - BK Inco (Tenso) Chain - BK Lock Link Chain - BK Lock Link Chain - BK Lock Link Chain - BK Lock Link Chain - BK Single Jack Chain - Steel - BK Single Jack Chain - Steel - BK Single Jack Chain - Steel - BK Single Jack Chain - Steel - BK Single Jack Chain - Steel - BK Single Jack Chain - Brass Sash Chain - BK Sash Chain - BK
LIFTING HOOKS
• All hooks are grade 40 with a self-coloured finish • Not to be used for over head lifting
• Highly secure industrial lifting hooks are manufactured of grade 100 alloy steel, which can be used in all applications • When used in conjunction with grade 80 or 100 alloy chain and fittings, assemblies may be used for overhead lifting
Price /Each 3.44 4.75 12.63 11.42 4.42 5.20 7.14 14.99
Model No. LT277 LT278 LT279 LT280 LT281
90 115 155 200 255 305 155 265 485 405 10 16 29 43 60 11 106 131
Priced per Package Feet Price per pkg. /Each 100 100 100 100 100 150 100 100 100 125 100 100 100 100 100 200 100 100
52.02 52.02 60.02 70.70 74.03 117.00 78.03 96.03 132.04 143.97 56.02 66.02 76.03 88.03 94.03 337.08 90.03 114.04
YC = Yellow Chromate
CHAIN HOOKS Model Size Max. Working No. Dia." Load Limit lbs. HEAT TREATED CLEVIS GRAB HOOK LT357 1/4 2600 LT273 5/16 3900 LT274 3/8 5400 LT358 1/2 9200 HEAT TREATED SLIP HOOK LT275 1/4 2600 LT276 5/16 3900 LT359 3/8 5400 LT360 1/2 9200
Working load Limit lbs.
Size Dia." 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Max. Working Load Limit lbs. 4300 8800 15,000 22,600 35,300
Wt lbs. 1.2 2.7 5 9 14
Price /Each 39.09 57.18 78.86 89.99 134.25
R31354E
186
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0181-0188_Eng.indd 186
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:14 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING ALLOY STEEL HOOKS & CONNECTING LINKS
LOAD BINDERS
CONSTRUCTED OF GRADE 100 ALLOY STEEL, THESE CHAIN HOOKS ARE RECOMMENDED FOR OVERHEAD LIFTING. Clevis sling hooks with latch
Clevis grab hooks
• • • •
Connecting links Eye grab hooks
Forged and heat treated With two strong, full rotation swivels Profiled mid-section to give extra stability Working load limit rating embossed on handle
WARNINGS: • Do not exceed indicated working load limits (WLL) • WLL indicated to help establish number of tie-downs required for load • Familiarize yourself with local transport regulations regarding the securing of loads • Check binders frequently for cracks, deformations, wear or other damages • To prevent further use, destroy binders showing any of above symptoms
CLEVIS SLING HOOKS WITH LATCH Model No. LB402 LB404 LT280 LT281
Recom. Chain Inches 9/32 1/2 5/8 3/4
Dia. mm 7 13 16 20
Max. Working Load lbs. 4300 15 000 22 600 35 300
R mm 95 146 171 197
T mm 32 48 56 64
U mm 27 40 46 56
A mm 8 14 18 21
E mm 9 16 19 22
D mm 29 48 59 70
W mm 19 32 35 41
HP mm 44 68 79 86
OAW mm 98 156 179 205
Wt. lbs. 1.3 5.4 8.5 12.4
Price /Each 45.52 125.09 89.99 134.25
Wt. lbs. 0.5 1.6 2.6 5.8 8.8
Price /Each 28.73 33.35 60.49 78.14 118.14
OAW mm 47 65 89 108 132
Wt. lbs. 0.6 0.9 2.8 4.7 7.5
Price /Each 14.91 19.76 37.93 65.37 99.54
G mm 10 10 9 12 14 16 35 41
Wt. lbs. 0.1 0.27 0.55 2 3 4 8 16
Price /Each 19.47 22.43 25.79 41.91 54.22 77.31 201.63 307.74
WHEN TYING DOWN OR UNTYING LOADS:
CLEVIS GRAB HOOKS Model No. LB407 LB408 LB409 LB410 LB411
Recommended Chain Inches 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Dia. mm 7 10 13 16 20
Max. Working Load lbs. 4300 8800 15 000 22 600 35 300
R mm 60 74 94 113 130
T A mm mm 10 8 13 11 17 14 20 18 25 21
E mm 9 13 16 19 22
Load Pin Dia. mm 10 13 16 19 22
D mm 21 32 38 44 54
W mm 16 19 24 31 35
HP mm 32 41 51 67 83
D mm 21 29 37 44 54
W mm 15 17 22 28 35
OAL mm 94 102 137 169 210
OAW mm 51 71 89 105 124
• Do no stand on loads to be tied down • Make sure to have good footing and position yourself and any by-standers clear of path of moving handle • The use of handle extensions (cheater pipes) is not recommended • Always secure handle by wrapping loose end of chain around handle, because tie-downs have a tendency to get loose due to shifting loads
EYE GRAB HOOKS Model No. LB413 LB414 LB415 LB416 LB417
Recom. Chain Inches 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Dia. mm 7 10 13 16 20
Max. Working Load lbs. 4300 8800 15 000 22 600 35 300
R mm 64 61 86 107 131
T mm 9 13 17 20 24
ED mm 14 19 28 31 37
ES mm 9 11 14 18 25
Model Chain No. Size" LOAD BINDERS LT465 1/4 - 5/16 LT466 5/16 - 3/8 LT467 3/8 - 1/2 RATCHET TIEDOWN LT463 5/16 - 3/8 LT464 3/8 - 1/2 LT462 1/4 - 5/16 RECOILLESS
CHAIN TO COMPONENT CONNECTING LINKS Model No. LB418 LB419 LB420 LB421 LB422 LB423 LB424 LB425
Recom. Chain Inches 7/32 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1 1/4
Dia. mm 5.5 7 10 13 16 19 26 32
Max. Working Load lbs. 2100 4300 8800 15 000 22 600 35 300 47 700 72 300
Load kg 970 1950 4000 6800 10 300 16 000 21 600 32 800
A mm 7 10 13 17 21 24 31 38
B mm 6 9 11 14 18 24 29 35
C mm 33 44 60 76 98 117 149 187
D mm 11 14 21 26 33 40 52 58
E mm 4 5 8 10 12 14 17 24
F mm 39 45 62 86 99 121 149 179
LT468
5/16 - 3/8
ALLOY STEEL SELF-LOCKING HOOKS
LT282
CLEVIS SELF LOCKING HOOKS Model No. LT282 LT283 LT284 LT285
Recom. Chain Inches 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8
Dia. mm 7 10 13 16
Max. Working Load lbs. 4300 8800 15 000 22 600
A" 1.50 1.81 2.22 2.75
B" 0.34 0.50 0.66 0.81
C" 0.44 0.56 0.69 0.75
D" 0.36 0.20 0.63 0.84
E" 5.00 6.31 7.69 9.22
F" 1.81 2.34 3.00 3.55
Wt. lbs. 1.7 3.3 6.2 11
Price /Each 111.69 145.12 196.21 330.99
Wt. lbs. 2.2 4.4 7.9 14.8
Price /Each 98.98 125.22 175.59 296.83
WLL lbs.
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
2600 5400 9200
3 8 12
28.26 35.99 60.24
5400 9200 2600
10 12 3
50.46 58.31 35.23
5400
8
50.84
LT286
LT291
EYETYPE SELFLOCKING HOOKS Model No. LT286 LT287 LT288 LT289
Recom. Chain Inches 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8
Dia. mm 7 10 13 16
Max. Working Load lbs. 4300 8800 15 000 22 600
A" 1.50 1.81 2.22 2.75
B" 0.47 0.59 0.63 0.94
C" 1.25 1.50 1.97 2.56
D" 5.66 7.00 8.69 10.75
E" 1.81 2.34 3.00 3.53
Clevis Self-Locking Hooks
A
A
B
B
G
G
R31355E
SELFLOCKING SWIVEL HOOKS
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0181-0188_Eng.indd 187
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
D" 0.78 1.03 1.19 1.56
E" 1.13 1.41 1.69 2.16
F" 7.31 9.06 10.97 13.47
WELDING & METALWORKING
Wt. lbs. 2.8 5.4 10.3 18.1
Price /Each 149.65 176.06 280.26 373.60
R
D
J
R
J
SA
C" 0.47 0.59 0.75 0.88
SA
B1" 1.44 1.63 1.92 2.44
U
B" 1.81 2.34 3.00 3.55
U
A" 1.50 1.81 2.48 2.75
SA
Max. Working Load lbs. 4300 8800 15 000 22 600
SA
Dia. mm 7 10 13 16
U
Recom. Chain Inches 9/32 3/8 1/2 5/8
U
Model No. LT291 LT292 LT293 LT294
F
F
Eye-Type SelfLocking Hooks & Self-Locking Swivel Hooks
D
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
E
E
C
C
H
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
H
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
187 12-07-24 3:14 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLES Dia." 3/64 1/16 5/64 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2
Breaking Strength lbs. 270 480 650 920 1700 2600 3700 6100 1000 2000 2800 4200 7000 9800 14 400 22 000
Model No. LA893 LA894 LA895 LA896 LA897 LA898 LA899 LA900 LA902 LA903 LA904 LA905 LA906 LA907 LA908 LA909
7x7
7 x 19
6 x 19
Feet Per Pkg. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Price /Each 6.36 7.54 8.96 11.74 17.91 26.87 37.00 60.57 19.30 23.33 31.82 40.06 64.81 82.96 131.98 174.40
Model No. LB030 LB031 LB032 LB033 LB034 LB035 LB036 LB037 LB039 LB040 LB041 LB042 LB043 LB044 LB045 LB046
Feet Per Pkg. 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Price /Each 23.57 28.28 34.17 37.71 68.35 102.52 141.40 230.96 74.24 88.38 121.37 152.01 247.46 316.98 510.37 871.99
*Special sizes available on request
COATED GALVANIZED CABLE PVC Outside Dia." 3/16 3/16
Inside Dia." 1/8 1/8
Construction 7 x 19 7 x 19
Model No. LA910 LA911
Colour Clear Red
Feet Per Pkg. 100 100
Price /Each 45.96 56.09
Model No. LB289 LB290
Feet Per Pkg. 500 500
Price /Each 148.47 180.29
ALUMINUM OVAL SLEEVES Model No. LA912 LA913 LA914 LA915 LA916 LA917 LA918
For Cable Dia." 1/32 3/64 1/16 5/64 3/32 1/8 5/32
Price /Each 0.07 0.11 0.13 0.14 0.14 0.21 0.26
Model No. LA919 LA920 LA921 LA922 LA923 LA924
For Cable Dia." 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2
Price /Each 0.45 0.67 1.12 1.50 2.34 3.95
Model No. LA929 LA930 LA931 LA932
For Cable Dia." 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8
Price /Each 0.26 0.68 0.61 0.59
ALUMINUM STOP SLEEVES Model No. LA925 LA926 LA927 LA928
For Cable Dia." 1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32
Price /Each 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.45
THIMBLES
LA933
LA940
* Special sizes available on request
TURNBUCKLES Eye & Eye Model No. LA947 LA948 LA949 LA950 LA951 LA952 LA953 LA954 LA955 LA956 LA957 LA958 LA959 LA960
Hook & Hook Model No. LA961 LA962 LA963 LA964 LA965 LA966 LA967 LA968 LA969 LA970 LA971 LA972 LA973 LB286
5/16 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/2
Diameter Take-Up" x 4 1/2 x 6 x 6 x 9 x 12 x 6 x 9 x 12 x 6 x 9 x 12 x 12 x 6 x 12
Working Load Limit lbs. E&E H&H 800 700 1200 1000 2200 1500 2200 1500 2200 1500 3500 2250 3500 2250 3500 2250 5200 3000 5200 3000 5200 3000 7200 4000 10 000 5000 21 400 7500
Wt. lbs. 0.45 0.75 1.5 1.75 2.18 2.63 3 3.25 3.75 4.5 5.75 8.35 9.04 27
Price /Each 8.53 11.08 12.70 16.24 22.72 20.55 32.69 30.78 31.67 39.71 41.71 60.38 69.17 238.15
EYE BOLTS Model Dia. & Working Load No. Take-up" Limit lbs. REGULAR NUT EYE BOLTS (Galvanized, Drop-Forged) LA974 5/16 x 4 1/4 1200 LA975 3/8 x 2 1/2 1550 LA976 3/8 x 4 1/2 1550 LA977 1/2 x 8 2600 LA978 1/2 x 10 2600 LA979 5/8 x 4 5200 LA980 5/8 x 12 5200
Price /Each
3.21 3.00 4.51 5.92 7.53 9.44 15.67
STAINLESS STEEL 316
Length" 2 2 3/8 3 3/16 3 15/16
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0181-0188_Eng.indd 188
Eye" 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
3.31
5.05 6.35 10.24
Model No. LB001 LB002 LB003 LB004 LB005 LB006
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Size" 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2
Price /Each 0.26 0.32 0.26 0.37 0.55 0.41 0.45 0.91 2.10 3.03 7.74
Type AN AN AN AN AN STD STD STD STD STD HD
Type: AN - Zinc-Plated, STD - Galvanized Standard, HD - Hot Deep Galvanized
WIRE ROPE CLIPS For Model Cable Price Model No. Dia." /Each No. MALLEABLE ZINCPLATED LB007 1/8 0.25 LB012 LB008 3/16 0.41 LB013 LB009 1/4 0.69 LB014 LB010 5/16 0.71 LB015 LB011 3/8 1.08 DROPFORGED GALVANIZED LB016 1/8 1.05 LB020 LB017 3/16 1.30 LB021 LB018 1/4 1.60 LB022 LB019 5/16 1.93 LB023
For Cable Dia."
Price /Each
1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8
1.93 2.50 3.87 7.66
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
3.28 5.49 6.27 9.24
SCREW PIN ANCHOR SHACKLES GALVANIZED RATED
ZINCPLATED
Price /Each 3.75 3.65 8.93 11.55
For Cable Dia." 3/64 -1/16 - 5/64 3/32 - 7/64 - 1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
Working Load Limit lbs. 200 600 1000 1700 2100 3300
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 0.41 0.75 0.93 1.65 2.71 4.22
Model No. LA985 LA986 LA987 LA988 LA989 LA990 LA991 LA992 LA993 LA994 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Size" 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1
Working Load Limit (tons) 1/3 1/3 3/4 1 1 1/2 2 3 1/4 4 3/4 6 1/2 8 1/2
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each 1.81 2.10 2.57 3.56 4.60 5.87 11.03 16.73 25.19 34.76
R14298E
188
Size" 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8
Working Load Limit lbs. 120 160 300 400
Price /Each
QUICK LINKS
CARBINE SNAP HOOKS Model No. LA995 LA996 LA997 LA998
Model Dia. & Working Load No. Take-up" Limit lbs. SHOULDER NUT EYE BOLT (Galvanized, Drop-Forged) LA981 3/8 x 2 1/2 1550 SHOULDER TYPE MACHINERY EYE BOLTS (Steel) LA562 3/8 x 1 1/4 1300 LA563 1/2 x 1 1/2 2400 LA564 5/8 x 1 3/4 4000
Model No. LA933 LA934 LA935 LA936 LA939 LA940 LA941 LA942 LA943 LA944 LA945
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 3:14 PM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING BALANCERS • Balances tool in any position • Enhances productivity, comfort and safety • Protects tools from being damaged • Installs in minutes Secondary safety support chain/cable is recommended with all balancers
CAPACITY RANGE 1 TO 4 LBS.
CAPACITY RANGE 4 TO 8 LBS.
• • • • •
• • • • • •
Heavy-duty long-life spring Easy tension adjustment Full range of motion 360° swivel hanger Snap-type tool clip 6.5' cable travel
Model No. FA125 FA126
Capacity lbs. 0-2 2-4
Price /Each 56.80 60.85
Heavy-duty long-life spring Easy tension adjustment Full range of motion 360° swivel hanger Snap-type tool clip 6.5' cable travel Ratchet lock models available
Model No. FA127 FA129
Capacity lbs. 4-6 6-8
Price /Each 113.59 117.66
Locking Model No. FA128 FA130
Price /Each 141.55 141.55
SAFETY CHAINS Model No. FA147 Price/Each $43.44
CAPACITY RANGE 6 TO 24 LBS. • • • • • •
HEAVYDUTY CAPACITY RANGE 18 TO 45 LBS.
Heavy-duty long-life spring Easy tension adjustment Full range of motion 360° swivel hanger Snap-type tool clip 6.5' cable travel Ratchet lock models available
Model No. FA131 FA133 FA135 FA113
Capacity lbs. 6-9 9-13 13-18 18-24
Price /Each 211.68 234.19 255.22 324.25
Locking Model No. FA132 FA134 FA136 FA114
• Rugged cast aluminum construction • Auto drum lock secures load even if tension drops • Full range of motion 360° swivel hanger • Snap-type tool clip • Swaged 3/16" steel cable assembly • 6.5' cable travel • Ratchet lock models available
Price /Each 255.22 276.61 319.40 340.41
Model No. FA137 FA139
Capacity lbs. 18-25 35-45
Price /Each 1048.14 1048.14
Locking Model No. FA138 FA140
Price /Each 1061.03 1061.03
SAFETY CHAINS Model No. FH804 Price/Each $148.62
POSITIONERS • Minimizes operator fatigue in repetitive-motion applications • Light-duty use, 1 to 10 lbs. • Holds an object in desired position within travel range • Easy tension adjustment • 1.4 m cable travel Model No. FA124 Price/Each $44.22
R27453E
Call us for all your Material Handling & Storage requirements!
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0189-0192_Eng.indd 189
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
189 12-07-24 9:14 AM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING F.O.B. VAUDREUIL, QC. ITEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE MADE TO ORDER AND ARE NONRETURNABLE B
ADJUSTABLE GANTRY CRANES • • • • • •
E
Adjustable gantry cranes move and lift heavy equipment with ease Height adjustable between 8' and 14' Equipped with four heavy-duty steel swivel casters with wheel brakes H-Beams use flat-wheel trolleys; I-Beams use taper-wheel trolleys. Can be fitted with or without casters Shipped knocked down
D C
Lifting Cap. lbs. 2000 2000 4000 4000 6000 6000
Model No. LA189 LA190 LA191 LA192 LA193 LA194
O.A. Span A' 10 15 10 15 10 15
Clear Span B 4'7" 9'7" 4'7" 9'7" 4'7" 9'7"
Hook Lift Min/Max C 6'8"/11'6" 6'6"/11'10" 6'2"/11'10" 6'/11'8" 5'/11'1" 5'/11'1"
O.A. Height Min/Max D 8'9"14'7" 8'9"/14'7" 8'9"/14'7" 8'9"/14'7" 8'9"/14'9" 8'9"/14'9"
Beam Height E" 6 8 8 10 10 10
Wheel Spread Min/Max F 4'7"/7' 4'7"/7' 4'7"/7' 4'7"/7' 4'10"/7'3" 4'10"/7'3"
Unit Beam Width" 3 3/8 5 1/4 4 5 3/4 4 5/8 5 3/4
Wt. lbs. 885 1050 1175 1370 1430 1615
Price /Each 4234.83 5030.38 5174.42 6115.12 6527.30 7151.12
F
Note: Crane only, hoist and trolley not included.
PORTABLE FLOOR CRANES • • • • • •
Lifts, lowers, positions and moves up to 2000 lbs. with ease Hand operated hydraulic pump lifts fully extended boom over 8' Crane moves easily with smooth rolling casters Fully collapsible, knocks down in seconds for easy storage Each crane supplied with 30" adjustable chain and hook Shipped knocked down
Model Cap. Overall Overall Overall No. lbs. Height" Length" Width" LA572 1000 69.25 63.5 31 LA567 2000 69.25 63.5 37 REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT LA838 Replacement Hydraulic Pump
Model No. LA572 LA567
1st position 56.5/1000 52.5/2000
Folded for Storage
Caster Type Phenolic Cast Iron
Wt. lbs. 260 275
Price /Each 1861.46 1964.50 309.50
Boom Reach"/Capacity lbs. 2nd position 3rd position 63.5/770 70.5/320 62.5/1280 72.5/520
4th position N/A 82.5/380
LIFT MATE WORKSTATION GANTRIES • • • •
Equip your assembly area with an effective working concept Equipped with steel floor pads, pre-drilled for anchoring to floor Options include cast iron, phenolic or polyurethane swivel wheels To customize unit, additional options include chain blocks, festoon kit, trolley, 10' L beam for cantilever operation • Adjustable height • Heavy capacities and "A" frame styles are available upon request • Capacity: 2000 lbs. • Shipped knocked down Model No. LT481 - Capacity: 1000 lbs. Price/Each $2933.33 Model No. LT482 - Capacity: 2000 lbs. Price/Each $3216.67
R31356E
190
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0189-0192_Eng.indd 190
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 9:14 AM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING F.O.B. VAUDREUIL, QC. ITEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE MADE TO ORDER AND ARE NONRETURNABLE
WALL JIBS
PALLET LIFTERS
STYLE 100 & 200
• Ideal for use with crane systems or with truck cranes • Economical pallet lifters are available in four capacities with three adjustable or non-adjustable fork lengths to choose from A - Throat height (clear) 48" B - Fork length 36", 42", or 48" C - Widths (O.D.) 27"
• • • •
Mount at any height on a wall, column or building support Wall mounting gives 180° rotation, column mounting provides 220° of rotation Equipped with end stops to limit trolley travel H-Beams use flat-wheel trolleys; I-Beams use taper-wheel trolleys
STYLE 100 Cantilever design is ideally suited for mounting applications where headroom is limited.
STYLE 200
A
Easily adjustable tie rod jibs are designed to mount within inches of any overhead obstruction.
B C
B
LA207
A C (c/c)
Style 100
Cap. lbs.
C (c/c) Style 200
Fork Length" 36 42 48 36 42 48 36 42 48 36 42 48
1000
B
2000
4000 Model No. STYLE 100 LA221 LA219 LA220 LA224 LA222 LA223 LA779 LA780 LA781 STYLE 200 LA227 LA225 LA226 LA782 LA783 LA230 LA228 LA229 LA784 LA785 LA786 LA787 LA788 LA789 LA790
Cap. lbs.
A'
Dimensions B"
C"
Flange Width"
Beam Type
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000
8 10 12 8 10 12 8 10 12
6 8 8 1/8 8 10 10 3/8 12 12 12
32 36 45 32 36 45 36 48 60
3 4 5 1/4 4 4 5/8 5 3/4 5 5 5
I I H I I H I I I
192 300 295 265 390 435 450 550 650
1568.95 1910.21 2157.30 1870.33 2210.49 2509.65 3276.39 3738.44 4752.26
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
8 10 12 14 16 8 10 12 14 16 8 10 12 14 16
6 6 6 8 1/8 8 1/8 6 6 6 8 1/8 8 1/8 10 10 10 10 3/8 10 3/8
32 36 45 54 66 32 36 45 54 66 36 38 51 58 68
3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 5 1/4 5 1/4 3 3/8 3 3/8 3 3/8 5 1/4 5 1/4 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 5 3/4 5 3/4
I I I H H I I I H H I I I H H
163 190 233 340 375 180 220 243 350 385 395 445 495 545 595
1032.23 1173.39 1306.35 1679.75 1976.69 1165.63 1304.54 1508.00 1987.78 2417.69 1945.67 2714.64 3086.93 3391.62 3851.45
6000
Standard Model No. LA195 LA196 LA197 LA198 LA199 LA200 LA201 LA202 LA203 LA204 LA205 LA206
Wt. lbs. 190 230 255 195 233 260 310 337 370 522 662 602
Price /Each 1393.88 1646.51 1761.74 1718.53 1844.84 1960.07 2419.90 2443.33 2614.47 2960.61 3311.85 3635.93
Adj. Model No. LA207 LA208 LA209 LA210 LA211 LA212 LA213 LA214 LA215 LA216 LA217 LA218
Wt. lbs. 270 295 325 280 305 335 380 430 475 525 560 612
Price /Each 2716.85 2862.00 3010.47 2957.28 3130.13 3288.58 3775.00 3983.31 4193.82 4379.97 4610.44 4836.47
ADJUSTABLE PALLET LIFTERS • Ideal for use with crane systems or with truck cranes • Economical pallet lifters are available in four capacities with three adjustable or non-adjustable fork lengths to choose from A - Throat height (clear): 48" B - Fork length: 36", 42", or 48" C - Width: (O.D.) 27"
Model No. LT475 LT476 LT477 LT478 LT479 LT480
Cap. lbs. 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000
Fork Length" 36 42 48 36 42 48
Wt. lbs. 190 230 270 195 235 260
Price /Each 1472.73 1692.73 1810.91 1745.45 2018.18 2154.55
JIB BOOMS
R14315E
• Instantly converts fork lift trucks into mobile jib cranes for an infinite variety of uses • Fully adjustable booms reach out, pick-up, and move heavy long loads making your fork lift more versatile • Boom slips onto the forks and anchors to the truck with a safety chain • Includes two adjustable hooks
Model No. LA188 LA187 LA186 LA185
Boom Min. Fork Lift Type Cap. lbs. 0-7 Fixed 3000 1000 Elevating 3000 Fixed 8000 3000 Elevating 8000
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0189-0192_Eng.indd 191
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Max. Boom Cap. lbs. (Reach ft.) 8 9 10 11 12 800 725 650 600 500 2700
2400
2200
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
2000
1900
Wt. lbs. 255 285 438 483
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
LA187 8'
Price /Each 1477.44 1942.34 2022.47 2657.52 WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
191 12-07-24 9:14 AM
LIFTING, POSITIONING & STACKING F.O.B. VAUDREUIL, QC. ITEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE MADE TO ORDER AND ARE NONRETURNABLE
PORTABLE SHOP CRANES
TRUCK MOUNT CRANES
• • • • •
• Portable lifting power • Mounted on your truck frame, this crane provides fast loading and unloading with minimal effort • Its versatility makes it useful in other areas such as work station loading docks or beside machinery • The telescoping extension boom swings 360° when mounted on a truck frame • This crane comes equipped with a base, manual pump, adjustable chain and hook, safety pins, handle and mounting hardware • Available in a 500 and 1500 lbs. capacity model • Extra pedestals are also available • Shipped knocked down
Versatile crane provides lifting power to any job site Fast and easy assembly/disassembly Disassembled unit fits easily into the trunk of a car Heaviest piece weighs 40 lbs. Equipped with heavy-duty cast iron wheels, manual pump, safety hook and push handle • Shipped knocked down
Boom Reach" Cap. lbs.
Lift Clearance" Min. Max. 31 91.5
Width" Inside Legs 30 3/4
Model No. A B LA791 30/1500 43.5/1000 REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT LA838 Replacement Hydraulic Pump
Wt. lbs. 230
Price /Each 1727.55 309.50
Boom Reach" Model Capacity lbs. No. A B C LA568 30/500 43/320 LA792 36/1500 43/1000 63/800 REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT LA838 Replacement Hydraulic Pump
Lift Clearance" Min. Max. 30 90 24 98
Wt. lbs. 220 345
Price /Each 1642.08 2707.98 309.50
FLOOR CRANES
Rotating Boom Reverse Boom Adjustable stabilizer locates on either side for right or left operation
REVERSE BOOM
ROTATING BOOM
• Counter weight design allows you to place the crane close to the item being lifted without obstruction by the legs on regular floor crane models • Reaches over machinery or loading docks easily • Useful for supplying materials to production areas that are not serviced by overhead cranes • Equipped with roller bearing wheels, swivel wheel foot brakes, manual pump, adjustable chain and hook, safety pins, push handle and counterweight
• Move your load to either side quickly and safely • Adjustable outrigger provides stability for side loading • Allows you to swing the boom 200° to either side while holding a full load • Useful in tight work spaces where the crane itself cannot be turned Note: Outrigger extends to one side at a time. Do not swing the boom to the opposite side of the outrigger. This crane is equipped with heavy-duty roller bearing wheels, manual pump, adjustable chain and hook, safety pins and guide handle.
Boom Model Capacity lbs. Counterweight No. A B C lbs. Width" LA793* 1000 770 650 650 30 LA794* 2000 1280 1000 1300 30 LA795 3000 2000 1500 1950 30 REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT FOR LA793 & LA794 LA838 Replacement Hydraulic Pump REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT FOR LA795 LA840 Replacement Hydraulic Pump
Wt. lbs. 1050 1750 2450
Price /Each 4111.84 5138.97 6878.54 309.50 527.41
DIMENSIONS
Boom Model Capacity lbs. Wheel Dia." No. A B C Width" Front Rear LA796 1000 770 320 36 5 4 LA797 2000 1280 520 36 5 4 LA798 3000 1500 800 40 8 6 REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT FOR LA796 & LA797 LA838 Replacement Hydraulic Pump REPLACEMENT PUMP & REPAIR KIT FOR LA798 LA840 Replacement Hydraulic Pump
Wt. lbs. 450 550 690
Price /Each 3430.41 5084.67 6271.35 309.50 527.41
DIMENSIONS Lift Clearance" Min. 32
Max. 91 @ 36 - 94 @ 43 - 97 @ 50
A 59
Boom Reach" B C 69 79
Lift Clearance" Min. Max. 68 92
R31384E
Boom Reach" A B C 36 43 50 *Shipped knocked down
192
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0189-0192_Eng.indd 192
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 9:15 AM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT SHOPSTANDS
ENGINE STANDS
RATCHET SAFETY STANDS
• Stands feature H or U shaped design for stability • Heavy-duty welded steel base for durability • 360º rotating head allows engines to be placed in the desired work position • Full swivel casters allow for mobility
• Heavy duty all steel welded construction with strong welded base for control and stability • The weight of the load serves as locking mechanism to prevent release under load • Ratchet bar will safely sustain heavy loads over extended support time
LA938
LA844
LT222
PIN TYPE SAFETY STAND
Pin
• 10-ton capacity • Solid bar-lock pin attached to frame holds saddle firmly in place • Sturdy tubular construction • 4 legged base adds stability and support
Ratchet
Priced per Pair Model No. LA406 LA407 LA408 LA841
Type Ratchet Ratchet Ratchet Pin
Capacity Tons 3 6 12 10
Lowered Height" 11 1/2 15 1/2 17 3/4 28
Raised Height" 17 23 3/4 28 1/2 47
Wt. lbs. 17 30 70 110
Base" 7 x 7 1/2 9 x 10 1/2 12 x 10 3/4 16 x 16
Price /Each 79.31 108.24 287.13 563.06
Model Capacity Base No. lbs. Length" LA844 1000 36 LA938 1250 34
Stand Height" 37 34
Front Width" 19 1 /2 33
Rear Width" 33 1/4 33
TRUCK WHEEL DOLLIES
HYDRAULIC LONG RAMS
• Designed to allow one person to handle mounted truck wheels without lifting or straining • Durable tubular steel construction • 8" rollers turn and pivot wheel for perfect alignment with lugs • Handles wheels up to 24" diameter • Weight: 18 lbs. Model No. LT223 Price/Each $187.65
• Ideal for applications such as floor cranes, engine hoists or trailer jacks • Comes with flat/round base
Wt. lbs. 55 83
Price /Each 209.32 295.89
LA846
Model No. LA846 LA850
MAINTENANCE & BODY REPAIR KITS Use for lifting, pushing, spreading, bending, clamping, straighteing and other maintenance jobs. Each kit comes complete with plastic case for portability.
4 TONS INCLUDES: • 19 1/2", 16 1/2", 8 1/2", 5" and 3 1/4" extension tubes • Serrated saddle with 1 1/2 ton spreader • Rubber head, flat base, ram toe and plunger toe • Wedge head, 90° V-base and pump with hose • SS" connector and 4-ton ram • Weight: 48 lbs. Model No. LA946 Price/Each $510.41
Cap. Tons 3 8
Height Min." Max." 24 1/4 45 24 1/4 45
Lift" 20 3/4" 20 3/4"
Wt. lbs. 30 40
Price /Each 180.39 255.48
2-TON FOLDING SHOP CRANES • 8-ton hydraulic ram features top-of-stroke and safety overload bypass system for maximum pump protection • 4-position boom extends from 42" to 63" • Fold-up legs extend to 68 1/2" with safety pins • Compact design uses less garage space when not in use • Capacity: 4000 lbs • Weight: 265 lbs. Model No. LA561 Price/Each $352.04
10 TONS INCLUDES: • 27", 18", 10" and 5" extension tubes • Serrated saddle with 1/2 ton spreader • Rubber head, flat base, ram toe and plunger toe • Wedge head, 90° V-base and pump with hose • "SS" connector and 10 ton ram • Weight: 48 lbs. Model No. LA827 Price/Each $718.39
ENGINE TILTERS • Makes it easy to handle large capacity motors when doing engine removal and replacement • To be used with a crane • Chain length: 12" • Capacity: 1500 lbs. • Weight: 13 lbs. Model No. LB331 Price/Each $146.88
ARBOR PRESSES
R15546E
• Precision cut steel rams and pinions for accurate operation • Complete with four-position anvil Model No. TM196
Cap. Tons 3
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0193-0206_Eng.indd 193
Dia. of Work" 10 3/4
Cap." 11 3/8
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wt. lbs. 110
LB331
Price /Each 308.81
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
193 12-07-26 2:16 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT AXLE JACKS
MODEL NOs. TS322, LA816 & LA817 • Extra heavy-duty applications including bridge construction, renovation, house moving and hydraulic presses
HYDRAULIC HAND JACKS • Designed for vertical use only • Large heavy-duty base for added stability and strength • Heavy steel saddle for secure lifts • Factory pre-tested for 50% reserve capacity
Model No. LA808 LA809 LA810 LA811 LA812 LA814 TS322 LA816 LA817 LA818 LA819
Capacity Tons 2 4 6 8 12 20 30 50 50 12 20
MODEL NOs. LA818 & LA819 SHORT SERIES • Suited for working in areas where limitations are a problem • Applications: industrial, agricultural, construction, and automotive lifting, pushing, bonding and straightening
Lowered Height" 6 1/4 6 1/2 7 3/4 7 3/4 8 1/2 9 5/8 11 1/4 12 14 1/4 7 7 3/4
Type Single Pump Single Pump Single Pump Single Pump Single Pump Single Pump Heavy-Duty Single Pump Heavy-Duty Single Pump Heavy-Duty Double Pump Short Series Single Pump Short Series Single Pump
Raised Height" 12 3/4 13 1/4 15 1/2 15 1/2 17 18 18 3/4 19 1/2 22 13 14 1/4
Screw Ext." 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4
Wt. lbs. 6 8 11 13 17 27 44 74 94 15 23
Lift" 4 4 1/2 5 5 5 3/4 6 7 1/2 8 7 3/4 4 4
Price /Each 36.03 51.88 57.64 86.57 111.12 151.52 378.93 629.24 732.88 111.12 151.52
LA812 12 Ton Single Pump
AIR/HYDRAULIC BOTTLE JACKS
TS322 30 Ton Heavy-Duty
LA818 12 Ton Short Series
LA817 50 Ton Heavy-Duty Double Pump
• Air or manual operation • Large heavy-duty base for added stability LA570
Model No. LA569 LA570
Capacity Tons 12 20
Lowered Height" 10 1/4 10 1/2
Raised Height" 19 1/2 20
Screw Ext." 2 1/2 2 1/2
Lift" 7 6 1/4
Wt. lbs. 30 38
Price /Each 433.10 505.26
SERVICE JACKS • A service jack designed for the professional market • Equipped with a heavy-duty saddle with special reinforced lift arm assembly • Safety bypass system prevents overextension and overloading • Integral release mechanism
Model No. LA820
Capacity Tons 2 1/2
Lowered Height" 5
Raised Height" 19 1/4
Length" 27
LA820
Front Width" 10 3/4
Rear Width" 13
Wt. lbs. 93
Price /Each 293.86
Rear Width" 15 18 19 5/8
Wt. lbs. 264 373 500
Price /Each 1386.01 2014.16 4633.20
GARAGE JACKS • Manually operated garage jacks are designed to lift cars, trucks, fork lifts, agricultural and construction equipment with hard to access lift points • Long chassis easily reaches under overhanging bodies. The extended reach allows for safe lifting of oversize loads • Two steel wheels and two swivel casters allow for ease of movement positioning under low clearance axles and other objects • The foot pedal allows for rapid lift to work load • Automatic safety valve prevents accidental overloading
194
Capacity Tons" 5 10 20
Lowered Height" 6 7 7 3/4
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0193-0206_Eng.indd 194
Raised Height" 22 1/2 23 23 3/4
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Length" 59 61 67 1/2
Front Width" 11 1/2 13 14 1/2
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
LA823
LA824 R35160E
Model No. LA824 LA825 LA826
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 2:16 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL BOTTLE SCREW JACKS
2-TON LOW PROFILE SERVICE JACKS
• Professional contractor quality mechanical bottle screw jack for all-purpose lifts and supports • Holds load indefinitely – will not creep • Heavy-duty belt shaped cast base adds stability • Head pivots to provide maximum contact • Easy to carry and position with built-in handle • Turning bar handle sold separately • Compliance: ANSI/ASME B30.1 standards
• Low pickup height to get under the lowest vehicles • Minimum height: 2 3/4" • Maximum height: 20" • Lift: 17 1/2" • Weight: 95 lbs. Model No. LT217 Price/Each 490.83
SCREW JACK Model Capacity Minimum No. Tons Height" LT348 5 9.45 LT349 10 11.5 LT350 15 13.86 LT351 20 15.83 LT352 25 16.61 HANDLE TURNING BAR Model Dimensions No. D" x L" LT353 1/2 x 18 LT354 5/8 x 24 LT355 3/4 x 36 LT356 1 x 42
INDUSTRIAL & AGRICULTURAL JACKS • • • •
Model No. LA729 LT392 LA733
Capacity lbs. 2000 2000 5000
Handle Type Topwind Sidewind Topwind
Mounting Type S G G
Pin Dia." 3/8 5/8 5/8
Bracket Height" 11 15 15
Overall Height" 14 1/4 26 19
R32200E
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0193-0206_Eng.indd 195
Travel" 36 47
Wt. lbs. 31 32
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Use with Model LT348 LT349 LT350 LT351/LT352
Price /Each 121.14 177.25 230.60 245.37 302.86 Price /Each 12.22 20.19 31.35 60.52
Price /Each 90.09 135.33 139.80
MARINE SWIVEL JACKS 1200LB. CAPACITY • Designed for use with marine and utility trailers • Fit up to a 3" x 5" trailer frame • Uses 3-D formed heavy-gauge steel stampings for a mount with minimal deflection and maximum support • Bolt-thru swivel mount side-wind w/6" wheel • Capacity: 1200 lbs. • Weight: 16.5 lbs. Model No. LT384 Price/Each $112.06
Designed for lifting vehicles, machinery and other types of equipment Completely mechanical operation does not use hydraulics Long handle used to raise and lower tongue Spring-loaded mechanism switches between raise and lower function Steel construction with painted finish Maximum lifting capacity is 7000 lbs.
Model No. LT492 LT493
Wt. lbs. 9.25 15.64 23.13 34.36 40.31
• Heavy duty swivel mechanism with superior load capabilities • Quick and easy installation on trailer tongues up to 3" x 5" • Ideal for vehicles with high platforms, provides up to 27" of lift • Ideal for 4 x 4's • Features two 6" wide profile wheels for maximum ground support • Weight: 23 lbs. Model No. LA803 Price/Each $196.42
"G" Mount LA733
JACKS • • • • • •
Maximum Height" 13.39 17.83 21.38 24.88 26.34
DUAL WHEEL HEAVY DUTY SWIVEL JACK 1500 LBS. CAPACITY
"G" Mount LT392
Travel" 10 15 15
LT353
MARINE JACKS
Used to raise commercial trailers Zinc plated construction Strong service and smooth cranking for years Heavy gauge foot provides strong base for lifting loads on soft ground
"S" Mount LA729
LT348
Price/Each 96.20 99.33 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
195 12-07-26 2:16 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT HAND VACUUM CUPS MANUALLY OPERATED Hand vacuum cups are designed to handle smooth, nonporous loads such as metal, glass, plastic etc. more effectively and more efficiently. These cups make the task of lifting much easier by allowing less awkward lift points and eliminating pinched fingers. Very easy to use - the lever grip is squeezed together on the cam levers are flipped into position and then rubber pads are securely clamped to surface by vacuum. Just flip back lever(s) to release.
SINGLE HANDCUP
DOUBLE HANDCUPSWIVEL
One-hand operation, 4 7/8" cup diameter. Capacity: 33 lbs. Model No. LA856 Cast aluminum body Price/Each $121.07 Model No. LA857 Plastic body Price/Each $105.14
Lightweight, orange plastic body with swiveling heads. Ideal for curved car windshields. 4 5/8" cup diameter. Capacity: 50 lbs. Model No. LA861 Price/Each $190.25
PUMP ACTION HANDCUP
Cast aluminum body, 4 3/4" cup diameter. Capacity: 66 lbs.
DOUBLE HANDCUP W/CROSS HANDLE
Cast aluminum body with built-in hand pump, 8 1/4" cup diameter. Comes with carrying case. (One cup per case.) Capacity: 123 lbs. Model No. LA858 Price/Each $415.10
Model No. LA862
TRIPLE HANDCUP Cast aluminum body with three individual cups. Ideal for large-sized sheets of material, 4 3/4" cup diameter. Capacity: 110 lbs. Model No. LA863 Price/Each $205.72
DOUBLE HANDCUP 4 7/8" cup diameter. Capacity: 66 lbs. Model No. LA859 Cast aluminum body Price/Each $146.56 4 5/8" cup diameter. Capacity: 66 lbs. Model No. LA860 Plastic body Price/Each $110.54
REPLACEMENT PARTS Model No. LA869
AIR-POWERED HAND VACUUM CUPS
Pad Diameter" 5.63 6.63 10.00
Lifting* Force lbs. 38 50 125
Hand Cup Unit Wt. lbs. 2.5 2.7 5.2
Description Rubber Disc w/Bolt and Lever
Price /Each 32.29
For Model No's LA859, LA860, LA861, LA862, LA863
Can’t find what you’re looking for?
Hand cups designed to handle semi to nonporous smooth loads such as stone, tiles, sheet metal, wood products, composites, textured plastic, glass, fibreglass, pressboard, etc. Faster than non-powered hand cups for repetitive handling tasks. Strong handle makes it easy to position loads with precision; wide handle allows use of one or two hands. Eliminates pinched fingers and product damage while increasing speed. Feature virtually instantaneous attach and release. Cups use 80 PSI of continuous dry, clean air via a 1/4" hose for operation. Air consumption is .75 CFM. Caution: These hand vacuum cups are only designed for momentary hand use in the handling of small loads. They do not have a check valve or reservoir to hold loads in case of power failure. They are designed for hand use only, and are unsuitable and unsafe to attach to hoists, manipulators, forklifts or for use with any other lifting method or device.
Model No. LA877 LA878 LA880
Price/Each $148.32
Price /Each 394.48 399.69 465.51
Call us today!
196
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0193-0206_Eng.indd 196
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
R31357E
*Lifting force is based on 24" hg. vacuum at sea level with a safety factor of 2:1 for horizontal lifting on nonporous loads only. When using cups with foam rings, lifting force must be reduced by one half or more depending on the surface texture and porosity of specific load. WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 2:17 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT VACUUM CUPS
B. Heavy-Duty Double Cup
A. Heavy-Duty Single Cup
• • • •
Vacuum cups powerfully grips and holds material safely Vaccum created by cups allow easy lifting of heavy weights by either one cup or two Ideal for moving heavy gauge metal, marble slabs, plate glass and plastic sheet Extended Vacu-Lifters keep operators hands away from dangerous areas, especially used in punch press applications • Manufactured of strengthened steel rods and oil resistant rubber cups • Positive push-button release valve assures instant release • 4:1 safety ratio
C. Two-Man Vacuum Lifter-Double Cup Model Cup Cap. No. Dia." lbs. A. HEAVYDUTY SINGLE CUP LA881 3 15 LA613 4 25 LA615 5 35 B. HEAVYDUTY DOUBLE CUP LA882 3 30 LA640 4 50 LA641 5 75 C. TWOMAN VACUUM LIFTER DOUBLE CUP LA619 4 50 LA620 5 75 D. FINGER GRABBER LA612 2 1/4 4 LA883 2 1/4 6 E. 2FINGER GRABBER LA621 3 1/4 10 F. GRIFTER LA645 3 1/4 15 G. MEDIUM DUTY VACULIFT LA616 3 1/4 10 H. STRAIGHT HANDLE LIFTERSINGLE CUP LA884 3 1/4 20 LA885 3 1/4 20 LA886 3 1/4 20 LA887 4 25 LA888 4 25 LA889 4 25 I. VERTILIFT DOUBLE CUP LA890 4 50 LA891 5 75 J. EXTRASTRENGTH PUNCH PRESS LIFTERS SINGLE CUP LA631 2 1/8 13 LA632 2 1/8 13 LA633 2 1/8 13 LA634 3 1/4 45 LA635 3 1/4 45 LA636 3 1/4 45 LA637 4 60 LA638 4 60 LA639 4 60 K. EXTRASTRENGTH PUNCH PRESS LIFTERS DOUBLE CUP LA628 2 1/8 35 LA629 2 1/8 35 LA630 2 1/8 35 L. MAGNET LIFTER W/EASY TOUCH RELEASE LA643 (Single Magnet) 3 LA644 (Double Magnet) 7
Release Type
Handle Length"
Price /Each
Trigger-Pull Trigger-Pull Trigger-Pull
-
61.79 66.77 70.76
Pull-Bar Pull-Bar Pull-Bar
7 10 10
68.42 78.73 87.11
Pull-Ring Pull-Ring
31 31
178.60 187.10
G. Medium-Duty Vacu-Lift
F. Grifter Tab -
2.02 2.14
Tab
4.64
Lip Edge
16.75
Push-Button
49.75
Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button
12 15 18 12 15 18
83.98 84.55 99.50 88.78 92.82 106.31
Tab Tab
33 37
297.66 310.42
Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button
12 15 18 12 15 18 12 15 18
74.20 73.65 83.98 75.27 80.58 90.36 80.71 84.75 97.80
Push-Button Push-Button Push-Button
12 15 18
121.19 127.57 136.07
Lever Lever
12 14
188.87 230.03
Cup Size" 3 1/4 2 1/8
Price /Each 12.31 8.88
E. 2 Finger Grabber
D. Finger Grabbers
H. Straight Handle LifterSingle Cup
I. Verti-Lift Double Cup
J. Punch Press Lifter - Single Cup
K. Punch Press Lifter - Double Cup
REPLACEMENT CUPS Cup Size" 5 4 3
Price /Each 29.06 24.42 17.15
Model No. LA617 LA618
L. Magnet Lifter
R25438E
Model No. LA614 LA642 LA892
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0193-0206_Eng.indd 197
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
197 12-07-26 2:17 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT SAFETY STANDS
TRESTLE STANDS
Safety stands are a must for shops that work with heavy equipment and require reliability and strength to ensure a safe working environment. Their unique design offers safety, stability, easy handling and space saving features. • Preferably used with 4 stands in order to keep machine level • Stackable for reduced storage requirements • Light weight for easy handling • Easy-to-carry handles • Tapered shape, and anti-slip skid plate for maximum stability • Wheel pocket limits risk of rolling off the stand • Certified load capacity of 6 ton wheel load on each stand
Model No. LB320 LB322
Model No. LB316 LB318
Overall Dimensions L" x W" x H" 17.7 x 16.1 x 6 20 x 17.4 x 12
Wt. lbs. 30 48
• Steel plate construction • Designed for heavy loads in industrial and construction applications • Minimum of 2 units required for safe support • Unique sturdy design and construction • Able to support dies, machinery, steel, etc. • Top surface features 4 tapped holes for lifting or holding down material • Easily moved by forklift or crane • Overall dimensions: 47 1/2" L x 19" W x 30" H • Top plate dimensions: 48" L x 4" W Load Capacity Tons 8 15
Wt. lbs. 205 345
Price /Each 1487.40 1905.48
Price /Pair 710.20 790.10
TRAILER KEEPER LOCKS
CREEPERS
Trailer keeper is a theft deterrent device designed specifically for use on most trailers. To secure trailer, the lug latch attaches to the wheel and tire. The wheel lock device attaches to the lug latch and locks in place with a special brass padlock. The trailer keeper helps prevent wheel rotation and trailer movement.
Length: 37" Width: 18" Height: 3 1/2" Model No. LA571 Price/Each $114.00
• Totally adjustable - fits most trailers up to 15 inches • Installs in seconds • Heavy-duty, hardened steel construction with case hardened steel rod • Includes special brass padlock with two keys • Does not limit access to grease fittings at wheel bearings • Covered by manufacturer's 3-year limited warranty Model No. LA804 Price/Each $153.97
SPORT RAMPS Durable, Lightweight, Tri-Fold Utility Loading Ramps • Tri-Fold design is constructed of durable, rust resistant welded aluminum • Rungs are riveted for added strength, spaced 8" apart, and replaceable • Full width top plate with non-marring, vinyl backing provides added stability and smooth transition between ramp and loading surface • Side rails feature raised edges to help guide wheels when loading and unloading. Model LB285 side rails have grooves to hold 1/4" plywood decking (plywood not included). • Dual stability chains with S hooks for securing ramp to loading surface • Model LT394 folds to 15" in width, Model LB285 folds to 16" in width • Shipped assembled - unfold and ready to use in seconds Dimensions Model No. LT394 LB285
Capacity Distributed Load 1600 lbs. 1600 lbs.
Point Load 400 lbs. 400 lbs.
Open W" x L" 45 x 69 50 x 77
Closed W" x L" 15 x 69 16 x 77
Wt. lbs. 27 36
Price /Each 372.17 504.11
R32201E
198
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0193-0206_Eng.indd 198
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 2:17 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT TRAILER STABILIZING JACKS
CARGO BARS AND HOOPS
• Keeps tractorless trailers leveled while being loaded or unloaded • Prevents accidents if wheel support collapses • Stabilizes vehicle against load shifts • Lowered height: 39 1/2" • Raised height: 51" • Removeable 37 1/2" positioning and ratcheting handle • 8" dia support pad • 8" wheels • 100 000 lbs. supporting capacity each and 40 000 lbs. lifting capacity • 1 year warranty • Recommended use in pairs Model No. KH777 Price/Each: $381.51
• • • • • • • • • • • •
Prevent cargo from shifting and damage No permanent installation or adaptation required Quick installation and removal Replace expensive shoring or bulkheads One Piece Cargo Bar is all aluminum 1 1/2" square 14 gauge tubing that will not bend or give Easy-to-operate mechanical ratchet will not slip or vibrate loose and works well in freezing and wet conditions 4" square rubber protected end pads keep bar in place Adjusts from 89" to 105" Cargo hoops are constructed from galvanized steel and measures 24" W x 29" L Expands the retention area to secure a large area of smaller boxes or cartons Installation hardware is included Hoops comes in pairs
AUTO STAND TRAILER STABILIZING JACKS
One piece Cargo Bar adjusts from 89" to 105" long
• • • •
Heavy gauge steel construction Large base pad (17" x 18 1/2") Gas activated, self levelling system 10" dia. semi-pneumatic rubber tires for easy handling • 41"-50.5" height range • Large trailer contact pad • Capacity: 100 000 lbs. • Only one required per trailer Model No. KH791 Price/Each $733.21
AUTO STAND PLUS • Heavy gauge steel construction • Gas activated, self-levelling system • Ergonomic lever action to safely pin, removing the need to bend over • 16" dia. semi-pneumatic wheels allow for easy outdoor manoeuvring • Large base pad: 17" x 18 1/2" • Large trailer contact pad • Capacity: 100 000 lbs. • Only one required per trailer Model No. ML786 Price/Each $858.39
Model No. KH574 KH575
Wt. lbs. 17 15
Description Bar Hoops (Pair)
Price /Each 53.59 56.18
Hoops come complete with installation hardware
R32203E
Canada’s Leading Material Handling Manufacturer
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0193-0206_Eng.indd 199
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
199 12-07-26 2:18 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT LAMINATED RUBBER DOCK BUMPERS
STEEL-FACED LAMINATED RUBBER DOCK BUMPERS
• Unlimited applications in factories, warehouses and docks • Ideal for projecting above low docks, rub rails against walls, marine dock protection • Greater longevity of bumpers is achieved because rubber laminates are manufactured from reclaimed truck tires • Manufactured under pressure exceeding 1500 lbs. to absorb over 80% of the impact • 1-year warranty
• One of the strongest forms of loading dock protection • Used in docking areas where excessive friction from up and down movement occurs, air-ride trailers, yard jockeys, etc. • 3/8" thick, heavy duty, high carbon, "floating" steel face plate withstands abrasive friction of air-ride trailers • Enclosed design prolongs rubber life • 3-year warranty Model No. 4" PROJECTION HORIZONTAL STYLE KH705 KH706 KH707 KH708 VERTICAL STYLE KH709 KH710 6" PROJECTION HORIZONTAL STYLE KH712 KH713 KH714 KH715 VERTICAL STYLE KH716 KH717
A"
Dimensions B" C"
D"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
4 4 4 4
12 12 12 12
14 18 24 36
7 7 7 7
58 72 90 145
145.40 205.99 245.03 397.23
4 4
20 24
11 11
7 1/2 9 1/2
75 90
185.78 214.08
6 6 6 6
12 12 12 12
14 18 24 36
7 7 7 7
62 78 105 166
193.86 236.95 296.86 421.40
6 6
20 24
11 11
7 1/2 9 1/2
83 100
219.11 256.79
SELECTING THE PROPER SIZE OF DOCK BUMPER
Horizontal Style — Laminated or Steel-Faced
Model No. 4" PROJECTION HORIZONTAL STYLE KH719 KH720 KH721 KH722 KH723 KH724 VERTICAL STYLE KH725 KH726 6" PROJECTION HORIZONTAL STYLE KH729 KH730 KH731 KH732 KH733 KH734 VERTICAL STYLE KH735 KH736 9" PROJECTION HORIZONTAL STYLE KH739 KH740 KH741 KH742 KH743 VERTICAL STYLE KH744 KH745
A"
Dimensions B" C"
D"
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
4 4 4 4 4 4
10 12 12 12 12 12
12 12 14 18 24 36
5 7 7 7 7 7
25 31 35 44 58 84
59.07 66.87 76.49 84.37 117.70 155.78
4 4
20 24
11 11
7 1/2 9 1/2
46 56
102.51 118.91
6 6 6 6 6 6
10 12 12 12 12 12
12 12 14 18 24 36
5 7 7 7 7 7
29 34 39 50 72 105
85.32 93.37 100.59 125.31 154.76 233.17
6 6
20 24
11 11
7 1/2 9 1/2
53 64
135.90 161.36
9 9 9 9 9
12 12 12 12 12
12 14 18 24 36
7 7 7 7 7
75 81 92 118 130
197.41 214.37 250.79 268.66 358.21
9 9
20 24
11 11
7 1/2 9 1/2
105 124
308.34 375.55
Vertical Style — Laminated or Steel-Faced
EXTRUDED RUBBER DOCK FENDERS D4 DOCK FENDERS • Guard against damaging impact • Made of age, weather and abraision-resistant synthetic rubber • Easy to install and the trim appearance makes them well suited for use on trucks and truck docks • Half oval shape allows radius to widen upon impact creating better deflection • Easily installed manually or by power tools • Hardware is concealed when installation is complete Note: All given dimensions are nominal and may vary an average of 5% in manufacturing process.
Mounting D-4 Dock Fenders On Wood: Use 1/2" Lag Screws On Concrete: Use 1/2" Self-Drilling Fasteners On Steel: Weld 1/2" Studs on Centers as Required In all cases, a drilled metal bar 3/16" x 1 1/2" should be inserted in the bore of the fender to act as a continuous washer.
Diagonal
3 3/4"
3"
1 1/2"
3 3/4"
3/4"
200
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0193-0206_Eng.indd 200
4 1/2"
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
L" 12 18 24 36
Anchor Approx. Holes Wt. lbs. 2 req., 6" * 4 2 req., 12" * 6 2 req., 18" * 9 3 req., 15" * 11
Fender Drilled Model Price No. /Each KH658 24.25 KH659 34.99 KH660 47.04 KH661 64.68
Mounting Bar Drilled Model Price No. /Each KH662 6.05 KH663 7.56 KH664 8.88 KH665 11.95
* Between holes SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R15156E
3/4"
2" 4 1/2"
Dimensions" x H" x x 3 3/4 x x 3 3/4 x x 3 3/4 x x 3 3/4 x
Vertical
Horizontal
1 1/4"
W" 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2
Mounting Bar
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 2:18 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT MOLDED DOCK BUMPERS
RAIL CAR MOVERS
KH005
• Spots railcars • Ideal for heavy service, especially where two loaded cars are moved together • Provides maximum power by means of a saddle-like shoe that engages the car wheel in a rolling knee action • V Grip spurs grip the soft outside edges of the rail; provide bite for powerful leverage • Hardwood handle: 70" overall length • Weight: 20 lbs. Model No. KH578 Price/Each $464.64
• Protects building and dock areas • Shockproof, tear and freeze resistant Model No. Type KH005 Rectangular KH009 Rectangular
Face size Overall Wt. W" x H" Projection" lbs. 13 x 10 4 16 18 x 10 4 32
Price /Each 34.10 51.95
MOLDED RUBBER DOCK GUARDS • One of the thicker moulded bumpers • Four recessed anchor holes and cavities in backside as air pockets to absorb shock
• "L" shaped bumper offers protection for various height truck beds • Three recessed anchor holes
2"
18"
5/6"
1 5/16" 7" 12"
8" 18" 10"
Model No. KH645
2 3/4"
W" 13
x x
H" 4
1 1/4"
2 3/4"
4"
4"
Size x L" x 12
1 1/4"
10"
5/6"
1 5/16" 9 1/4" 13"
• Can be installed horizontally or vertically depending on overall protection needed • Three anchor holes each, parallel to the length • Holes are 4" off the end and 11" from hole to hole
Wt. lbs. 23
Price /Each 43.46
Model No. KH646
W" 18
Size x L" x 18
x x
H" 4
Wt. lbs. 35
Price /Each 66.52
Model No. KH654
W" 30
RUBBER WHEEL CHOCKS
RAIL CHOCKS
Highly resistant to abrasion, impacts, corrosion, sun, salt, ozone and oil. Steel ring on back. 6 1/2" W x 9 1/2" L x 8 1/2" H. Weight: 10 lbs. Model No. KH032 Price/Each $31.30
• These rugged steel rail chocks provide an effective means of blocking railcars for safe loading and unloading • Steel points on chock heads bite into rail to prevent sliding. Standard finish in railroad maintenance yellow • Integral 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" sign reads "chock" • Single rail chock for stoppage in one direction; double rail chock for stoppage in both directions (with rubber strap and hooks for greater tension) • Choice of exposed (above ground) or flush (level with ground) chocks
WHEEL CHOCK ACCESSORIES
x x
Size L" 10
x x
Wt. lbs. 30
H" 4
Price /Each 80.26
KH021
KH015
SECURITY CHAINS 18 ft steel chain attaches chock to dock; prevents misplacement, theft. Comes with hook. Weight: 4 lbs. Model No. KH027 Price/Each $37.14
CAUTION SIGNS 10" x 14". Black letters on yellow field. Weight: 6 oz. Model No. SAT137 English Model No. SEE554 French Price/Each $13.99
SEE554
Model No. FOR EXPOSED RAIL KH016 KH021 FOR FLUSH RAIL KH015 KH020
Description
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
Single Chock Double Chock
12 16
255.54 360.58
Single Chock Double Chock
12 16
258.36 366.26
SAT137
PREVENT ACCIDENTS!
WHEEL CHOCK WALL BRACKETS
Chocks are designed to provide maximum gripping power on practically any surface, wet or dry. They are resistant to sun, moisture, salt, oil and meet OSHA requirements.
R32204E
• Sturdy yellow metal construction • Fits wheel chocks up to 10" wide • Prevents loss of chock Model No. KH963 Price/Each $38.40
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0193-0206_Eng.indd 201
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
201 12-07-26 2:18 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT ALUMINUM WHEEL CHOCKS
PREVENT ACCIDENTS! Chocks are designed to provide maximum gripping power on practically any surface, wet or dry. They are resistant to sun, moisture, salt, oil and meet OSHA requirements
KH028
KH022
KH023
KH031
High in strength but lightweight. Resists the effects of oil, salt, corrosion and weather. Non-sparking. Model No. KH023 KH022 KH031 KH028
RUBBER CHOCKS Fabricated of a resilient rubber compound, reinforced for maximum wearability and strength.
W" 7 10 3/4 9 11 1/2
Dimensions x L" x x 6 x x 7 x x 6 x x 8 x
Wt. lbs. 4 7 4 9
H" 6 8 7 9
Price /Each 39.01 65.31 93.06 141.10
IRON WHEEL CHOCKS SUITED FOR YOUR TOUGHEST JOBS. Colour: KH799 - Blue KH951 - Safety Yellow KH017 - Natural
Type A - May be used with chains Type B - Traditional eyebolt for sturdy chain connection Model No. KH600 KH601
Type A B
Approx. Size W" x L" x H" 8 x 9 x 6 8 x 9 x 6
Wt. lbs. 10 10
Price /Each 33.15 29.25
Chock Material Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Ductile Iron
W" 8 8 1/2 10
KH799
x x x x
Dimensions L" x 12 x 7 1/4 x 10 1/2 x
URETHANE WHEEL CHOCKS
LAMINATED RUBBER CHOCKS
• Safety orange for greater visibility. • Molded-in hole through width of chock for attaching security chain (sold separately). • Dimensions: 14" W x 17" L x 14" H
• Designed to fit curvature of tire for a strong grip • Extra heavy duty laminated rubber and steel construction for use with heavy utility trucks and equipment. Load capacity: Up to 40 000 lbs.
Model No. Construction KH603 Laminated
Model No. KH799 KH951 KH017
KH017
Approx. Size W" x L" x H" 8 x 8 x 8
Wt. lbs. 14
Price /Each 53.30
Model No. KH025
Application Off-Road Vehicles Only
• • • • • •
Formed steel "Tooth" like bottom assures reliable grip Lightweight and dependable Maximum holding power for snow and ice Overall dimensions: 10 1/2" L x 8" W x 9 1/4" H Powder-coated safety yellow finish for high visibility Model No. KH950 Price/Each $55.22
Wt. lbs. 19 15 23
H" 9 8 1/2 10 3/4
Price /Each 105.34 98.44 268.14
URETHANE ALL-TERRAIN WHEEL CHOCKS • • • • •
Tough polyurethane construction Resistant to oils, fuels, and solvents Recessed carrying handle Safety yellow colour for visibility Dimensions: 8.5" W x 15.5" L x 8.25" H • Weight: 9 lbs.
Wt. lbs. 25
Price /Each 332.30
URETHANE WHEEL CHOCKS
ICE CHOCKS
KH951
• Safety orange for greater visibility • Moulded-in hole through width of chock for attaching security chain (chain sold separately) • Overall size: 11" L x 8" W x 8" H Model No. KH897 Price/Each $51.40
Model No. KH792 KH793
Colour Yellow Red
Price /Each 330.15 330.15
DOUBLE-SIDED ALUMINUM CHOCKS • Aluminum construction resistsoutdoor elements • Unique design has two different face angles to fit different sized wheels • Lightweight yet strong enough to hold the heaviest loads • 15" L x 9.5" W x 6.5" H • Weight: 7 lbs. Model No. KH801 Price/Each $59.51
202
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0193-0206_Eng.indd 202
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
R32205E
Call us for all your Material Handling & Storage requirements! SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 2:20 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT ALUMINUM DOCKPLATES
HOW TO ORDER: 1. Select dockplate width: add 12" to width of equipment to be used on dockplate. 2. Determine height differential: (the vertical distance from dock floor to truck floor) The height differential decides the necessary plate length. 3. Select the necessary capacity. Below Dock Level Above Dock Level
Skid resistant safety tread deck. Bevelled edges allow smooth access from either end. Bend at upper end permits both ends of plate to lie flat. Steel legs fit between dock and truck; prevent movement when in use. High tensile aluminum alloy construction; no welds to break.
W" 36 42 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 60 60 60 60 60 60 72 72 72 72 72
Size x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x X x x x x
L" 48 48 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72 24 30 36 42 48 60 24 30 36 48 60
Height Diff." 7 7 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 3 4 5 6 7 9 3 4 5 7 9
Model No. KH206 KH207 KH208 KH209 KH210 KH211 KH212 KH213 KH214 KH215 KH216 KH217 KH218 KH219 KH220 KH221 KH222 KH223 KH224 KH225 KH226
Light Duty - 1/4" ga. Cap. Wt. lbs. lbs. 700 53 800 60 1800 36 1450 44 1250 52 1050 60 900 67 760 76 600 83 400 100 2200 43 1800 54 1500 63 1300 73 1100 83 880 102 2600 51 1950 63 1650 74 1300 97 900 121
Height Differential
Price /Each 353.82 401.23 260.13 306.42 353.82 401.23 448.62 501.53 557.74 669.07 315.25 375.87 435.40 494.91 553.33 692.21 374.76 444.21 521.36 663.56 820.08
Model No. KH148 KH153 KH154 KH155 KH156 KH157 KH158 KH159 KH160 KH170 KH171 KH172 KH173 KH174 KH175 KH176 -
Regular Duty - 3/8" ga. Cap. Wt. Price lbs. lbs. /Each 1700 71 468.46 2000 82 533.49 4500 48 335.09 3600 60 401.23 3000 70 467.36 2600 82 533.49 2200 92 600.73 1500 114 752.85 1100 136 900.54 5600 59 411.15 3700 86 577.58 2800 113 748.43 2200 140 930.31 6700 76 486.10 4500 105 692.21 3300 135 896.14 -
COMBINATION BOARDS For a height differential exceeding 11", use a ramp in combination with dockplate. Each plate can be converted to an equivalent-size ramp. Call us with your requirements.
Height Differential
Model No. KH193 KH194 KH195 KH196 KH197 KH198 KH199 KH200 KH201 KH202 KH203 KH204 KH205 -
Heavy Duty - 1/2" ga. Cap. Wt. Price lbs. lbs. /Each 3000 97 608.45 3500 110 695.52 5400 94 608.45 4600 110 695.52 4000 124 781.50 2700 155 988.73 2000 184 1162.89 10000 79 511.44 6700 114 728.59 5000 151 984.32 12000 8000 6000 -
94 135 178 -
618.37 887.31 1157.37 -
Extra Heavy Duty - 5/8" ga Model Cap. Wt. Price No. lbs. lbs. /Each KH328 15600 98 714.26 KH329 10500 141 1023.99 KH330 7800 186 1361.29 KH331 KH332 KH333 -
18700 12600 9400 -
115 166 220 -
847.64 1227.92 1608.19 -
All Prices F.O.B. Weston, Ontario and items are non-returnable. OPTIONS: RAIL DOCKBOARDS Fixed Spanlocks provide quick and safe access between dock and railcar, or between railcars. Sold in pairs. Model No. KH192 Price/Each $103.62
ALUMINUM DOCKBOARDS
R19743E
Ideal for truck or rail applications. Curb design adds strength and prevents equipment run-off. Skid resistant safety tread deck. Bevelled edges allow smooth access from either end. Bend at upper end permits both ends of plate to lie flat. Steel legs fit between dock and truck or railcar, prevent movement when in use. High tensile aluminum alloy construction. Width Model Model Cap. Inside Overall Height Wt. Price No. No. lbs. Curbs" Width" Length" Diff." lbs. /Each KH113 KH149 4000 51 54 60 9 164 1105.56 KH115 KH150 4000 51 54 72 11 210 1256.57 KH116 KH151 4000 57 60 60 9 177 1181.62 KH117 KH152 4000 57 60 72 11 225 1346.96 KH118 KH161 6000 51 54 48 7 143 955.65 KH119 KH162 6000 50 54 60 9 177 1114.38 KH120 KH163 6000 50 54 72 11 225 1339.24 KH121 KH164 6000 57 60 48 7 153 1015.18 KH122 KH165 6000 56 60 72 11 240 1359.08 KH123 KH166 6000 63 66 36 5 123 893.93 KH125 KH167 6000 63 66 48 7 163 1075.80 KH168 6000 62 66 60 9 203 1266.49 KH126 KH169 6000 69 72 48 7 174 1135.33 KH127 KH128 KH177 8000 51 54 36 5 106 802.44 KH129 KH178 8000 50 54 48 7 149 962.27 KH130 KH179 8000 50 54 60 9 188 1124.30 KH131 KH180 8000 50 54 72 11 236 1420.81 KH132 KH181 8000 57 60 36 5 115 848.74 KH133 KH182 8000 56 60 48 7 160 1022.90 KH134 KH183 8000 56 60 60 9 201 1190.44 KH135 KH184 8000 56 60 72 11 251 1511.20 KH136 KH185 8000 69 72 30 4 110 847.64 KH137 KH186 8000 68 72 48 7 181 1143.04 KH138 KH187 8000 68 72 60 9 227 1413.09 KH188 8000 68 72 72 11 282 1693.07 KH139 KH189 8000 68 72 84 13 340 1893.68 KH140 KH141 KH105 10000 51 54 36 5 127 928.10 KH106 10000 50 54 48 7 176 1127.61 KH142 KH107 10000 50 54 60 9 222 1472.62 KH143 KH108 10000 50 54 72 11 276 1667.72 KH144 KH109 10000 56 60 60 9 239 1490.25 KH145 KH110 10000 56 60 72 11 297 1786.76 KH146 KH111 10000 63 66 36 5 148 1044.94 KH147 KH112 10000 62 66 48 7 197 1355.78 All Prices F.O.B. Weston, Ontario and items are non-returnable. OFFICE PRODUCTS
0193-0206_Eng.indd 203
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Adjustable Spanlocks permit use of the same board on truck or rail docks. Easily adjusted for various spans. Sold in pairs. Model No. KH190 Price/Each $212.74
Width Cap. Inside Overall Height Wt. Price lbs. curbs" Width" Length" Diff." lbs. /Each 10000 62 66 60 9 256 1660.00 10000 69 72 48 7 210 1426.33 10000 68 72 60 9 273 1759.20 10000 68 72 72 11 337 2075.56 10000 68 72 84 13 403 2345.61 12000 57 60 36 5 137 986.52 12000 56 60 48 7 190 1205.87 12000 56 60 60 9 249 1569.62 12000 69 72 36 5 158 1104.46 12000 68 72 48 7 217 1435.14 12000 68 72 84 13 192 2345.61 14000 56 60 36 5 143 992.04 14000 56 60 48 7 190 1354.68 14000 56 60 60 9 249 1581.74 14000 56 60 72 11 313 1851.79 14000 62 66 36 5 148 1051.55 14000 62 66 48 7 204 1435.14 14000 62 66 60 9 266 1679.84 14000 62 66 72 11 333 1970.84 14000 68 72 36 5 160 1109.97 14000 68 72 48 7 220 1512.29 14000 68 72 60 9 283 1766.92 14000 68 72 72 11 353 2088.78 14000 68 72 84 13 456 2362.14 16000 68 72 60 9 330 2284.98 16000 68 72 72 11 412 2724.79 16000 68 72 84 13 540 3169.00 18000 69 72 36 5 187 1421.91 20000 68 72 36 5 187 1427.42 20000 68 72 48 7 267 1930.05 20000 68 72 60 9 344 2296.00 20000 68 72 72 11 412 2738.01 20000 67 72 84 13 564 3185.53
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
OPTIONS: FORKLIFT HANDLES Makes movement of heavy boards and plates easy and safe. Recommended for boards and plates over 140 lbs. Sold in pairs Model No. KH191 Price/Each $109.12 HOW TO ORDER: 1. Determine required capacity: 90% of gross weight for forklift trucks; 67% of gross weight for powered pallet trucks. Example: Wt. of Forklift + Wt. of Heaviest Load = Gross Weight x .90 = Required Capacity (5500 lbs. + 10 000 lbs. = 15 500 x .90 = 13 500 lbs.) 2. Select dockboard width: add 12" to width of equipment to be used on dockboard. 3. Determine height differential (the vertical distance from dock floor to truck floor).
ALUMINUM WHEEL RISERS Ideal for use when the loading dock is higher than the trailer bed. Levels out trailerwith dock; facilitates loading and unloading. 24" wide. 25 000 lbs. capacity per pair. Priced per Pair Deck Approach Overall Wt. lbs. Price No. Height" Length" Length" Length" /pair /Each KH061 6 24 21 45 124 1248.86 KH062 8 24 28 52 150 1459.39 KH064 10 24 35 59 178 1682.05 KH066 12 24 42 66 210 1927.85 KH063 6 36 21 57 164 1536.54 KH065 8 36 28 64 194 1737.16 KH068 10 36 35 71 226 1976.35 KH070 12 36 42 78 263 2279.47 KH067 6 48 21 69 204 1797.78 KH069 8 48 28 76 238 2039.18 KH071 10 48 35 83 274 2310.33 KH072 12 48 42 90 316 2561.64 Model
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
203 12-07-26 2:20 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT ALUMINUM TWIN RAMPS WITH PERFORATED TRACTION GRIP Provides a fast, safe means of moving vans, pickup trucks and some cars from ground level into and out of building docks. Perforated traction grip deck ensures safe, non-slip use in both wet or dry conditions. 1 1/2" side curbs. Choose the ramp length that will accommodate your truck or van at a gradual slope. Safety pins are included to secure ramps to dock or truck Height Model No. KH279 KH272 KH278 KH276 KH273 KH277 KH274 KH275
Cap. lbs. 7000 5500 7000 6000 5500 6000 5500 5500
Max." 11째 Incline 17 1/2 22 1/2 27 32 36 1/2 41 46 55 1/2
Min." 12 1/2 16 19 22 1/2 25 1/2 29 32 1/2 39
Inside Curb Width" 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
O.A. Width " 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20
Priced per Pair Wt. lbs. 52 64 105 120 138 170 190 250
Length' 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Price /Each 1164.31 1380.74 1703.65 1939.75 2174.70 2593.66 2848.29 3563.55
All prices F.O.B. Weston, Ontario. Hook Mount and Non-Skid treadplate surface also available. All products are non-returnable
ALUMINUM WALK RAMPS WITH PERFORATED TRACTION GRIP Ideal for use with hand trucks and platform trucks. Lightweight, portable aluminum walkramps provide a fast, easy means of loading and unloading. Perforated Traction Grip Deck ensures safe, non-slip use in both wet and dry conditions. Determine the length of ramp which will descend at a gradual, safe slope. Safety pins are included to secure walkramp to truck or dock. Not for use with pallet trucks or fork lifts.
APRON MOUNT MODELS Model No. KH320 KH322 KH324 KH326 KH312 KH314 KH316 KH318 KH304 KH306 KH308 KH310 KH296 KH298 KH300 KH302 KH288 KH290 KH292 KH294 KH280 KH282 KH284 KH286
Cap. lbs. 2500 2500 2500 2500 2000 2000 2000 2000 1700 1700 1700 1700 1500 1500 1500 1500 1300 1300 1300 1300 1000 1000 1000 1000
Height Max." Min." 20째 Incline 8째 22 10 22 10 22 10 22 10 30 13 30 13 30 13 30 13 38 16 38 16 38 16 38 16 46 19 46 19 46 19 46 19 55 22 55 22 55 22 55 22 62 26 62 26 62 26 62 26
Inside Curb Width" 21 1/2 23 1/2 29 1/2 35 1/2 21 1/2 23 1/2 29 1/2 35 1/2 21 1/2 23 1/2 29 1/2 35 1/2 21 1/2 23 1/2 29 1/2 35 1/2 21 1/2 23 1/2 29 1/2 35 1/2 21 1/2 23 1/2 29 1/2 35 1/2
O.A. Width " 24 26 32 38 24 26 32 38 24 26 32 38 24 26 32 38 24 26 32 38 24 26 32 38
Wt. lbs. 55 58 66 75 72 76 88 100 90 95 110 124 108 114 132 149 126 133 153 174 144 152 175 198
Length' 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16
Price /Each 554.38 567.11 641.18 682.86 674.75 692.10 763.40 836.78 795.11 818.26 925.90 989.55 920.12 943.25 1064.78 1142.33 1041.64 1069.41 1203.67 1297.40 1199.04 1237.23 1380.74 1487.22
All prices F.O.B. Weston, Ontario. Hook Mount and Non-Skid treadplate surface also available. All products are made to order and are non-returnable
EDGE-OF-DOCK LEVELLERS Attaches easily to edge of dock. Self contained, no pit required. Provides access to trucks 5" higher or lower than dock height. Fast, spring assisted one man operation, automatically returns to stored position when truck pulls away. Maintenance free. Supplied with two 10" x 13" x 14" moulded rubber bumpers and steel bumper mounting blocks. 27 3/4" span with 15" lip gives 12 3/4" of usable lip projection beyond bumpers. 20,000-lb. capacity. Note: Lag plate required if no "C" channel is cast into edge of dock wall.
Model No. KH346 KH347
Span" 27 3/4 27 3/4
Deck Width" 66 72
Overall Width" 96 102
Wt. lbs. 495 530
Price /Each 1114.29 1208.35
F.O.B. Guelph, Ontario OPTIONAL Model No. KH385 KH384
Description 1/4" x 12" x 96" Top Lag Plate 1/4" x 12" x 102" Top Lag Plate
Price /Each 227.38 236.16
All products are made to order and non-returnable. Hook mount and non-skid treadplate surface also available.
TRUCK SLIDER RAMPS
204
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0193-0206_Eng.indd 204
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Steel Carrier
WELDING & METALWORKING
Lightweight Aluminum Slider
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R32206E
Inquire about our line of below-truck aluminum slider ramps. Available with or without steel ramp carrier.
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 2:20 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT SENTRYGUARDTM CANTILEVER GATES • Provides security of a traditional gate while conserving valuable floor space • Cost effective guarding solution for loading docks, shipping pits, machinery, restricted areas, mezzanines, etc. • Easy installation: just anchor gates12" footplates to floor, with possibility of gates opening to left or right • Gas-assist struts makes lifting effortlessand positive-lock mechanism holds gate fully open or closed • Standard lengths: single gate10', double gate 12' • Standard height: 43" • Custom sizes available in 4' to 9' lengths for single gate and 8' to 20' for double gates • Powder coated safety yellow with high visibility markings for added security Model No. KH804 KH805
Gate Type Single Double
Overall Dimensions Height" 43 43
Length" 125 154
POLYETHYLENE CORNER PROTECTORS
Wt. lbs. 250 300
Price /Each 2798.37 3530.97
SOFT EDGE FLEXIBLE WARNING & PROTECTION SYSTEMS • Tough, flexible polyurethane foam extrusions reduce the risk of personnel injury at high risk corners • When applied to machinery, furnishings and walls, Soft Edge prevents impact damages by absorbing even the hardest of impacts • Highly visible black and yellow markings offer permanent warning in dangerous areas • Simple "peel-away" adhesive installation on grease-free surfaces • Excellent temperature range from -40°C to 100°C
• Ideal for application where corners are exposed • 2 1/4" wide shock absorbing moulded polyethylene design to provide ample impact protection • Dimensions: 10" W x 6.5" D x 40.5"H • Colour: Safety yellow for high visibility • Weight: 3 lbs. Model No. KH813 Price/Each $168.96
”
0.276” (7mm)
D
E
0.784” (19mm)
F
0.433” (7mm) 1.575” (40mm)
1.024” (26mm)
POLYETHYLENE WALL PROTECTORS
G
• Non-corrosive and ideal for either indoor or outdoor applications • Mounts to building walls to protect them from scratches and dents • Overall dimensions: 48" L x 2 1/4" D x 6 1/4" H • Includes: 3/8" counter sunk mounting holes and reverse tapered ends to overlap when used with multiple units • Installation hardware not included • Colour: Safety yellow for visibility • Weight: 3 lbs. Model No. KH812 Price/Each $162.46
H
1.181” (30mm)
1.378” (35mm)
1.025” (26mm)
Style A B* C D E F G* H
Model No. 1 Metre KH866 KH868 KH870 KH872 KH952 KH954 KH956 KH958
Price /Each 37.93 39.01 40.15 49.01 38.89 37.75 49.94 51.14
Model No. 5 Metres KH865 KH867 KH869 KH871 KH953 KH955 KH957 KH959
1.850” (47mm)
Price /Each 171.22 176.64 179.88 242.35 190.08 188.74 249.67 255.70
*Style Band G do not have the peel-away adhesive, they are held by pressure fit
R32207E
Look for this symbol for environmentally friendly products! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0193-0206_Eng.indd 205
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
205 12-07-26 2:21 PM
AUTOMOTIVE & DOCK EQUIPMENT MODULAR CABLE & HOSE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
Features: • Polyurethane construction, non-conductive material • 36" length per lineal protector • 5 bar tread plate surface • Safety warning symbols moulded into lid or ramp • Modular interlocking design • Recessed carrying handle • Universal safety colours
Cable and hose protection systems protect valuable electrical cables and hose lines, up to 3 1/4" in diameter from damage and abuse. At the same time they also insure a method of safe passage for vehicles and pedestrian traffic in public, commercial and industrial applications. Permits compliance with 2008 National Electrical Code requirements (Art. 525) for insulating electrical cables and cords at carnivals, fairs, amusement parks and similar events.
Benefits: • Weather and abrasion resistant; high load-bearing capacity • Insulates electrical cables from human contact • Makes length-of-run calculations easy • Increases traction • Lightweight; easy to transport, set-up, breakdown, and store; multi-length applications • Allows for moving with ease • High visibility
LOAD CAPACITIES No. of channels 5 4 3 2 5 1.25
Max. Load lbs per Tire at 21°C 20150 20150 14210 10880 10500 11700
Description Extra Heavy-Duty Extra Heavy-Duty Extra Heavy-Duty Extra Heavy-Duty Heavy-Duty General Purpose Heavy-Duty General Purpose
Female end cap
A
EXTRA HEAVYDUTY 2, 3, 4, 5 CHANNEL SYSTEMS
B
For heavy trucks and forklifts in industrial environments. Colour: Yellow lid/Orange base.
E
D D A
C
B
A
Model No. KH687 KH688
(Pair only)
KH691 KH692
(Pair only)
KH695 KH696
(Pair only)
KH699
Male end cap
A Length" 36 7 1/2 5 1/4 36 7 1/2 5 1/4 36 8 1/4 6 36
Description 5 Channel Protector 5 Channel End Caps (Female) 5 Channel End Caps (Male) 4 Channel Protector 4 Channel End Caps (Female) 4 Channel End Caps (Male) 3 Channel Protector 3 Channel End Caps (Female) 3 Channel End Caps (Male) 2 Channel End Protector
B Width" 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 22
D Channel Width" 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 5/6 1 5/6 1 5/6 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 3 1/4
C Height" 2 5/16 2 5/16 2 5/16 2 5/16 2 5/16 2 5/16 3 1/16 3 1/16 3 1/16 4 1/8
E Channel Height" 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 3 1/4
Wt. lbs. 25 3.5 3.5 26 3.5 3.5 28 4 4 33
Price /Each 411.40 218.90 398.70 225.78 587.91 283.06 762.36
HEAVYDUTY GENERAL PURPOSE 5 CHANNEL SYSTEMS
HEAVYDUTY GENERAL PURPOSE CHANNEL SYSTEMS
For vehicle and pedestrian traffic in public, commercial, and industrial applications. Protects cable and hose lines up to 1 1/4" outside diameter. Colour: Orange lid/Yellow base.
For vehicle and pedestrian traffic in public, commercial and industrial applications. Single channel system protects valuable electrical cables and hose lines from vehicle and foot traffic. Ideal for temporary re-routing of single cables and hose lines including fragile fibre optic telecommunications cable. Protects cable and hose lines up to 1 1/4" outside diameter
Model No. KH700 Female end cap
A B
E
D A
C
Model No. KH700 KH701
A
B
A
Male end cap
A B C Description L" W" H" 5 Channel Protector 36 17 1/4 1 15/16 5 Channel End Caps (Female) 4 3/4 17 1/4 1 15/16 (Male) 4 3/4 17 1/4 1 15/16
Channel D E W" H" 1 5/16 1 5/16 1 5/16 1 5/16 1 5/16 1 5/16
Wt. lbs. 22 2.7 2.7
Price /Each 322.40 167.62
B
D
Model No. KH702
C
Description 1 Channel Protector
A Length" 36
B Width" 11 1/2
C Height" 1 5/8
INDUSTRIAL CORD COVERS Protect your cables from foot and vehicular traffic Constructed from non-conductive vulcanized rubber Suitable for indoor and outdoor use Withstands car and light truck traffic up to 5000 lbs/axle Stronger and longer lasting than PVC covers Excellent in temperatures from -40°C to 150°C Colour: Black with yellow safety stripe
206
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0193-0206_Eng.indd 206
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Description 1 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel
WELDING & METALWORKING
W" 3 1/4 3 5 1/2 6
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
H" 3/4 1 1 1/8 1 7/8
Channel Width" 3/4 1 7/8 1 1/2
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Channel Height" 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 1/2
5' Length Model Price No. /Each KH907 60.82 KH909 60.35 KH911 202.05 KH913 336.08
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wt. lbs. 13
Price /Each 253.88
10' Length Model Price No. /Each KH908 121.63 KH910 136.03 KH911 202.05 -
R32208E
• • • • • • •
D Channel Dia." 1 1/4
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 2:21 PM
DOCK LIGHTING TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS The TCS 3000 Series outlines the docking area and makes backing up and spotting trailers easy. Safety is maintained through clear communication, while avoiding injury to personnel and costly damage to loading docks, equipment and buildings. The red and green LED lights are instantly understood as "Stop" and "Go", providing clear signals to dock attendants inside the building and truck drivers outside the building.
APPLICATIONS • Control entry to parking garages, loading dock areas and drive-thru or any high traffic areas • Guide trucks backing into loading docks • Warn workers and drivers of hazardous situations
FEATURES • • • • • •
LEDs provide up to 100 000 hours or 10 years of continuous use LEDs provide a high quality light with no glare Uses 30% less energy then conventional incandescent guide light units Recessed LED's are shock, vibration and temperature proof, and produce no heat Service/maintenance free, no need to replace bulbs or lenses Will not rust, pit or corrode
SPECIFICATIONS • Operating and storage temperatures range from -40°C to 85°C • Embedded wiring on the back of the panel makes the lights moisture, water and weather resistant • Each light fixture includes a 15' long wiring cable and requires 12 V or 24 V AC, 0.2 A • 110 V • Pre-drilled mounting holes provide easy installation • Certified for sale in Canada by an accredited certification body
Model No. XC796 XC797 XC798 XC799
Mfg. No. 60-5412-U 60-5411-U 60-5412-110 60-5411-110
Price /Each 247.63 250.69 339.34 275.14
Description Interior 12 V/24 V universal Exterior 12 V/24 V universal Interior 110 V/CSA Exterior 110 V/CSA
Note: When purchasing a system (inside/outside) for 110 V install, the interior model XC798 at 110 V is only required. This unit will accept the 24 V from exterior unit. As a system the outside MUST be 24 V, the only time one would need a 110 V outside is if they are plugging into another control box that outputs only 110 V.
TCS 3000 SUREDOCK • Using the Sure-Dock system truck drivers can safely center their truck and/or trailer between the Sure-Dock panels • Panels sold individually Model No. XC800 XC801
Mfg. No. 60-5414-U 60-5414-110
"Stop" and "Go" Light Price /Each 250.69 275.14
Description Sure-Dock 12 V/24 V universal Sure-Dock 110 V
SEE OUR SELECTION OF DOCK EQUIPMENT ON PAGES 193 - 206
Sure-Dock
FOR OUR COMPLETE LINE OF SAFETY SIGNS SEE PAGES 930 - 939
R29451E
We guarantee your safety! OFFICE PRODUCTS
0207-0212_Eng.indd 207
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
207 12-07-18 1:06 PM
DOCK LIGHTING DOCK LIGHTS • The adjustable models allow flexible horizontal and vertical positioning • 1 1/2", 14-gauge square steel tubing • Two-piece wall bracket assures secure mounting • Available with either metal head or with a "cool to the touch" polycarbonate head that will not dent or break • Comes with wire lamp guard • PAR-38 lamp not included • Certified for sale in Canada by an accredited certification body
Model No. Arm Length" Head Type ADJUSTABLE SINGLE STRUT XA213 40 Metal XA208 60 Metal XC446 40 Polycarbonate XC447 60 Polycarbonate DOUBLE STRUT HORIZONTAL POSITIONING ONLY XA212 24 Metal XA211 40 Metal XA214 60 Metal XA349 90 Metal XC448 24 Polycarbonate XC449 40 Polycarbonate XC450 60 Polycarbonate XC451 90 Polycarbonate ADJUSTABLE DOUBLE STRUT XA619 40 Metal XA620 60 Metal XA621 90 Metal XA623 40 Polycarbonate XA624 60 Polycarbonate XA625 90 Polycarbonate
XA624
XA212
XA208
Price/Each
16 21 15 20
153.42 173.01 138.19 154.51
16 18 23 35 15 17 22 34
158.86 171.92 190.41 324.25 141.45 153.42 170.83 293.78
18 21 31 17 20 30
181.71 198.03 332.95 159.95 176.27 301.40
ACCESSORIES Model No. XA209 XC731 XB235 XC224 XC445
XA209 Wire Lamp Guard
Description Replacement Wire Guard For Metal Head Replacement Wire Guard For Polycarbonate Head Replacement PAR-38 Lamp Replacement Metal Head Replacement Polycarbonate Head
HPS DOCK LIGHTS
LED LOADING DOCK LIGHTS
ENERGY SAVER!
• • • • • •
• • • • • •
Wt. lbs.
Double strut construction for horizontal positioning Polycarbonate head 1 1/2", 14-gauge square steel tubing 50 W high pressure sodium lamp and lamp guard included Offers a 63% energy savings over 150 W incandescent PAR floodlights Certified for sale in Canada by an accredited certification body
• • • • • • •
Price/Each 21.76 20.67 10.10 114.25 102.28
Heavy-duty series Ideal for use in food warehouses Rugged cast aluminum housing Voltage input: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, single phase Light head is completely sealed with a polycarbonate lens Light intensity exceeds a 300-watt incandescent bulb, while using only 18 watts Operating temperature: -20°F to 105°F Dedicated constant current IP66 LED driver rated for 100 000 hours of operation at 77°F Emits cool white light designed to show true colours On/off switch and strain relief located in the recessed back plate Rated for "Wet Locations" IP66, NEMA4 Certified for sale in Canada by an accredited certification body 3-year warranty
XA615 XC696
208
Description Extends 24" Extends 40" Extends 60" Extends 90" 50 W High Pressure Sodium Bulb
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0207-0212_Eng.indd 208
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 14 17 21 29
Price /Each 272.02 282.90 300.31 399.33
1
16.40
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
18 20 23
460.26 470.05 485.29
18 21 25 34
472.23 484.20 500.52 612.59
26 36
490.73 507.05
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R29449E
Model No. XA615 XA616 XA617 XA618 ACCESSORIES XB205
Model Arm No. Length" ADJUSTABLE SINGLE STRUT XC696 24 XC697 40 XC698 60 DOUBLE STRUT XC692 24 XC693 40 XC694 60 XC695 90 ADJUSTABLE DOUBLE STRUT XC699 40 XC700 60
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-18 1:06 PM
DOCK LIGHTING HALOGEN DOCK LIGHTS • • • • • • • • •
DOCK LOADING LIGHTS WITH FLEXIBLE ARM
40" full extension Tempered glass lens with protective wire guard Light fixture can pivot up and down Includes two 500W quartz halogen bulbs Arm has spare bulb holder built in Suitable for wet areas On/Off toggle switch 6' cord with ground Certified for sale in Canada by an accredited certification body
• Rubber enclosed shock absorber allows arm to deflect if struck by doors or lift trucks • Durable design and construction reduces maintenance costs • Includes: Lamp cover • Certified for sale in Canada by an accredited certification body
XC462
Model No. XA673
Arm Length" 40
Wt. lbs. 15
Price /Each 199.95
Model No. XC455 XC461 XC462 XC463
Extended Arm Length" 40 60 40 60
Head Type Metal Metal Polycarbonate Polycarbonate
Wt. lbs. 17 21 16 20
Price /Each 240.47 256.79 225.23 241.55
LED DOCK LIGHTS • • • •
Designed to light up the longest of trailers with no wasted light LEDs last over 50 000 hours with low heat emission Flexible arm allows for unlimited positioning Housing is made from durable polycarbonate polymer resistant to cold temperatures • Low energy usage of 16 W • Light output equivalent to a 150 W PAR28 bulb • Dimensions: 42 1/2" L x 6" H • Weight: 12 lbs. • Certified for sale in Canada by an accredited certification body Model No. XC756 Price/Each $658.16
LED STOP & GO LIGHTS Loading Dock Stop & Go Light is a safety signaling device that alerts truck drivers and loading dock personnel to the safety status of docked or docking trucks. • Simple, reliable and cost-effective warning system that reduces the risk of accidents around the loading dock • Establishes a clear line of communication between drivers and dock personnel • Safety yellow polypropylene housing will not rust, pit, dent or corrode • Shallow depth of unit (less than most dock bumpers) prevents damage to the Stop & Go Light • Integral eyebrow-type sun visors create extended visibility • Mounting holes conform to standard building specifications • Units can be used indoors or outdoors • Dimensions: 6 3/8" W x 3 3/4" D x 11 3/8" H. Lens diameter: 4 1/4" • Certified for sale in Canada by an accredited certification body • Weight: 2 lbs. per single unit, 4 lbs. for the set
Model No. 24 VDC XC101 XC104 XC107
115 VAC XC102 XC105 XC108
Description Stop & Go – w/o Flasher or Switch Stop & Go – w/Flasher & Switch Stop & Go – Set, Including One of Each of the Above
Price /Each 176.67 221.44 386.01
R29450E
12 VDC XC100 XC103 XC106
IDEAL FOR ANY VEHICLE, INDICATING HAZARDOUS AREAS OR PLANT CONTROL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0207-0212_Eng.indd 209
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
209 12-07-18 1:06 PM
WARNING SYSTEMS VITALITE® ROTATING WARNING LIGHTS
ELECTRARAY® ROTATING WARNING LIGHTS
• A compact, rotating light designed for in-plant applications • Features a parabolic reflector that rotates around an incandescent lamp, providing 60 flashes per minute in all directions
• A compact, economical rotating warning light designed for industrial use • Innovative dome design features a single retaining screw that allows quick and easy access for inspection and relamping • UL and cUL Listed for indoor/outdoor use
Model No. XC112 XC113 XC114 XC273 XC274
• • • •
Mfg. No. 121S-120A 121S-120B 121S-120R 121S-120C 121S-1210G
Available in 120 VAC Pipe and surface mount Type 4X, IP66 enclosure UL, cUL Listed and CSA certified
Colour Amber Blue Red Clear Green
Price/Each 251.80 251.80 251.80 251.80 251.80
VLB VEHICULAR LIGHT BARS • • • • • • •
Modular system 360° light distribution Quad flash, 9-joule output 12 VDC; 3.6 amps @ 12.8 VDC Magnetic mount or permanent mount Weather-resistant housing Meets SAE J1318 Class II
Model No. Mfg. No XC437 VLB-012AP XC438 VLB-012AM ACCESSORIES* XC439 RMK
Model No. XC115 XC116 XC281 XC282 XC283
• • • • • •
Description Permanent Mount Magnetic Mount
Price/Each 637.25 700.62
Riser Mounting Kit
152.93
ELECTRARAY® HAZARDOUS LOCATION LED FLASHING WARNING LIGHTS WITH XLT™ TECHNOLOGY
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0207-0212_Eng.indd 210
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price/Each 562.02 758.71 562.02 758.71
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Description 24 VDC, Amber 24 VDC, Red 24 VDC, Blue 120 VAC, Amber 120 VAC, Red 120 VDC, Blue
Price/Each 155.25 155.25 155.25 173.96 173.96 173.96
WELDING & METALWORKING
Call us for all your
Material Handling & Storage requirements! TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R23465E
Colour Amber Blue Red Green
Mfg. No. 141ST-024A 141ST-024R 141ST-024B 141ST-120A 141ST-120R 141ST-120B
Note: Clear and green available upon request
Note: Also available in 24 V AC/DC
210
Price/Each 234.24 234.24 234.24 234.24 234.24
Economical strobe light designed for a variety of industrial uses Compact warning light is less than 6" tall and 6" diameter 24 VDC or 120 VAC 4000-hour strobe tube Type 3R enclosure UL Listed and CSA certified
Model No. XC121 XC122 XC284 XC123 XC124 XC285
• 120 VAC and 240 VAC • Flashing mode standard (60 flash rate/minute), configurable to steady-burn • 60 000-hour, vibration-resistant LED lamp • 1/2" pipe mount • Type 4X, IP66 enclosure, marine listed • UL and cUL listed for class 1, division 2 applications
Mfg. No. 225XL-120-240A 225XL-120-240B 225XL-120-240R 225XL-120-240G
Colour Amber Red Blue Clear Green
ELECTRAFLASH® STROBE WARNING LIGHTS
*For permanent mounting
Model No. XC425 XC426 XC427 XC428
Mfg. No. 225-120A 225-120R 225-120B 225-120C 225-120G
• Type 4X, lP66 enclosure • Design makes it easily adaptable for a multitude of applications and provides an effective means of supplementing audible signaling devices • Available in 120 VAC • Integrated 1/2' pipe mount
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-18 1:07 PM
WARNING SYSTEMS FIREBALL® STROBE WARNING LIGHTS • Very bright and compact strobe light • Emits a powerful "lightning bolt" flash of light • Approximately 5" tall and 4" in diameter • Rated at 300-effective candlepower, can be used in a variety of stationary and vehicular warning requirements
Model No. XC135 XC136 XC256 XC257 XC258
Mfg. No. FB2PST-120A FB2PST-120R FB2PST-120B FB2PST-120C FB2PST-120G
STREAMLINE® LOW PROFILE STROBE LIGHTS
• Available in 12-24 VDC, 120 VAC, and 240 VAC • 10 000 hour strobe tube • UL and cUL Listed, CSA Certified for indoor/outdoor use • Type 4X, IP66 enclosure
Colour Amber Red Blue Clear Green
• Features a state-of-the-art strobe rated for 7000 hours • High-quality, long-life strobe tubes are designed to reduce tungsten build-up for longer lamp maintenance cycles • Screw-on lens provides easy access
Price/Each 389.84 389.84 389.84 389.84 389.84
STREAMLINE® LOW PROFILE LED LIGHTS • • • • • • •
120 VAC 1/2" male pipe mount 100 000-hour LED lamp life Screw-on lens Type 4X enclosure Optional wire lens guard UL and cUL Listed, CSA Certified
Model No. XC420 XC421 XC422 XC423 XC424
Mfg. No. LP3ML-120A LP3ML-120B LP3ML-120R LP3ML-120C LP3ML-120G
Colour Amber Blue Red Clear Green
Price/Each 142.47 207.49 142.47 225.16 208.00
BATTERY POWERED WARNING LIGHTS
• • • • • • •
R32090E
• Portable, battery powered warning light flashes 65 times per minute • Solid-state flasher features components which are moisture-proof and reverse polarity protected to ensure extended battery life and trouble-free performance • 12 VDC - uses two standard 6 VDC lantern batteries • 300-hour, 5 W incandescent lamp or (ST) strobe tube with magnetic base • Type 3R enclosure
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0207-0212_Eng.indd 211
Mfg. No. BPL26-A BPL26-R BPL26-B BPL26-C BPL26-G BPL26ST-A BPL26ST-R BPL26ST-B BPL26ST-C BPL26ST-G
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Description Amber Red Blue Clear Green Strobe Tube, Amber Strobe Tube, Red Strobe Tube, Blue Strobe Tube, Clear Strobe Tube, Green Replacement 6V Battery SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Mfg. No. LP3P-120A LP3P-120R LP3P-120B LP3P-120C LP3P-120G LP3T-012-048A LP3T-012-048B LP3T-012-048R LP3T-012-048C LP3T-012-048G LP3E-120A LP3E-120R LP3E-120B LP3E-120C LP3E-120G LP3M-120A LP3M-120B LP3M-120R LP3M-012-048B LP3M-012-048C LP3M-012-048G
Low profile 120 VAC Type 4X, IP66 UL and cUL Listed, CSA Certified • PLC and triac compatible
Description Amber, Pipe Mount Red, Pipe Mount Blue, Pipe Mount Clear, Pipe Mount Green, Pipe Mount Amber, T Mount Blue, T Mount Red, T Mount Clear, T Mount Green, T Mount Amber, Edison Base Red, Edison Base Blue, Edison Base Clear, Edison Base Green, Edison Base Amber, Male Pipe Mount Blue, Male Pipe Mount Red, Male Pipe Mount Blue Male Pipe Mount Clear Male Pipe Mount Green Male Pipe Mount
Price/Each 124.69 124.69 124.69 124.69 124.69 127.09 127.09 127.09 127.09 127.09 154.93 154.93 154.93 154.93 154.93 119.44 119.44 119.44 137.36 137.36 137.36
FLASHING COMBINATION AUDIBLE/VISUAL SIGNALS
Note: Also available in 24 VDC
Model No. XC137 XC138 XC259 XC260 XC261 XC139 XC140 XC268 XC269 XC270 XA430
Model No. XC125 XC126 XC286 XC287 XC288 XC127 XC128 XC129 XC289 XC290 XC130 XC131 XC262 XC263 XC264 XC132 XC133 XC134 XC265 XC266 XC267
• • • •
Price/Each 138.69 138.69 138.69 138.69 138.69 313.22 313.22 313.22 313.22 313.22 14.02 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Features 100% polycarbonate housing rated for Type 3R rain-tight applications Surface mount, integrated 1/2" pipe mount and 4" electrical box mount Twist-off lens for easy access Internal buzzer produces 85 dB at 10' Available in 120 VAC UL and cUL Listed, CSA Certified Type 3R enclosure
Model No. XC117 XC118 XC275 XC276 XC277 XC119 XC120 XC278 XC279 XC280
WELDING & METALWORKING
Mfg. No. AVI-120A AVI-120R AV1-120B AV1-120C AV1-120G AVIST-120A AVIST-120R AV1ST-120B AV1ST-120C AV1ST-120G SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Description Amber Red Blue Clear Green Strobe Tube, Amber Strobe Tube, Red Strobe Tube, Blue Strobe Tube, Clear Strobe Tube, Green JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price/Each 219.25 219.25 219.25 219.25 219.25 360.82 354.02 360.82 360.82 360.82 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
211 12-07-18 1:07 PM
WARNING SYSTEMS 350TR VIBRATONE® HORNS
350WB VIBRATONE® HORNS
• Produces a very loud horn tone by the electromechanical vibration of a diaphragm • Capable of reproducing coded blasts or sustained tones • This horn is excellent for general alarm, start and dismal, coded paging, and process control signalling in areas of high ambient noise levels • Effective range of 320' at 70 dB • 120 VAC • Produces 100 dB at 10' • UL and cUL Listed, CSA Certified, FM Approved • Type 4X and Type 12 enclosures
• Produces sound by the electromechanical vibration of a stainless steel diaphragm • The horn mechanism with diaphragm is attached to the grill • Indoor or outdoor use is made possible by the water-tight and dust-tight back box • Effective range of 320' at 70 dB • Coded or sustained tones • To be mounted on a wall • 120 VAC • Produces 100 dB at 10' • UL and cUL Listed, CSA Certified, FM Approved • Type 4X, IP65 enclosure
Model No. XC147 XC148
Mfg. No. 350TR-120 TR
Description Horn Mount Trim Ring
Price/Each 141.80 25.85
Price/Each 205.89
• Solid-state audible warning device enclosed in a rugged weatherproof housing • The alarm produces a horn tone and sounds approximately 60 times per minute with equal on and off pulses • Designed for a wide variety of vehicles operating in populated areas, both indoors and out • Operates within the 12 VDC to 48 VDC range • Produces 97 dB at 4' • Conforms to SAE J994 sound level Type C requirements • Universal mounting • Type 4X enclosure
• Compact multi-tone sounder ideal for OEM and general alarm applications • ABS casing and encapsulated electronics provide a high degree of strength and protection from elements • Shallow base provides flush mount wiring and features a unique twist assembly for easy installation • Choice of 28 tones • Operates on 9-28 VDC • Produces 82-100dB at 10' • Type 4X, IP54 • PLC compatible • CE Compliant
Mfg. No. LP4-09-028
Mfg. No. 350WB-120
252 VEHICULAR BACK-UP ALARMS
LP4 STREAMLINE® LOW PROFILE MINI SOUNDERS
Model No. XC149
Model No. XC141
Price/Each 67.09
Model No. XC150
Mfg. No. 252-012-048
Price/Each 132.51
CANADA'S LEADER IN WELDING SUPPLIES R23469E
212
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0207-0212_Eng.indd 212
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-18 1:07 PM
PRICING The prices shown in this catalogue are for "REFERENCE AND BUDGET PURPOSES ONLY" as of July 2012, and should be used exclusively as a guideline. Freight charges and applicable taxes (GST, PST & HST) are extra. In the event of a pricing or typographical error, we reserve the right to charge the correct price without prior notice. We also reserve the right to modify prices based on changing manufacturer and economic conditions.
SPECIAL ORDERS This catalogue represents only a portion of the products that are available to you. If you can't find what you need, please call us!
Canadaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Leading Material Handling Manufacturer
Kleton_Ad_Eng.indd 1
12-07-04 10:23 AM
CONVEYORS 10' STEEL & ALUMINUM CONVEYORS STEEL CONVEYOR, 1 3/8" ROLLERS
STEEL CONVEYOR, 1 7/8" ROLLERS
ALUMINUM CONVEYOR, 1 1/2" ROLLERS
• Sturdy and economical, these units have 1 3/8" diameter x 18-gauge steel rollers installed on a 2 1/2" x 1 1/2" formed 12-gauge steel frame • Frame has 5/16" hexagonal holes punched at 1 1/2" centers to permit roller spacing as close as 3" center to center • Each roller has a nominal capacity of 70 lbs. • Frames are rated at 350 lbs. with supports at 10' centers • Place supports at 5' centers and the capacity is increased to 700 lbs. • Standard BFR widths available from 9" to 30" • Other centre to centre distances also available
• These heavy-duty rollers are 1 7/8" diameter x 16-gauge installed on a 3 1/2" x 1 1/2" formed 10-gauge steel frame • Frame has 7/16" hexagonal holes punched at 1 1/2" centers to permit roller spacing as close as 3" center to center • Each roller has a nominal capacity of 200 lbs. • Frames are rated at 900 lbs. with supports at 10' centers • Place supports at 5' centers and increase capacity to 1800 lbs. • Special BFR widths available from 9" to 48" • Other centre to centre distances also available
• Lightweight and durable, these models are perfect for portable applications • Aluminum rollers are 1 1/2" diameter x 16-gauge; installed on a 2 1/2" x 1 1/2" extruded aluminium frame • Frame has 5/16" hexagonal holes punched at 1 1/2" centers to permit roller spacing as close as 3" center to center • Each roller has a nominal capacity of 70 lbs. • Frames are rated at 250 lbs. with supports at 10' center • Place supports at 5' centers and increase the capacity to 500 lbs. • Standard BFR widths available from 9" to 24" • Other centre to centre distances also available
• F.O.B. Chateauguay, Quebec
Model BFR Centre to No. Width" Centre" STEEL CONVEYORS 1 3/8" ROLLERS MA144 2 MA145 15 3 MA146 4 MA147 6 MA148 2 MA149 18 3 MA150 4 MA151 6 MA156 2 MA157 24 3 MA158 4 MA159 6
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
115 88 75 62 143 108 90 73 175 130 107 84
960.78 717.34 553.73 460.51 1009.32 766.94 589.40 500.55 1189.84 846.74 659.52 553.54
Model BFR Centre to No. Width" Centre" STEEL CONVEYORS 1 7/8" ROLLERS MA165 3 MA166 18 4 1/2 MA167 6 MA169 3 MA170 21 4 1/2 MA171 6 MA173 3 MA174 24 4 1/2 MA175 6
Wt. lbs.
Price /Each
195 155 132 216 169 144 242 185 156
1055.77 825.03 673.03 1165.18 877.90 715.64 1244.32 932.10 773.49
Model BFR Centre to Wt. No. Width" Centre" lbs. ALUMINUM CONVEYORS 1 1/2" ROLLERS MA019 2 62 MA020 15 3 46 MA021 4 38 MA022 6 30 MA023 2 74 MA024 18 3 54 MA025 4 44 MA026 6 34 MA031 2 90 MA032 24 3 64 MA033 4 52 MA034 6 40
Price /Each 1200.86 945.58 738.04 623.87 1298.35 1004.89 760.95 568.65 1494.05 1121.35 873.61 749.88
BFR = Between Frame Rails Note: Also available in stainless steel
CONVEYOR SUPPORTS HFRAMES Used in permanent support installations. Specify for use with a 2 1/2" or 3 1/2" frame conveyor. F.O.B. Chateauguay, Quebec
214
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0214-0224_Eng.indd 214
Wt. lbs. 28 28 28 30 28 30 28 30
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
TRIPODS
Price /Each 151.99 176.21 161.13 178.42 161.13 200.60 165.55 185.02
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Used in portable applications. The tripod will fit up to a 21" BFR. Specify if used on a 24" BFR conveyor, modification required. Model No. MD340 MA111 MA108 MA109
WELDING & METALWORKING
Adjustable Height" 12 - 18 18 - 28 24 - 40 30 - 52
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Wt. lbs. 11 12 13 15
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 158.59 170.57 162.62 162.62
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R26620E
Model BFR Adjustable No. Width" Height" MA128 15 24 - 36 MA129 15 35 - 48 MA130 18 24 - 36 MA131 18 35 - 48 MA132 21 24 - 36 MA133 21 34 - 37 MA134 24 31 - 34 MA135 24 34 - 37 BFR = Between Frame Rails
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 1:36 PM
CONVEYORS OMNI-DIRECTIONAL & ROLLER STANDS • Can be used with any sander, bandsaw, planer, jointer and other machine to feed material • Height adjustable from 27" to 44" • Folds flat for storage
ROLLER STAND Model No. BT705 Price/Each $25.83
BT705
TZ755
OMNIDIRECTIONAL STAND Model No. TZ755 Price/Each $39.88
FLEXIBLE/EXPANDABLE CONVEYORS • These portable, extendible flexible conveyors enable you to move loads around bends or in a straight line • Conveyors set up quickly and fold up into compact units for efficient storage when not in use Skatewheel conveyors have a 4:1 expansion ratio. Adjustable height from 28 1/2" to 41 1/2". 5" swivel casters with brakes. 1 1/4" aluminum side plates. Structural steel supports. 200-lb. capacity per linear foot. Steel skate wheels are self-tracking for package control around curves and bends; eliminates need for side rails. Roller conveyors are ideal for handling odd shaped boxes, bags and cartons that could get hung up on skatewheel conveyors. Adjustable height from 30" to 42 1/2". 5" swivel casters with brakes. 1 1/2" aluminum side plates. Zinc plated 1 3/8" diameter steel rollers. 150-lb. capacity per linear foot.
Roller
Skatewheel
ROLLER CONVEYORS 150LB. CAPACITY PER LINEAR FOOT
SKATEWHEEL CONVEYORS 200LB. CAPACITY PER LINEAR FOOT Model No. MA041 MA037 MA038 MA039 MA040 MA046 MA042 MA043 MA044 MA045 MA051 MA047 MA048 MA049 MA050
Width" 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 30 30
Length Folded' Expanded' 2 8 3 12 4 16 5 20 6 24 2 8 3 12 4 16 5 20 6 24 2 8 3 12 4 16 5 20 6 24
Leg Sets Per Unit 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7
Skate Wheels Per Axle 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10
Wt. lbs. 122 171 226 282 338 138 197 256 320 384 152 225 270 338 406
Price /Each 1019.08 1376.03 1999.35 2271.16 2135.61 1107.02 1634.67 2095.43 2619.95 3031.36 1408.49 1901.08 2408.01 3080.58 3655.69
Model No. MA056 MA052 MA053 MA054 MA055 MA061 MA057 MA058 MA059 MA060 MA066 MA062 MA063 MA064 MA065
Width" 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 30 30
Length Folded Expanded 2'8" 8' 4' 12' 5'4" 16' 6'8" 20' 8' 24' 2'8" 8' 4 12' 5'4" 16' 6'8" 20' 8' 24' 2'8" 8' 4' 12' 5'4" 16' 6'8" 20' 8' 24'
Leg Sets Per Unit 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7
Skate Wheels Per Axle 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Wt. lbs. 155 225 290 360 425 170 240 305 375 440 185 255 320 390 455
Price /Each 1365.65 1981.25 2565.79 3160.69 3828.76 1496.36 2045.90 2718.47 3336.20 3786.99 1717.36 2572.04 3232.36 3748.89 4398.56
300-lb. capacity units and conveyors with polyolefin skate wheels also available.
90° CURVED SECTIONS
Centre to Centre" STEEL 2 3 4 ALUMINUM 2 3
R26619E
• 90° curved conveyors with a 30" inside radius • Straight 1 1/2" rollers, 2 1/2" channel
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0214-0224_Eng.indd 215
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
Model No. 15" BFR MA098 MA099 15" BFR MA082 MA083
Price /Each Price on Application Price on Application
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Model No. 18" BFR MA101 MA102 MA103 18" BFR MA086 MA087
Price /Each Price on Application Price on Application
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Model No. 24" BFR MA104 MA105 MA106 24" BFR MA089 MA090
Price /Each Price on Application Price on Application
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
215 12-07-24 1:36 PM
CASTERS CASTER SELECTION GUIDE 4 FUNDAMENTAL FACTORS TO CONSIDER
REQUIRED LOAD CAPACITY
MOBILITY NEEDS
This is the most important criterion for caster selection. Each caster should have the capacity to support one-third of the total load weight, because overloading, uneven floors and load distribution may place a heavier burden on one or more casters.
The larger the wheel size (and swivel radius), the greater the mobility. The type of bearing selected will also improve mobility and reduce rolling resistance. Neoprene, elastomeric, and urethane wheels offer maximum mobility.
FLOOR CONDITIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
What are your floors like? Check for rough or uneven surfaces–joints, grates, potholes–and for oil, grease and solvents or a variety of other chemicals or contaminants. In addition, note any carpeted areas or areas where non-marking qualities are critical.
Check for dust, humidity and temperature extremes. Are the floors littered with debris? Casters with sealed swivels are ideal in areas with sprays or wash-down requirements where there is lint or dust and where extreme quiet is essential.
Metal
Hard Wheels Hard Neoprene
Phenolic
Polyolefin
Blue Elastic Rubber
Polyurethane
Cushion Rubber
Pneumatic & Semi
No No No No No No Fair No No Fair
Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair Fair
Fair Good Fair No Good No Fair Good No Good
Fair Fair Good Fair Fair No Fair Good Fair Fair
Fair Fair Good No Good No Fair Good No Good
Fair Good Good Good Good Fair Fair Good Good Fair
Good Good Good Good Good Fair Good Good Fair Good
Good Good Good Good Good Fair Good No Good Good
Good Good Good Good Good Fair Good No Good Good
Low No High
Med Yes Med
Med No High
Fair Yes Med
Med No High
High Yes High
High Yes Med
High Yes Low
High Yes Med
Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes
Yes Yes No Yes No No
Yes Yes Yes No No Fair
Yes No No No No Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes No Fair
No Yes Yes No No Yes
No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No No Yes No Fair Fair
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
All Metal Wheels FLOOR SURFACES Asphalt Brick, ceramic tile Concrete Terrazzo Hardwood Steel-ribbed Steel-smooth Carpet Linoleum, soft tiles Wood, block, planks FLOOR CONDITIONS Floor protection Quiet operation Rolling ease ENVIRONMENTS Harsh chemicals Mild chemicals (wet) Cold below -20°F Heat above +160°F Metal chips-large Metal chips-small
Resilient Wheels
Hard & Solid Rubber
WHEEL TYPES Soft Rubber: Offers a smooth, semi-cushioned ride with good floor protection, but can leave black marks on floors. Wears on rough surfaces and can become brittle if left exposed to the elements. Standard colour is black. Hard Rubber: Economical, easy rolling and durable wheel with adequate impact strength, hard rubber can hold more weight than soft rubber and doesn't mark the floor as easily. Mold-On Rubber: Offers a semi-cushioned ride, rolls over debris and on uneven surfaces. Tread is soft black rubber that can mark. Performs well on lighter applications but doesn't handle overloading very well. Pneumatic: Have an outer tire with an inflatable tube, mounted to a metal rim assembly. The inflatable tire offers an exceptional cushioned ride, is light weight and has a great diversity of applications. Limited weight capacity, punctures and marking rubber are disadvantages to consider. Semi-Pneumatic: Natural black rubber tread on a polyolefin/plastic hub and come standard with ball bearings. These wheels are used in many of the same applications as the full pneumatic wheels, but have the advantage of not going flat.
Polyurethane: Non-marking, popular, lightweight, durable and versatile wheel. Longlasting tread mechanically bonded to an aluminum core, wears well and are impervious to water (including salt water), resistant to oils, grease, most solvents and chemicals, typically used in commercial, industrial, institutional and food service applications. Offers excellent manoeuvrability, semi-quiet ride, adequate floor protection and good capacity ratings. Polyolefin: Very durable, inexpensive, holds high capacities, has high shock load impact strength, is sanitary and is impervious to water, resistant to most oils, grease, chemicals and solvents, is non-marking and most of our polyolefin wheels have a slight crowned tread, which offers good roll ability. Great for most applications not needing a cushioned ride and that will not be exposed to heat. Phenolic: A very hard, durable and versatile wheel. Of all of the hard surface wheels (compared to steel) it provides the best floor protection and is quieter. Good roll ability and are very popular wheels in the industrial, manufacturing, warehousing and bakery industries. Resists oils, grease, gasoline, and most commonly used chemicals and intermittent water exposure. Not recommended for continuous wet applications. Hi-Temp Nylon: Solid black hi-temp nylon caster will not crush under heavy loads. It is good for use on all sorts of surfaces from wood to concrete. Will tolerate temperatures from -28°C to 230°C and is not affected by most corrosive chemicals. R28956E
216
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0214-0224_Eng.indd 216
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 1:36 PM
CASTERS GENERAL USE CASTERS POLYOLEFIN CASTERS
BLUE ELASTIC RUBBER CASTERS
• Rolls easily and quietly on all floors • Lightweight and economical • Non-marking, easy to maintain, steam cleanable • High impact strength • Superior resistance to most oils, chemicals, grease and acids
• • • • • • • •
Applications: For food service equipment, mobile warehouse equipment, factories and abusive environments. Plate size: 2 5/8" x 3 3/4" Bolt hole centres: 1 3/4" x 2 7/8" Bolt hole size: 5/16"
Model No. ML391 ML392 ML393 ML394 ML395 ML396
Wheel Dia." 3 3 4 4 5 5
Applications: General duty applications in mobile warehouse equipment and factory use. Plate size: 3 3/8" x 4" Bolt hole centres: 2 3/8" x 3 1/8" Bolt hole size: 5/16"
Capacity lbs. 250 250 250 250 250 250
Style Swivel Rigid Swivel Rigid Swivel Rigid
Thread Width" 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4
SANDWICH CASTERS
Tread Width" 1 3/8 1 3/8
Overall Height" 4 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/8 6 1/8
Price /Each 8.50 6.25 9.95 7.60 11.25 9.35
Bearing Type Roller Roller
Capacity Swivel lbs. Radius" 440 3 4/5 500 3 4/5
Overall Height" 5 1/8 6 1/8
Wheel Type Nylon Nylon
Model No. Swivel ML867 ML870
Price /Each 15.35 17.45
R32568E
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0214-0224_Eng.indd 217
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Rigid Model No. ML334 ML338
Price /Each 13.35 18.85
Swivel w/Brake Model No. ML342 ML345
ML868
Price /Each 18.80 25.55
ML869
Model No. Rigid ML868 ML871
Price /Each 13.95 15.95
Model No. w/Brake ML869 ML872
Price /Each 17.95 19.95
FLOOR LOCK BRAKES
Capacity lbs. 230 230 440 440 550 550 550 650 650 650 850 850 850 1000 1000 1000
Model No. ML630 ML631 ML632 ML633
Bolt hole size: 3 = 5/16" 4 = 5/16" 4 HD = 3/8" 5 = 3/8" 6 = 3/8" 8 = 3/8" Thread Width" 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Overall Height" 4 1/4 4 1/4 5 3/8 5 3/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 6 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
4 1/2" x 4" 3 5/8" x 3" 3/8"
Plate size: Bolt hole centres: Bolt hole size:
ML401
Bolt hole centres: 3 = 1 3/4" x 2 3/4" 4 = 2 3/8" x 3 1/16" 4 HD = 3 1/4" x 2 3/4" 5 = 3 1/4" x 2 3/4" 6 = 3 1/4" x 2 3/4" 8 = 3 1/4" x 2 3/4" Caster type Swivel Rigid Swivel Rigid Swivel Rigid Swivel w/brake Swivel Rigid Swivel w/brake Swivel Rigid Swivel w/brake Swivel Rigid Swivel w/brake
Price /Each 14.95 20.55
Standard-duty • Economical floor locks to stabilize mobile equipment • Spring-loaded with non-skid rubber pad • Steel construction with bright zinc-plated finish
Applications: Food service equipment, factory use, mobile warehouse equipment.
Wheel Dia." 3 3 4 4 4HD 4HD 4HD 5 5 5 6 6 6 8 8 8
Swivel Model No. ML333 ML337
ML867
POLYURETHANE CASTERS
Model No. ML044 ML043 ML045 ML046 ML441 ML442 MN264 ML397 ML398 MN265 ML399 ML400 MN266 ML401 ML402 MN267
Tread Cap. Overall Width" lbs. Height" 1 3/8 350 5 1 3/8 400 6
3 1/3" x 4 1/8" 3 1/8" x 2 1/3" 5/16"
Plate size: Bolt hole centres: Bolt hole size:
• Smooth rolling, low noise operation • Non-marking, cut and tear resistant • Die cast aluminum core with brown polyurethane tread • Resistant to most chemicals, moisture friendly • Double ball raceway • Annular ball bearing
Plate size: 3 = 2 5/8" x 3 3/4" 4 = 3 1/8" x 4 1/8" 4 HD = 4" x 4 1/2" 5 = 4" x 4 1/2" 6 = 4" x 4 1/2" 8 = 4" x 4 1/2"
Wheel Dia." 4 5
• Double raceway • Ball bearing • Brake type: Total locking
• Smooth rolling and quiet • Non-marking white nylon bonded to elastic rubber • Chrome zinc finish for corrosion resistance Wheel Dia." 4 5
High load capacity, rolls easily and quietly on all floors Non-marking, excellent floor protection Zinc chromed plated finish provides corrosion resistance Elastic rubber tread rejects floor debris Sealed double ball raceway Thread guards Ball bearing Brake type: Total locking
Price /Each 12.60 9.45 19.60 16.15 23.25 18.90 30.95 24.30 20.45 32.35 32.85 28.70 43.80 39.40 35.55 52.50
Use w/ wheel Diameter" 4 5 6 8
Extended Height" 6 6 7/8 7 7/8 8 3/4
Heavy-duty • Heavy-duty industrial strength construction • Foot pedal easily activates lock with foot pressure • Non-slip, non-skid rubber brake pad holds securely on smooth or irregular floor • Designed for use on level surfaces • Durable, high compression spring for heavy loads • Conveniently located release bar retracts brake instantly with slight toe pressure to either side of the bar • 8" W floor lock profile
Extended Height" 4 3/4 5 17/32 6 7/32
WELDING & METALWORKING
Retracted Height" 3 11/16 4 1/2 5 11/64
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 42.62 42.62 42.62 43.35
MD795
Plate size: 4" x 4 1/2" Holes slotted for: 2 5/8" to 3" x 3" to 3 5/8" Bolt hole size: 3/8"
Plate size: 2 1/2" x 3 5/8" Holes slotted for: 1 3/4" x 2 7/8" to 3" Bolt hole size: 5/16" Model No. MD795 MD796 MD797
Retracted Height" 5 1/8 5 3/4 6 13/16 9 7/8
Price /Each 49.93 50.97 51.69
Model No. MD798 MD799 MD800 MD801
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Extended Height" 5 7/8 6 43/64 7 3/4 9 23/32
Retracted Height" 4 15/16 5 35/64 6 21/32 8 5/8
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 66.75 68.53 69.28 71.05
217 12-07-24 1:36 PM
CASTERS GENERAL USE CASTERS
HITEMP NYLON CASTERS
MOLDON RUBBER CASTERS • Molded rubber wheel permanently bonded to spoked cast iron core • Iron centre gives it strength while the molded rubber offers smooth and quiet operation • Protects loads and surfaces • Won't damage warehouse or factory floors • Bearing type: Roller • Brake type: Total locking Plate size: Bolt hole centres: Bolt hole size:
Excellent for: • Heavy loads • Industrial equipment Wheel Tread Dia." Width" 5 2 6 2 8 2
Capacity lbs. 400 500 600
Swivel Model No. ML846 ML849 ML852
MC319
MC318 4" x 4 1/2" 2 7/8" x 3 1/3" 7/16"
Price /Each 21.50 23.45 34.10
Rigid Price Model No. /Each ML847 17.75 ML850 18.75 ML853 28.25
Swivel w/Brake Price Model No. /Each ML851 26.15 ML854 35.30
• Smooth rolling, low noise operation • Non-marking • Zinc chrome-plated finish provides corrosion resistance • Superior resistance to most oils, chemicals, and grease • Double ball raceway • Ball bearing • Brake type: Total locking Plate size: 4" x 4 1/2" Bolt hole centers: 3" x 3 1/3" Bolt hole size: 7/16" ML861 Model No. ML861 ML862 ML863 ML864 ML865 ML866
Wheel Dia." 6 6 6 8 8 8
PNEUMATIC CASTERS
FLATFREE CASTERS
• Four ply pneumatic casters offer smooth and quiet rolling over the roughest surfaces and outdoor terrain • Shock absorbing properties give the greatest possible protection to both the load and floor • The "Air cushion" feature will transport the most Plate Size: 4" x 4 1/2" fragile material and instruments without damage Bolt hole centers: 2 3/4" x 3 3/8" • Not recommended for floors with metal shavings Bolt hole size: 13/32" or corrosive chemicals Surface Applications: Concrete, brick, carpet, steel, tile, asphalt, wood and linoleum
• Solid polyurethane wheel never runs flat • Same bounce feel and weight of a pneumatic caster • Smooth and quiet rolling over rough terrain and surfaces • Less costly than traditional foam-filled tires • Ball bearing
Model No. MN222 MN221 MN224 MN223
Model No. MN226 MN225 MN228 MN227
Wheel Dia." 8 8 10 10
Style Swivel Rigid Swivel Rigid
Cap. lbs. 350 350 400 400
Tread Width" 2 2 3 3
Overall Height" 10 10 12 12
Price /Each 19.50 17.25 20.75 19.40
MN222
Note: For optimum use pneumatic wheels must be properly inflated
Plate size: 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" Bolt holes: 1" x 1" centre-to-centre Bolt hole size: 15/64" MG002
MG001
MG005
Excellent for: • Office furniture • Chairs • Audio visual equipment stands Wheel Cap. Swivel Overall Swivel Dia" lbs. Radius" Height" Wheel Type Model No. 2 75 2 2 5/8 Extra Strength Nylon - Base Style MG001* 2 75 2 2 5/8 Extra Strength Nylon - Regular Style MG002* 2 75 2 2 5/8 Extra Strength Nylon - Regular Style MG004 2 75 2 2 5/8 Extra Strength Nylon - Regular Style MG006** * Round stem 7/16" x 1" w/friction ring ** Threaded stem 5/16" x 3/4"
Price /Each 1.00 1.31 1.31 1.31
Swivel w/Brake Price Model No. /Each MG003* 1.68 MG005 1.68 MG007** 1.68
LOW LEVEL CASTERS • Designed for special applications where a caster is required for moving heavy equipment over level surfaces • Only 2 7/16" in overall height with twin 2" diameter wheels • Can carry up to 600 lbs./caster on a smooth hard floor Excellent for: • Filing cabinets/safes • Other heavy equipment Wheel Tread Dia" Width"
218
3/16
Cap. lbs. 350 350 600
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0214-0224_Eng.indd 218
Plate Size: 4" x 4 1/2" Bolt hole centers: 2 3/4" x 3 3/8" Bolt hole size: 13/32"
Tread Width" 2 2 3 3
Overall Height" 10 10 12 12
MN226
Price /Each 26.60 24.35 33.05 31.50
MN225
• 5/16" rivet • 1/4" riveted axle • 3/16" diameter over and under race; hardened steel load bearings • Nylon bushing • Only the highest quality of bright coldrolled steel is used • Government approved • Heat treated • Bright chrome finish Wheel Dia" 2 2 2
Capacity lbs. 75 75 75
Swivel Radius" 2 1/16 2 1/16 2 1/16
Excellent for: • Office furniture • Institutional equipment • Hospital environment
MG008 Plate size: 1 3/16" x 2" Bolt holes: 13/16" x 1 9/16" centre-to-centre Bolt hole size: 7/32" Overall Height" 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2
Swivel Model No. MG008 MG009 MG010
Wheel Type Urethane Urethane Grey Plastic
Price /Each 4.84 4.84 4.44
COMFORT ROLL CASTERS • • • •
Chrome finish and matching thread guards Non-marking neoprene rubber wheel tread Smooth rolling precision bearing in wheel Dual ball bearing swivel raceways for added strength • Total locking brake models available that lock both wheel and swivel • 7/16" x 7/8" grip ring stem
MJ022
MJ020
MC014
Plate size: 3 3/4" diameter Bolt holes: 2" Bolt hole size: 1/4" Swivel Radius" 2 2 2
Price /Each 41.80 34.40 44.85 53.60 45.95 56.95
Overall Height" 2 7/16 2 7/16 2 7/16
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wheel Type Superthane Nylon Cast Iron SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Swivel Model No. MC016 MC015 MC014
Price /Each 108.37 64.42 84.65
Model Wheel Tread Cap. No. Dia." Width" lbs. SWIVEL CASTERS MJ020 2 1 125 MJ021 3 1 175 TOTAL LOCKING CASTERS MJ022 2 1 125 MJ023 3 1 175
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Wheel Description
Wheel Bearing
Load Height"
Swivel Price Radius" /Each
Neoprene Rubber Neoprene Rubber
Precision Ball Precision Ball
2 11/16 4
2 2 13/16
22.48 24.78
Neoprene Rubber Neoprene Rubber
Precision Ball Precision Ball
2 11/16 4
2 3/16 2 13/16
37.76 28.67
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R32569E
2
Bearing Type Plain Plain Plain
Overall Height" 7 5/8 7 5/8 7 5/8 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2
Surface Applications: Concrete, brick, carpet, steel, tile,asphalt, wood and linoleum
Cap. lbs. 275 275 300 300
Style Swivel Rigid Swivel Rigid
Capacity lbs. 800 800 800 850 850 850
HOODED ROUND BALL CASTERS 600 SERIES
TWIN WHEEL CASTERS 300/400 SERIES • Manufactured with the highest quality nylon material • Canadian government and BIFMA approved • Black finish
Wheel Dia." 8 8 10 10
Thread width" 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4
Style Swivel Rigid Swivel brake Swivel Rigid Swivel brake
ML862
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 1:37 PM
CASTERS LIGHT-DUTY GENERAL PURPOSE CASTERS ALLPURPOSE • • • • •
5/16" rivet 1/4" riveted axle 3/16" diameter single race; hardened steel load bearings Corrosion resistant bright zinc finish Brake type: Side locking
Wheel Tread Dia. Width"
2
7/8
3
7/8
Bearing Type Steel Plain Steel Steel Nylon Nylon Steel Plain Steel Steel Nylon Nylon
Cap. Swivel Overall lbs. Radius" Height" 80 80 80 1 3/4 2 5/8 80 85 85 90 90 90 2 5/16 3 11/16 90 90 90
Excellent for: • Office furniture • Institutional equipment and hospital environment • 100% non-marking urethane wheels are hard enough for carpeted floors and soft enough for tiled floors
Wheel Type Conductive Soft Rubber Polyolefin Soft Rubber Soft Rubber Grey Urethane Urethane Grey Conductive Soft Rubber Polyolefin Soft Rubber Soft Rubber Grey Urethane Urethane Grey
Swivel Price Model No. /Each MG011 5.46 MG013 3.56 MG015 4.18 MG017 4.77 MG019 3.77 MG021 3.77 MG035 10.63 MG037 3.96 MG039 5.43 MG041 5.67 MG043 4.82 MG045 4.82
THERMOPLASTIC
Rigid Price Model No. /Each MG012 4.22 MG014 2.30 MG016 2.94 MG018 3.54 MG020 2.52 MG022 2.52 MG036 9.52 MG038 2.82 MG040 4.30 MG042 4.56 MG044 3.70 MG046 3.70
MK991
Plate size: 2 1/3" x 2 1/3" Bolt holes: 1 3/4" x 1 3/4" centre-to-centre Bolt hole size: 17/64" Caster Type Swivel Rigid Swivel w/Brake
Wheel Diameter" 2 2 2
Swivel w/Brake Price Model No. /Each MH310 6.67 MH312 4.75 MH314 5.39 MH316 5.98 MH318 4.96 MH320 4.96 MH332 11.84 MH334 5.17 MH336 6.64 MH338 6.88 MH340 6.03 MH342 6.03
Rigid w/Brake Price Model No. /Each MH311 6.67 MH313 4.75 MH315 5.39 MH317 5.98 MH319 4.96 MH321 4.96 MH333 11.84 MH335 5.17 MH337 6.64 MH339 6.88 MH341 6.03 MH343 6.03
MH318
THERMOPLASTIC • Heavy-duty double swivel raceway • Grey thermoplastic rubber is non-marking and includes synthetic tread guards to protect roller bearings • Durable zinc-plated pressed steel assembly for durability • Brake type: Total locking Plate size: 3 1/2" x 2 1/2" Bolt holes: 2 3/4" x 1 3/4" centre-to-centre Bolt hole size: 5/16"
• Grey thermoplastic rubber non-marking wheels with ball bearing casters and synthetic tread guards • Zinc-plated pressed steel brackets • Swivel brackets feature double ball bearings in swivel head for smooth movement • Capacity: up to 110 lbs.
Model No. MK991 MK992 MK994
Plate size: 1 1/2" x 2 1/2" Bolt holes: 1" x 2" centre-to-centre Bolt hole size: 17/64"
Wheel Width" 3/4 3/4 3/4
Caster Height" 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8
Price /Each 16.71 15.52 19.10
Wheel Tread Dia" Width" 3 1/8 1 1/4 4 1 1/8 5 1 1/8
Bearing Type Ball Ball Ball
Cap. lbs. 130 200 220
Overall Height" 4 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/4
ML017 Swivel Model No. ML014 ML015 ML016
Price /Each 36.63 39.02 43.43
Rigid Model No. ML020 ML021 ML022
Price /Each 35.81 36.63 40.31
Swivel w/Brake Model No. ML017 ML018 ML019
Price /Each 44.07 47.18 50.96
LIGHTDUTY • 7/16" rivet • 5/16" axle and lock nut • 7/32" diameter upper race; 7/32" diameter lower race; hardened steel load bearings • Upper and lower diameter race is equal for added performance and strength • Corrosion resistant bright zinc finish • Brake type: Side locking Wheel Tread Dia" width" 3
1
4
1
5
1
Bearing Type Plain Steel Nylon Nylon Plain Steel Ball Nylon Plain Steel Nylon Nylon
Cap. lbs. 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
Excellent for: • Institutional furniture • Hospitals • Food service equipment • Tool boxes • Store fixtures • Audio and visual aid equipment Swivel Radius"
Overall Height"
2 3/4
3 13/16
3 3/8
4 13/16
3 11/16
5 13/16
Plate size: 2 3/4" x 3 3/4" Bolt holes: 1 3/4" x 3" centre-to-centre Bolt hole size: 5/16"
MG075 Wheel Type Polyolefin Soft Rubber Grey Urethane Urethane Grey Polyolefin Soft Rubber Grey Urethane Urethane Grey Polyolefin Soft Rubber Grey Urethane Urethane Grey
Swivel Model No. MG065 MG067 MG069 MG071 MG073 MG075 MG077 MG079 MG081 MG083 MG085 MG087
Price /Each 8.71 11.06 11.49 11.49 9.71 13.08 12.27 12.27 10.56 16.75 13.41 13.41
Rigid Model No. MG066 MG068 MG070 MG072 MG074 MG076 MG078 MG080 MG082 MG084 MG086 MG088
Price /Each 6.41 8.45 9.18 9.18 7.59 8.80 10.16 10.16 8.45 14.64 11.32 11.32
Swivel w/Brake Model No. MH344 MH346 MH348 MH350 MH352 MH354 MH356 MH358 MH360 MH362 MH364 MH366
Price /Each 11.44 13.79 14.21 14.21 12.43 15.80 15.00 15.00 13.29 19.48 16.14 16.14
Rigid w/Brake Model No. MH345 MH347 MH349 MH351 MH353 MH355 MH357 MH359 MH361 MH363 MH365 MH367
Price /Each 11.44 13.79 14.21 14.21 12.43 15.80 15.00 15.00 13.29 19.48 16.14 16.14
LIGHTDUTY
R27497E
• • • •
Lightweight Non-marking Non-absorbent Rustproof
Wheel Dia" 2 1/2
Tread Width" 1 1/8
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0214-0224_Eng.indd 219
Excellent for: • Factory applications • Warehouse equipment • General-duty applications Bearing Type Plain INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Cap. lbs. 200
Wheel Type Polyolefin
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Swivel Model No. MC325 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 20.57
MC325
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
219 12-07-24 1:37 PM
CASTERS LIGHT-DUTY GENERAL PURPOSE CASTERS LIGHTDUTY FOR INSTITUTIONAL EQUIPMENT • 7/16" diameter rivet • 5/16" axle and lock nut • 7/32" diameter upper race; 7/32" diameter lower race; hardened steel load bearings • Upper and lower diameter race is equal for added performance and strength • Corrosion resistant bright zinc finish • Brake type: Side locking Wheel Tread Dia" width"
3
1 1/4
4
1 1/4
5
1 1/4
Bearing Type Steel Plain Steel Steel Nylon Nylon Steel Plain Steel Steel Nylon Nylon Steel Plain Steel Steel Nylon Nylon
Cap. lbs. 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
Plate size: 2 3/4" x 3 3/4" Bolt holes: 1 3/4" x 3" centre-to-centre Bolt hole size: 5/16"
Excellent for: • Hospital supply industry • Textile industry • Dollies • Food service equipment • Store fixtures
MG107 Swivel Radius"
Overall Height"
2 9/16
4 1/8
3 1/8
5 1/8
3 9/16
6 1/8
Wheel Type High Temp. Phenolic (475°) Polyolefin Phenolic Steel Urethane Urethane Grey High Temp. Phenolic (475°) Polyolefin Phenolic Steel Urethane Urethane Grey High Temp. Phenolic (475°) Polyolefin Phenolic Steel Urethane Urethane Grey
Swivel Model No. MG089 MG091 MG093 MG095 MG097 MG099 MG101 MG103 MC330 MG105 MG107 MG109 MG111 MG113 MC332 MG115 MG117 MG119
Price /Each 22.92 9.78 14.26 15.02 12.74 12.74 26.96 10.77 15.12 18.39 13.67 13.67 33.27 12.72 17.30 21.36 15.00 15.00
Rigid Model No. MG090 MG092 MG094 MG096 MG098 MG100 MG102 MG104 MC329 MG106 MG108 MG110 MG112 MG114 MC331 MG116 MG118 MG120
Price /Each 19.60 6.43 10.92 11.68 9.42 9.42 23.85 7.64 12.01 15.26 10.56 10.56 30.04 9.52 14.07 18.15 11.79 11.79
Swivel w/Brake Model No. MH368 MH370 MH372 MH374 MH376 MH378 MH380 MH382 MH384 MH386 MH388 MH390 MH392 MH394 MH396 MH398 MH400 MH402
Price /Each 25.65 12.51 16.99 17.75 15.47 15.47 29.69 13.50 17.84 17.84 16.40 16.40 36.00 15.45 20.03 29.71 17.73 17.73
Rigid w/Brake Model No. MH369 MH371 MH373 MH375 MH377 MH379 MH381 MH383 MH385 MH387 MH389 MH391 MH393 MH395 MH397 MH399 MH401 MH403
Price /Each 25.65 12.51 16.99 17.75 15.47 15.47 29.69 13.50 17.84 24.20 16.40 16.40 36.00 15.45 20.03 24.09 17.73 17.73
MEDIUM-HEAVY DUTY CASTERS GENERAL PURPOSE 300LB. CAPACITY • 9/16" diameter rivet • 3/8" diameter axle and lock nut • Brake type: Top locking Wheel Tread Bearing Dia" Width" Type Nylon 3 1 1/4 Nylon Steel Steel Nylon 4 1 1/4 Nylon Steel Steel Steel 5 1 1/4 Steel Nylon Nylon
• 1/4" diameter upper race; 1/4" diameter lower race • Corrosion resistant bright zinc finish
Cap. Swivel lbs. Radius" 275 275 2 7/8 275 300 275 275 3 1/2 275 300 275 300 4 300 300
Overall Height" 4
5
6
Wheel Type Phenolic Steel Urethane Urethane Grey Phenolic Steel Urethane Urethane Grey Phenolic Steel Urethane Urethane Grey
Excellent for: • Medium-duty applications • Mobile warehousing equipment • Stock trucks Swivel Model No. MG199 MG201 MG203 MG205 MG207 MG209 MG211 MG213 MG215 MG217 MG219 MG221
Price /Each 15.38 16.14 13.86 13.86 16.21 19.48 14.78 14.78 18.44 22.50 16.14 16.14
Rigid Model No. MG200 MG202 MG204 MG206 MG208 MG210 MG212 MG214 MG216 MG218 MG220 MG222
Price /Each 10.65 11.44 9.16 9.16 11.77 15.04 10.35 10.35 13.86 17.94 11.56 11.56
Plate size: 2 3/4" x 3 3/4" Bolt holes: 1 3/4" x 2 7/8" centre-to-centre Bolt hole size: 5/16" Swivel w/Brake Model No. MH453 MH455 MH457 MH459 MH461 MH463 MH465 MH467 MH469 MH471 MH473 MH475
Price /Each 21.05 21.83 19.55 19.55 21.90 25.18 20.48 20.48 24.13 28.19 21.83 21.83
Rigid w/Brake Model No. MH454 MH456 MH458 MH460 MH462 MH464 MH466 MH468 MH470 MH472 MH474 MH476
Price /Each 21.05 21.83 19.55 19.55 21.90 25.18 20.48 20.48 24.13 28.19 21.83 21.83
MG211
HEAVYDUTY 550LB. CAPACITY • • • • • •
9/16" diameter rivet 3/8" drilled axle and lock nut Corrosion resistant bright zinc finish Available with brake 1/4" diameter upper raceway 1/4" diameter lower raceway (equal diameter raceway) Wheel Dia"
Tread Width"
1 1/2
5
1 1/2
6
1 1/2
220
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0214-0224_Eng.indd 220
Cap. lbs. 280 400 550 550 500 550 350 500 550 550 550 420 550 550 550 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Swivel Radius"
Overall Height"
3 5/16
5 1/16
3 15/16
6 1/8
4 1/2
7
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
• Hotel equipment • Factory use • Textile carts
Wheel Type Mold-On Rubber Polyolefin Phenolic Steel EnvirothaneTM V-Groove Mold-On Rubber Polyolefin Phenolic Steel EnvirothaneTM Mold-On Rubber Polyolefin Phenolic Steel WELDING & METALWORKING
Plate size: 4" x 4 1/2" Holes slotted for: 2 5/8" to 3" x 3" to 3 5/8" Bolt hole size: 3/8" Swivel Model No. MG263 MG265 MG267 MG269 MG271 MG273 MG275 MG277 MG279 MG281 MG283 MG287 MG289 MG291 MG293
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 27.19 24.13 26.34 31.49 32.60 33.70 28.64 25.01 28.31 35.55 36.88 31.44 29.00 31.56 38.44
Rigid Model No. MG264 MG266 MG268 MG270 MG272 MG274 MG276 MG278 MG280 MG282 MG284 MG288 MG290 MG292 MG294
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 22.59 19.55 21.76 26.91 28.00 29.09 24.06 20.43 23.73 30.94 32.27 26.48 24.04 26.60 33.48
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R27498E
4
Bearing Type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller
Excellent for: • Platform trucks • Food service equipment
MG271 OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 1:38 PM
CASTERS MEDIUM/HEAVY-DUTY CASTERS (CONT'D) MEDIUM/HEAVYDUTY CASTERS • • • • •
9/16" rivet • 3/8" axle • Thread guards standard on wheels Double row ball bearing swivel; both raceways equal diameter All swivel parts case hardened to Rockwell 62C Bright zinc finish Brake available on 4", 5" and 6" diameter wheels
Wheel Dia" 3 4 5 6
Tread Width" 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8
Bearing Type Precision Ball Precision Ball Precision Ball Precision Ball
Capacity lbs. 500 600 600 600
Swivel Radius" 3 3 1/2 4 4 7/8
Overall Height" 4 5/8 5 9/16 6 5/8 7 9/16
TOTAL LOCKING CASTERS • Low angle pedal design makes foot access easy for convenient operation • Simple press of the foot locks both wheel and swivel in any position • Thermoplastic construction to resist corrosion Wheel Dia"
Tread Width"
6
2
Bearing Type Ball Roller Ball Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller
Cap. lbs. 450 450 500 600 600 700 900 900 900 900 900 900
Wheel Type Solid Elastomer Solid Elastomer Solid Elastomer Solid Elastomer
Swivel Radius"
Overall Height"
5
7 1/2
HEAVY-DUTY CASTERS
Wheel Tread Dia" Width"
4
2
2
6
2
8
2
R27499E
5
Bearing Type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0214-0224_Eng.indd 221
Cap. lbs. 250 370 750 800 800 800 650 800 700 275 470 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 450 560 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 600 700 900 900 900 900 900 900 900
Overall Height"
3 9/16
5 5/8
4 1/4
6 1/2
5
7 1/2
6 1/2
9 1/2
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Wheel Type ProTechTM Mold-On Rubber ALThaneTM High Temp Phenolic (475°) Phenolic Steel EnvirothaneTM Mold-On Urethane V-Groove ProTechTM Mold-On Rubber ALThaneTM High Temp Phenolic (475°) Phenolic Steel EnvirothaneTM Mold-On Urethane V-Groove ProTechTM Mold-On Rubber ALThaneTM High Temp Phenolic (475°) Phenolic Steel EnvirothaneTM Mold-On Urethane V-Groove ProTechTM Mold-On Rubber ALThaneTM High Temp Phenolic (475°) Phenolic Steel EnvirothaneTM Mold-On Urethane V-Groove
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 86.94 97.92 114.91 129.38
Rigid Model No. MG302 MG306 MG310 MG314
Swivel Model No. ML774 ML775 ML776 ML777 ML778 ML779 ML780 ML781 ML782 ML783 ML784 ML785
Wheel Type Elastic Rubber Round Elastic Rubber Round Elastic Rubber Flat Elastic Rubber Flat (black) Elastic Rubber Flat (grey) Polyolefin Polyurethane Mold-On Polyurethane Phenol Semi-Steel Forged Steel Mold-On Nylon
Excellent for: • Stock carts and platform trucks • Garbage bins • Hospital equipment • Food industry • Heavy service equipment • Factory use
• 5/16" diameter upper and lower ball; hardened steel load bearings • Virtually maintenance-free • Corrosion resistant bright zinc finish Swivel Radius"
Swivel Model No. MG301 MG305 MG309 MG313
Price /Each 80.62 90.43 107.24 121.12
MG313
Plate size: 4" x 4 1/2" Holes slotted for: 2 5/8" to 3" x 3" to 3 5/8" Bolt hole size: 3/8"
HEAVYDUTY EMAXX KINGPIN CASTERS • 3/4" diameter heavy-duty kingpin • 1/2" zerk axle and lock nut • Brake type: Top locking
Plate size: 4" x 4 1/2" Holes slotted for: 2 5/8" to 3" x 3" to 3 5/8" Bolt hole size: 3/8"
Excellent for: • Material handling carts • Institutional equipment
Swivel Price Model No. /Each MG319 33.77 MG321 29.71 MG323 27.34 MG325 43.85 MG327 28.97 MG329 35.05 MG331 33.44 MG333 33.91 MG335 37.42 MG337 35.12 MG339 31.89 MG341 28.55 MG343 61.82 MG345 30.09 MG347 37.78 MG349 37.45 MG351 38.18 MG353 42.00 MG355 40.63 MG357 34.88 MG359 31.75 MG361 63.31 MG363 32.30 MG365 40.86 MG367 44.61 MG369 40.72 MG371 44.87 MG373 48.91 MG375 39.46 MG377 35.93 MG379 103.53 MG381 39.58 MG383 49.14 MG385 52.13 MG387 49.14 MG389 55.34
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Rigid Price Model No./Each MG320 27.74 MG322 23.68 MG324 21.31 MG326 37.83 MG328 22.95 MG330 25.01 MG332 27.43 MG334 27.88 MG336 31.39 MG338 29.02 MG340 25.82 MG342 22.45 MG344 55.72 MG346 23.99 MG348 31.70 MG350 31.35 MG352 32.08 MG354 35.88 MG356 34.41 MG358 28.69 MG360 25.53 MG362 57.12 MG364 26.10 MG366 30.66 MG368 38.42 MG370 30.52 MG372 38.68 MG374 42.69 MG376 29.24 MG378 25.72 MG380 97.34 MG382 33.39 MG384 38.94 MG386 45.94 MG388 42.95 MG390 49.12
WELDING & METALWORKING
ML774
Plate size: 4" x 4 1/2" Holes slotted for: 2 5/8" to 3" x 3" to 3 5/8" Bolt hole size: 3/8"
Swivel Price w/brake /Each MH511 44.49 MH513 40.44 MH515 38.06 MH517 54.58 MH519 39.72 MH521 45.77 MH523 44.18 MH525 44.64 MH527 48.15 MH529 45.87 MH531 42.64 MH533 39.27 MH535 72.54 MH537 40.84 MH539 48.53 MH541 48.20 MH543 48.93 MH545 52.75 MH547 51.35 MH549 45.63 MH551 42.50 MH553 74.06 MH555 43.05 MH557 51.61 MH559 55.36 MH561 51.47 MH563 55.62 MH565 59.63 MH567 50.19 MH569 46.68 MH571 114.28 MH573 50.33 MH575 59.89 MH577 62.88 MH579 59.89 MH581 66.06
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 55.90 45.07 50.36 45.07 45.07 41.68 46.86 54.76 46.00 48.76 70.64 58.02
Rigid w/brake MH512 MH514 MH516 MH518 MH520 MH522 MH524 MH526 MH528 MH530 MH532 MH534 MH536 MH538 MH540 MH542 MH544 MH546 MH548 MH550 MH552 MH554 MH556 MH558 MH560 MH562 MH564 MH566 MH568 MH570 MH572 MH574 MH576 MH578 MH580 MH582
Price /Each 44.49 40.44 38.06 54.58 39.72 45.77 44.18 44.64 48.15 45.87 42.64 39.27 72.54 40.84 48.53 48.20 48.93 52.75 51.35 45.63 42.50 74.06 43.05 51.61 55.36 51.47 55.62 59.63 50.19 46.68 114.28 50.33 59.89 62.88 59.89 66.06
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MG359
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
221 12-07-24 1:38 PM
CASTERS HEAVY-DUTY CASTERS (CONT'D) HEAVYDUTY CASTERS • • • • • • •
3/4" rivet 1/2" axle Double row ball bearing swivel/both raceways equal diameter Standard with swivel seals and grease fittings in swivel and axle All swivel parts case hardened to Rockwell 62C Tread guards standard on wheels Bright zinc finish
Wheel Dia" 4 5 6 8 3 4 5 6 8 3 1/2 4 5 6 8 4 5 3 4 5 6 8
Tread Width" 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 1 7/8
Bearing Type Precision Ball Precision Ball Precision Ball Precision Ball Precision Ball Precision Ball Precision Ball Precision Ball Precision Ball Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller
Capacity lbs. 500 550 600 600 900 900 1000 1000 1000 800 900 1000 1000 1000 800 1000 900 1000 1000 1000 1000
Excellent for: • Institutional equipment • Warehouse use
MG413
Plate size: 4" x 4 1/2" Holes slotted for: 2 5/8" to 3" x 3" to 3 5/8" Bolt hole size: 3/8"
Swivel Radius" 3 5/8 4 1/4 4 5/8 5 3/4 3 1/4 3 5/8 4 1/4 4 5/8 5 3/4 3 1/2 3 5/8 4 1/4 4 5/8 5 3/4 3 5/8 4 1/4 3 1/4 3 5/8 4 1/4 4 5/8 5 3/4
Overall Height" 5 5/8 6 11/16 7 11/16 9 3/4 4 3/4 5 5/8 6 11/16 7 11/16 9 3/4 5 1/16 5 5/8 6 11/16 7 11/16 9 3/4 5 5/8 6 11/16 4 3/4 5 5/8 6 11/16 7 11/16 9 3/4
Swivel Model No. MG391 MG393 MG395 MG397 MG401 MG405 MG409 MG413 MG417 MG419 MG421 MG423 MG425 MG427 MG429 MG431 MG433 MG435 MG437 MG439 MG441
Wheel Type Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Solid Elastomer Solid Elastomer Solid Elastomer Solid Elastomer Solid Elastomer Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane Urethane V Groove V Groove Semi-Steel Semi-Steel Semi-Steel Semi-Steel Semi-Steel
Price /Each 121.43 121.69 138.21 177.83 114.57 125.21 138.97 158.33 226.27 166.12 183.18 199.51 233.77 265.66 136.98 173.43 121.89 119.37 136.27 148.55 195.30
Rigid Model No. MG392 MG394 MG396 MG398 MG402 MG406 MG410 MG414 MG418 MG420 MG422 MG424 MG426 MG428 MG430 MG432 MG434 MG436 MG438 MG440 MG442
Price /Each 119.66 113.81 126.50 165.04 93.72 106.77 122.17 128.93 195.71 139.37 155.86 172.57 204.29 235.11 119.60 146.47 92.70 96.87 119.21 119.06 164.76
KINGPINLESS HEAVYDUTY • 1/2" zerk axle and lock nut • 5/16" diameter thrust raceway; 5/16" diameter kingpin raceway • Raceway protected from dust and dirt • Corrosion resistant bright zinc finish • Brake type: Total locking Wheel Tread Dia" Width"
4
2
5
2
6
2
8
2
Bearing Type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller
Cap. lbs. 400 370 750 800 1000 650 800 1100 400 470 950 1000 1250 800 1000 1400 400 500 1150 1200 1400 950 1200 1700 500 700 1300 1400 1700 1300 1600 1700
Excellent for: • Abusive conditions • Tow lines • Industrial platform trucks • Most hardworking industrial functions • Economical handling of heavy loads where severe abuse is present
Swivel Radius"
Overall Height"
3 1/4
5 5/8
4 1/4
6 1/2
4 7/8
7 1/2
6 1/2
9 1/2
Wheel Type Thermo Plastic Rubber Mold-On Rubber Polyolefin Phenol Steel Urethane Mold-On Urethane V-Groove Thermo Plastic Rubber Mold-On Rubber Polyolefin Phenol Steel Urethane Mold-On Urethane V-Groove Thermo Plastic Rubber Mold-On Rubber Polyolefin Phenol Steel Urethane Mold-On Urethane V-Groove Thermo Plastic Rubber Mold-On Rubber Polyolefin Phenol Steel Urethane Mold-On Urethane V-Groove
Plate size: 4 1/2" x 6 1/4" Holes slotted for: 5 1/4" to 3 3/8" x 4 15/16" to 2 7/16" Bolt hole size: 1/4"
Swivel Model No. ML646 ML648 ML650 ML652 ML654 ML656 ML658 ML660 ML662 ML664 ML666 ML668 ML670 ML672 ML674 ML676 ML678 ML680 ML682 ML684 ML686 ML688 ML690 ML692 ML694 ML696 ML698 ML700 ML702 ML704 ML706 ML708
Price /Each 71.84 79.42 71.89 70.40 74.27 87.40 76.49 77.00 72.80 79.82 74.73 73.99 78.53 91.09 83.85 81.76 77.26 81.66 76.61 77.92 81.10 105.88 86.86 85.11 83.43 88.49 78.22 84.73 88.90 127.80 99.41 105.79
Rigid Model No. ML647 ML649 ML651 ML653 ML655 ML657 ML659 ML661 ML663 ML665 ML667 ML669 ML671 ML673 ML675 ML677 ML679 ML681 ML683 ML685 ML687 ML689 ML691 ML693 ML695 ML697 ML699 ML701 ML703 ML705 ML707 ML709
Price /Each 40.01 45.94 41.45 39.07 45.27 66.34 48.82 49.70 42.89 46.55 44.67 43.42 50.67 70.78 59.19 55.91 48.79 49.72 47.82 49.91 54.93 94.58 64.43 61.43 60.36 62.33 51.95 62.44 69.11 131.41 85.92 96.13
ML646 Swivel w/Brake Model No. ML710 ML712 ML714 ML716 ML718 ML720 ML722 ML724 ML726 ML728 ML730 ML732 ML734 ML736 ML738 ML740 ML742 ML744 ML746 ML748 ML750 ML752 ML754 ML756 ML758 ML760 ML762 ML764 ML766 ML768 ML770 ML772
Price /Each 76.44 84.40 76.45 74.91 78.79 91.96 81.05 81.56 77.39 84.82 79.40 78.66 83.19 95.76 88.47 86.42 81.89 86.71 81.27 82.58 85.73 110.51 91.66 89.79 88.08 93.52 82.82 89.38 93.50 132.44 104.05 110.43
Rigid w/Brake Model No. ML711 ML713 ML715 ML717 ML719 ML721 ML723 ML725 ML727 ML729 ML731 ML733 ML735 ML737 ML739 ML741 ML743 ML745 ML747 ML749 ML751 ML753 ML755 ML757 ML759 ML761 ML763 ML765 ML767 ML769 ML771 ML773
Price /Each 47.44 53.99 48.75 46.36 52.57 73.57 56.11 56.93 50.23 54.63 52.07 50.88 58.15 78.25 66.66 63.32 56.26 57.81 55.21 57.31 62.40 102.05 71.83 68.82 67.79 70.38 59.38 69.87 76.47 138.77 93.35 103.56 R32570E
222
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0214-0224_Eng.indd 222
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 6:22 PM
CASTERS STAINLESS STEEL CASTERS LIGHTDUTY • Polished 304 stainless steel maintains good looks in hostile and demanding conditions • Delrin bearing • 1 1/4" tread width
ML636
Plate size: Bolt hole centres: Bolt hole size:
2 3/8" x 3 5/8" 1 3/4" x 2 7/8" to 3" 5/16"
Wheel Dia" 4
Swivel Radius"
Overall Height"
3 5/16
5 1/8
4 1/16
6 1/8
5
Capacity lbs. 200 250 300 200 250 300
Wheel Type Polyolefin Polyurethane Elastic Rubber Polyolefin Polyurethane Elastic Rubber
Swivel Model No. ML634 ML635 ML636 ML637 ML638 ML639
Price /Each 51.02 54.02 54.32 53.87 57.12 57.48
Rigid Model No. ML640 ML641 ML642 ML643 ML644 ML645
Price /Each 27.89 30.94 31.24 30.54 33.84 34.09
FOOD SERVICE/HEALTH CARE EQUIPMENT Solid stem light-duty • Designed for food service, health care industry • Use with hospital equipment, utility carts and portable equipment • Easy "step-on ... step-off " toe mechanisms • 1/2" - 13 x 3/4" threaded stem • Bright finish 304 stainless steel
Wheel Tread Dia." Width" 3 1 1/4 3 1 1/4 4 1 1/4 4 1 1/4 4 1 1/4 4 1 1/4 5 1 1/4 5 1 1/4 5 1 1/4 6 1 1/4 6 1 1/4 6 1 1/4
Cap. lbs. 150 180 200 200 200 200 240 240 240 250 250 250
Wheel Wheel Description Bearing Grey Rubber Ball Poly-Loc Poly Ball Grey Rubber Ball Crown Grey Adv Celcon Crown Grey Adv Ball Poly-Loc Grey Roller Grey Rubber Ball Crown Grey Adv Ball Poly-Loc Grey Roller Grey Rubber Ball Crown Grey Adv Ball Poly-Loc Grey Roller
Load Height" 4 1/4 4 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2
Swivel Radius" 3 3 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 4 4 4
Swivel Model No. MI916 MI917 MI918 ML137 MI920 MI921 MI922 MI924 MI925 MI926 MI928 MI929
Price /Each 28.45 31.17 34.87 27.08 42.43 29.53 38.94 36.12 31.17 45.87 40.19 40.94
Total Lock Model No. MI930 MI931 MI932 ML138 MI934 MI935 MI936 MI938 MI939 MI940 MI942 -
Price /Each 40.19 42.87 46.59 38.80 44.70 41.28 50.66 47.87 42.87 56.42 59.58 -
Direction Lock Model Price No. /Each MI946 48.42 MI947 38.80 MI949 41.28 MI950 53.11 MI952 48.31 -
MI918
MI932
MI946
Top plate light-duty • Designed for food service and health care industry • Use with hospital equipment, utility carts and portable equipment • Easy "step-on ... step-off " toe mechanisms • Zinc plated
R27496E
Plate size: Bolt hole centres: Bolt hole size:
Wheel Tread Dia." Width" 3 1 1/4 3 1 1/4 4 1 1/4 4 1 1/4 4 1 1/4 4 1 1/4 5 1 1/4 5 1 1/4 5 1 1/4 5 1 1/4 6 1 1/4 6 1 1/4 6 1 1/4 6 1 1/4
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0214-0224_Eng.indd 223
Cap. lbs. 150 180 200 200 200 200 240 240 240 240 250 250 250 250
MI890
3 3/4" x 2 3/4" 3" x 1 3/4" 15/16"
Wheel Wheel Description Bearing Grey Rubber Ball Poly-Loc Poly Ball Grey Rubber Ball Crown Grey Adv Celcon Crown Grey Adv Ball Poly-Loc Grey Roller Grey Rubber Ball Crown Grey Adv Celcon Crown Grey Adv Ball Poly-Loc Grey Roller Grey Rubber Ball Crown Grey Adv Celcon Crown Grey Adv Ball Poly-Loc Grey Roller
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Load Height" 4 1/4 4 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 6 1/4 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2
Swivel Radius" 3 3 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 4 4 4 4
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Swivel Model No. MI874 MI875 MI876 MI877 MI878 MI879 MI880 MI881 MI882 MI883 MI884 MI885 MI886 MI887
Price /Each 34.21 30.25 41.05 26.18 33.41 36.48 52.68 28.00 35.68 32.41 44.70 32.08 38.80 59.94
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Total Lock Model No. MI888 MI889 MI890 MI891 MI892 MI893 MI894 MI895 MI896 MI897 MI898 MI899 MI900 MI901
Price /Each 47.42 41.99 52.07 43.99 45.14 40.38 50.96 39.72 47.42 44.12 59.31 34.54 50.55 51.33
Direction Lock Model Price No. /Each MI904 46.06 MI906 45.14 MI907 40.38 MI908 49.78 MI910 47.42 MI911 41.99 MI912 56.42 MI914 50.55 MI915 47.42
WELDING & METALWORKING
MI876
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
MI904
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
223 12-07-24 1:38 PM
CASTERS PROTECHTM WHEELS
ALTHANETM WHEELS
• Non-marking ALTech treaded wheel is securely fastened to its polyolefin core • Highly resistant to most chemicals and excellent for all floor surfaces • Provides for high load capacities and is rust-proof • Quiet and easy rolling • Shock absorbing and rejects floor debris • Prolongs equipment life • Temperature: -43°C to 82°C • Durometer: 55 - 65 A Scale
Tread Width" 2 2 2 2
Diameter" 4 5 6 8
Bearing Type Roller Roller Roller Roller
ENVIROTHANE
TM
Cap. lbs. 300 325 450 600
Tread Width" 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 2 2 1/2
3 4
5
6
Hub Length" 2 3/16 2 3/16 2 3/16 2 3/16
Bearing Bore" 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Model No. MG524 MG525 MG526 MG527
Price /Each 18.18 19.24 24.96 33.44
Bearing Type Nylon/Steel Nylon/Steel Nylon/Steel Nylon Nylon Nylon Nylon Plain Roller Nylon Nylon Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller
Excellent for: • Platform trucks • Food service equipment • Hotel equipment • Small waste bins • Large stock trucks • Factory use • Textile carts • Abusive applications
Cap. lbs. 100 100 100 150 250 150 250 500 650 175 350 600 1200 600 1300 1500
Hub Length" 1 1 1 1 3/8 1 5/8 1 3/8 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 3/16 1 3/8 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 3/16 1 3/4 2 3/16 2 3/4
Bearing Bore" 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/16 5/16 3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2 3/4
Model No. MG532 MG533 MG534 MG535 MG536 MG537 MG538 MG539 MG540 MG541 MG542 MG543 MG544 MG545 MG546 MG547
Price /Each 0.91 1.28 1.79 4.18 4.39 4.82 5.22 12.36 19.93 5.88 6.38 24.37 24.47 27.17 32.96 68.91
HARD RUBBER WHEELS
• Solid hard rubber wheel used for higher load capacities than soft rubber • Good floor protection and easy mobility • Will not develop flat spots under standing loads • High resistance to oil, grease and mild or diluted acids • Prolongs equipment life • Temperature: -43°C to 82°C • Durometer: 75 - 80 D Scale
Tread Width" 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4
Diameter" 3 4 5
Bearing Type Plain Plain Plain
Excellent for: • Platform trucks • Food service equipment • Hotel equipment • Small waste bins • Abusive applications • Large stock trucks • Factory use • Textile carts
Cap. lbs. 250 250 250
Hub Length" 1 9/16 1 9/16 1 9/16
Bearing Bore" 5/16 5/16 5/16
Diameter" 4 5 6 8
Diameter" 4 5 6
8
Model No. MG550 MG551 MG552
5
224
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0214-0224_Eng.indd 224
Cap. lbs. 75 270 150 400 450 450 650 550 750
Hub Length" 1 19/16 1 3/8 1 3/4 2 3/16 1 3/4 2 3/16 1 3/4 2 3/16
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Bearing Bore" 1/4 1 3/16 5/16 1 3/16 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Tread Width" 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 3
Bearing Bore" 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Model No. MG528 MG529 MG530 MG531
Price /Each 12.17 13.17 16.66 20.93
Bearing Type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Plain Roller Roller Plain Roller Plain
Model No. MG553 MG554 MG555 MG556 MG557 MG558 MG559 MG560 MG561 MH297 MG562 MG563 MG564 MG565
Price /Each 10.75 11.68 11.68 13.41 13.41 15.85 34.50 43.09 126.50 17.76 40.15 19.60 54.01 155.15
Excellent for: • Platform trucks • Food service equipment • Hotel equipment • Small waste bins • Abusive applications • Large stock trucks • Factory use • Textile carts
Cap. lbs. 280 370 350 470 420 560 620 730 800 700 830 900 950 1000
Hub Length" 1 3/4 2 3/16 1 3/4 2 3/16 1 3/4 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 2 3/16 2 3/4 2 3/4 3 1/4 3 1/4
Price /Each 4.20 5.58 6.03
5
Tread Width" 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2
A.
Price /Each 0.67 2.96 1.93 2.92 11.34 11.13 11.84 14.71 12.17
WELDING & METALWORKING
A. B. B. B. C. C. D.
Tread Diameter" Width" 5 2 6 1 1/2 8 2 10 2 8 2 12 2 1/2 10 3 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Bearing Type Steel Steel Steel Plain Roller Plain Roller Steel Plain Roller Plain Roller
Cap. lbs. 400 400 400 600 600 800 800 400 600 600 1000 1000
Bearing Bore" 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 1 3/4 1/2 3/4 1 3/4 3/4 1 3/4
Excellent for: • Factory use • Heavy material handling • Waste bins • Platform trucks • Stock trucks • Heavy loads • Bakery applications
• Made of macerated canvas impregnated with phenolic resin • Resistant to grease, oil and most chemical substances • Non-marking and provides for high floor protection • Lightweight, and even maintains a high load rating • Temperature: -43°C to 82°C • Durometer: 120 Rockwell E
WHEELS
Model No. MG610 MC064 MG612 MG613 MG614 MG615 MG616 MG617 MG618
Hub Length" 2 3/16 2 3/16 2 3/16 2 3/16
Hub Length" 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 3/16 2 3/16 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 3/16 2 3/16
Bearing Bore" 5/16 5/16 3/4 1 3/16 1/2 1 3/16 1/2 5/16 1 3/16 1/2 1 3/16 1/2
C.
B.
Bearing Type Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller Ball
Cap. lbs. 1500 400 400 400 1000 3000 440
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Bearing Bore" 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 3/4
Model No. MG583 MG584 MG585 MG587 MG588 MG589 MG590 MG591 MG592 MG593 MG594 MG595
Price /Each 4.27 4.82 4.94 3.80 9.21 4.65 10.06 6.31 5.03 10.44 5.27 10.68
Model No. MC298 MH296 MH297 MH298 MC337 MC340 ML069
Price /Each 22.92 12.11 17.76 33.36 24.04 53.45 30.92
D.
Wheel Type Cast Iron Rubber Rubber Rubber Phenolic Phenolic Pneumatic
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R28161E
6
Bearing Type Plain Plain Plain Plain Roller Roller Roller Roller Roller
Cap. lbs. 750 1000 1150 1300
PHENOLIC WHEELS
POLYOLEFIN WHEELS
Tread Width" 7/8 1 1/4 1 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 2 1 1/2 2
Bearing Type Roller Roller Roller Roller
Excellent for: • Platform trucks • Food service equipment • Hotel equipment • Small waste bins • Abusive applications • Large stock trucks • Factory use • Textile carts
MOLD-ON RUBBER WHEELS
Diameter" 3 4
Excellent for: • Lightweight, very economical • Platform trucks and high in impact strength • Factory use • Non-marking, non-chipping, oil and chemical resistant and non-absorbent • Steam cleanable wheel provides for floor protection • Easy to maintain • Temperature: -43°C to 82°C • Durometer: 65 - 70 D Scale
Diameter" 2 3 4
Tread Width" 2 2 2 2
• Mold-on rubber is secured to semi-steel core for full floor protection and quiet movement • High degree of resistance to shock or vibration • Highly economical rubber tire • Prolongs equipment life • Temperature: -43°C to 82°C • Durometer: 70 - 75 A Scale
WHEELS
• Solid non-marking polyurethane used for high load capacities • Harder than soft rubber and softer than hard rubber • Top quality wheel that will not damage your floors and will not develop flat spots under standing loads • Government approved • Temperature: -43°C to 110°C • Durometer: 45 - 65 D Scale
Diameter" 2 2 1/2
• Lightweight • Economical and high in impact strength • Non-marking, non-chipping, oil and chemical resistant and non-absorbent • Steam cleanable wheel provides for floor protection • Temperature: -43°C to 82°C • Durometer: 65 - 70 D Scale
Excellent for: • Platform trucks • Food service equipment • Hotel equipment • Small waste bins • Abusive applications • Large stock trucks • Factory use • Textile carts
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 1:39 PM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT STEEL DRUMS
POLYETHYLENE DRUMS
• Open head 55 U.S. gallon design complies with stringent UN regulations for packing non-dangerous and dangerous goods in packing groups II and III; salvage drum is good for packaging groups I, II and III in solids only • Closed head 55 U.S. gallon design meets UN regulations for packing of dangerous and non-dangerous goods in the packaging groups II and III and also complies with ISO 15750 standard and other major international standards for steel drums (ANSI, EN) and feature 2" x 3/4" Tri-Sure® fittings • Drums are available in lined or unlined • Colours: 55 U.S. gallon open and closed head drums are standard black; 85 U.S. gallon salvage drum is green with "Salvage Drum" printed in black
UN-approved plastic drums are manufactured using state-of-the-art technologies to meet the stringent demands of chemical compatibility with hazardous and non-hazardous products as well as reliability and safety requirements. Drums are made from a high molecular weight, high-density polyethylene resin which makes them extremely strong and rigid, allowing for easy handling and low shipping cost. Plastic drums save warehouse space because they are stackable and can be stored outside without rusting. In addition, total packaging costs are decreased when they are reused.
UN Regulations: A) UN1A1Y.4140 B) UN1A1Y2755 C) UN1A1X1.8300
Unlined UN Model No. Compliance DC145 A DC147 C *Unit is painted white ACCESSORIES Model No. DC450 DC460 DC455
Drums are manufactured in accordance with one of the following UN regulations: A) 1H1/Y1.9/150 B) 1H2/Y250/S Unlined Lined UN Head Capacity Weight Price Model No. Compliance Type U.S. Gallons Lbs. /Each DC146 B Open 55 37 170.57 DC461* C Closed 55 35 130.22
Price /Each 3.15 42.72 24.82
Description 2" Steel Plug With Buna Gasket Lid for Open Head Steel Drum, No Fittings Bolt Ring for Open Head Steel Drum
15-GALLON TIGHT HEAD DRUMS
Colour Blue Black Natural
Model No. Model No. Blue Black DC139 DC140 DC142 DC143 DC137 DC138 ACCESSORIES Model No. DC149 DC150
Model No. Head Cap UN Weight Price Natural Type Gallons* Fittings Regulation Lbs. /Each DC141 Closed 30 2" BTR & 2" NPS A 14 94.98 DC144 Closed 55 2" BTR & 2" NPS A 21 123.10 Open Straight** 55 B 22 142.40 Price /Each 2.13 2.13
Description 2" Buttress Coarse Thread 2" NPS Fine Thread
* U.S. Gallons ** All open head drums come standard with cover and steel lever-locking ring
RECTANGULAR POLY TIGHT HEAD CONTAINERS
• Tight head drums are designed to hold up to 15 U.S. gallons of various liquids • Due to high density polyethylene construction, these drums can be stacked with pallets up to four high; top load on bottom drums should not exceed 1000 lbs. each • Maximum filling temperature of 65°C; drums should be allowed to cool to ambient temperatures before stacking • Features 2" and 3/4" NPS fittings and manipulating handle • Weight: 7 lbs. • Available in three standard colours: Blue, black and natural • Meets UN code: 1H1/Y1.9/150 Model No. DC132 DC133 DC134
Lined Price /Each 162.33 123.41
• Suitable for storing and shipping liquid, granular and semi-solid chemicals, detergents, petroleum products, food products, pharmaceuticals and acids • Recessed handle and anchoring system ensure safe multiple stacking • Protruding stabilizers prevent tipping • Ventcaps are included but leakproof screw caps are extra • Container capacity: 20 litres • Dimensions: 11 1/2" L x 9 1/2" D x 9 3/4" H
Model No. DC163 DA684 DA685
Price /Each 55.65 55.65 55.65
Mfg. No. 158 240 284
Description Yellow Container Only* Natural Container Only* Security Cap
Opening mm 63 60 60
Price /Each 21.14 19.74 2.22
*Regular cap not included.
ENVIRO-WEDGETM
PORTABLE 55-GALLON DRUM STANDS
The Enviro-WedgeTM increases the amount of product pumped out of 25-45 gallon drums. When the drum is nearly empty tilt it on an angle and position the wedge under the drum. Continue pumping until flow stops. 100% recycled, rugged polyethylene construction. Weight. 1.5 lbs. Model No. DA660 Price/Each $28.40
Pallet truck not included
R34549E
• Designed for compact storage of 30 and 55-gallon steel and fibre drums • Interlocking design secures stand to drum • Enclosed fork tubes lock stand onto forks and allow for secure transportation of drums with fork or pallet truck • Allows drums to be stacked three high • 1500-lb. maximum capacity per stand • Powder coated safety yellow for visibility • Weight: 35 lbs. Model No. DC073 Price/Each $183.71
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0225-0239_Eng.indd 225
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
225 12-07-25 10:56 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT LOK-RIM® FIBRE DRUMS • Provides thermal insulation and protects sensitive products • The full-open top assures quick filling and dispensing, while the fibre covers and steel chimes reinforce top and bottom • The unique Lok-Rim® closure allows easy opening and closing and has a tamper evident sealing feature • Will not corrode and contaminate product • Compatible with a variety of non hazardous dry and solid products * • Economical and stackable • Made of FDA compliant materials Model No. DC427 DC425 DC426
Capacity Gal. 30 55 55
Capacity lbs. 225 300 550
Wt. lbs. 9.4 19 17
Price /Each 54.18 75.38 81.64
* Compatible with semi-liquids when a polyethylene insert/bag is applied
LIQUIPAK® FIBRE DRUMS • Interior is lined with heavy duty polyethylene, making it the perfect solution for non-hazardous liquids • The full-open top assures quick filling and dispensing, while the plastic covers and steel chimes reinforce top and bottom • Will not corrode and contaminate product • Economical and stackable • Complete with bung and vent poly cover fully assembled with locking ring • Made of FDA compliant materials
FIBRE LIQUIPAK® DRUMS Model No. DC428 DC429 DC430
Capacity Gal. 30 55 55
Capacity lbs. 400 600 600
Wt. lbs. 12 17.5 17.5
Price /Each 100.10 126.84 125.11
STEEL SALVAGE DRUMS • Salvage drums are recommended for containing leaking drums of petroleum solvents • Includes 12-gauge ring and hoop closure • Drums are lined with an open head steel top
DC446
DC445
Model No. DC445 DC448 DC447 DC446*
Capacity U.S. Gallons 85 85 110 85
Description Lined Lined Lined Unlined
Steel Gauge 18 16 16 16
Weight Lbs. 77 82 105 82
Price /Each 310.12 351.53 531.74 319.87
See pages 433-473 for all your spill control management needs
R32896E
UN Compliance UN1A2/X440/S UN1A2/X440/S UN1A2/Y409 UN 1A2/X440/S, UN1A2T/Y320/S
*Unit is painted black
226
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0225-0239_Eng.indd 226
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:56 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT PROTECTIVE 55-GALLON DRUM LIDS • Tough average 40-mil thick LDPE lids protect steel drum tops from corrosion and contamination • Available for open head and tight head drums • Available in clear to view labelling on drum top Model No. DA116 DA117 DA118 DA119
Price /Each 9.69 10.27 9.69 9.69
Description Open Head Drum, Black Lid Open Head Drum, Clear Lid Tight Head Drum, Black Lid Tight Head Drum, Clear Lid
ELASTICIZED DUST CAPS FOR 5, 30 & 55-GALLON CONTAINERS • Clear 4-mil LDPE caps with elasticized band for easy installation • Available in anti-static Model No. DC371 DC375* DC372 DC376* DC373 DC377*
Drum Size 5 gal. 5 gal. 30 gal. 30 gal. 45 gal. 45 gal.
Price/Each 1.37 1.49 1.79 1.81 1.86 2.00
*Anti-static models
FUSIBLE LINK SELF-CLOSING DRUM COVERS Convert open top 45 gallon steel drums into fire-safe receptacles for combustible trash. A replaceable fusible link assembly inside the cover melts at 160°F, automatically slamming the cover shut if a fire occurs in the drum. Steel construction; solvent resistant, red baked-on-enamel finish. Fits drums from 22 1/2" to 22 3/4" in diameter. FM approved. Wt. 16 lbs. Model No. DA097 Price/Each $196.00
VAPOUR TRAPTM DRUM COVERS • Provides safe, secure and proper disposal of hazardous waste • Control odour and vapours, minimise access to contents, and comply with your local fire marshall • Spring loaded, self-closing, vented opening closes after each use • Manual latching drum cover is gasketed to seal the drum contents, designed to accept an optional padlock for maximum security • Reduced VOC emissions keep you in compliance with EPA regulations • Constructed of durable steel, lid is finished in chemically resistant red powder paint for extended service life • Meets EPA 40 requirements • Approved by FM Global • Compliant to OSHA and NFPA 30 standards
SNAP-ON PAIL SAVER LID™ • Snap-on lid is easily applied for steel and plastic pails for in-plant use Model No. DB019 Price/Each $1.59
For retailers, laboratories, industry, etc.
Spring Loaded Hinge
SEE PAGES 775 - 780 FOR ZENITH LEATHER GLOVES
R32897E
Vent
Model No. DC284 Price/Each $665.50 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0225-0239_Eng.indd 227
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
227 12-07-25 10:57 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT ULTRALINER DRUM INSERTS FOR 55-GALLON STEEL AND FIBRE DRUMS
ACCORDION INSERTS FOR 55-GALLON DRUMS • Made of FDA compliant materials • Accordion pleat design adjusts to varying heights of reconditioned drums • Formed lip grips chime of drum and stays in place during follower plate pumping
• Heavy-duty 18-mil insert with ultra thin lip for easy lid closure
Extruders & Converters
Model No. DC338 DC340 DC339*
Wall Thickness 15 mil 18 mil 15 mil
Qty /Case 20 15 20
Price /Each 12.97 14.24 12.69
STRAIGHT-SIDED INSERTS FOR 16, 30 & 55-GALLON OPEN HEAD STEEL DRUMS
Drum Gal. 16 30 55 55 55 55
Qty /Case 15 25 20 15 15 10
Price /Each 8.96 13.69 12.42 14.19 19.79 26.88
INSERTS FOR 5-GALLON STEEL PAILS
Qty /Case 100 100 100
Material LDPE HDPE Polypropylene
CHEMLINERS
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0225-0239_Eng.indd 228
Qty /Case 32 20
Price /Each 14.24 13.94
Height" 40 40 40 53 53 53 53
Qty /Case 100 50 50 100 50 50 50
Price /Each 3.41 5.68 6.16 3.80 6.31 7.04 6.33
Qty /Case 100 100
Price /Each 11.56 15.34
*Anti-static
HOT-FILL LINERS FOR 55-GALLON DRUMS
Price /Each 3.17 3.04 5.23
Wall Thickness 4 mil 4 mil
Height" 40 53
PAIL INSERTS & STRAINERS INSERT
• Seamless 14" tall tapered insert provides custom fit for plastic pail • Average 15-mil thick • FDA compliant materials
STRAINER
Qty /Case 100 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 11.46 SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Model No. INSERTS DC350 DC351 STRAINER DC049
Size (Gal)
Qty/Case
HDPE LDPE
5 5
100 100
5
48
5.74
55
8
16.76
DB021
WELDING & METALWORKING
Extruders & Converters
Material
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price/Each 3.04 3.04
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R23666E
228
Wall Thickness 5 mil
Wall Thickness 4 mil 8 mil 10 mil 4 mil 8 mil 10 mil 8 mil
• Heavy-duty strainer ideal for filtering liquids or holding parts for washing • Featuring 600-micron mesh, finer mesh strainers are available
• Formfit liner constructed from LDPE/NYLON/LDPE • Resists chemical permeation and degradation • Superior flex-crack and pinhole resistance for liquid applications
Height" 40
Model No. DC353 DC354 DC355 DC356 DC357 DC358 DC359*
Model No. DA927 DC047 Extruders & Converters
Model No. DA926
Drum Type Fibre Steel
• Round bottom liner constructed from polypropylene will withstand fill temperature to 290°F • Available in heights of 40" to fold over drum or 53" to tie off
• Made of FDA compliant materials • Straight-sided inserts for steel pails are ideal for small batch mixing • Choose from pliable LDPE or solvent-resistant HDPE • Available in anti-static • Available in polypropylene for hot-fill applications to 300°F
Wall Thickness 15 mil 15 mil 15 mil
Wall Thickness 18 mil LDPE 18 mil LDPE
Extruders & Converters
Extruders & Converters
Model No. DC347 DC348 DC349
Dia." 21.5 22.5
• Cylindrical film liners are heat-sealed and made of FDA compliant materials • Available in 40" height to fold over drum or 53" height to tie off • Available in mil thickness of 4, 8 or 10 • Available in anti-static for solvent-based applications
• Made of FDA compliant materials • Smooth wall inserts withstand mixing and pumping applications • Available in anti-static • Available in polypropylene for hot-fill applications to 440°F • Model DC344 used for hot-fill applications
Wall Thickness 15 mil 15 mil 15 mil 18 mil 24 mil 15 mil
Model No. DC345 DC346
FORMFIT LINERS FOR 55-GALLON DRUMS
* Anti-static
Model No. DC352 DC336 DC337 DC342 DC343 DC344
Extruders & Converters
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:57 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT NEMA CONFIGURATION G W
W
5-15P
5-15R 6-15P
NOTE: DO NOT USE THESE HEATERS IN HAZARDOUS AREAS OR TO HEAT FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. FOR INDOOR USE ONLY.
G G
G G W
5-20P 6-15P
5-GALLON PAIL HEATERS
FLEXIBLE DRUM & PAIL HEATERS
• Economy 5-gallon heater is suitable for use with plastic and metal pails • For light duty applications like increasing flow of viscous fluids or heating water • Aluminized construction • Adjustable strap clamp allows heater to fit pails with straight or tapered sides from 9 1/2" to 12" in diameter • 120 volts, 100 watts • 6' power cord with standard three pin grounded plug • Weight: 5 lbs. Model No. DA074 Price/Each $189.66
Applications • Preheating • Viscosity control • Mixing dipping or pouring • Temperature control • Freeze protection Features • Durable and tough reinforced fiberglass silicone rubber • Resists moisture, mildew and most chemicals • Easy to clean and store • Heavy-duty spring latch assembly, installs or removes in seconds • 6' power cable w/ NEMA 5-15P plug for the 120 V models • 6' bare end power cable for the 220 V models Thermostat range 70°-160°F 75°-205°F 120 V 220 V 120 V 220 V
Drum Description Material 5 GAL. US 6" wide 300 W Polyethylene DC295 DC296 * 3" wide 300 W Metal DC297 DC298 DC299 15 GAL. US 6" wide 375 W Polyethylene DC303 DC304 * 3" wide 500 W Metal DC305 DC306 DC307 30 GAL. US 6" wide 500 W Polyethylene DC311 DC312 * 3" wide 750 W Metal DC313 DC314 DC315 55 GAL. US 6" wide 750 W Polyethylene DC319 DC320 * 3.25" wide 1000 W Metal DC321 DC322 DC323 4.75" wide 1500 W Metal DC327 DC328 DC329 * Polyethylene pails should not be heated beyond 160°F
Sold per Each 75°-425°F 120 V 220 V
Price /Each
* DC300
* DC301
* DC302
316.84 235.95
* DC308
* DC309
* DC310
366.28 260.67
* DC316
* DC317
* DC318
438.19 298.86
* DC324 DC330
* DC325 DC331
* DC326 DC332
492.12 339.31 422.46
THERMOSTAT CONTROL HEATERS • Heats materials with good heat receptivity • Made of aluminized steel; conjunction box made of galvanized steel • Increases flow rate of viscous material • Reaches and maintains a given temperature • Thermostat bulb senses temperature and controls pre-set heat • Three-heat switch allows three wattage ratings per thermostat setting • HIGH setting uses Max. Watts; MEDIUM, 1/2 Max. Watts; LOW, 1/4 Max. Watts • Neon pilot light • 6' power cord Model No. DA072 DA073 DA092 DA093 DA094 DA095 DA090 DA091 DA087 DA088
Drum Cap. Gal. 55 55 55 55 55 55 5 5 16 16
Drum Dia." 22 1/2 22 1/2 22 1/2 22 1/2 22 1/2 22 1/2 11 1/4 11 1/4 14 1/2 14 1/2
Temp Range 60-250°F 200-400°F 60-250°F 200-400°F 60-250°F 200-400°F 60-250°F 200-400°F 60-250°F 200-400°F
Plug Type NEMA no. 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-20 6-15 6-15 5-15 5-15 5-15 5-15
Volts 120 120 120 120 240 240 120 120 120 120
Watts 1750 1750 1920 1920 3000 3000 1500 1500 1500 1500
Wt. lbs. 15 15 15 15 15 15 5 5 8 8
R23664E
0225-0239_Eng.indd 229
Model No. DA080 DA081
Drum Cap. Gal. 5 55
Drum Dia." 11 1/4 22 1/2
Plug Type NEMA no. 5-15 5-15
Volts 120 120
Watts 100 800
Wt. lbs. 7 15
Price /Each 495.42 613.09
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price /Each 571.26 571.26 555.04 555.04 555.04 555.04 463.55 463.55 508.51 508.51
Wt. lbs. 5 8 15 15
Price /Each 492.29 529.43 555.04 555.04
• Designed to heat materials that have a tendency to burn or coke such as light oils, chemicals, food, and undercoating material • Variable control cycles heat current on and off • Ratio of 'time on' to 'time off ' increases as setting switch is moved higher • Cycling allows for a gentle heating of drum contents • Three heat switch allows three wattage ratings per thermostat setting • HIGH setting uses Max. Watts; MEDIUM, 1/2 Max. Watts; LOW, 1/4 Max. Watts • Neon pilot light • 6' power cord Model No. DA084 DA082 DA085 DA086
Drum Cap. Gal. 5 16 55 55
Drum Dia." 11 1/4 14 1/2 22 1/2 22 1/2
Plug Type NEMA no. 5-15 5-15 5-20 6-15
Volts 120 120 120 240
Watts 1500 1500 1750 3000
VALUE HEATERS • Sturdy aluminized steel construction outlasts and outperforms all silicone rubber heaters • 0-550°F adjustable thermostat offers wide flexibility when heating contents of 55 gallon, 22 1/2" diameter steel drums • Heavy duty, 5' grounded cordset plugs into standard 120 V outlets, 1250 watts • Weight: 8 lbs. Model No. DA070 Price/Each $355.83
• For use with 55-gallon steel drums only • Features a 70-300°F thermostat range and a high limit cut off-switch that can be reset • When water is reduced below the level of the heater the unit shuts off • Plug type is NEMA no. 6-15 • 240 volts, 3000 watts, 6' power cord • Weight: 14 lbs. Model No. DA096 Price/Each $711.12 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
• Specifically designed to heat materials contained in polyethylene drums or pails • Pre-set bimetal thermostat is mounted directly on heating band; activated with on-off switch • Heat delivered to drum does not exceed 165°F • 9" wide heating band on 55-gallon model is double the width of standard heaters; increases heater surface area for a shorter heat-up time • On-off indicator light • 6' power cord
VARIABLE CYCLE CONTROL HEATERS
WATER BOIL-OFF HEATERS
OFFICE PRODUCTS
PLASTIC DRUM HEATERS
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
229 12-07-25 10:57 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT STEEL DRUM GRABBERS
POLY DRUM LIFTERS
• Lift and transport one 55-gallon steel drum without the fork truck driver leaving his seat • No risk of drum slipping since handler grips under rim of drum or rolling hoops • Heavy gauge grabber slides onto truck forks and is locked with two turn down screws
• Patented fork truck attachment for handling most 55 and 30 gallon US poly drums • Fork truck driver does not have to leave cab to engage or disengage drum • Suited for poly drums that have at least a 3/16" top lip (chime) • Fork pocket size: inside 1 1/2" x 5 3/8" • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Shipped knocked down Model No. DA932 Price/Each $606.40
DC424
Model No. DC424
Description Single Drum Grabber
Fork Pocket Inner Dia." W" x H 5.5 x 2
Capacity lbs/Drum 1000
Wt. lbs. 121
Price /Each 375.00
GRAVITY-ACTUATED MECHANICAL AUTO-GRIPTM
GRAVITY-ACTUATED MECHANICAL AUTO-GRIPTM
• Most efficient on consistently-sized loads • Equipped with standard jaws only that grip with pressure equal to the weight of the drum and adjusts to fit 30, 55 or 85-gallon steel, fibre or overpack drums • Adjusts to grasp any cylindrical object 18-28" in diameter • Spring-and-cam actuated jaws automatically grip while engaging drum • Jaw size: 3" x 15" • Fork tube size is 1 5/8" x 5 5/8" x 20" • Distance between forks is 19 1/2" • Capacity: 1500 lbs. Model No. DA175 Price/Each $1444.94
• • • •
Exclusively designed for use with 55-gallon plastic drums 3" jaws fit snugly under top rim of full or empty plastic drums Adjusts to grasp any cylindrical object 22-24" in diameter Spring-and-cam actuated jaws automatically grip while pressure of the drum forces them down • Jaw size: 3" x 15" • Fork-mounted to easily attach and unattach from forklift in seconds • Fork tube size is 1 5/8" x 5 5/8" x 20" • Distance between forks is 19 1/2" • Capacity: 1000 lbs. Model No. DC014 Price/Each $1291.22 DA175
DC014
Can’t find what you’re looking for? 230
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0225-0239_Eng.indd 230
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
R32898E
Call us today! TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:57 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT SINGLE FORK HOOKS
GATOR GRIP™ FORKLIFT ATTACHMENTS FOR DRUM HANDLING • Handles steel, plastic and fibre drums • Patented Auto Grip lock automatically locks the jaws closed, even over rough terrain • Adjustable for 30, 50 and 80 US gallon drums • T-handles fasten safety to any forklift • Can be used with open or closed head drums • Capacity: 1000 lbs. per grip • Applications: Shipping, receiving, loading, racking and palletizing
• • • • • •
DC268
Convert forklift to a hoist in seconds Feature a safety latch and all-welded steel frame Safety yellow Capacity: Work load limit, 3000 lbs. Hook opening: 27/32" Available with fixed or swivel hook
DC269
Model No. DC268 DC269
Description Single Drum Handler Dual Drum Handler
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 28 x 34 x 34 33 1/4 x 34 x 34
Weight lbs. 126 208
Price /Each 982.46 1825.60
Fork Pocket W" x H" 4 3/8 x 2 3/8 5 3/8 x 2 3/8 6 3/8 x 2 3/8
Wt. lbs. 3 15 16
Fixed Hook Model No. DA167 DA168 DA169
Price /Each 205.27 207.07 210.67
Swivel Hook Model No. DA688 DA689 DA690
Price /Each 324.28 306.08 309.69
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
231
GATOR GRIPTM ERGONOMIC DRUM HANDLERS • Handles steel, plastic and fiber drums • Patented Auto Grip lock automatically locks the jaws closed, even over rough terrain • Ergonomic solution for lifting, transporting and placing drums on standard pallets or spill pallets • The jaw clamp is spring loaded and can hold any 3/16" or higher drum rim • Adjustable for most standard 30, 55 and 85 gallon drums • Allows a 55-gallon drum to be raised 20" above the floor • Rolls smoothly on swivel casters which provide easy steering and include a floor lock • Overall Dimensions: 34 1/2" L x 36" W (Legs Retracted), 37" L x 41" W (Legs Extended) • Capacity: 1100 lbs. • Weight: 356 lbs. Model No. DC270 Price/Each $4025.15
TILT & POUR DRUM PALLETISERS • Designed to lift and pour 55 US gallon steel drums with ribs up to 26" high, when held in the horizontal position and can move drums on and off pallets • Can lift drums 20" above the floor in an upright position • Compatible with drums that have a 22 1/2" diameter between the ribs* • Allows manual drum rotation of 360° in either direction • Palletiser locks in either vertical or horizontal position, to prevent spills or to dispense • Capacity: 800 lbs.
Model No. DC271
Description Drum Lifter/Palletiser/Manual Lift
Weight lbs. 504
Price/Each 3810.84
R32899E
*Diameter adaptors are available for smaller drums
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0225-0239_Eng.indd 231
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
12-07-25 10:58 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT HYDRA-LIFT DRUM HANDLERS • A safe way to lift, move, tilt and drain 45-gallon drums • Manual control; pump-handle lifts drum, maximum extension is 45 strokes • Hand crank controls tilt angle of drum up to 360° in either direction for controlled pouring of contents, chain wheel controls tilt for 72" and higher lift models • 800 lbs. full drum capacity; 500 lbs. half-full capacity • Rugged, heavy-duty welded frame; 8" polyolefin wheels and 4" swivel casters; screw-down floor lock • Power lift and power tilt with a choice of motors is optional • 60" and 72" manual lift and tilt units ship partially disassembled • Powered models eliminate the manual effort of drum raising and tilting; increases productivity and safety • Optional MORStopTM tilt brake holds drum tilt position constant even when tension from the pull chain is removed MANUAL LIFT - For the 60" dispensing height unit, the tilt function is controlled by a hand crank. The 72" and 96" tilt control is with a chain wheel. POWER LIFT - Moving valve handle to up, down or hold position controls drum height; 25 second lifting time. POWER LIFT & TILT - One valve controls lifting, another controls tilt angle. Ideal when hand crank or chain drop is out of reach. Dispensing Height" 60 72 96
Tilt Control
Dispensing Height 60" 72" Model Model No. No. DA138 DA143 DA144† DA139† DA141 DA146 OPTION DC077
R Dispensing Height
H 62.8 cm 24 3/4"
L" 60 60 72 1/2
Description Manual Hydra Lift and Tilt Hydra Lift c/w Air Power Lift and Power Tilt Hydra Lift c/w Air Power Lift and Manual Tilt*
R" 12 6 4
60" Price /Each 3048.68 6334.46 4479.86
O.D." 44 44 49
I.D." 37 37 42
72" Price /Each 3192.64 6469.96 4623.82
96" Price /Each 3489.04 6766.36 4911.74 368.17
MORStopTM Tilt Brake Option
* Filter, regulator and lubricator not included ** Battery & charger included † MORStopTM tilt brake option not needed
ID OD
L
96" Model No. DA153 DA154† DA156
H" 55 55 69
MORCINCH™ OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES TOP RIM CLAMP
Top Rim Clamp
• Can be added to most of our Morse drum lifting equipment • Grips the upper rim of your drum to prevent it from slipping through the drum holder • Add this option to handle a 55 gallon (208 L) rimmed plastic drum • Can also be used with a rimmed fiber or steel drum • Weight: 8 lbs. Model No. DC278 Price/Each $375.72
BRACKET ASSEMBLY • Can be added to most of our Morse drum lifting equipment • Add this option to handle your fibre drums or rimless plastic drums • The bracket braces the top and bottom of your drum to prevent it from slipping in the holder • Adjustable to handle drums from 31" to 39" tall • Weight: 18 lbs. Model No. DC279 Price/Each $216.08
Bracket Assembly
DIAMETER ADAPTORS • Can be added to most of our Morse drum lifting equipment • Designed to fit a smaller diameter drum and it easily fits inside the drum holder • No tools required to install Model No. DC280
Description Adaptor for 18 1/2" to 19" Diameter Drums
Wt. lbs. 24
Price/Each 214.10
DC280
232
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0225-0239_Eng.indd 232
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
R32900E
Note: Adaptors are available for other drum diameter sizes
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:58 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT VERTICAL LIFT DRUM POURERS • Allows for easy lifting, tilting and draining of drums up to 106" high • Scale equipped models allows users to accurately monitor the weight of drum while pouring • Digital scale displays weight in 0.1 lb. increments with an accuracy of +/-0.2% • Available in manual hydraulic lift or AC powered lift • Tilting operation manually controlled on all models • Non-scale / non-powered lift models are safe for use in hazardous environments • Two 6" polyolefin swivel casters and two 8" polyolefin wheels make this unit easy to manoeuvre • Built-in PVC chain cover to handle both steel and fibre drums 22" to 23 1/2" O.D. up to 800 lbs.
Model No. DC083 DC084 DC085 DC086
Lift Height" 60 106 60 106
Tilt Function Manual Manual Manual Manual
Lift Function Manual Manual Manual Manual
Scale Equipped Yes Yes No No
Wt. lbs. 791 936 590 858
Price /Each 20620.88 22907.38 7621.68 9400.06 Stainless steel available. Call us with your specs.
DRUM LIFTERS BELOWHOOK DRUM LIFTERS
DRUM LIFTING CLAMPS
• Designed for steel, plastic and fibre drums with diameters between 22" to 23 1/2" and heights between 23" to 38" • Attaches to a monorail, crane or chain block and transports loaded drums in the upright position • The drum is secured into the saddle by a pawl and ratchet mechanism • The saddle, as well as the support bar at the bottom of the drum ensure that drums will be transported safely, restraining the drum from sliding out • Accepts diameter adaptors for smaller drums
• Designed exclusively for the lifting, transfer and positioning of steel drums • Automatic locking when attaching the clamp • Jaw opens to 21/32" • Fitted with shackle, lifting eye attaches to hoist or crane • Constructed from quality tempered heat treated forged steel • 2:1 safety factor • Work load limit is 1100 lbs. • Weight: 4 lbs. • Clamp is not to be used for lifting sheets or plates Model No. DA166 Price/Each $356.44
Model No. DA935
Lifting Capacity lbs. 1000
Wt. lbs. 61
Price /Each 493.88
DRUM STORAGE RACKS • Ideal for high capacity horizontal storage of drums • 12 drum capacity with a total load rating of 12,000 lbs. per unit • Add-on unit locks into common upright on starter allowing for higher capacity storage • Drums are supported full length by individual 12" W x 36" D drum cradles that allow for fork truck access • Unit can be used as standard selective pallet racking, if cradles are removed • Starter unit dimensions: 36" D x 112" W x 96" H
Model No. DA541 DA542*
Description Starter Unit Add-On
Wt. lbs. 560 505
Price /Each 1249.36 1135.66
R32902E
* Add-on unit includes one upright only F.O.B. Concord, Ontario.
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0225-0239_Eng.indd 233
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
233 12-07-25 10:58 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT FORK MOUNTED DRUM LIFTERS • Allows operator to raise, transport, tip and drain loaded drums without leaving their seat • Geared design with pull chain or battery powered with pendant for controlled dispensing of open and closed head steel drums up to 2000 lbs. • Manipulation of pull chain on geared type models for 360° rotation • Attaches easily to truck by sliding onto forks and tightening screw locks • No electrical or hydraulic connections to truck are needed • 6 1/2" W x 26 5/8" D x 2 /12" H fork pockets; inside width between truck forks must be at least 25" • 22 1/2" diameter • Options are available to handle plastic, fibre, and steel drums Model No. DA133 DA135 DA134† †
Drum Size Gallons 45† 45 45
Tilt Type Geared Geared Geared
Full Drum Cap. lbs. 800 1500 2000
Half Drum Cap. lbs. 500 800 1000
Wt. lbs. 149 171 273
Price /Each 1131.84 1296.46 3107.36
Controlled pouring up to 2000 lbs.
DA134 can only be used with diameter adaptor DC281
DRUM LIFTERS Safely transport, position and drain open and closed head steel drums. Simply attach the lifter on hook of chain block, monorail or crane, cinch saddle around drum, and then raise to the required height and position. Ratchet mechanism securely tightens saddle to drum. Choice of manual or geared models.
A. MANUAL TILT • Ideal for low level pouring and dumping operations • 800 lbs. full drum capacity, 500 lbs. half drum capacity • Tilt lock on each side of hanger frame is used to secure drum in a vertical or horizontal position Model No. DA199 DA200 DA201 DA202
Drum Size 45-Gallon Steel; 22 1/2" dia. 25 and 45-Gallon Steel; 18 1/2" - 19" and 22 1/2" dia. 21" - 23" dia. Fibre or Steel 25 and 45-Gallon Fibre and Steel; 18 1/2" - 19" and 22 1/2" dia.
Wt. lbs. 46 46 46 46
Price/Each 336.12 637.94 459.60 637.94
Note: Options and accessories are not available for manual tilt models
B. GEARED TILT • • • •
Accurate pouring from any height Handles drums up to 2000 lbs full drum capacity Rotation of drum is controlled by 6' chain loop Optional MORStopTM tilt brake holds drum tilt position constant even when tension from the pull chain is removed
Model Full Drum Half Full Wt. No. Drum Size Cap. lbs. Cap. lbs. lbs. DA121* 45-Gallon Steel; 22 1/2" dia. 800 500 86 DA124* 45-Gallon Steel; 22 1/2" dia. 1500 800 109 DA123**† 45-Gallon Steel; 22 1/2" dia. 2000 1000 177 DA126 25-Gallon Steel; 19" dia. 1500 800 90 OPTION DC077 MORStopTM Tilt Brake Option * Chains can be guided into locking slots to hold the drum's position, allowing the operator to let go **Worm gear speed reducer on DA123 tends to let drum stay where it is stopped † DA123 can only be used with diameter adapter DC281
DRUM CONES • Used to dispense dry materials • Replaces drum lids with a cone and clamp collar to reduce dust and keep material clean • Clamp collar is included • Start and stop dispensing with a slide gate or iris valve • Slide gate and iris valve openings are 6" • To be used on fibre or steel drums with a 15 1/2" to 23 1/2" diameter • Cone opening has a 45° angle and is made of regular steel • Also available in stainless steel
234
Wt. lbs. 50 50
Opening Slide Gate Iris Valve
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0225-0239_Eng.indd 234
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
368.17
DC276
Price /Each 1100.90 2503.30
DC277
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
R32901E
Model No. DC276 DC277
Price /Each 864.30 1090.68 2297.94 1145.12
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 10:59 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT DRUM/OVERPACK LIFTERS
AUTOMATIC VERTICAL DRUM LIFTERS
• Design allows for quick, gentle loading; drum stays upright during lift • Low profile clamp design on 45-gallon lifter lowers open (lid must be on) or closed head steel drums all the way to the bottom of the Overpack • 70-gallon Overpack lifter picks up both 70-gallon steel Overpack drums and 45-gallon steel drums • Universal model handles many lever lock closure fibre drums, typical steel drums and 45-gallon rimmed plastic drums • Available in standard steel or type 304 stainless steel construction • Capacity: 1000 lbs Model No. DA224 DA225 DA876 DC094
Description 45-Gallon Lifter 70-Gallon Overpack /45-Gallon Lifter Universal Lifter Stainless Steel Universal Lifter
Wt. lbs. 21 22 25 25
• Lifts and transports closed steel drums easily and effectively • Unit grips automatically; releases only when drum is set down • Operator does not have to be at pick up or drop points • 45-gallon model is available in standard steel or type 304 stainless steel construction • Capacity: 1000 lbs. Model No. DC091 DA203 DC092 DC093
Price /Each 217.98 244.35 263.04 569.36
Construction Material Steel Steel Stainless Steel Steel
Wt. lbs. 45 50 50 59
Price /Each 404.72 374.69 849.00 548.76
STEEL/PLASTIC/FIBRE DRUM LIFTERS
AUTO-GRIP DRUM LIFTERS
DA120
• Lifts one or two steel, plastic or fibre drums safely • The Parrot-Beak® clamp provides positive jaw-gripping action for safe, efficient drum handling • Designed to handle all types of rimmed steel, plastic or fibre drums • Adjusts easily to any size, bead, rim, height or diameter to maintain a balanced load centre
• Easy, no-tilt lifting of rimmed steel drums • Self-energizing: the heavier the load, the tighter the grip • Attaches to any hoist, crane or forklift using single fork hook attachment • Heavy duty, annealed, ductile iron construction • Large curved foot at bottom of stabilizing arm prevents drum damage • Capacity: 3000 lbs. • Weight: 31 lbs. Model No. DA226 Price/Each $294.11
Model No. DA120 DA132
Description Single Drum Unit Double Drum Unit
Cap. lbs. 2000 4000
Wt. lbs. 75 100
Price /Each 3560.85 7424.30
DA132
REINFORCED NYLON DRUM SLINGS
HORIZONTAL DRUM LIFTING HOOKS • Horizontally lifts 45-gal. steel drums, 34"- 36" long • Alloy steel lifting ring, steel rods, malleable iron hooks • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Weight: 5 lbs. Model No. DC449 Price/Each $50.00 • Spark resistant lifting hook is made of bronze and copper for safe handling • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Weight: 5 lbs. Model No. DA163 Price/Each $235.52
Lifts Drum Size Gallons 30 45 45 85
DA163
DC449
MULTI-PURPOSE OVERHEAD DRUM LIFTER WITH WRENCHES
• Securely and economically lifts steel, plastic and fibre drums from 12" to 24" in diameter • Ideal for use with a forklift truck • Compact size of sling allows it to be stored in truck until it's needed • Reduces drum damage which occurs when using steel handlers • Steel ratchet tightens the reinforced nylon lifting belt around body of thebarrel holding it securely in place • 4" wide, double stitched carrying strap on the belt slips easily over the truck forks • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Weight: 5 lbs. Note: Open ratchet fully when installing sling on 45-gal. drums. Model No. DA208 Price/Each $189.95
OPEN HEAD DRUM LIFTERS • Quick and easy attachment and removal • Suitable for use with standard steel or poly drums with at least a 3/16” chime • Lifting arms are adjustable to work with most 55 or 30-gallon drums • Attaches to any hoist, crane or forklift using single fork hook attachment • 3-point contact of the lifting arms minimizes deformation • Also works on closed head drums • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Weight: 15.5 lbs. Model No. DC420 Price/Each $346.53
R32903E
• Simple three-arm design allows for safe lifting of closed head 30 to 55-gallon steel, plastic, and fiber drums with top lips • Each removable arm also functions as a wrench for use on different drum plugs, faucets, and rim ring bolts • Lifts of drums up to 800-lb capacity • Powder coat finish for durability • Weight: 20 lbs. Model No. DC095 Price/Each $279.85
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0225-0239_Eng.indd 235
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
235 12-07-25 10:59 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT CLAMP & GO DOLLY HANDLES
STAINLESS STEEL DRUM DOLLIES
• Safely and easily maneuver drum within confined areas • Perfect for high volume applications • Low center of gravity provides superior stability • Quickly clamps onto dollies with various sidewalls of 2", 2 1/2" or 3" • Foot operated disengage • Magnet holds handle up to drum for compact storage • Weight: 11 lbs. Model No. DC414 Price/Each $241.59
• Handles 55-gallon drums • 6" hard rubber casters • Capacity: 800 lbs. • Weight: 22 lbs. Model No. DC416 Price/Each $300.49
DRIP CATCHER DOLLIES
STEEL DRUM DOLLIES
• Handles standard 45-gallon drums and larger containers up to 28" in diameter • 2" lip contains drips • Absorbent sock included • 3 3/4" x 1/4" rubber casters • Overall dimensions: 31 1/2" dia. x 5 3/4" H • 1000-lb capacity • Weight: 26 lbs. Model No. DA600 Price/Each $249.95
• Welded 3/16" thick x 4", frames are built to withstand constant use • 24" inside diameter handles 45-gallon drums • Comes with four swivel casters • Quality powder-coat finish • Shipped knocked down
LIL'DOLLY TM PAIL DOLLIES
Model No. Caster Type ROUND FRAME DC202 Polyolefin DC199 Polyurethane DC200 Polyurethane XFRAME DC206 Polyolefin DC203 Polyurethane DC204 Polyurethane
• Designed for use in hospitals, food processing plants, manufacturing locations, hotels, restaurants - anywhere 5, 6 & 15 gallon pails are used • 5 dual wheel swivel stem casters • Inside diameter: 11" • Capacity: 75 lbs. • Weight: 2 lbs. • Colour: Beige Model No. MD527 Price/Each $41.15
Caster Size"
Height"
Capacity lbs.
Wt. lbs.
3 3 4
4 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2
750 1000 1500
21 24 27
94.45 122.00 137.00
3 3 4
4 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2
750 1000 1500
13 16 19
75.70 96.20 106.00
POLYETHYLENE DOLLIES • Structural foam polyethylene dolly will not dent, corrode or rust • Solid bottom construction with 2" lip contains small spills • Handles 45-gallon drums • Overall dimensions: 24 3/8" Dia. x 7 1/8" H • Rolls on five 3" hard rubber casters • Capacity: 500 lbs. • Weight: 17 lbs. • Colour: Black Model No. NA714 Price/Each $175.00
TILTING DRUM DOLLIES • Designed exclusively for 55-gallon drums • Unique feature to tilt drums 10° for better liquid extraction • Tilting feature is foot-operated and locks into place when activated • Includes four swivel casters
MULTI-TIER DRUM DOLLIES • Accommodates a variety of container sizes • Transport a 5-gallon pail, 30 or 55-gallon drums • A standard 4' long nylon pull strap helps in transporting • Hard rubber casters • High polished zinc finish for corrosion resistance • Capacity: 900 lbs. • DC415 is made of stainless steel
236
Wheel Type Steel Hard Rubber
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0225-0239_Eng.indd 236
Capacity lbs. 1200 900
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Weight lbs. 24 23
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price/Each 204.22 211.88
Model No. DC043 DC042 DC415
WELDING & METALWORKING
# of Tiers 3 4 4
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
DC043
Accommodates drum sizes (gal.) 5, 30 and LP Gas Cylinders 5, 30, 55 and LP Gas Cylinders 5, 30, 55, and LP Gas Cylinders
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Weight lbs. 30 30 24
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price/Each 178.91 126.57 281.75
R32904E
Model No. DC022 DC023
Price/Each
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-26 1:56 PM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT DRUM STACKING RACKS • Rack holds two or three 55 gallon drums • Can be stacked up to three high • Conveniently stacks drums horizontally increasing space efficiency • Forklift access from all four sides • Shipped knocked down
DRUM STACKING RACK DOLLIES • • • • •
Drums not included
All-welded, ready to use Dolly allows stacking racks to be mobile Two rigid and two swivel casters Caster assembly required Durable Kleton blue enamel finish DC394 Use dollies with DC262 and DC263
DC392 DC262
Model No. DC262 DC263
Drum Cap. 2 3
W" 45 1/2 71 1/2
O.A. Dimensions x D" x H" x 30 x 12 1/2 x 30 x 12 1/2
Load Cap. 1600 2400
Wt. lbs. 48 75
Price /Each 177.00 263.00
Wheel Type Hi-Temp 6" Polyurethane Hi-Temp 6" Polyurethane
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 30 x 46 x 9 30 x 46 x 9 30 x 72 x 9 30 x 72 x 9
Capacity lbs. 1600 1600 2400 2400
Price /Each 510.40 515.50 596.16 601.26
REPLACEMENT CASTERS
CAN TIPPERS • • • • • •
Model No. DC392 DC393 DC394 DC395
Model No. ML861 ML862 ML399 ML400
Handles 5-gallon round cans Safety lock holds container securely Dispensing height of 10" Folds for easy storage Capacity: 75 lbs. Weight: 9 lbs.
Description Price/Each Hi-Temp Nylon 41.80 Hi-Temp Nylon 34.40 6" Polyurethane Swivel Caster 32.85 6" Polyurethane Rigid Caster 28.70
ML861
ML400
DRUM ROCKERS
Model No. DA651 Price/Each $130.51
• • • • • •
Safe method for moving, draining and storing 55-gallon drums Two 3" non-sparking wheels and two 3" non-sparking swivel casters Removable handle Capacity: 700 lbs. Powder coat finish Shipped knocked down
Model No. DC443
Price /Each 150.00
DRUM ROCKERS • Constructed of all welded heavy gauge steel tubing • Safe method of upending up to 45 gallon drums for moving, draining or storing • No lifting, straining, or danger of drum tipping backwards • Load drum into the draining position in seconds • Removable handle • Swivel casters are 2 1/2" polyolefin, wheels are 3" polyolefin • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish Model No. DC442 DA591 DA589
Wt. lbs. 38 35 31
Description Two Swivel Casters, two 3" Wheels Four 3" Wheels Frame Only, No Wheels
Price /Each 185.00 146.84 134.40
MOBILE DRUM KARRIERS
R32905E
• Transports, rotates, tilts and drains fully loaded drums up to 800 lbs. • Easy to operate • Drum can be raised to a floor clearance of 5 1/8" to 11 1/2", automatically sets lock which prevents unintentional lowering • Tilt lock on each side of unit keeps drum in desired position • All-welded steel construction; 8" polyolefin wheels and 4" swivel caster for easy manoeuvrability • Weight: 106 lbs. Model No. DA189 DA190 DA191 DA192 DA193 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0225-0239_Eng.indd 237
Drum Size 45 Gallon Steel; 22 1/2" dia. 45 Gallon Plastic and Steel; 22 1/2" - 24" dia., 34" - 36" H 25 and 45 Gallon Steel; 18 1/2" - 19" - 22 1/2" dia. 21" - 23" dia. Fibre and Steel 25 and 45 Gallon Fibre and Steel; 18 1/2" - 19" - 22 1/2" dia. INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Price/Each 823.14 905.46 1166.12 1022.08 1166.12 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
237 12-07-25 11:00 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT DRUM HAND TRUCKS • All-welded 1 1/4" round tubular steel frame • Handles containers from as small as 18" in diameter to large 45-gallon steel drums • Ideal for loading drums onto pallets, or for going over curbs or uneven docks • Free standing when loaded • Rolls on 10" front and 6" rear rubber-tired wheels • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
MH296 Model No. DA593 DA594
MH298
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" Description 24 x 19 x 58 Truck with 10" Front Rubber Wheels Only 24 x 22 x 58 Truck with 10" Front and 6" Rear Rubber Wheels
Wt. lbs. 44 50
Price /Each 335.00 383.45
REPLACEMENT PARTS & WHEELS Model No. MH296 MH298 MA382
DA594
Price /Each 12.11 33.36 1.12
Description 6" Mold-On Rubber Wheel 10" Mold-On Rubber Wheel Black Plastic Handle Grip
DRUM HAND TRUCKS FOR PLASTIC & FIBRE DRUMS • All-welded, 1 1/4" tubular steel construction • Handles plastic and fibre drums from 18" to 25" in diameter and 24" to 41" in height • Rolls on 10" front and 6" rear rubber-tired wheels • 2" ratchet strap secures drum in place • Capacity: 800 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
MH296 Model No. DA595
MH298
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" Description 23 x 24 x 58 Truck for Plastic and Fibre Drums
Wt. lbs. 56
Price /Each 491.40
REPLACEMENT PARTS & WHEELS Model No. MH296 MH298 MA382 PC512
DA595
Price /Each 12.11 33.36 1.12 15.49
Description 6" Mold-On Rubber Wheel 10" Mold-On Rubber Wheel Black Plastic Handle Grip 2" Pull Strap
ALL-IN-ONE DRUM TRUCKS • • • • • •
All-welded design with 1 1/4" round tube Drum trucks can be used to transport and dispense drums Easy-to-use belt-system and hook keeps drums securely on the truck. Easy to load and unload on skids Handles plastic, steel or fibre drums Loop handle models provide added leverage while dual handle models provide side body comfort. • Four-wheel design for added support and easy manoeuvrability • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish Model No. DC266 DC267 DC256 DC257
Handle Type Loop Loop Dual Dual
Wheel Type 10" Mold-On Rubber 10" Pneumatic 10" Mold-On Rubber 10" Pneumatic
Wt. lbs. 64 58 62 56
DC266
Retaining hook
DC256
Price /Each 496.86 539.14 467.79 512.71
LOW PROFILE DRUM TRUCKS • All-welded steel construction with 8" x 2" rubber wheels and 4" non-marking rubber swivel casters for smooth movement and easy manoeuvrability • Ideal for moving full, open top 45-gallon drums without spilling contents • With a low-level frame, only 1" from the ground, this truck allows for easy loading of drums • Hinged handle moves forward and backward for easy pushing or pulling • Capacity 1000 lbs. • Durable Kleton blue enamel finish
ML333 REPLACEMENT PARTS & CASTERS
DA579
238
Overall Dimensions W" x D" x H" 31 x 28 x 45 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0225-0239_Eng.indd 238
Handle Length" 37
Wt. lbs. 35
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 210.56
Model No. ML333 MH297 MA382
WELDING & METALWORKING
Description 4" Non-Marking Rubber Swivel 8" Mold-On Rubber Wheel Hand Grip TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each 14.95 17.76 1.12
R25937E
Model No. DA579
MH297
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-25 11:02 AM
DRUMS & DRUM EQUIPMENT ERGONOMIC DRUM TRUCKS
SINGLE BAR DRUM TRUCKS
• Floating axle reduces effort required to break over and balance load • Chime hook can be stored at the top of the frame for easy use • Replaceable hard faced double beveled nose prongs • Handles steel drums only • 10" mold-on rubber wheels • Overall dimensions: 17 1/2" L x 23 3/4" W x 61" H • Capacity: 1000 lbs. • Weight: 74 lbs. Model No. DC417 Price/Each $435.76
• Handles 45 gallon steel drums • Heavy duty 1" structural pipe frame with double welded joints • Machined steel load wheels behind nose prongs help ease lifting of drum • Classic single bar frame design • Kickstand and vinyl handle grips included • Available with cast iron centre Mold-On rubber wheels with 1" (ID) roller bearings or polyolefin wheels • 24" wide at handle, 16 1/4" wide at nose • Capacity: 1000 lbs.
Model No. DA883 DA882
Wheel Type Polyolefin Mold-On Rubber
Wt. lbs. 50 64
Price /Each 424.84 465.68
MULTI PURPOSE STAINLESS STEEL DRUM TRUCKS • Handles heavy drums, loads and unloads pallets, and functions as a high capacity drum dispenser • For use with 70-imperial gallon salvage or Overpack drums, 25 and 45-gallon steel drums and most 25 and 45-gallon plastic drums • Extra long U-shaped handle provides added leverage when loading and moving heavy drums • 63" L x 19 1/2" W frame allows easy access through narrow aisles • Self-supporting for draining • Four 8" Mortuf wheels with roller bearings allow truck to travel a straight line and permit easy steering around corners with minimal effort • All-welded, type 304 stainless construction • Capacity: 1000 lbs. Model No DA581
Wheel Type Mortuf
Construction Material Stainless Steel
Wt. lbs. 63
Price /Each 1200.42
DRUM SPOTTERS
ALUMINUM FRAME DRUM TRUCKS WITH HAND BRAKE
• Moves drums to and from pallets easily across floors, effectively and efficiently • Designed for 45-gallon steel or plastic drums with various rims and most fibre drums with clamp-on lids in a size range of 22 to 23 1/2" dia. and 34 to 36" high, weighing up to 800 lbs • Features two lifting hooks which slide under the top rim of drum • Handle provides adequate leverage to lift heavy drums • Base has built-in counterweight for stability • Features two 6" polyolefin load wheels and two 4" rear swivel casters for easy steering
• Static free for use around volatile materials • Ideal when the truck itself must be lifted or transported • Rear wheels act as a pivot to raise truck onto curbs or pallets • Automatic, spring-loaded chime hook engages rim of 25 or 45-gallon steel drums quickly and safely • 10" x 2 1/2" solid rubber tires • Hand brake on DA586 is designed to slow down or stop both load carrying wheels whenever necessary • Gives operator complete control of truck, even on ramps or inclines • Capacity: 1000 lbs.
FEATURES:
R32906E
• • • • • •
Simple to operate Compact Holds drums upright No power truck required Self-supporting No balancing required
Model No. DA933 OFFICE PRODUCTS
0225-0239_Eng.indd 239
Lifting Capacity lbs. 800 INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
DA586
Max. Pallet Height" 6 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wt. lbs. 245
Price /Each 1179.84 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Model No. DA582 DA586
WELDING & METALWORKING
Description Without Brake With Hand Brake SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Wt. lbs. 48 52 JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Price /Each 806.00 1193.54 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
239 12-07-25 11:02 AM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS BUNG NUT WRENCHES
DRUM UPENDERS
• Fits almost any metal or plastic, male or female bung nuts or plugs • 13" overall length • Offset handle • Weight: 4 lbs. Model No. DA638 Annealed Ductile Iron Price/Each $48.55
• This 40" long upender provides the necessary leverage for moving horizontal drums to a standing position • 2 1/2" wide toe plate prevents denting of drum • 1 1/2" hook fits over most drum heads • Weight: 12 lbs.
Model No. DA653 Price/Each $97.90
Model No. DA637 Non-Sparking, Manganese Bronze Alloy Price/Each $73.55
DRUM DEHEADERS
UNIVERSAL PLUG WRENCHES
• Opens any standard size and gauge drum in minutes • Contoured to drum radius; fast, one-hand operation • Leaves edge smooth • Constructed of fine forged steel with a precision quality steel blade • Weight: 6 lbs. Model No. DA312 Drum Deheader Price/Each $99.95 Model No. DA299 Replacement Blade Price/Each $44.19
• Fits virtually all steel, plastic and fibre drum plugs • 15 1/2" long for extra leverage and hand clearance • Weight: 4 lbs. Model No. DA635 Solid Ductile Iron Price/Each $58.69 Model No. DA636 Non-Sparking, Zinc Aluminum Alloy Price/Each $89.98
PAIL PALS
DRUM WRENCHES
• Designed to open and close virtually any type of steel or plastic pail • Cast steel construction for durability • Yellow zinc-plated finish with molded blue plastic hand grip • Includes a special cutting tool to open sealed lids on plastic pails Model No. DC041 Price/Each $46.74
• Socket head which fits over 3/4" plugs and prongs that fit the crossbar of 2" plugs • Fits other types of closures too Model No. DA643 Socket Head - 2.0 lbs. Price/Each $108.20 Model No. DA647 Non Sparking - 2.5 lbs. Price/Each $186.89
PLASTIC PAIL OPENERS
DELUXE PLUG WRENCHES
• Ideal for opening plastic buckets and pails • Unique leverage point ends cover distortion and cutting • Holds pail down while it lifts lid evenly; lid lifts off in seconds • Aluminum construction • 16" long • Weight: 0.5 lbs. Model No. DA639 Price/Each $41.81
• Non-sparking bronze alloy wrench fits virtually all industrial drums including those with square or hex plugs, male or female bung nuts or plugs and fittings with lugs and crossbars • Built-in 1 1/4" wrench for tightening faucets into drums; eliminates the need for extra tools • Weight: 2 lbs. Model No. PE359 Price/Each $77.20
DRUM LOCKS Safely secure drum contents without the risk of contamination. Reduces theft, pilfering, sabotage and prevents "cocktailing" of contents. Ideal for: • Homeland security • Internal facility containment and security • In-house content monitoring and drum relocation • Staging areas for waste chemicals Made of corrosion resistant, non-sparking zinc die cast, the units easily install around the drum bung flange with no risk of cross threading.
240
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0240-0253_Eng.indd 240
Size Lip Seal O.D. 1 x 3", 1 x 1 1/2" 1 x 3", 1 x 1 1/2" 1 x 3", 1 x 1 1/2"
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
For plastic drums
Both sets are available without or with a No.3 Master Lock® padlock
Price /Each 74.83 86.55 102.71
Plastic Model No. DC283 DC290 DC292
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Size Lip Seal O.D. 3 1/2" 3 1/2" 3 1/2"
Price /Each 83.79 95.51 97.73
WELDING & METALWORKING
For steel drums
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
R32908E
Without Lock With Keyed Different With Keyed Alike
Steel Model No. DC282 DC289 DC291
Place both halves around the bung lip, slide the lock bar through the halves and then attach a padlock through the end hole of the bar. Sold as a pair, these drum locks fit the most popular style of steel and plastic 55 gallons (200 L) drums. Set includes 2 lip seals and 2 interchangeable lock bars
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 4:43 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS DRUM CLOSURES
MANUAL CRIMPING TOOLS
STEEL DRUM CLOSURES • Made from premium deep-drawing quality steel • Visegrip® plugs have a hexagonal shoulder for easy opening (no tools required) • TitegripTM plugs compatible with other opening types also available
• DB903 is used for 2" cap seals • DB904 is used for 3/4" cap seals Model No. DB903 Price/Each 768.30
STEEL DRUM FUSIBLE CLOSURES
Model No. DB904 Price/Each 768.30
• Used for drums containing combustible materials • Made of reinforced nylon material • Centre melts away when exposed to extreme heat allowing venting, thus reducing risk of explosion • TitegripTM plugs compatible with other opening types also available
TAMPER-EVIDENT CAP SEALS SAFESEAL® PLASTIC CAP SEALS
POLYDRUM CLOSURES
• Requires DB903 or DB904 tool to be applied • TitegripTM compatible Safeseal® plastic caps also available
• Poly-Visegrip® closure specially designed for use in lined containers • Requires no gaskets
ALL PLASTIC CAP SEALS
STEEL DRUM CLOSURES Model No. Size" DB891 3/4 DB892 2 STEEL DRUM FUSIBLE CLOSURES Model No. Size" Torque req. (ft-lbs.) DB893 3/4 9 DB894 2 20 POLYDRUM CLOSURES Model No. Size" Threads DB895 2 NPS DB896 2 BSP
Price/Each 1.95 4.09
Price/Each 2.85 3.47
VERTICAL DRUM GAUGES Accurate "At-A-Glance" monitoring. Graduated in gallons, litres and percentage remaining in drum. Heavy steel and plastic construction with leak-proof neoprene gaskets. Resistant to oil and many chemicals. Weight: 1 lb
Instant, accurate information on the amount of liquid in a 45-gallon drum. Mounts through 2" bung hole; seals tight, won't leak. Reads in 5-gallon intervals. Wt. 2 lbs. Model No. DA067 Price/Each $98.73
GRADUATED DRUM GAUGES Combination gauge and faucet permits uninterrupted draining of drum contents with gauge in place. Mounts through 3/4" bung hole. Constructed of heavy gauge glass in plated steel body with Buna-N seals. Weight: 3 lbs. Description Gauge Only Gauge with Faucet*
Price/Each 163.37 147.44
* Zinc Die Cast Faucet FM approved for viscous liquids only; no flame arrestor.
R23663E
Model No. Size" SAFESEAL® PLASTIC CAP SEALS DB899 3/4 DB900 2 ALL PLASTIC CAP SEALS DB901 3/4 DB902 2
Price/Each 1.68 4.05
HORIZONTAL DRUM GAUGES
Model No. DA064 DA065
• Easy-to-use pop-on feature • Can be applied without tools
Model No. DA068 DA069
Price/Each 0.62 1.25 0.62 1.29
SAFETY FUNNELS WITH FILL VENT 9" diameter polyethylene funnel comes with brass safety vent and 6" flame arrestor. Cap comes with safety chain to prevent loss. 2" NPS. FM approved.
Size" 2 3/4
Price/Each 65.45 88.83
Model No. DA103
Wt. lbs. 4
SAFETY DRUM FUNNELS Suitable for handling flammables. Large 10 3/4" mouth provides quick dumping. Steel construction with 6" flame arrestor for the DA102 and 32" flame arrestor for the DA101. Hinged cover with fusible link reduces spread of vapours. 2" NPS. FM approved.
DRUM FILL GAUGES Provides a low cost solution to over-filling drums. When the drum is almost full, the indicator "Pops-up" to warn you. Fits in standard 3/4" bung opening. Bright red and yellow molded polyethylene. 5" length. FM approved. Weight: 0.20 oz. Model No. DA066 Price/Each $11.86
Model No. DA102 DA101
VERTICAL VENTS
• Horizontal vents are for use with drums in the horizontal pouring position • Automatically relieves pressure at 5 PSI • Flame arrestor prevents sparks and flame from igniting contents • Manual vacuum relief by lifting and rotating the valve stem • Maximum flow of 220 CFM at 20 PSI • Fits 2" NPS bung in steel or plastic drums Model No. PE362 Price/Each $63.80
FM approved vents are for use with drums in the upright position. Valve automatically opens to relieve internal pressure at 5 PSI. Automatic vacuum relief permits 4 GPM flow through 3/4" faucet. Fits 2" NPT bung opening.
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0240-0253_Eng.indd 241
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
DA606 SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Description Brass Vent Non-Metallic Vent, Cad-Plated Flame Arrestor Non-Metallic Vent, Stainless Steel Flame Arrestor
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Wt. lbs. 12 12
Description 6" Flame Arrestor 32" Flame Arrestor
HORIZONTAL BRASS VENTS
Model No. DA607 DA605
Price/Each 223.01
Application Petroleum-Based Petroleum-Based
Wt. lbs. 0.5 0.5
Price /Each 88.60 67.20
Chlorinated Solvents
1.0
101.00
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price /Each 230.01 440.43
241 12-07-24 4:43 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS MANUAL-CLOSING MOLASSES GATE VALVES • Excellent for dispensing heavy oils, light grease, varnish, molasses, honey, cream and other non-flammable heavy viscous fluids from drums and containers • All gates have 45-60° discharge for optimum flow control • Durable cast iron body, painted black enamel finish • Machined and lapped brass faceplate for smooth operation and perfect seal • Can be padlocked in sizes up to and including 2" • Standard gates come with either 2" or extra long 4" iron handle • Extra long handle provides greater leverage for easier and safer dispensing of viscous fluids • Gate valve with lock nut is used on drums with over-sized or damaged threads • Malleable iron lock nut combined with rubber gasket allows valve to face any direction
SELF-CLOSING FAUCETS
MANUAL-CLOSING POLY FAUCETS • Ideal for use with non-flammable, often corrosive liquids • Half turn on/off ; stays open until shut-off • Use 2" size for thick, viscous liquids or larger volume flow of thin liquid
242
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Wt. lbs. 0.50 0.08
Locknut 2" Handle
Price /Each 26.78 4.39
Price /Each 64.93 84.20 79.15 81.50 87.50 232.44 521.92 143.67 148.50 243.61 79.03 108.16 117.49
Note: These faucets are intended for use with non-flammable viscous liquids stored in or dispensed from non-pressurized containers at ambient room temperature.
SELF CLOSING GATE VALVES
• For use with flammable and non-flammable liquids • Flame arrestor safety faucet • Standard 3/4" tapered pipe thread • Can be padlocked closed • Natural die cast finish Model No. PE364 Price/Each $29.60
• For use with viscous non-corrosive fluids heavier than SAE30 motor oil • Heavy-duty brass construction • Self-closing Teflon® blade has fast, positive shut off when handle is released • 4 1/2" wide handle • Wide opening permits maximum flow • Fits 2" bung in steel or plastic drums • Weight: 7 lbs. Model No. PE363 Price/Each $139.00
FAUCETS
DRIP PANS
• Approved for use with oils, flammables and non-flammable, compatible with stainless steel • Internal flame arrestor • Teflon® gasket, 3/4" NPT connection • FM approved
• Absorbs problem leaks and helps keep floors clean and safe • Holds up to one gallon of liquid • Pan is filled with polypropylene sorbent for oils, water-based and other non-aggressive liquids • Rigid, sturdy construction helps prevent spillage during handling • Dimensions: 10 1/2" square x 3" D • Weight: 0.08 lbs. Model No. DA105 Price/Each $17.11
Model No. DC404 DA043
Description Natural Die Cast Stainless Steel
Wt. lbs. 0.5 2.00
Price /Each 58.44 251.11
R32953E
Bung Size" 2 3/4
4" Handle
SELF-CLOSING FAUCETS WITH SCREEN
• For non-flammable liquids only • No flame arrestor • 3/4" pipe thread • Can be padlocked closed • Natural die cast finish Model No. PE365 Price/Each $19.90
Model No. DA048 DA049
Model NPT Inlet Wt. No. Size" lbs. STANDARD GATE WITH 2" HANDLE DA059 3/4 1.5 DA060 1 2.0 DA061 1 1/4 2.4 DA062 1 1/2 2.9 DA063 2 3.2 DA057 3 6.8 DA058 4 15.5 STANDARD GATE WITH 4" HANDLE DA055 1 1/2 4.3 DA056 2 4.6 DA054 3 7.7 GATE VALVE WITH LOCK NUT, 2" HANDLE DA051 3/4 1.6 DA052 1 1/2 3.2 DA053 2 3.6
2" Handle
0240-0253_Eng.indd 242
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 4:44 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS Bonding and grounding wire assemblies dissipate the static electricity generated during the transfer of flammable liquids. Various clamp styles available to work with different containers. Required by OSHA for fluids with a flashpoint below 140°F.
HEAVY-DUTY BONDING & GROUNDING WIRE ASSEMBLIES
HAND CLAMP & PIPE CLAMPS ADJUSTS 1/2"1"
TWO HAND CLAMP CONNECTORS Model No. DA735 DA736 DA737
Wire Length" 36 72 120
Wire Description Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable
Price /Each 77.68 91.49 95.51
HAND CLAMP & 1/4" TERMINAL CONNECTORS Model No. DA738 DA739 DA740
Wire Length" 36 72 120
Wire Description Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable
Price /Each 51.60 55.39 57.82
Model No. DA741 DA742 DA743
Model Wire No. Length" SMALL CCLAMP ADJUSTS TO 3/4" DA744 36 DA745 72 DA746 120 LARGE CCLAMP ADJUSTS TO 1 1/2" DA747 36 DA748 72 DA749 120
Wire Length" 36 72 120 36 72 120
Cable Description Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PVC Coated PVC Coated PVC Coated
ALLIGATOR CLIP & SMALL CCLAMPS
Price /Each 35.62 38.30 42.76 38.51 40.25 45.01
TWO ALLIGATOR CLIPS
Model No. DA762 DA763 DA764 DA765 DA766 DA767
Price /Each 58.55 60.75 65.77
Wire Description
Price /Each
Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable
70.75 73.80 77.46
Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable
87.52 90.02 91.73
COILED GROUNDING CLAMPS
Wire Length" 36 72 120 36 72 120
• Vinyl coated 1/8" cable resists corrosive environments to give years of service • Unit is self-coiling to retract when not in use • Includes one heavy duty pliers-type clamp andone 1/4" terminal end Model No. DA632 DA628 DA777 DB029 DA778
(Adjusts to 3/4")
Model No. DA621 DA750 DA751 DA623 DA752 DA753
Wire Description Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable Stainless Steel Cable
HAND CLAMP & CCLAMPS
LIGHT-DUTY BONDING & GROUNDING WIRE ASSEMBLIES ALLIGATOR CLIP & 1" BEAM CLAMPS
Wire Length" 36 72 120
Cable Description Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PVC Coated PVC Coated PVC Coated
Price /Each 49.01 51.51 55.39 52.51 54.64 58.51
TWO 1/4" TERMINAL CONNECTORS
Description 5' Coil 10' Coil 15' Coil 20' Coil 30' Coil
Price/Each 51.08 56.40 65.55 71.93 85.98
PLIER CLAMPS • Grounding clamp for flammable drum loading • Die cast aluminum body, stainless steel points and 55-lbs. spring enable REB clamp to consistently make positive metal to metal ground connection • Accommodates all cable up to 5/32"; connection is made in clamp's handle held by dual Allen screw contacts Model No. DA633 Price/Each $34.80
RETRACTABLE GROUNDING WIRES Model No. DA622 DA754 DA755 DA756 DA757 DA758
Wire Length" 36 72 120 36 72 120
Cable Description Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PVC Coated PVC Coated PVC Coated
Price /Each 26.18 32.69 37.26 33.91 37.51 40.25
Model No. DA768 DA769 DA770 DA771 DA772 DA773
Wire Length" 36 72 120 36 72 120
Cable Description Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PVC Coated PVC Coated PVC Coated
Price /Each 18.25 21.01 23.91 23.51 26.26 29.88
PIPE CLAMP & LARGE CCLAMPS
ALLIGATOR CLIP & 1/4" TERMINAL CONNECTORS
• Replace loose/tangled grounding cables with compact retractable reels • For use where a discharge of static electricity could cause a spark and subsequent explosion • Holds 20' to 100' of cable • Positive latching mechanism holds cable at any length • A slight pull on the cable releases the mechanism causing retraction • Bearing surfaces are permanently lubricated • Alligator clip included • Heavy-duty reels have robust, weatherproof construction and coated cables • Functions under extreme environmental conditions DA609 DB025
R11793E
(Adjusts to 1 1/2") Model No. DA759 DA760 DA761
Wire Length" 36 72 120
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0240-0253_Eng.indd 243
Cable Description Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Price /Each 25.01 23.62 30.74
Model No. DA774 DA775 DA776
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
Wire Length" 36 72 120
Cable Description PVC Coated PVC Coated PVC Coated
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 70.02 72.77 76.77
WELDING & METALWORKING
Model No. DA609 DA610 DB025 DB026 DB027
Cable Description Light Duty Light Duty Heavy-Duty Open Style Heavy-Duty Open Style Heavy-Duty Open Style
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Length' 20 50 50 75 100
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
Wt. lbs. 3.5 5.5 12 17 22 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
Price/Each 284.74 404.65 522.47 622.50 840.21
243 12-07-24 4:44 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS CHEMICAL CHART CHEMICAL
244
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0240-0253_Eng.indd 244
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
RYTON PPS
VITON
TEFLON
BUNA N
EDPM
HYPALON
PVC
Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent N/A Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Excellent N/A Severe Effect Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Fair Excellent N/A N/A Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent N/A N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Fair Good Fair Excellent Excellent Severe Effect N/A Good Excellent Excellent Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent
Good Good Good Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent N/A Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Severe Effect Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent N/A Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good
Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent
Fair Good Fair Severe Effect Good Fair Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect N/A Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Good Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A Severe Effect Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Good Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent N/A Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect
Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent N/A Fair Fair Good Excellent Good Good Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Excellent Severe Effect Good Good N/A Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Good Good N/A Good Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Good Good Severe Effect Excellent Good Good Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect
Fair Excellent Fair Fair Excellent Severe Effect N/A Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent N/A Fair Fair Fair Good Fair Good Good Excellent Excellent Fair Excellent Excellent Good Good Severe Effect Excellent Good Good Good Good Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Fair N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Fair Good Good Good N/A Good Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good N/A Excellent Good Fair Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A Severe Effect Excellent Excellent N/A N/A N/A Severe Effect
Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Excellent Fair Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Fair Excellent Excellent Fair Excellent Fair Good Severe Effect Excellent Good Fair Good Good Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Excellent Fair Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good Good Severe Effect Good Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Fair Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Excellent Severe Effect Good Excellent Excellent Good Good Severe Effect
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R24436E
Acetic Acid Acetic Acid 20% Acetic Acid 80% Acetone Alcohols: Isopropyl Ammonia, liquid Antifreeze Benzene Boric Acid Bromine Butanol (Butyl Alcohol) Chloric Acid Chlorine Water Chromic Acid 10% Chromic Acid 30% Chromic Acid 5% Chromic Acid 50% Cloroxr (Bleach) Diesel Fuel Ethanol Ethylene Glycol Fuel Oils Gasoline, unleaded Glycerin Heptane Hexane Hydrochloric Acid 100% Hydrochloric Acid 20% Hydrochloric Acid 37% Hydrofluoric Acid 100% Hydrofluoric Acid 20% Hydrofluoric Acid 50% Hydrofluoric Acid 75% Hydrogen Peroxide 10% Hydrogen Peroxide 100% Hydrogen Peroxide 30% Hydrogen Peroxide 50% Ink Iodine Jet Fuel (JP3, JP4, JP5) Kerosene Ketones Lacquer Thinners Lacquers Methanol (Methyl Alcohol) Methyl Ethyl Ketone Mineral Spirits Motor oil Naphtha Nitric Acid (20%) Nitric Acid (50%) Nitric Acid (5-10%) Nitric Acid (Concentrated) Oils: Diesel Fuel (20, 30, 40, 50) Oils: Fuel (1, 2, 3, 5A, 5B, 6) Oils: Hydraulic Oil (Petro) Oils: Hydraulic Oil (Synthetic) Oils: Linseed Oils: Mineral Phosphoric Acid (>40%) Phosphoric Acid (crude) Phosphoric Acid (molten) Phosphoric Acid (S40%) Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash) Rust Inhibitors Sea Water Soap Solutions Sodium Hydroxide (20%) Sodium Hydroxide (50%) Sodium Hydroxide (80%) Sodium Hypochlorite (<20%) Sodium Hypochlorite (100%) Stoddard Solvent Sulfuric Acid (<10%) Sulfuric Acid (10-75%) Sulfuric Acid (75-100%) Sulfuric Acid (cold concentrated) Sulfuric Acid (hot concentrated) Toluene (Toluol) Trichloroethane Trisodium Phosphate Turpentine Vinegar Water, Deionized Water, Distilled Water, Fresh Water, Salt Xylene
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 4:44 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS CHEMICAL CHART
R25595E
CHEMICAL
POLYPROPYLENE
NYLON
ALUMINUM
CAST IRON
304 STAINLESS STEEL
316 STAINLESS STEEL
BRASS
Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Fair Excellent Fair Good Good Good Fair Fair Excellent Excellent Fair Excellent Good Good Good N/A Fair Excellent Good Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Good Good Excellent Good Excellent Good Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Fair Excellent Excellent Fair Excellent Severe Effect Fair Fair Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good
Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Excellent Good Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Excellent Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good N/A Good Fair N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Fair Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent
Good Good Good Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Fair Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Fair Fair Fair Fair Severe Effect N/A Good Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Good Good Excellent
Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect N/A N/A Severe Effect N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Good Good N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent N/A Fair Fair Excellent Excellent Good N/A Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent N/A N/A N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A Severe Effect Good Fair Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Fair Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Good N/A N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Good
Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Excellent Good Good N/A Good Good Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Fair Good Good Good Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Good Good Good Good Fair Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A Severe Effect Good Excellent Fair Excellent Good Good Fair Fair Severe Effect Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Fair Fair Severe Effect Excellent Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good
Good Excellent Good Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Severe Effect Excellent Fair Fair Good Good Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Good Excellent Good Excellent Fair Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Severe Effect Good Fair Fair Excellent Excellent Fair Excellent Good Good Good Fair Severe Effect Excellent Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Good Fair Excellent Good Good Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Good Good
Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A Excellent Excellent Good Good N/A Good Excellent Excellent Severe Effect N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Severe Effect N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Excellent N/A Excellent N/A Excellent Excellent N/A N/A Excellent Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A Good Excellent Excellent Good Excellent Severe Effect N/A N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A Severe Effect Good Good Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect Severe Effect N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Excellent N/A N/A Severe Effect Severe Effect Excellent Excellent Good Severe Effect Excellent
Acetic Acid Acetic Acid 20% Acetic Acid 80% Acetone Alcohols: Isopropyl Ammonia, liquid Antifreeze Benzene Boric Acid Bromine Butanol (Butyl Alcohol) Chloric Acid Chlorine Water Chromic Acid 10% Chromic Acid 30% Chromic Acid 5% Chromic Acid 50% Cloroxr (Bleach) Diesel Fuel Ethanol Ethylene Glycol Fuel Oils Gasoline, unleaded Glycerin Heptane Hexane Hydrochloric Acid 100% Hydrochloric Acid 20% Hydrochloric Acid 37% Hydrofluoric Acid 100% Hydrofluoric Acid 20% Hydrofluoric Acid 50% Hydrofluoric Acid 75% Hydrogen Peroxide 10% Hydrogen Peroxide 100% Hydrogen Peroxide 30% Hydrogen Peroxide 50% Ink Iodine Jet Fuel (JP3, JP4, JP5) Kerosene Ketones Lacquer Thinners Lacquers Methanol (Methyl Alcohol) Methyl Ethyl Ketone Mineral Spirits Motor oil Naphtha Nitric Acid (20%) Nitric Acid (50%) Nitric Acid (5-10%) Nitric Acid (Concentrated) Oils: Diesel Fuel (20, 30, 40, 50) Oils: Fuel (1, 2, 3, 5A, 5B, 6) Oils: Hydraulic Oil (Petro) Oils: Hydraulic Oil (Synthetic) Oils:Linseed Oils:Mineral Phosphoric Acid (>40%) Phosphoric Acid (crude) Phosphoric Acid (molten) Phosphoric Acid (S40%) Potassium Hydroxide Caustic Potash) Rust Inhibitors Sea Water Soap Solutions Sodium Hydroxide (20%) Sodium Hydroxide (50%) Sodium Hydroxide (80%) Sodium Hypochlorite (<20%) Sodium Hypochlorite (100%) Stoddard Solvent Sulfuric Acid (<10%) Sulfuric Acid (10-75%) Sulfuric Acid (75-100%) Sulfuric Acid (cold concentrated) Sulfuric Acid (hot concentrated) Toluene (Toluol) Trichloroethane Trisodium Phosphate Turpentine Vinegar Water, Deionized Water, Distilled Water, Fresh Water, Salt Xylene
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0240-0253_Eng.indd 245
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
245 12-07-24 4:44 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS PULL TYPE DRUM PUMPS
Chemical compatibility of a drum or barrel pump should be checked for EACH LIQUID BY CHEMICAL NAME! No single drum pump can be universally chemical resistant. Some blends of chemicals may not be suitable for any of these drum pumps. Remember to have your MSDS for each chemical that will be pumping when calling your sales representative. They will be able to help you select the right pump for your application.
STEEL
STAINLESS STEEL
Wetted components: Brass, steel and polyethylene
Wetted components: 304 stainless steel, brass, polyethylene and steel
• For most non-corrosive and non-flammable liquids • Fits 5 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 8 oz. per stroke Model No. DA527 Price/Each $39.95
• Use with certain acids and alkalis • Fits 5 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 8 oz. per stroke Model No. DA530 Price/Each $94.75
Wetted components: Buna-N, polyethylene, leather and steel
Wetted components: 304 stainless steel, 316 stainless steel, brass and Teflon®
• For most water-soluble inorganic acids, waxes, detergents • Fits 5-gallon pails with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 8 oz. per stroke Model No. DC113 Price/Each $25.70
• For most acids and corrosives • Fits 5 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 8 oz. per stroke Model No. DA531 Price/Each $136.00
Wetted components: Polyethylene, steel and zinc • Use with most non-corrosive, light to medium viscosity liquids • Fits 55-gallon drum with a 2" bung adaptor • 3/4" diameter spout can be rotated to 180° and removed to expose garden hose thread • Transfer rate: 22 oz. per stroke Model No. DC114 Price/Each $35.95
Wetted components: 304 stainless steel, polyethylene and Teflon® • For fast transfer of most acids and corrosives • Fits 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 22 oz. per stroke Model No. DA529 Price/Each $159.00
ENVIRO-WEDGETM The Enviro-WedgeTM increases the amount of product pumped out of 25-45 gallon drums. When the drum is nearly empty tilt it on an angle and position the wedge under the drum. Continue pumping until flow stops. 100% recycled, rugged polyethylene construction. Weight. 1.5 lbs. Model No. DA660 Price/Each $28.40
Wetted components: 304 stainless steel, 316 stainless steel and Teflon® • For fast transfer of most acids and corrosives • Fits 55-gallon drum with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 22 oz. per stroke Model No. DB845 Price/Each $163.00
R34553E
246
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0240-0253_Eng.indd 246
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 4:44 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS PULL TYPE DRUM PUMPS
Chemical compatibility of a drum or barrel pump should be checked for EACH LIQUID BY CHEMICAL NAME! No single drum pump can be universally chemical resistant. Some blends of chemicals may not be suitable for any of these drum pumps. Remember to have your MSDS for each chemical that will be pumping when calling your sales representative. They will be able to help you select the right pump for your application.
PVC
POLYPROPYLENE
Wetted components: Polypropylene, polyethylene, PVC and silicone
Wetted components: Polyethylene, polypropylene, silicone and steel
• For use with most mild acids, detergents, water and solvents • Good insulation from spark and fire • Adapts to 3/4" or 2" for 5 to 55-gallon drums • Transfer rate: 8 oz. per stroke Model No. DC116 Price/Each $35.95
• For use with most corrosive chemicals and non-flammable solvents • Adapts to 3/4" or 2" bung adaptor for 5 to 55-gallon drums • 360° discharge spout orientation • Transfer rate: 16 oz. per stroke Model No. DC115 Price/Each $23.20
Wetted components: PVC, silicone, steel and Viton® • For use with most mild acids, detergents, water and solvents • Good insulation from spark and fire • Fits 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 22 oz. per stroke Model No. DC118 Price/Each $48.45
Wetted components: Polypropylene, steel and Viton® • For use with most antifreeze, detergents, windshield fluids, glycerin, and mild acids • Fits 15 to 55-gallon drums with 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 14 oz. per stroke Model No. DC127 Price/Each $44.95
NYLON Wetted components: Polypropylene, nylon, 304 stainless steel and Teflon® • For use with most lacquer thinners, mild acids, detergents, water and light viscosity petroleum liquids • Fits 15 to 55-gallon drums with 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 14 oz. per stroke Model No. DC128 Price/Each $68.60
Wetted components: Polyethylene, polypropylene, silicone and steel • For use with most corrosive chemicals, water, and non-flammable solvents • Good insulation from spark and fire • Fits 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 22 oz. per stroke Model No. DC117 Price/Each $33.50
SAFETY PUMPS • FM approved for handling flammables • Comes complete with internal flame arrestor, steel bung adaptor to aid static grounding, and heavy-duty bonding wires to remove hazardous static charge • Steel pickup tube with internal screen keeps debris out of pump • Constructed of highly polished carbon steel with Teflon® piston, packing and gasket for exceptional chemical and solvent resistance • Pumps 8 oz. per stroke, designed to fit 45-gallon drums • Also available in stainless steel for corrosive flammable liquids • Weight: 5 lbs.
Wetted components: Polypropylene, polyethylene, silicone and steel • For use with most corrosive chemicals and non-flammable solvents • Adapts to 3/4" or 2" bung adaptor for 5 to 55-gallon drums • 360° discharge spout orientation • Transfer rate: 8 oz. per stroke Model No. DA532 Price/Each $24.40 R32077E
Model No. DA513 Price/Each $275.26STAINLESS STEEL Model No. DB831 Price/Each $390.33
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0240-0253_Eng.indd 247
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
247 12-07-24 4:45 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS ROTARY LOBE PUMPS OVERVIEW Lobe pumps are popular in diverse industries because they offer superb sanitary qualities, high efficiency, reliability, corrosion resistance and good clean-in-place and sterilize-in-place characteristics.
Wetted components: Aluminum, Buna-N, cast iron, chrome plated, polypropylene, steel and zinc.
Rotary lobe pumps are non-contacting and have large pumping chambers. If wetted, they offer self-priming performance. A gentle pumping action minimizes product degradation. They also offer reversible flows and can operate dry for long periods of time.
• For use with most low viscosity and non-corrosive petroleum based fluids • Dual directional operation for rapid discharge • Fits 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 1 L per revolution Model No. DC111 Price/Each $312.00
Advantages: • Pass medium solids • No metal-to-metal contact • Superior CIP/SIP capabilities • Long term dry run (with lubrication to seals) • Non-pulsating discharge
LEVER TYPE DRUM PUMPS POLYPROPYLENE
RYTON®
Wetted components: 304 stainless steel, chrome plated, polyethylene, polypropylene and Viton®
Wetted components: 316 stainless steel, polypropylene, Ryton® and Teflon®
• Use with certain water-based solvents, mild acids and light viscosity petroleum liquids • Adapts to 1-1/2" or 2" bung adaptor for 5 to 55-gallon drums • Transfer rate: 14 oz. per stroke Model No. DC121 Price/Each $57.45
• Use with most water-based solvents, strong acids or alkalis and light viscosity petroleum liquids • Adapts to 1-1/2" or 2" bung adaptor for 5 to 55-gallon drums • Transfer rate: 14 oz. per stroke Model No. DC122 Price/Each $104.00
TEFLON®
STEEL
Wetted components: 316 stainless steel and Teflon®
Wetted components: Brass, Buna-N, polyethylene, steel and zinc
• Use with certain water-based solvents, strongest acids or alkaline solutions • Adapts to 1-1/2" or 2" bung adaptor for 5 to 55-gallon drums • Transfer rate: 14 oz. per stroke Model No. DC123 Price/Each $279.00
• Use with most dispensing and transferring non-corrosive and petroleum based fluids • Cushioned vinyl grip handle • Discharge spout can be rotated 180° and removed to expose garden hose threaded outlet • Adapts to 1-1/2" or 2" bung adaptor for 30 to 55-gallon drums • Transfer rate: 11 oz. per stroke Model No. DC124 Price/Each $44.20
PAIL TYPE PUMPS
POLYETHYLENE SIPHON PUMPS Wetted components: Polyethylene
Wetted components: Polyethylene
• Use with most water based liquids, light oils, and detergents • Air vent in handle controls flow • Fits 5-gallon pails • Transfer rate: 2 gallons/minute Model No. DC120 Price/Each $4.25
• Use with most water based liquids, light oils and detergents • Air vent in handle controls flow • Fits 15 to 55-gallon drums with 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 7 gallons/minute Model No. DC119 Price/Each $15.95
Wetted components: Delrin®, polyethylene, PVC and steel • Use with most engine oils, gear oils, and antifreeze • Fits 5 gallon pails • Includes a 48" discharge hose fitted with curved metal spout at discharge end • Transfer rate: 2 oz. per stroke Model No. DC129 Price/Each $35.30
R25587E
248
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0240-0253_Eng.indd 248
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 4:46 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS ROTARY TYPE DRUM PUMPS ROTARY VANE PUMPS OVERVIEW While vane pumps can handle moderate viscosity liquids, they excel at handling low viscosity liquids such as LP gas (propane), ammonia, solvents, alcohol, fuel oils, gasoline and refrigerants. Vane pumps have no internal metal-to-metal contact and self-compensate for wear, enabling them to maintain peak performance on these non-lubricating liquids. Vane pumps are noted for their dry priming, ease of maintenance, and good suction characteristics over the life of the pump. Advantages • Handles thin liquids at relatively higher pressures • Compensates for wear through vane extension • Sometimes preferred for solvents, LPG
• Can run dry for short periods • Can be equipped with a gasket or a stuffing box • Develops good vacuum
POLYPROPYLENE ALUMINUM
Wetted components: 304 stainless steel, polypropylene, Teflon® and Viton®
Wetted components: Aluminum, Buna-N, PVC nitrile, steel and zinc
• For most water-soluble inorganic acids, waxes, detergents • Fits 15 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 12 oz. per revolution Model No. DB998 Price/Each $139.00
• Use with most low viscosity, non-corrosive petroleum based fluids and lubricating oils up to SAE30 • Fits 15 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 6-3/4 oz. per revolution • Includes a safety locking latch Model No. DC126 Price/Each $188.00
RYTON® & STAINLESS STEEL Wetted components: 304 stainless steel, polypropylene, Ryton® and Teflon® • Use with most aggressive chemicals such as hydrocarbons and ketones • Fits 15 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 12 oz. per revolution Model No. DC335 Price/Each $255.00
Wetted components: Aluminum, Buna-N, polypropylene and steel • Use with most medium viscosity petroleum fluid, and non-corrosive fluids • Fits 15 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 12 oz. per revolution Model No. DC112 Price/Each $114.00
TEFLON® Wetted components: Hastelloy® and Teflon® • For most aggressive chemicals such as acids and alkalines • Fits 30 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 12 oz. per revolution Model No. DC334 Price/Each $529.00
STEEL AND CAST IRON Wetted components: Buna-N, cast iron, polyethylene, polypropylene and steel • For use with most medium viscosity petroleum fluid, light non-flammable and non-combustible fluids • Dual directional operation allows pump to both empty and refill containers • Fits 30 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 8 oz. per revolution Model No. DA528 Price/Each $91.80
STAINLESS STEEL Wetted components: 304 stainless steel and Teflon®
R25586E
• For most organic acids, alcohols and solvents • Fits 15 to 55-gallon drums with a 2" bung adaptor • Transfer rate: 12 oz. per revolution Model No. DB759 Price/Each $482.00
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0240-0253_Eng.indd 249
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
249 12-07-24 4:46 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS HEAVY-DUTY AIR OPERATED OIL PUMPS
AC UTILITY ROTARY VANE PUMPS
Designed for the transfer of higher viscosity fluids and/or fluid transfer over longer distances, ideal for drums, tanks or wall mounting (mounting bracket is optional). Mounted pumps are connected to the tank via a suction hose (hose not included). Maximum air pressure 10 bar, minimum air pressure 3 bar. Flow is based on motor oil SAE 10-30 at 20°C air pressure 7 bar free outlet. Maximum viscosity 2000 centistrokes at a reduced flow.
• Ideal for stationary installations, such as tank or barrel mounting • Rugged, explosion-proof UL approved 115 V motor with sealed bearings • Model DB883 has a dual voltage motor 115/230 V • Heavy-duty, 2-year warranty
Model No. DB879 DB881 DB883
Price /Each 678.69 946.13 1815.53
GPM 15 20 35
Model No. w/Meter DB882 DB884
Price /Each 1220.40 2063.09
Stub Type AIR INLET BSP 1/4" PUMP OUTLET BSP 3/4"
DC UTILITY ROTARY VANE PUMPS
Model Pressure Flow Pump Inlet" No. Description Ratio L/min BSP DA938 Barrel 3:1 30 DA939 Stub 3:1 30 3/4 DA940 Barrel 5:1 18 DA941 Stub 5:1 18 3/4 AIR INLET BSP 3/8" PUMP OUTLET BSP 1" DA942 Barrel 5:1 35 DA943 Stub 5:1 35 1
• Ideal for transferring fluids safely where AC power is not available • Explosion-proof 1/4 HP motor with two sealed bearings • Draws 20 to 22 amps from battery • Heavy-duty, 2-year warranty Model No. DB877 Price/Each $593.24 Model No. DB878 w/Meter Price/Each $883.17
UL APPROVED ROTARY HAND PUMPS
Uptake Length" 36 8 2/3 36 8 2/3 36 1/2 8
Wt. Price lbs. /Each 11 740.00 7 706.00 11 905.00 7 1060.00 18 14
Barrel Type
1536.00 1295.00
DIAPHRAGM HAND PUMPS
• Tough and reliable aluminum body with cast iron rotor • Flow rate of 1 gallon per 10 revolutions • 1" NPT telescoping suction pipe, nozzle and 3/4" x 8' hose with static wire included • Heavy-duty, 2-year warranty Model No. DB885 Price/Each $276.18 Model No. DB886 w/Meter Price/Each $451.58
Wetted components: Aluminum, Buna-N, Delrin®, 304 stainless steel and steel. • For use with most motor oil and other light petroleum products • Fits 15 to 55-gallon drums with 2" bung adaptor • Transfer Rate: 25.5 oz. per stroke • Includes a safety locking latch Model No. DC068 Price/Each $257.00
UL APPROVED PISTON HAND PUMPS • Aluminum body with stainless steel liner • Flow rate of 1 gallon per 5 strokes • 1" NPT telescoping suction pipe, nozzle and 3/4" x 8' hose with static wire included • Heavy-duty, 2-year warranty Model No. DB887 Price/Each $276.64
TRANSFER PUMPS • Non-corrosive, double action piston pump is designed to handle most petroleum products, solvents and industrial chemicals with viscosities up to 2000 SSU • Discharges 1 quart per stroke with a suction lift to 15' • Handle can be mounted above or below pump • Tamper proof feature enables padlocking to protect against unauthorized use • Thermoplastic constructed pump has a polyester glass reinforced body, Viton® "O" ring and cork-nitrile gasket • All internal metal parts in contact with liquid are 316 stainless steel • Includes: 8' PVC black vinyl discharge hose, 2-piece 1" x 34" L polyester suction tube, polyester discharge spout and 2" bung adaptor • Weight: 11 lbs. Model No. DA526 Price/Each $197.09
Note: These models are interchangeable with many commonly used original pumps, please call our specialists for a cross reference.
ROTARY GEAR PUMPS • • • •
Bronze corrosion resistant castings Special cast bronze gears Stainless steel shafts and fasteners Formed ring seal packing (lip and mechanical seals on special order) • Heavy-duty carbon bearings (self-lubricating) • Positive displacement flow
250
Hose Diameter" 3/8 1/2 3/4 MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0240-0253_Eng.indd 250
Max. GPM 5.50 9.00 17.40
Wt. lbs. 5.5 6.5 10.0
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Price /Each 557.10 585.36 745.02 WELDING & METALWORKING
MSDS SHEET REQUIRED WHEN PURCHASING THESE PRODUCTS! TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
R32078E
Model No. DB846 DB847 DB848
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 4:46 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS Before ordering any pump, establishing compatibility with the MSDS of the fluid used in application is a must! Bond/ground cables on page 243 are required when pumping flammable or combustible liquids.
GAS, KEROSENE & DIESEL FUEL PUMPS
SANITARY MAINTENANCE PUMPS
• Dual-action siphon-lift pump • Easily transfers fuel from one vehicle or container to another without danger of inhaling liquid • Siphons downhill if liquid level in source is higher than receptacle • Transfers gasoline, kerosene, diesel fuel and water • Acts as high volume positive displacement hand lift pump • Non-metallic, will not spark or mar surfaces • No corrosion or rust • Siphon action stops when handle is depressed and hose is removed from the source • Intake tube is 9" long and 1-1/4" Dia. • Flow rate is 4 oz. per stroke
Versatile pumps that are ideal for pumping water, alkalis, detergents, and waxes from steel or polyethylene drums. Not for solvents or acid, aromatic hydrocarbons, ketones, or petroleum solutions.
DA813
LOW CAPACITY • This PVC hand pump is constructed to transfer liquids from 45-gallon drums and other containers • Seals are specially compounded of Hypalon® to pump alkalis, detergents, etc. • The threaded adaptor screws into a 45-gallon standard drum opening • Pumps up to 11 oz. per stroke • Intake tube is 36" long and 1-1/4" Dia. Model No. DA817 Price/Each $71.49
Model No. DA813 Price/Each $44.65 Supplied with clear tubing attached to pump. Hose solvent welded to intake (6') and outlet (3'). Model No. DA814 Price/Each $44.65 Supplied with 8' clear tubing to allow versatile application. Cut length of tubing for desired intake and discharge hose.
DA817
SELFPRIMING • All PVC pump with valves and seals of Hypalon® • 2" standard adaptor • 18" of clear hose and a 1/2" tube that extends to the bottom of a 45-gallon drum • Tube can be cut to fit smaller containers • Pumps up to 8 oz. per stroke • Intake tube is 18" long and 1 1/4" Dia. Model No. DA818 Price/Each $54.32
DA814
ACID TRANSFER PUMPS
ALKALI TRANSFER PUMPS
• Designed to transfer most acids • Eliminates the need to lift and tilt drums • Body and shaft are constructed of a special polyvinyl chloride with the valves and patented seal of DuPont® Viton® • Intake tube is 38" long and 1 1/2" dia. • Complete with 3' polyethylene discharge tubing • Flow rate is 28 oz. per stroke • Adaptor Style: Std. 2" IPS Bung Warning: Not compatible with most alkalis, acetic acid (30%), hydrofluoric acid and methyl alcohol Model No. DA810 Price/Each $112.03
• Designed to transfer detergents, waxes, alkalis and certain acids • Body and shaft are constructed of a special polyvinyl chloride with the valves and seals of DuPont® Hypalon® • Intake tube is 38" long and 1 1/2" dia. • Complete with 3' polyethylene discharge tubing • Flow rate is 28 oz. per stroke • Compatible with most alkalis, hydrofluoric acid, acetic acid (30%) and methyl alcohol • Adaptor Style: Std. 2" IPS Bung Model No. DA811 Price/Each $106.66
PETROLEUM DRUM PUMPS
WATER PUMPS
• Designed to transfer petroleum products quickly and inexpensively • Body and shaft are constructed of a special polyvinyl chloride with valves of polyurethane, seals of Buna-N and a reinforced vinyl hose • Intake tube is 38" long and 1 1/2" dia. • Complete with 3' vinyl discharge tubing • Flow rate is 28 oz. per stroke • Compatible with petroleum products • Adaptor Style: Std. 2" IPS Bung Model No. DA812 Price/Each $100.68
• An excellent pump for removing water from water meter boxes • A general purpose pump for an infinite number of uses in water transfer • Made of high impact PVC, non-sparking, lightweight, needs no priming and has a 1 1/4" inlet hose • Complete with 3' of polyethylene discharge tubing • Intake tube is 36" long and 1-3/4" Dia. Model No. DA819 Price/Each $56.70
DA818
5-GALLON PAIL PLUNGER HAND PUMPS • Feature a threaded intake which makes them compatible with drums and pails with a 3/4" opening • Comes with an 18" dip tube and 9" outlet hose and feature Hypalon® valves and seals
Model No. DA815 DA816 DB854
Adaptor Style Pump alone (6 oz/stroke) Std. 2" IPS Bung 3/4" Bung w/Sr. Adaptor
Price /Each 43.74 46.47 46.47
STRAP LOCKS
R25589E
• Prevents untrained personnel from using 1 1/4" and 1 1/2" diameter pumps Model No. DA820 Price/Each $3.76
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0240-0253_Eng.indd 251
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
251 12-07-24 4:47 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS SUMP/EFFLUENT PUMPS
ELECTRIC SUBMERSIBLE WATER PUMPS • • • • •
• 1/3 HP shaded pole motor, 115 V, 6 A • Handles liquid and solid waste materials up to 1/2" diameter • Cast iron pump housing with protective epoxy coating for corrosion and rust resistance • Oil-filled motor housing for lifetime lubrication and rapid heat dissipation • Stainless steel screws, bolts and handle • Bearings: Upper and lower sintered sleeve bearings • 10' Power cord • Thermal overload protection • Automatic operation has 7" to 10" "ON" level range and 2" to 5" "OFF" level range • Integral snap action float switch Model No. DC431 Price/Each $287.26
Fully submersible, quiet operation Thermal overload protection Includes 25' power cord and automatic float switch NPT pipe diameter: 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2" Sewage pumps can handle 35 mm solids DC398
HIGH TEMPERATURE SUMP/EFFLUENT PUMPS
DC396
• 1/3 HP, 115 V, 60 Hz, 10.1 A • Handles liquids up to 200° F and solids up to 1/2" • Cast iron pump housing with protective epoxy coating for corrosion resistance • Oil-filled motor housing for lifetime lubrication and rapid heat dissipation • Integral mechanical float switch • Stainless steel screws, bolts and lifting ring to protect against corrosion • Bearings: Upper and lower sintered sleeve bearings for extended motor life • 15' Power cord • Thermal overload protection • Automatic operation has 10" to 12" "On" level range Model No. DA336 Price/Each $734.57
DC399
Model No. DC396 DC397 DC398 DC399
Description Electric Water Pump Electric Water Pump Sewage Water Pump Sewage Water Pump, Stainless Steel
HP 3/4 1 1/4 3/4 3/4
Max. Capacity (G/min ) 183 258 158 167
Price /Each 137.00 175.00 155.00 179.00
FLOW CHART: Model No. DC431 DA336
5' 50 50
Performance (GPH @ Head) 10' 15' 42 27 42 27
Call us for quantity pricing! R32079E
252
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
0240-0253_Eng.indd 252
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
WELDING & METALWORKING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
OFFICE PRODUCTS
12-07-24 4:47 PM
DRUM ACCESSORIES & PUMPS SMALL SUBMERSIBLE OIL FILLED PUMPS
SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS • 1/6 HP shaded pole motor with overload protection, 115 V, 60 Hz, 5 A • Designed for continuous duty • Pumps down to 1/8" • Epoxy coated cast aluminum housing, Viton® shaft seal • 18' power cord length • Includes: garden hose adapter and removable inlet screen for easy cleaning Model No. DA332 Price/Each $207.24
• 1/160 HP oil-filled motor, 115 V, 60 Hz, 0.5 A • Corrosion resistant nylon body • 4.6' maximum lift • 1/4" MNPT discharge • Intermittent liquid temp up to 120°F • 10' power cord length • For submersible use only Model No. DA342 Price/Each $121.49
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
• 1/3 HP shaded pole motor, 115 V, 9 A • 1/2" 1-1/4"FNPT x 1-1/2" MNPT adapter • Cast iron pump housing with protective epoxy coating for corrosion resistance • Oil-filled motor housing for lifetime lubrication and rapid heat dissipation • Stainless steel screws, bolts and handle to protect against corrosion • Bearings: Upper and lower sintered sleeve bearings for extended motor life • 8' Power cord • Thermal overload protection • Automatic operation with pressure switch activates pump when water level is between 7" and 10" • Pump shuts off when water level falls to between 1" and 4" Model No. DA334 Price/Each $260.59
• • • •
1/4 HP, 115 V, 60 Hz, 8.5 A 3/8" solid handling capacity 1-1/4" FNPT outlet with a garden hose adapter Automatic operation has 7"-10" "ON" level range and 2"-5" "OFF" level range • 8' power cord length • Thermally protected Model No. DA333 Price/Each $273.93
SUMP/EFFLUENT PUMPS • 2/5 HP, 115 V, 9 A • Handles liquids and solid waste materials up to 3/4" diameter • Cast iron pump housing and cover with protective epoxy coating for corrosion resistance • Oil-filled motor housing for lifetime lubrication and rapid heat dissipation • Stainless steel fasteners • Bearings: Upper and lower sintered sleeve • 20' power cord • Thermal overload protection Model No. DC432 Price/Each $448.48
SEWAGE PUMPS • 1/2 HP split-phase type motor, 115 V, 9.5 A • Handles liquids and solid waste materials up to 2" diameter • Cast iron pump housing with protective epoxy coating for corrosion resistance • Oil-filled motor housing for lifetime lubrication and rapid heat dissipation • Stainless steel screws, bolts, handle and switch guard • Thermal overload protection • Piggyback mechanical float switch • Automatic operation has 9" to 14" "ON" level range and 2" to 6" "OFF" level range • 20' power cord Model No. DC438 Price/Each $613.61
AUTOMATIC SWITCHES
FLOW CHART:
• Converts manual pump up through 1/2 HP to automatic operation • Turns on at 6 - 9" and off at 1 - 4" • 18' power cord • CSA listed Model No. DA357 Price/Each $102.05
Model No. DA342 DA334 DA333 DA332 DC432 DC438
1' 2 40 2 -
3' 1.17 19.5 -
Performance (GPH @ Head) 5' 10' 46 29 35 30 18.3 16.6 80 70 120 95
15' 12.5 60 70
20' 10 8.6 45 30
GAS WATER PUMPS
R34554E
• • • • • • •
Ideal for general water pumping applications Maximum total head: 82’ Maximum suction head: 26.3’ Engine type: air-cooled, 4 stroke, OHV, gasoline engine Maximum output: 5.5 HP Displacement: 163 cc Fuel tank capacity: 3.6 L
Model No. DC434 DC435
OFFICE PRODUCTS
0240-0253_Eng.indd 253
Description 2" Gas Water Pump 3" Gas Water Pump
INSTRUMENTS, SCALES & ELECTRICAL
Max. Capacity (G/min ) 158 167
SHIPPING & PACKAGING
TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
Price /Each 455.00 585.00
WELDING & METALWORKING
SAFETY EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
JANITORIAL & MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL HANDLING & STORAGE
253 12-07-24 4:47 PM